The answer is raising awareness, not technology


Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, July 5, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain, and we have determined that I will give the sealing dictation for this webinar, taking the place that is normally held by Gautama. This is because we have determined that we would dictate using names and masters and identities that American people are more familiar with, which gives us a better opportunity to speak directly into the collective consciousness. 

America’s focus on technology

As this final address, let me take a look at another aspect of what is happening in America right now and has been happening for some time. If you look at American history, you will see that going back to the time of the Founding Fathers, America was primarily driven by farming and by people who worked hard. You had many of the early settlers in America who came over because they dreamt of having an opportunity that they could not attain in Europe, namely owning their own land and growing that land and reaping the fruit of their own labor. Their vision really was to be farmers, settlers, to work the land, which they could not attain in Europe.

Later, what started to happen was that there were people who started incarnating in America or immigrating to America who had a different focus. They wanted to see the opportunity to be inventive, to bring forth something new. What started to happen there is that new technologies were brought forth in America. You have the famous example of the Wright Brothers, but many others of course.

What you have seen is that there has been a shift away from what we might call physical work to more innovative work. But the innovative work has become very focused on technology. America sent a man to the moon by creating incredibly complex technology. America became the seat of the computer industry, the popularization of computers that has changed society in so many ways. America was among the first nations to really embrace the Internet for the larger part of the population. 

What you see is that what has emerged in the American collective consciousness is this belief that technology is the way of the future. Technology is the key to the future. And I am not saying this is entirely wrong, because technological innovation is, of course, a very integral part of my vision for the golden age. As I have talked about several times with new technologies, first of all new forms of energy.

But there has also emerged in the American collective consciousness this idea among many people that technology will solve our problems. And this we need to put a very big question mark with. We need to issue a statement of caution because the fact of the matter is that technology will not solve humankind’s problems.

It will, of course, change the equation and remove certain limitations, but it will not solve humankind’s problems because humankind’s problems are caused by humankind’s consciousness, their psychology, their unresolved psychology. And technology cannot resolve psychology. It simply cannot be done.

AI: A blind alley

These problems are, of course, caused by the duality consciousness and technology cannot resolve this. Technology can be used by people in the duality consciousness to attempt to force society and individuals in a certain direction. And what you see right now is, of course, the emergence of artificial intelligence technology where there are people in America and elsewhere who believe that when AI becomes complex enough, it can mimic not only human intelligence but human consciousness.

And this, of course, is a complete blind alley which a growing number of scientists are realizing, including some of the people who were instrumental in inventing, for example, the microprocessor or pioneering AI. And this, of course, is something we have talked about before because the unique thing about human beings is you have self-awareness or at least the potential to awaken to self-awareness. And that is because your Conscious You is an extension of your I AM Presence which is an extension of ascended masters which are extensions all the way up through the cosmic hierarchy to the Creator. 

There is, in a certain sense, we could say only one self-aware mind, and it is the Creator’s mind, which it has extended to all self-aware beings. This is not an awareness that was created in this world, in the material world. Therefore, it cannot be replicated by technology in this world. It simply is not possible.

The impossible dream

Who is it that wants to do this? Who is it that wants to create technology that can exceed human beings? Well, it is ultimately coming from the fallen beings. When you look at history you will see, as we have said now many times, that there has always been a power elite that wants to control the population.

When you also look at history, you see that they have never really been able to do this in the long term. They have been able to do it for sometimes, some periods, but something has always overthrown their control. And what is that? Well, self-awareness. You cannot keep a good self-awareness down because it is an extension of, it is out of, the Christ consciousness. It will always seek back to its source.

The fallen beings, because they do not grasp this, because their self-awareness has been covered over by all of these separate selves they have created, they do not understand that they are trying to do the impossible by controlling humankind. They will not entertain that idea, they will not admit this, because this would question their sense of infallibility, where they felt they were absolutely right, the ascended masters are wrong, it was unjust that we would not allow them to do whatever they wanted to do, and so forth.

Because they are in this state of denial, they cannot grasp that it is impossible to control humankind. They cannot grasp what the self-awareness is as an extension of the Christ consciousness. Therefore, they believe that it will be possible for them to create their own life form that is created in this world, that is mechanical and therefore, can be controlled by them.

We have, in previous dispensations, talked about the mechanization concept. There are also fallen beings who believe that it is possible to somehow manipulate human beings so that they become mechanized, so they become controllable. This again is impossible in the long run, even though some temporary things can be achieved.

What the fallen beings would like to do with AI is create technology that is entirely mechanical, so that it can be programmed to do what the fallen beings want without this randomness, as they see it, this unpredictability of human beings.

You will know that quantum physics says that at the quantum level you cannot predict with certainty what the outcome of a measurement will be. You can predict probability, but there is always the possibility that something different happens. This is because there is consciousness at every level of the world of form and therefore, there is a certain level of choice, an element of choice.

And with human beings, you can program them to behave certain ways. You can have a very high probability that they will keep repeating that pattern, but you can never know for certain that somebody’s self-awareness is not suddenly awakened, and they decide to do something different. This is, of course, why the world has progressed, why you have democracies instead of dictatorships, and so forth.

Cognitive dissonance

You see here the cognitive dissonance of the fallen beings. They think they can reduce human beings to a mechanized level where they can be controlled, because they think that human self-awareness and intelligence is a product of the brain. At the same time, they do not think that they could be controlled. In other words, they think human beings can be mechanized but they themselves could not. They are beyond this. They are beyond human beings.

The irony is, of course, that they are the ones who are mechanized because they have created these subconscious selves that have such a grip over the Conscious You that there is very little opening for the Conscious You to become self-aware and say: “Why am I doing this? I want to do something different.” They are the ones who for a very, very long time have been stuck in repeating the patterns of the separate self, seeking ultimate status in this world. They are the ones who are mechanized. They just cannot see it.

Yet my point here is that there is a tendency in America, of course not only in America but especially in America, to believe that we are on the verge of creating technology that can solve all of our problems by doing away with the unpredictability of human beings. There are those who sincerely believe that it will be possible to create brain implants that can cure mental illness, because it is just a matter of discovering how the machinery of the brain works and then we can alter it. There are others who think this can be achieved through gene technology.

The AI bubble

And my point for this entire discourse here is to point out and to speak into the collective consciousness that this is a dead end. Naturally, AI has its uses. It will in some ways revolutionize society and revolutionize technology and it will in some ways free human beings from the drudgery of repetitive work. Yet it will not solve all of humankind’s problems.

And it will actually go through a cycle that is very similar to the dot-com bubble in the early 2000s where many people invested in any kind of internet startup because they thought it was going to be the most amazing way to make money. And then the bubble eventually fell and the AI bubble is on course to do the same. Which means, if you want to invest for your retirement, do not invest in AI.

From physical welfare to well-being

The point here is, what will solve America’s problems is, as we have said, ultimately the Christ consciousness, but on a more general level, the raising of awareness. And the raising of awareness is not a mechanical process. It cannot be reduced to a set of mechanical steps, because it is an individual inner creative process.

What needs to happen for America to fulfill its highest potential is that America becomes a forerunner for the entire human potential self-improvement, self-development movement. The same, of course, applies to other democracies who have that potential, as we have said, to step up from physical welfare to psychological well-being. But America has the potential to be part of this, to really make an effort to say: “How can we help people develop their full potential?”

The problem here is this is the last thing the power elite wants. Because when you develop your potential, you become impossible to control. This is, as we have explained before, exemplified by Jesus, who could not be controlled by the power elite. And the power elite knows that they can kill one, they can kill a few, but if thousands or millions of people raise their awareness, they cannot kill all of them. They literally do not know what to do about this, other than to seek to slow it down, to divert people’s attention, or even to promise that we do not need to develop the human potential, because technology will do it all for us.

Technology is not the solution

You see here that the power elite wants to develop AI technology in order to use it to replace human beings who are unpredictable, but they also want to use it as a diversion for the self-improvement trend, the human potential trend, to say we can solve all our problems with this advanced technology. Because human intelligence, human consciousness, is just a product of mechanical processes in the brain, and we can replicate them with a computer. It is just a matter of creating enough complexity, and then it will happen.

You see the irony, perhaps, that there are people who believe that AI can become more intelligent than human beings, but how is AI created? It is programmed by human beings. The question would be, how can human beings program into AI a greater intelligence than they themselves possess? 

You see again, the development of the human potential can go far beyond what can be achieved by AI, because Christ consciousness could never be replicated mechanically.

Creativity cannot be programmed, because creativity is the unexpected. Creativity is the quantum tunneling effect that allows you to walk through a wall in very rare instances. This, of course, is something that many people in America have been engaged in, for some, for decades. 

And there is a potential that this can crystallize, so that a critical mass of people suddenly see that the real solution to humankind’s problems is to raise awareness to develop the highest human potential.

They may not call it a spiritual path, they may not call it Christ consciousness, but that does not matter. In whatever form they can see it, it can shift the equation in society when they pursue it. And that is, of course, very much part of my vision for the golden age, which is why I bring it to your attention, so that you can, as we have said several times before, hold the vision for this, make the calls for this, but not with the idea that all people should acknowledge ascended masters or ascended master teachings, or come into particular organizations or teachings.

It is a matter of raising awareness, and this can be done in many different ways, including various religions and spiritual movements and philosophies. I am interested in raising awareness, not having everybody become members of a particular religion or organization. That has never been the vision of ascended masters. You are, of course, part of this movement, and by the fact that you have accepted these teachings we have given on resolving psychology, the subconscious selves, raising awareness, you have a potential to play a role in this.

The AM students’ role

You can do it by holding the vision, by making the calls, but you can also, for some of you, do it by speaking out, by going out, sharing your own experiences, like the messenger has done on YouTube, like some of you have started doing on YouTube, where you have described your experiences of walking the spiritual path. And some of you are doing it in other settings, where you are using your profession, such as the medical profession, to talk about, for example, spirituality and healing but there are, of course, many topics that are appropriate here. 

As we have said before, do not give people more than they are ready for. You do not need to have in your mind that people should accept ascended masters or ascended master teachings. You give them whatever they can relate to at their present level of consciousness that helps them raise their awareness. You can, of course, talk about ascended masters when you are sharing your own process, but not for the purpose of converting other people to our teachings. 

It may come, it may not come, but that is not your concern. Your concern is to raise awareness. It does not mean that you have to hide who you are and hide your own path, but it means that you go into a neutral state of mind where you are seeking to help other people rather than promote a particular teaching.

I, for that matter, do not really care whether people acknowledge me as the architect of the golden age. I just want to see a golden age manifest on earth. I do not have to get the credit. I do not have to have people worship me and bow down and call out the name Saint Germain. That is not the concern of an ascended master whatsoever.

This ties in with Jesus’s teaching about overcoming the focus on self because Christhood is seeking to raise the whole in whatever way it can be done, not seeking to force the whole to be raised in a specific religion or organization.  For many of you, this will be a relief because you have attempted to speak out about ascended masters amid rejection or ignoring you. It will be a relief that you can free yourself from this and just talk in general terms about how to help people. 

For a few of you, it will be part of your Divine plan to talk about us and our teachings, but still you need to attain that neutral state of mind first. You are just sharing yourself and your process, not seeking to convert others. And for some of you, it will be in your Divine plan to speak out about technology and the limitations of technology and simply advance the idea that technology will not solve the problems that are created from human psychology, only a resolution of human psychology will help humanity rise above those problems.

And you can even talk about the resolution of psychology in terms of overcoming selfishness, self-centeredness, the willingness to do whatever you want regardless of the consequences for others. And you can talk about this in terms of democracy, because how can a democracy function if a country is run by people who are completely selfish and self-centered, who are in the criminal mindset or the mindset of the power elite? 

A democracy can only function when a critical mass of people have started to overcome the worst selfishness. But for a democracy to reach the highest potential, a greater and greater number of people need to rise towards the highest human potential, which is to be unselfish, to be willing to work for raising the whole.

A higher vision for democracy

That is the higher vision for democracies. And some of you will be able to help spread that vision, that the next step for democracies is to help people resolve psychology and rise to higher levels of awareness, higher levels of consciousness that are beyond the self-centeredness and the self-focus.

Because this is the foundation for democracy. As we have said, you must be able to lock into something beyond your self-interest. And that can only happen through the resolution of psychology and the unfoldment of a higher potential than what you see in those who are trapped in the law of the jungle and might is right. In a democracy, might is not right. Why are there people who believe might is right? Because they are completely selfish and self-centered, and they have no empathy for others.

And what you can advance, what you can hold the vision for, is a growing awareness that selfishness is not natural. It is not normal. It is common, but it is not normal for a human being. That the norm, the natural state, is to be connected to something beyond yourself that gives you a sense of connection with your source and connection with your fellow human beings. Vertical and horizontal connection that takes you beyond selfishness because you experience that if you harm others, you harm yourself. That is the natural state.

And anything less than that is unnatural, abnormal psychology. And it can be overcome. And a democratic society that wants to rise to a higher level must make an effort to help its citizens overcome that abnormal, unnatural psychology and manifest the normal state of being connected to something beyond your own mind, which then allows you to connect to other human beings and see them as equals, as part of the whole.

Because only then can you have the kind of interactions, the kind of connections, the kind of dialogues that will make a democracy function. There is a reason why democracy is a recent occurrence in the history of humankind. Because the majority of people were not ready for it. Still many are not ready for it. But more and more people are becoming ready precisely by resolving psychology, rising to the higher potential, where you just know, you experience that if you harm others, you harm yourself.

And this could be said to be at least the high point in the development of human intelligence. Because it is not really intelligent to harm yourself, is it? But the reality, as Jesus explained with the karmic law, is that if you harm others, you are harming yourself. Not realizing this fundamental reality of life on earth is really not very intelligent.

Natural vs. artificial intelligence

What could also emerge here as a result of the whole artificial intelligence development is that a distinction is made between artificial intelligence and natural intelligence. This of course requires that a critical mass of people demonstrate the higher human potential. Because when you look at most people on earth today, you can see that they do not have a natural intelligence. They have a lower intelligence, a self-focused intelligence. 

But when more and more people begin to stand forward and demonstrate a higher form of intelligence, there can emerge this realization that there is a natural form of intelligence that only human beings can acquire, and that all people have the potential to acquire, and that it is far beyond artificial intelligence.

Now some will say: “Well, but you are saying that we cannot at the present level program something into AI that we have not achieved ourselves. Does that mean that when we raise our potential, unfold our full human potential, we can create better AI than we can create today?”

Well, yes, you can, of course, create better AI when you raise your awareness but there also comes a point where you realize, you experience, that AI has the limitations that I have described here. It can never mimic higher awareness, and therefore, AI is a tool. It is a useful tool, or at least it can be developed into a useful tool. But it will never solve humankind’s problems. And it can very easily become a tool for the power elite exerting control over the population. 

When you go in on one of these chatbots and ask it a question, do you really think it gives you a completely neutral and objective answer? No. It gives you an answer based on its programming, and that programming was created by human beings who were not in a neutral and objective state of mind. You already see this, most people have not realized it, but you already see this development, but you will see it more in the coming years, that states, organizations, corporations will attempt to create AI that is biased in a certain direction so that the people who use it will get the answers that make them accept what the people who own the AI want them to accept.

It is already beginning, it will be accelerated greatly over the coming years, and what will happen is the same that has happened with the internet, that it will become less and less trustworthy, and therefore, less and less useful. People will begin to awaken, become very critical of AI, become very suspicious of whether they can trust the answers they are getting, and after some initial euphoria, people will begin to realize that there is no substitute for raising your awareness and acquiring discernment, otherwise you will be fooled. 

And this means that there will come a backlash against the elite that can help expose the elite, not the only thing, but certainly can be a factor.

With this I have given you my two cents worth, as they like to say in America, even though you cannot really do much with two cents these days, can you? Perhaps it should be updated a little bit. 

Nevertheless, as my last thing, I want to thank you, those of you who have participated in this event. We have before said that we have a certain vision before an event of what we can accomplish, and you have largely accomplished what we hope to accomplish, but you have not in this case exceeded our expectations, because not enough people from the United States have been part of the event.

We would have liked to see more Americans join the webinar, because you are there physically, and therefore, your auras and chakras can link directly to the collective consciousness in America. This is not to diminish the effort of those of you who have participated, but just that we could have accomplished more if more people from the United States had decided to participate.

Nevertheless, my warmest gratitude to those of you who are here, who have participated, both from the U.S. and other parts of the world, and therefore, I want to express the joy that those of us who have spoken here have felt by interacting with you and co-creating with you the waves that have been sent into the collective consciousness, where they are spreading like rings in the water, already starting to have an effect.

With this, I seal you, I seal this event, in the joyous flame of freedom that I AM for planet Earth. Saint Germain, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michael

 

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

Nothing is more important than your oneness with Christ


Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, July 5, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. I wish to make some remarks here because, after all, there are many, many Christians in America who claim that America is a Christian nation. This is, as we have said several times before, because they do not understand that it is one of the foundational pillars of the Constitution to separate church and state. Congress may not make any laws that favor or oppose a particular religion or the people’s freedom to worship. Why is this such an issue for the Founding Fathers? Well, because, again, many of the people who settled in northeastern colonies, Massachusetts and others, came to America to escape religious persecution in England and Europe. This was not just the Catholic church but also the Anglican church and other churches.

The Way, not a religion

What I would like to make clear to begin with here is that what I came to start 2,000 years ago, was not a religion like you see the Christian religion today, or Islam, or Judaism, or Hinduism, or even to some degree Buddhism. I did not intend to start an outer religion to replace or compete with other religions. What I came to do was to bring forth a two-tiered program or process that was a general teaching for the public on how to behave in such a way that you would not limit yourself, not create consequences for yourself, that you could not transcend, and that you would therefore, gradually become less and less selfish until you could lock into the real path that I came to teach, namely the path to personal Christhood.

I did not come to create Christians. I came to create Christs. I came, as I have said many times before, to be an example so that other people could see that they too could attain personal Christhood. Now, this is a path, this is a way, which is why my early followers called themselves followers of the Way, referring to my statement, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life. But that statement was not me personally. It was the Christ Consciousness. The Christ Consciousness is the Way whereby you merge with Truth and attain eternal life. This is in contrast to my statements that those who have not started that path are still in the death consciousness, as in letting the dead bury their dead.

We can say here that it was never my intention to start an outer religion with a formal set of rules and doctrines so that those who became members of that religion, lived up to its sacraments, believed in its doctrines, they would automatically be saved. It was my intent to teach, to establish a process whereby people could gradually raise their consciousness and qualify for entry into the Kingdom of God, which is truly a state of consciousness, not a physical kingdom, not even a kingdom in a higher realm. The Kingdom of God is within you because the Kingdom is a state of consciousness. That is, in contrast to the death consciousness that most people are in, because you have been willing to follow the Way whereby you, in your own being, merge with the Universal Christ mind and therefore attain a true state of life by being connected to the One mind that unites you with your Creator, and unites all people who are following that Way horizontally.

Now, as we have explained, I did teach reincarnation and karma to my disciples, which were many more than twelve, and it was my intention that as you started with the general teachings and lived a less aggressive, less selfish life, you would be given the teachings on karma and reincarnation.

Why? Well, because earth is a dense, a dark and unnatural planet, and it is not realistic that anyone can attain personal Christhood in one lifetime. It was not realistic then, it is not realistic today. Therefore, “in your patience possess ye your souls” by acknowledging that it will take time. Two thousand years ago it would have been cruel to give people the teaching that they could qualify for salvation in this one lifetime. Today, there are many people in embodiment who can attain personal Christhood in this lifetime, but that is because they have reincarnated many times over the past 2,000 years, and they have gradually raised their awareness until they are close to that 96th level of consciousness where they can let go of the focus on self, and truly attain that connection to the One mind that gives them personal Christhood. Without reincarnation, it can be very, very confusing to people to understand the message of Christ. That is why it was a severe problem that it was taken out by the Catholic Church, which was by design of the fallen beings, who, as I have said many times, have done everything they could over these past 2,000 years to prevent people from grasping the true message of Christ.

Christhood and democracy

The reason this is important is, as other masters have talked about, some of the Founding Fathers were right there after many lifetimes of raising their awareness. They were very close to the 96th level of consciousness, and some had gone a little bit beyond it. It is important to grasp this because the democracy that the Founding Fathers attempted to define, for that matter any democracy, cannot function to its highest potential unless there is a certain percentage of the people in a country that are close to the Christ consciousness and are beginning to grasp what it is about. As we have said, you really need to be at the point where you can set aside your personal interests or other special interests that you have grown up to accept, and work for raising the whole. And that is the essence of personal Christhood, is that you set aside personal interests, personal opinions, personal idiosyncrasies, in order to work on raising the whole. This is in a sense the very foundation for a functional democracy.

Now people do not need to call this personal Christhood. They just need to be at that level where they can see beyond special interests and lock in to a vision of the whole and the need to work for raising that whole. Special interests originate with the fallen beings who always want to pursue their interests as they see them as separate beings. And separate beings work directly against democracy. They cannot grasp what democracy is about because they cannot grasp what Christhood is about. They cannot grasp that the only way to really pursue self-interest is to help raise the whole. They cannot grasp this from the state of separation. And the fallen beings have attempted since they came to earth to export this view to as many people as possible. They have, as we have talked about so many times, defined the epic mindset so that their self-interest is camouflaged as some epic goal, even as what God wants. But you see, when you look at this, when you look at people who are saying: “We are doing God’s work!” what are they really saying? They are saying that they are so important that the highest God of the universe has given them a task to do here on this little speck of dust called earth. But you see, only separate beings can think that they are important to God, and that they are more important than other people, and that the goals that they see and define in their separate minds are God’s goals and God’s work.

Being important as part of the whole

When you begin to attain Christhood, the first thing you see is that you are not important at all. I can on my own self do nothing of worth. You go through a process where you let go of that focus on self, and the focus on self tells you that you are important. You as a separate being are important in some greater scheme, whatever it is for you, whatever appeals to you. But when you begin to experience the Christ consciousness, you experience that in the Christ consciousness the high shall be made low, the low shall be made high, because God and Christ are no respecter of persons. And therefore, in order to really let go of that focus on self, you must go through a period, it does not have to be long, but you have to go through a period where you begin to realize that: “I am not important in the big scheme of things.”

This is not a matter of believing. It is not a matter of reasoning. It is a matter of experiencing that compared to the Christ consciousness, anything you can do as a separate being is nothing. It has no existence, no longevity. It cannot enter heaven, cannot enter the kingdom. It cannot attain eternal life. You begin to realize that in order to enter the kingdom, you have to let go of that sense of separation and a sense of importance. And then, when you experience that the outer self, the separate self, the human self, the ego, is as nothing to the Christ mind, then you can begin to experience the true nature of the Christ mind. And you can experience that because the Christ mind is in everything, without Him was not anything made that was made, you are out of the Christ mind. The real you is out of the Christ mind.

In other words, you begin to realize that the separate self is not who you are. You are more. And that more is an expression of the Christ mind. We call it the Conscious You in these teachings. You can call it other things. You can call it, for that matter, nothing. But you begin to experience that the core of your being is out of the Christ mind. And the Christ mind wants to raise up the whole. And therefore, you are important as part of the whole, not apart from the whole, not a separate being.  Separateness is not important to the Christ mind. It has no reality in the Christ mind. This is what some of the Founding Fathers experienced. They experienced, they were engaged in a task of forming a constitution to this new nation. And this was a task that was far greater than themselves.

Well, fast forward to today, 250 years later. What will secure the survival of the United States, the continued sponsorship by Saint Germain of the United States, is that a critical mass of people reach that level of consciousness. I do not care if they call it Christhood or Christ consciousness or something else. But they experience, it is not a matter of believing or understanding, but they experience: “I am part of something greater than myself.” This, of course, applies to all democracies. Democracy is greater than any one person, because a democracy is about raising the whole, not an elite.

Embracing the true way of Christ

Now, it would, of course, have been ideal if my true teachings, my true message and the true Way of Christ had survived to this day and had been commonly known in democratic nations, including America. In that case, we could say that the Christian religion in America would have made a real contribution to securing the survival of American democracy. Instead, we must say the opposite today, that the Christian religion is a hindrance to the survival of American democracy. Why? Well, because so many Christians have been seduced by the fallen beings into accepting beliefs that are directly anti-christ. As just one example, take the Christian nationalists and others who are beginning to believe that the Sermon on the Mount was weakness: “This isn’t what Jesus really meant. He meant that we should be firm, aggressive, militant.” No, I meant every word in the Sermon on the Mount and other teachings about being non-aggressive, because when you experience the Christ mind as the underlying oneness, how can you be aggressive towards other human beings?

You do not raise the whole through force. You raise the whole through attraction. The Christ creates a pull upwards to pull you back from separation. You are not being pushed, you are not being forced, but there is that pull to come up higher, to transcend your sense of self. If Christianity had been preaching that message, the democratic world would have been much further along than it is. In fact, we could say that some of the big disasters of the last century could have been avoided. How can you wage war if you experience the unity of Christ horizontally and vertically? Much would have looked different if that true way had survived.

But I am not here to lament about what might have been, just to point out that America is at a crossroads because the only thing that will bring it forward is that enough people grasp the true way of Christ and begin to express it. Again, they do not need to call it that, but they need to reach that level of consciousness where they realize: “I am where I am in society today because there’s a cause that is greater than my own self-interest, my own life. I am part of something greater, and it is time that I express that in whatever position I have in society, or even I seek a position where I can express it.” Many people have done so. Many people are very close to doing so. But it is the only thing that will raise America beyond the current quagmire.

What is the focus on self?

Now, I want to make some remarks here that are more directed towards our direct students. Many of you, as we have talked about in Kazakhstan and at other conferences, are very close to the 96th level of consciousness or have even gone beyond it. Some of you are still struggling with a focus on self, and a common question that we hear from students is: “What exactly is the focus on self? How do I see it? How do I free myself from it?” This is what I will put some words on, in the hope that those words will unlock your, not only understanding, but a shift in consciousness.

You have followed the teachings of the ascended masters for some time. You have perhaps used the “Path to Self-Mastery” course and worked your way up, so you are close to the 96th level. You have heard these teachings about separate selves. You have experienced consciously resolving some of these separate selves, coming to see the illusion, letting it go. But now you hear this concept of the self-focused self or the focus on self. You have heard us say that this self-focused self is like the container that contains all the other separate selves. It is like the ego that is the container for the subconscious selves. But what is it? How do you see it?

Well, one way to approach it is to say: “Well, it must be the self that makes me focused on my self.” And one way to look at this is: “This is the self that makes me feel, think, experience that certain things on earth are important to me.” You see what I said to my disciples? If you value father or mother or sister or brother more than me, you are not one of my disciples. You have to let the dead bury their dead. You have to be willing to lose your life for my sake, which is not me as a person, as a spiritual teacher, but the Christ consciousness. In other words, you have to be willing to lose your life on earth to attain the Christ consciousness. Attaining the Christ Consciousness must be more important to you than anything on earth. This does not mean that you cannot live a relatively normal life and attain Christhood. But Christhood must be your first priority.

One way to expose the self-focused self is to look at: “What is important to me on earth, and why is it important to me?” You might, as an example, have a person who feels: “Sometime in the past, I made a serious mistake, a really big mistake. And it is very important for me that I never repeat this, that I find a way to overcome it or compensate for it.” In other words, it is very important for this person that he or she made a mistake in the past. But why is that important? To whom is it important? What have we said? The core of your being is the Conscious You. It is pure awareness, meaning it is not affected by anything that has ever happened to you on earth, anything you have ever done. The Conscious You did not make that terrible mistake you think you made in the past. A separate self made the mistake and the separate self is holding on to you, having made the mistake, saying in effect: “Because you did this terrible thing in the physical octave and because it can never be changed, you can never escape it. You can never let it go. You cannot just walk away from it. You must forever see yourself as the person who made that terrible mistake.” This cannot be the Conscious You saying this because it is pure awareness. It can only be a self created in this world that says that it is so important that you made that mistake in this world.

Re-evaluating the desire to make a difference on earth

The Conscious You would say: “Well, what can I learn from this situation? And when I have learned it and that lesson has risen to my causal body, why do I need to even think about it anymore? I can just let it go and flow somewhere else.” But you see, somehow you cannot do this. You have not done it yet. The Conscious You has not stepped outside the self. Why? Well, because the Conscious You had an intent for coming to earth. The Conscious You chose to come to earth. It may be that the way that the Conscious You looked at earth was somewhat colored by some selves that were not created on earth but created on a natural planet. But still the Conscious You chose to come to earth. And at the time it made the choice, it had a reason for doing this. There was something you wanted to do, achieve on earth. For many of us as avatars it was, we wanted to make a positive difference, we wanted to help raise the earth. We did not come here for personal gain or for personal enjoyment. But we still had this desire to make a difference on earth. We wanted to feel we had accomplished something on earth. And this is part of the Conscious You, and as long as you have not looked at this and re-evaluated it, the Conscious You cannot step outside that self that feels that what you did is so important. If you made a mistake, it is so important. Because before you came, the Conscious You had not even imagined that you could make a mistake like that. And now that you did make that mistake, the Conscious You cannot let it go. But why? Because you cannot let go of this idea that you should have been perfect even after you came to this very dense unnatural planet. This very sense that you made a mistake is important to you. It is so important to you that you cannot just let it go.

What do you value more than Christ?

Now I am giving a specific example here. And the danger of giving a specific example is that some of you will feel: “But that’s not really how I feel.” But my point here is, you still have something on earth that is important to you. And that is what you can begin to look at: “What is it on earth that is so important to me?” For many spiritual students, it is important to attain a higher state of consciousness. But as we have tried to explain before, the duality consciousness creates a mental image of what it means to be in a higher state of consciousness. And one such image is that you never really did something wrong, you never really made a mistake. Another is, you are always right. Many ascended master students have thought that: “When I attain personal Christhood, I will always be right, because I have the truth. The Christ truth.” We have tried to explain in many different ways that this is not the case. This is not a realistic expectation. What can you do? Well, if you feel this in yourself, you can say: “Why is it important for me to be right in this world?” You see, because what you are seeing is the importance of being right in this world, being right compared to other people.

But this is not important to Christ. Christ wants to be right with God. And what does that mean? How do you become right with God? By letting the dead bury their dead. You just walk away from the disagreement with other people instead of trying to prove them wrong or prove yourself right. Again, what is the problem here? It is so important to you to be right that you cannot let it go. And this very mechanism: something is so important to you that you cannot let it go in order to come closer to Christ. That is the self-focused self, the essence of the self-focused self. It is just one way to put words on this. We have used others. Others can be used. But this is one way to describe it. It is, like I said, there is something on earth you value more than Christ, there is something you cannot just let go of, there is something you cannot let die in order to attain oneness with the life of Christ. If you want to be free of that focus on self consider what is important to you in this world.

The blind followers of Donald Trump

Right now, you can, as an example, look at these people who are Trump supporters in America. Look at how important for them it is that Donald Trump is right, that he does not make a big mistake, that he is not proven wrong. Why is this important for them? Because it is important for them that they are not wrong, that they are right, that they know better than other people. And therefore, they cannot look at reality.

Now, many of these people are nowhere close to Christhood. I understand that. I am just giving you an example of what the fallen beings have taken advantage of time and time again, to seduce people, to put them in a state of fanaticism. Something on earth is so important to people. It was so important to many Germans in the 1930s that Germany was vindicated, that Germany was raised up to be the superior society, that the Germans were the Aryan race that was saving humanity. You look back at this and you see that many among the German people were hypnotized, literally hypnotized. They were in a trance. They were not, as we have said, behaving rationally. They were literally hypnotized. They were blinded, like Paul who persecuted the Christians until the scales fell from his eyes. But Germany lost the war and the Germans could not deny that Germany had lost the war, even though they had thought this was impossible, because they were the superior race and the Führer was the superior leader. They could not go wrong, they thought, by following Hitler. But when it became undeniable that they had lost, the scales fell from their eyes, and they could not understand how they could have been so blind. It is exactly the same dynamic today with those who have this blind allegiance to Trump, this refusal to look at facts, this refusal to entertain the idea that he could be wrong, and that he truly was not made by God in his present state of separation, and he was not sent by God to save America.

“What is important to me in this world?”

But back to my topic here. You, an ascended master student, right there at that 96th level, look at your life, look at your state of mind. Perhaps make a list, just write down, randomly, whatever comes to you: “What is important to me in this world.” Perhaps rank them, what is the most important? Then ask yourself: “Why is this important to me? What is it I am hoping to gain through this activity, this viewpoint, this belief, this sense of self? What is the potential reward that I could reap?”

For example: “If I could prove myself right compared to other people who are wrong, what do I get out of it? What is the benefit?” For some it will be: “Well, perhaps if I am right, I could fulfill the vision I had before coming to earth. I could do what I came here to do.” That is the reward. What is the potential risk, the downside? “Well, I could be proven wrong, I could fail to prove myself right.” What would that mean? “Well, I could not fulfill my reason for coming to earth, so it might have been a failure of me to come to earth.”

But you can then ask yourself a question: “Was the vision I had before coming to earth realistic? Could it ever be fulfilled?” And then you could look at some of the many teachings we have given about free will and realize that your vision was unrealistic because you did not fully grasp the reality of free will. Again, look at these people: Hitler’s followers, the Trump supporters, the people who believe in Putin. Could you ever convince them of anything? No. It simply is not realistic that you could prove them wrong and prove yourself right because they are in a state of denial. They can deny anything that questions their view. Therefore, it is not realistic that you could come to earth and persuade people. You could do this with people who are open, who have an open mind, but the people who do not have an open mind, you have no chance of persuading them. When you contemplate this, you can come to see something very simple. You did not actually come to earth to change other people or change the earth. You came to earth to change yourself, to learn a lesson, and come to a full grasp and acceptance of free will. And why free will must be allowed to outplay itself. Therefore, you can come to the point where you can look at earth, you can look at these people who are completely close-minded, who are hypnotized, and you can say: “What is that to me? I will follow Thee because it is more important for me to be one with Christ than to do anything on earth.”

Let it all go and follow Christ!

You see what I am saying? In order to overcome the focus on self, you have to dig down and expose the reason why what the self projects that you need to accomplish on earth is so important to you. The self will never change, but right now the Conscious You thinks the self is important, and whatever the goal the self projects, whatever the problem the self projects that you must solve, is important. You have to accomplish this. You have to solve this problem. You have to overcome this mistake. You have to compensate for it. There is something you have to do on earth before you can let the dead bury their dead and walk with Christ into eternal life. It is like the young man who wanted to follow me but said: “Please let me go and bury my father first.” This self says: “No, no, yes, yes, of course, in the long term you can follow Christ, but right now there is something you have to finish on earth before you can follow Christ, and until you have done that, Christ will just have to stand back and wait, because only when you accomplish this task here on earth can you follow Christ.” That is the devil, Satan, the serpent, whispering in your ear: “Only when you have accomplished this epically important task on earth can you leave us behind and follow Christ.”

But you see, you will never, and I mean never, come to a point where you have accomplished that task fully and completely. You will never complete the task. What you can do is decide to let the task go, to let it remain unfinished, and to turn around, take the hand of Christ, and walk with Christ into the kingdom. When will you be done on earth? When you decide: “There is nothing more I want to do.” What will it take for you to decide? Well, you have to look at and dismantle the reason why you think there is something you cannot walk away from on earth. Only then will the scales fall from your eyes, and all of a sudden that which seems so important to you will seem like vanity of vanities, all is vanity.

The most demanding form of government

You see, from a broader perspective, democracy is a very great challenge for human beings in a separate state of consciousness. In a dictatorship that is focused on one person, that person can have a great sense of accomplishment: “I have done something as a separate person that no other president has done. I have taken Germany, Russia, the United States to this ultimate state.” And all of those who support that leader can feel that they too have done something as separate beings. But in a democracy that functions, such a leader cannot arise. Precisely because in order to be a good leader in a democracy, you are not doing it for your self-gratification. You are doing it to raise the whole. And for a democracy to function that way, a critical mass among the people must also see the need to be part of something bigger than themselves and their self-interest.

Democracy is not an easy form of government. It is the most demanding form of government. And America is at a point where a critical mass of people need to see this. And as others have said, there is a critical mass that is very close to seeing this. And it is, of course, our hope that we can provide the impetus through you that will tip the scales so America goes in an upward direction.

Focusing on oneness with Christ

But returning to you as ascended master students, you can have this self-focused self that you have been reinforcing as you climb from the 48th to the 96th level. You now hear about Christhood. You now hear about overcoming the focus on self, doing something for the whole. You can formulate in your self-focused self this desire to do something so significant for the whole, or for the ascended masters, that you will be recognized and acknowledged and validated for having done this. You, as a separate self, will be validated for having done something for the whole. This you can also question, whether you have this, whether you see this self.

This messenger in the late 1990s began to see this in glimpses, began to suspect that there was something hiding from him. And then finally he saw that his primary motivation for walking the spiritual path and being involved in ascended master teachings, and giving all these thousands of hours of decrees, was to do something so significant from the self-focused self, that we, the ascended masters, would appear to him and knight him, or in other ways say:” You have done this great thing for us.” And he finally had that shift where he saw this was all vanity. It was never going to happen. And he let it go. He let it go. And you can also come to see that what your self-focused self is hoping to achieve, is hoping will happen, is never going to happen. What can happen instead is that the Conscious You steps outside the self-focused self, experiences a connection to the Christ mind, and now consciously decides: “I want this connection more than any accomplishment of the self-focused self.” Take note of the subtle difference. It is not that the Conscious You says: “Oh, if I attain Christhood, then I can fulfill my purpose for coming to earth, then I can achieve what I now see I cannot achieve through the separate self.” No. You decide oneness with Christ is the only thing that matters. Nothing on earth matters compared to oneness with Christ.

This does not mean that you are going to go out of embodiment, that you are going to withdraw from life. It may very well be that after you make this shift, you can begin to do something, express your Christhood, be the open door, but your motivation is not to accomplish something, to fulfill your reason for coming to earth, or to be acknowledged as being special. Your motivation is still oneness with Christ, being the open door for the expression of the flow. The outer goals fade away, but they only fade away when you see why they seemed important to the Conscious You.

Questioning what is important to you

There are students in previous dispensations, even a few who have followed this dispensation for a time, who have believed that attaining Christhood meant they would be superior to other people who had not attained Christhood. They would be right, they would know better, they would be able to accomplish things that would impress other people, even cause people to see the ascended masters and our teachings. And some have followed these teachings for a while, and suddenly we said something that made them see that this was not going to happen, but they were not willing to acknowledge it. And therefore, they had to go into a state of denying it, often switching and now all of a sudden saying: “Ah, the messenger lost his mantle, he is no longer speaking for the real ascended masters, because the real masters would never say something like that.”

Again, you can look at yourself and say: “Is there any belief, any self-image that I am not willing to question? Is there any belief or self-image that I believe that the ascended masters will one day validate, and that attaining Christhood will validate?” Then you can begin to dig down. Again, why is this important for you? There is the horizontal, it can be important for you to be recognized by other people, be famous. There is the vertical, it is important for you to be recognized and validated by the ascended masters or some other higher authority.

But why is this important to you? Why do you feel that you must somehow attain a superior status compared to other people? This is again the self-focused self. Only the self-focused self can have this, but the Conscious You can have this desire to accomplish its goal for coming to earth. And therefore, it can be colored by that self-focused self. And therefore, you cannot let go of the self-focused self because you cannot see it. You cannot see that this is just a self. It has no life in it. It is not real. It is not realistic. It could never be fulfilled.

The shift has to come from within!

Now, many more things could be said about this because, as I said, people have different reasons why they think that some self is important. But it really is not realistic to expose all of them because, in the end, it cannot come from without. I can give you words that may help trigger an inner shift. But let us just imagine that you and I met, whether in the physical or in the etheric, does not matter. You and I meet, and you are saying: “Jesus, tell me how to see my self-focused self.” Could I do it? No, I could not do it in a mechanical way. There is nothing I could say to you personally, coming from outside yourself, that would be guaranteed to help you switch. It has to come from within. I can, perhaps, push you, inspire you, enlighten you, help you understand. But, in the end, it has to come from within. You have to shift. The Conscious You has to shift where you suddenly step outside of that self-focused self and see: “Oh! But it just isn’t important. When I am inside the self, it seems important. When I am outside the self, I see, I experience: It isn’t important at all.”

There is no mechanical way to force that shift. You just have to keep being willing to look. Look at it from different angles, different perspectives, and one day, suddenly, for seemingly no outer reason, you will shift, and you will say: “Oh, I see it, now it’s obvious.” That is what happened to me so many years ago. That is what has happened to all people, all beings who ascended. Suddenly, for no particular reason at all, this shift happened. But you can, of course, do much to bring yourself to that point where this shift happens, and that is the purpose, of course, of all of our teachings on this topic.

Of course, I do not expect the average American to understand this, but I am not talking about the average American, I am talking about you, first of all, who are spiritual students, but also those among not only the Americans, but all democratic nations who are close to that point where they can make that shift and experience: “There is something here that is more important than myself.”

For many of the people in the world, it will be to be part of some kind of cause, it can be to do something for their country, for democracy, and so on. But for you as spiritual students, it is: “Nothing is more important than my oneness with Christ.” There may be many other things that you can do that are part of your Divine plan. Again, you are not going to end up sitting in a cave in the Himalayas, but nothing is more important to you than oneness with Christ. This messenger has never forgotten that in the 25 years he has been serving as a messenger. And once you experience it, you will not forget it either.

With this, I have given you what was my contribution, and it has been my joy to interact with you in this way. And therefore, I seal you in the Flame of Joy that I AM. Jesus Christ, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michae

 

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

A growing threat to Saint Germain’s sponsorship of America


Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, July 5, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. Let me begin by building on what Liberty said earlier about the desire to have a monopoly. 

The privilege of the few

Many people look at the history of the world and they say that capitalism is a product of the industrial age, but that really is not the case. When you look at the feudal societies of Europe, medieval Europe, what were the feudal lords? They were monopoly capitalists. They had a monopoly on land, and land was the primary resource for producing wealth at the time. What did they also have? They had a very privileged position that could not be threatened by those below them. The king had given them, granted them the land that they owned. They even owned the people living on the land, and they, just by the fact that they owned the land, they reaped the fruits of the people’s labor. This was privilege, and this is what a certain group of fallen beings want more than anything else. 

If you again look at the Constitution, life, liberty, the pursuit of happiness, what is the obligation of a democratic government? Well, it is to ensure that the population, they have liberty, that as many people as possible have as much freedom as possible. What works directly against the liberty of the broad population? It is the privilege of the few. You had a country like England with a relatively small number of feudal lords, owners of land, and they were put in place by the king, and he was the only one above them, and no one below them could threaten their position. This is privilege. 

Now, were the Founding Fathers aware of this? Most of them were not, even though a few of them were, and not in a positive way. There were at least some of them that were aware that they were in a privileged position because they owned land, they owned a farm, they had other people doing most of the labor on the farm, and even though some of them were involved with running it, they still had the ability to take off from the farm, come to Philadelphia, and spend months working out the constitution. 

They were aware that they themselves were in a privileged position, partly because they were in the right place at the right time, they had some land grants, either from the British government, or they took the land that was not owned by anyone else except Native Americans, of course, which did not really count, and so they were aware that they had a privileged position.

How can we limit privilege?

They were aware that the new people coming to the United States could not threaten their privileges, and even though they claimed to be working for a democratic government with liberty and justice for all, with equality under the law, with equal opportunity for all, did they want to risk their own privilege? Did they want to risk losing it? Did they want to share it with someone else? No, of course not. Therefore, my point is, that they were not really aware of the need to create a constitution that protects the general population from the creation of privileged positions sanctioned and upheld by the government. This they could not really grasp, they could not really see the need for it, because they thought again: “Oh, but we will not allow something like the feudal lords of Europe to ever exist in the United States, and therefore, we do not need to write that into the constitution, because maybe it could be used against us and our privileged positions on our gentleman farms”, run by slaves in most cases.

It was not written into the constitution, and of course, it would have been practically impossible to get it into the constitution at the time, because the big landowners in the southern states that were dependent on slaves would have refused to ratify a constitution that limited their privileged positions. 

There is, of course, also a difficult question to deal with which is, how can you limit privilege? Well, you can, of course, limit the privilege that is sanctioned by the government. This at least should be fairly straightforward, where you, for example, can see that some of the monopoly capitalists in the late 1800s and early 1900s attempted to create government sanctioned privileges that meant that no one below them could come up and threaten their positions. 

One example of this is the Federal Reserve System, but these federal banks hold a special position with a special control over the economy through interest rates and other means that there is no competition there. Nobody can rise up and say, we want to be a Federal Reserve Bank because we are bigger than that other bank. This is just one example. There are many others through environmental regulation, for example, where certain companies have the right to log certain federal forests, mine resources. Certain companies are the only ones who are big enough to fulfill anti-pollution laws, so smaller independent companies cannot compete with them. Therefore, many small independent businesses have been forced to go out of business because of environmental protection legislation, which I am not saying could easily be avoided, but nevertheless, it is just one example of how the government in the United States right now has sanctioned many, many positions that are essentially privileged positions. 

The privileged position of the monopoly capitalists

You look forward to the present age. Again, you have many financial institutions that are effectively in a privileged position because they are protected by the government. You have many, many tech companies who are essentially in a monopoly position. Google, for example, with search engines, Microsoft with Windows, and now the AI companies are seeking to get that kind of a privileged position where you simply have companies that have invested so much that no one else could invest as much that they could come up and threaten their position. In Europe, in the EU, they are actively talking about how to prevent companies from becoming so big that they gain a monopoly position. They are actually working on legislation to restrict American tech companies and their influence in Europe. But the American government, are they seeking to restrict Google? Are they seeking to say that there should be more competition? Well, not really as much as they could be doing. 

What you see is that from the 1800s, late 1800s, you saw a class of monopoly capitalists, big industrialists and financiers who wanted a privileged position in society. They realized that the only way to get a privileged position was to get it sanctioned by the government, to become so big that they could manipulate the government into giving them a privileged position that could not be threatened by anyone.

Who were these financiers? Well, many of them were the reincarnated noble lords of Europe who had reincarnated in America, and they were often the ones who were not the oldest son who inherited the land and therefore, did not have the privilege they wanted. Now they saw an opportunity by incarnating in America that they could try to get a privileged position without being born into it. Of course, you now have these older families and dynasties where the following generations were born into a privileged position. Even in the United States, you now have these privileged positions that are inherited. This was what the Founding Fathers attempted to avoid or wanted to avoid because they did not want to duplicate the feudal system in America. 

The Constitution has not been successful in preventing this because it was not written in there that it is the government’s responsibility to secure the liberty of the people by preventing monopolies and government-sanctioned privileged positions, even by preventing companies from becoming so big that they can destroy the competition, actively destroy the competition, and therefore, reach a privileged position that is not to the advantage of the population and actually also, in many cases, holds the economy at a lower level than it could be. 

Government debt and the elite 

When you really begin to wrestle with this problem, you see that there comes a point in the world today where a democratic government must step back and look at the fact that some companies have become so big, whether they are American companies or international corporations, they have become so big that they have far too much power because of the money they control. They can threaten democracy, threaten democratic governments, they can gain privileges that they are not entitled to in a democracy. How can the democratic world, not just America, but the democratic world, deal with this? There are companies today who are making billions of dollars but hardly paying any taxes because they are not headquartered in the United States, or in another country but in tax havens, or they find other ways to cheat, so they do not pay a fair share of taxes. 

If you look at the American economy, the government budget today, you can ask yourself very simply—why is the American government, the richest country in the world by its own admission, why is this government in debt? Why does it have such a huge debt that the interest rate payments alone are so big? How did this happen? Well, how did it happen? Very simple. The American government is spending more than it is taking in. How is the government primarily taking in money? Oh yes, through taxes. Where do taxes come from? Well, the people who are making money are paying taxes, part of that money, to the government in exchange for public services. Now the question is, who was it that did not pay enough taxes so that the American government had to go into debt? Was it the ordinary citizens, the average people who are working a job, paying income tax? Nay, it was the elite who own companies, who can move their money to tax havens, who can afford expensive lawyers and accountants to avoid paying taxes. The government debt today is there because the top 10% did not pay the taxes they should have paid in a just taxation system. 

Who owns the debt of the American government? Well, some ordinary citizens have bonds, but a majority of the bonds are owned by the elite. You could say that this is the greatest investment scheme of all. The elite has taken the money that they did not pay in taxes, bought government debt, and now they are reaping the interest of that debt. Who is paying that interest? Oh, yes, the ordinary citizens who are paying their fair share of taxes. 

I am sorry, who thought this was a good idea? It probably was not the people, I am guessing. It probably was not really the government. That leaves who? Well, the elite, of course. How did they get away with this? Well, partly because they have a hidden interference on the government. They have bought this interference through lobbying, campaign contributions, and the ideology of neoliberalism, and even older, the whole myth of America being the greatest capitalist society, and that America has a free enterprise economy, but it is free competition, and therefore, it is only fair that those who are better at competition make unlimited amounts of money.

Raising the economy through taxation

But as I have tried to point out here, America does not have free competition because the government of America has not taken up its responsibility to maintain free competition and prevent companies from getting privileged positions and virtual monopolies, or even actual monopolies. Therefore, America does not have a just economic system that gives liberty and justice and opportunity to all Americans. More than that, the elite has managed to sell the American dream to the American people, at least to a large part of the American people. There are, of course, many Americans who can see that they will never be part of the American dream, who do not buy into it, but there are many Americans who do, and they believe in the lie that governments should not interfere with the free market, that the governments should stay out of business, out of the economy, have as little regulation and taxation as possible. Why? Because they hope that one day they will be part of the elite.

Of course, the elite allows some people to come up from nothing, become millionaires and billionaires, in order to maintain the illusion that all people could live the American dream, but of course, all people could not. It does not matter how hard people would work and how much ingenuity they have, there is only a limited number of people that can rise from the bottom to the top, and only what is allowed to maintain that illusion. One of the aspects of this illusion that the government is the problem, the government should stay out of business, is that the government should collect as little taxes as possible from especially, American businesses and the elite. 

There is this attitude that has been spread among many, especially business people in America, that the less taxes you can get away with paying, the better. Again, as Liberty explained, what actually happens? It is the same mentality that you think the only way you can make money is to pay your employees as little as possible. The only way you can really make money is to pay as little taxes as possible. What if all people, all businesses, had paid more taxes for the last 50 years? What if the government was not in debt at all because it could balance the budget? Well, if the amount of money that makes up the debt had come in by a higher income from taxes, what would the government have done with it? 

They would have invested in public services. Yes, of course, there is government waste. Yes, of course, there is inefficiency. Nevertheless, what I am pointing out here is, the more money you pay in taxes, the higher the level of public services, this actually raises the level of the entire economy, partly because some people get jobs, and all of society will do better. Meaning, that for the mass majority of American businesses, they would make more money today if they had paid more taxes over the past decades. This is not necessarily the case for the top 2% of companies and individuals. But even for many of them, if the economy was at a higher level, they too would make more money.

Artificial vs. real investment

Again, if you really think about this problem, you reach the conclusion at some point that if a democratic government is to fulfill its mandate from the people to secure the greatest liberty for all, the government must limit how big a company or an individual can become, how much money they can make, how much power they have in society through that money. They must simply limit it. It can be done in various ways, and I know very well that if most Americans were to ever hear this, they would scream: “Communism, socialism”, and I would answer: “No, a responsible government, a responsible democratic government that does what is best for the people.” 

As Liberty said, it is not best for the people that the economy is held at a lower level because wealth is concentrated in the hands of a small elite that cannot spend it. What does the elite do with the money they cannot spend on consumption? Well, they invest it. How do they invest it? Again, there are two ways to invest. Originally, really only one, and that was to invest in something that provides products or services. In other words, you created a business, you made money, you have money left over, you either invest in your own business or another type of business, create a new business. You are adding to the economy, the natural economy. But the other way to invest is to invest in ways to make money off of money. This goes back to banking, lending money for interest, but it has morphed into such a variety of financial instruments that hardly anybody can see what is actually happening in that jungle. 

What is investment in financial instruments versus investments in businesses that produce something of value? What is this artificial investment? It is the quest for privilege. It is the quest to be like the feudal lords who could sit there in their castles, eat, drink and be merry without doing any work. It is also an attempt to accumulate so much wealth that you can feel that you could never lose it. You do not want to work and you want to be in a position that no one can threaten. You want to have that absolute security. Again, it is necessary to see there is an elite of people who have used democratic freedoms to manipulate the system, manipulate the economy for the sole purpose of setting themselves up in privileged positions, just like the feudal lords of the Middle Ages. 

A threat to the economy

It is necessary to acknowledge that this is not what the Founding Fathers envisioned. This is not what democracy is all about, and more than just that, it is actually a threat to the long-term survivability of the economy because as Liberty explained, privilege creates a closed system, and a closed system will self-destruct. Why has not the privileged system in the United States self-destructed decades ago? Because they have exploited the working people by funneling wealth upwards towards themselves. The decrease in the living standard of the broad population has financed the survival of the elite in their privileged positions. The cost of this is that the entire economy has descended to a lower level than it otherwise would have been, and this threatens the survivability of the economy.

The entire system can collapse, just as you have seen in 1929, 2008, and many other cases where it has been very close, and this means what? It means that the elite’s very attempt to secure a privileged position that cannot be threatened, this attempt, is the biggest threat to their privilege. 

People taking on karma of fallen beings 

Once you see it, you see it is perfectly logical. And this gives rise to the question that most people will ask: “Why are they doing this? Why can they not see it?” And you will never be able to find an explanation unless, as we have said, you understand what fallen beings are and you realize they cannot see it, because they are in complete denial about the consequences of their own actions. Because beyond securing a privileged position, they are trying to avoid their karma, the consequences of their actions, and they have been attempting to do this ever since they fell, however long ago that was. And some of them have achieved some ability to do this. And how do they do it? By getting people to take on part responsibility for their actions, so that the people carry some of the karma that really was only created because of one leader and his insatiable quest for power or privilege. 

You take Adolf Hitler. Surely, you can look at Germany and say there were already tendencies in German society that Hitler did not create, he simply took advantage of them. Nevertheless, a person like Hitler could have taken power in Germany and had a certain success in transforming German society without necessarily creating the Second World War and certainly without creating the Holocaust. In other words, Hitler’s takeover did not make the Second World War and Holocaust inevitable. A person in his position could have taken Germany in different directions. Why did Hitler take it in that direction? Because of his psychology. My point is that Hitler is, to a very large degree, responsible for the Second World War and the Holocaust. It was his karma, but because he got so many people to believe in the Nazi ideology and to support him with this blind fanaticism, this state of denial, after the war, when Germany lost the war and the Holocaust was exposed, they felt responsible for having supported this. And this means, they took on part of that karmic burden that really should have been Hitler’s to bear individually. 

You see the exact same dynamic in the United States right now, where these most—what should we say—blind, fanatical Trump supporters are taking on part of the karma that really should be his, because some of his actions, including the war in Iran, are a result of his individual psychology. But because he has managed to hypnotize so many people into going into this state of denial, where they will not see that he could ever make a mistake, they are taking on part of the karma. They are therefore, keeping him alive longer than his karma would normally allow. 

The same as we explained with Putin in Russia, where the people who believe in Putin or who are afraid of what will happen to Russia when he is no longer there, they are taking on part of his karma which allows him to stay in embodiment instead of, as we have said, he has exceeded his natural lifespan, going out of embodiment years ago. You see here, this is a mechanism that I am simply pointing out as an explanation for why there is this group of beings who cannot see the consequences of their actions. They think, literally, they can get away with anything. 

Look at Trump, who routinely lies and exaggerates, who routinely contradicts himself, but he feels he can say whatever he wants and get away with it because he has gotten away with it, and he has avoided consequences. You may know a little bit about Trump and lawsuits and this and that, but there is so much more that Trump has done that has never been discovered, that he has never been held accountable for, and therefore, in his mind, he thinks he can get away with almost anything. 

The reason why it is important to recognize these beings is, you cannot ask the logical question: “Why are they doing what actually harms themselves?” Because they are in complete denial that their actions could come back and hit them like a boomerang. They are in complete denial about this and only in extreme situations can such a being snap out of this self-hypnosis and acknowledge that: “Oh, my actions did have consequences, and I cannot talk my way out of it.” Only in extreme cases has this happened. In far more cases, it has not happened and these beings have gone to their second death. 

People unfit to lead in a democracy

Again, I am not expecting that modern democracies will begin to talk about fallen beings, but they do not have to. I am using that terminology with you who are familiar with it. All they need to recognize is, that there are certain people and have been a certain class of people throughout history who are blindly pursuing self-interest and who cannot see the consequences it has for society, for the population and even for themselves and therefore, the only way that a democracy can avoid being manipulated by these people is to be aware of their existence and take measures to prevent them from gaining, attaining positions of power and privilege. And this, of course, goes to becoming much more aware of how a relatively small number of these kinds of people have become leaders throughout history and have created some of the worst problems, crises, atrocities that you see in history, and therefore, a democratic nation must define demands, criteria, for who is suitable to become a leader and who is not. 

You must create a psychological profile, call it narcissist, psychopath, whatever you want to call it, but you must create a psychological profile for people who are unfit to be leaders in democratic countries. And you must create a mechanism for preventing such people from even running for office. This is an absolute necessity, and it is being proven right now by Trump, by Putin, by Netanyahu. It will be proven at some point by Xi Jinping, the ayatollahs of Iran, and other leaders. Even many of the smaller leaders in Africa are proving this point. The world is simply at a point where this recognition is a must, and it is very close to breaking through. It must happen in the next 12 years, or there will be such disasters created by these leaders that you cannot even imagine it today.

My point is not to paint a doomsday scenario. My point is to paint a realistic scenario, that again this is so close to breaking through, where a critical mass of people in America and elsewhere will see this and see that a democratic nation must prevent a certain type of person from attaining a leadership position. The Founding Fathers, as we have said, were very concerned about demagogues who would say whatever they needed to say in order to seduce the public and get elected in a democracy, and then would use their position to undermine democracy. You have seen it before with Hitler, with Putin, now with Trump, Netanyahu, and others and it is simply a necessary step for the democratic world to come to this recognition. 

American exceptionalism

The next thing I want to go into here is why the American people have not done this before? Why have the American people not learned the lesson that many people in Europe learned from Hitler? And this ties in with a common expression that many American commentators are using—American exceptionalism. America is somehow different. America is a unique nation. It is the greatest nation on earth, and America has a unique destiny to be the bulwark for freedom and democracy. Well, if it is America’s destiny to defend democracy around the world by overthrowing dictators, why do you not do the same at home? Why are you not defending your own democracy from a demagogue as the Founding Fathers wanted to do? Why have you not seen that there really is nothing to prevent the rise of a demagogue in America except the people’s vigilance and awareness? And why do you not have that vigilance? Because the American people have a certain optimism that nothing could go really bad—we will make it, we will muddle through, somehow, it will be all right in the end. 

Why do Americans have this optimism? Well, because America has muddled through. It survived the Revolutionary War. It survived other wars. It survived the Civil War. It survived the First World War, the Second World War, the crash of ‘29. “Somehow, we always make it in the end.” This is, of course, fed by Hollywood fantasies about superheroes, a relatively unique American phenomenon, that things get very, very bad, but in the end one superhero arises and saves the day. And you can look at American history and say: “But America has survived. We made it. We made it through. It has been close sometimes, but we made it through.” 

Saint Germain’s sponsorship of America 

Well, yes. Why did you make it through? Was it because America is so special? Or was it because the Ascended Master Saint Germain has given a certain sponsorship to America since 1776? And it is this sponsorship and this sponsorship alone that has caused you to muddle through. And what if this sponsorship is not a given? Because the condition of this sponsorship, which even many students in previous ascended master dispensations did not acknowledge, the conditions for this sponsorship is the law described by Jesus in his parable about the talents. Only when you multiply the talents do you get more. Only when America multiplies the talents of my sponsorship can I continue or increase that sponsorship. If you do not multiply it, I must withhold sponsorship, and that means that a disaster now becomes a distinct possibility because the safety net is not there. I cannot pick you up when you fall if you are not multiplying what I have given previously.

If you know anything about ascended master history, you will know that in previous dispensations it was said that after I ascended, I was granted a dispensation to take on, manifest a physical body, and appear in Europe where I attempted to work with the kings and queens of Europe in an attempt to create the United States of Europe. One of the reasons for this was to set up such a strong state in Europe that it could deter Russian aggression and expansion, because it was clear that the collective psychology of Russia meant that there was a desire to be the greatest nation on earth among many Russians in the collective psyche of Russia, and that this would attract leaders that would attempt to carry this out. And that this could become a threat, even prophesied by Nostradamus, that Russia could export its evils to the world. And this was, as you can clearly see with the rise of the Soviet Union, a real threat. 

I could not create the United States of Europe, so instead I sponsored the early Founding Fathers of America, and this led to the creation of the United States, which was the one factor that prevented Russian imperialism from attempting to take over Europe and creating a state of perpetual war, perpetual hot war, instead of the cold war. You can see this in history. You can see that had it not been for the United States, the victory over Nazi Germany, and America drawing a line in the sand, saying to Russia: “You will not expand further west than the Iron Curtain,” then there is no telling where Russia would have gone in their relentless pursuit of world domination. Their goal was what? A communist takeover of the entire world. You cannot deny this if you look at history. That means what? That means that after the Second World War was over, the rule-based world order that emerged with the United States and democratic countries in Europe was indeed in accordance with my vision and my sponsorship. 

It was and it is my firm vision that America must be a guarantor against Russian imperialism and expansion in Europe and even elsewhere. This is my vision for America. This is an absolute condition for my sponsorship. Now ask yourself: “With what Donald Trump has done in the first year of his presidency, do you think that the Trump administration is living up to the conditions for my sponsorship?” If you say yes, you are in complete denial about history. If you refuse to acknowledge this, you are still in denial. 

Raising doubt about America’s commitment to NATO, negotiating with Putin as if: “Oh, he is a good guy, we can deal with him, we can make a deal,” is a direct violation of my sponsorship of America. I must withdraw certain sponsorship and that makes America vulnerable in many different ways, including economically. It is simply the reality. This is not a matter of any human opinion. It is not a matter of the messenger’s opinion. It is not a matter of your opinion. It is simply the cosmic, spiritual, karmic reality. Call it what you will. 

Nothing has threatened my sponsorship of America more than this entire circus of casting doubt upon America’s commitment to NATO and to defending democracy. Nothing. A close second is the attempt to concentrate power in the presidency that is completely against the intention of the Founding Fathers and the wording of the constitution. But this is simply causing me, has caused me, to reduce my sponsorship of America and that is the greatest threat to the survival of America right now, to the prosperity of America, to the relative peace of America. Nothing is a greater threat. You think you can do without my sponsorship and muddle through. I tell you, you are mistaken. I am not saying I have completely stopped sponsoring America. I am saying I have reduced my sponsorship. If I have to reduce it even further, we can come to a point where I must withdraw it. And I can assure you, you will not be better off without it. 

I know this is not the kind of message most people want to hear on the 4th of July, now 5th, and on the celebration of 250 years. But I am telling you this, in terms of my sponsorship, this is the lowest point of my sponsorship in the last 250 years. Do I want to withdraw my sponsorship? Of course not. I want to increase my sponsorship and see America do better and become one of the forerunners for manifesting the golden age. But as I have said before, that requires some sincere changes, and certainly, it requires you to stop looking backwards and wanting to cling to traditional values that simply cannot take America into the golden age.

I recognize that I have given you, not what you can handle as ascended master students, but what the American psyche, the American collective consciousness can handle at this point. Because as this message has been released from me through you, it has created ripple effects in the collective consciousness, and I see that it has reached a level now where even the more advanced people cannot handle anymore. They simply cannot deal with the light that is being released. Therefore, I will seal this release, but I will extend to you, who have been part of it, my gratitude. For you have given me a greater service than any other group of people have given me in the last 250 years, at least in America. For this, you have my gratitude. 

You may not feel particularly optimistic about this right now, but the reality is, that me saying this in the physical is really the only chance that we can turn this around and therefore, the fact that it has been said in the physical is cause for optimism that it will have an effect and get those people who have been reluctant to do what is their constitutional mandate, off the fence so they can say: “This has gone far enough. We cannot allow anyone to cast doubt upon America’s commitment to NATO, to democracy within, and democracy without.” 

With this I seal you in the flame of freedom, of joyous freedom that I AM. Perhaps you have not felt so much joy through this release, but sometimes we need to simply speak reality, or as the saying goes: “Speak truth to power.” Saint Germain, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michael

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

The tipping point for the American economy


Ascended Master Liberty through Kim Michaels, July 5, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Liberty. I have previously been known as the Goddess of Liberty and I of course still hold that office, but I prefer to use a less formal title as we are seeking to make ourselves slightly more approachable to human beings in embodiment. 

Libery vs. freedom

My main task here, my main joy, is to talk somewhat about liberty. Now why is it that the Declaration of Independence talks about inalienable rights and defines these as life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness? Why liberty? Why not freedom? Many of the people who came to America from Europe came from a highly suppressed environment, highly suppressed society where they were the underlings of the ruling elite. They wanted freedom from that oppression. You will see that in many cases these early settlers settled outside of cities, outside of towns. There was no real organized society. They basically had freedom to do whatever they wanted on whatever land they claimed to be theirs, whether they have any legal basis for claiming that land or not.

There were many people that came from Europe who wanted freedom, freedom from any kind of restrictions. They thought they should be able to do whatever they wanted. But the Founding Fathers did not want to grant that kind of freedom because they realized very clearly that a society like that could not function. They realized that you could not look at the societies in Europe at the time and create a society that was in the opposite dualistic polarity, from having no freedom to having complete freedom. They realized that for society to function you had to have some middle ground, we might say but actually going beyond the dualistic extremes even though they, of course, did not operate with that terminology. That is why they were focused on liberty. And there has of course been a long-standing debate in philosophical circles, what is the difference between freedom and liberty? What are the similarities? And generally speaking freedom is seen as a freedom from restrictions, whereas liberty is seen as the greatest possible liberty in a system where everybody is free to do what they want as long as it does not harm others.

Freedom from consequences

The Founding Fathers saw the need to create a government that granted liberty but not the freedom to do whatever you wanted regardless of the consequences for other people. This is actually important to consider in the American collective consciousness, in the American psyche, we might say in the fabric of American democracy. You see, what we have talked about in the previous dictations is a power elite. We have said there is a power elite that wants to undermine democracy. But what is it they really want to do, the power elite? Well, they want freedom to do anything they want, anything that benefits them regardless of the consequences it has for other people and for society as a whole. In other words, who is it that really wants freedom from? It is the fallen beings, they want freedom from consequences. They want freedom to be able to do whatever they want without having to personally bear the consequences of their actions. Just one example, a freedom to go to war against another fallen being in another country, but they themselves do not go out on the battlefield. They have other people who go out there and get killed and blown up. 

They also want freedom to do whatever they want economically. For example, speculate in unsound mortgage schemes. And then when it becomes a crisis like in 2008, they want the government to use taxpayer money to bail them out in order to avoid what they claimed would be a catastrophe even for the common people and the entire system. You see this theme. If you could look at the history of fallen beings going all the way back to the first ones that fell in the fourth sphere, you would see this pattern. They want to be able to do whatever they want, but they want the people, the population, to bear the consequences of their actions. In other words, they want freedom, they do not want liberty. Because we can say that freedom implies no responsibility, no accountability. But liberty implies that you have freedom, but you are accountable and you have a responsibility to live up to the liberties granted by the government. What the fallen beings want, they want a government that puts restrictions on the people, but not on themselves. They can do whatever they want, but the people cannot because the people are locked in so that they have to bear the responsibility and the consequences of the actions of the elite. 

Capitalist vs. free enterprise economy

This is, of course, not a system that is unique to America. But since we are focused on America here, we are focusing on how it is playing itself in American history, in the American form of government, in American democracy, and not least in the American economy. We have already talked about this phenomenon that you can observe, that there are people who want to make more and more money and who cannot get enough. It is never enough for them. Now, one of the ramifications of this is, of course, that if you look at what we have said, an economy of a country, a society grows when people add something that has real value to other people. You are producing a product. You are growing crops on the field, whatever before was grass and weeds. You are tilling the land. You are planting the crops. You are harvesting it. You have now brought forth something that has a greater value to other people than the bare land that was there before. You produce a product. You come up with an invention. You provide a service. 

The problem with this, from the viewpoint of the fallen beings, is you only have a certain amount of time. You only have a certain amount of energy. You only have a certain amount of ingenuity. There is a limit to how much of value one person can create. And this, of course, in a normal natural economy, sets a limit to how much money a person can make. How do you make more money? Well, one way is to get other people to do work and you pay them less than the value they create. In other words, you get people to do the physical labor and it creates a certain amount of value, but you pay them less than that value for their labor. And then you pocket the difference. 

This is, of course, what people will call a capitalist economy. I do not have a problem with people calling it a capitalist economy. Where I do have a problem is when they put an equal sign between capitalist economy and a free economy, a free enterprise economy, because they are not the same thing. Because in a free enterprise economy, there is free competition. But you see, the power elite does not want free competition. They want to limit competition in many different ways. Why? So they can extract a greater profit than what can be extracted by providing a product or service. Again, one of the ways the power elite seeks to concentrate wealth in their own hands is to take advantage of people’s labor. But the other way is to try to prevent other people from producing the same product at a lower price. In other words, the dream of the fallen beings is to have a monopoly on the supply so that they can set the price any way they want. But in a truly free enterprise economy, where there is free competition, monopolies cannot be gained. And the fallen beings have seen this over and over again, not just in America. And some of them are even aware that it is their own greed that undermines their monopoly. Because as they begin to have a corner, so to speak, a monopoly on the supply of something, like Rockefeller, who in the 1800s attempted to get a monopoly on lamp oil, and as they gain this monopoly and raise the prices so they can make a greater profit, what does that do? Well, it increases the incentive for other people to break the monopoly. The more the price goes up, the more others will say: “We want a part of that market.” Or it increases the incentive for people to come up with alternatives to this, such as instead of lighting your houses with lamps burning oil, you could have gas or you could have electricity. 

Sanctioning monopolies through the law

You see the fallen beings know that they find it very difficult to maintain a monopoly once they gain it. It is not that difficult for them to gain a monopoly because they are willing to do anything they can to buy up the competition or destroy the competition. But once they gain it and raise prices in their greed, they are undermining the foundations for their monopoly. What these monopoly capitalists in America attempted to do was to use the government to enact laws that made it more difficult for small independent businesses to challenge the monopolies or the position of the big companies, the companies that had already established a position in the market.

This is capitalism. It has nothing to do with a free enterprise economy. How can a free enterprise economy be maintained only when a democratically elected government uses its power to prevent monopolies instead of sanctioning monopolies? This did not happen in the United States, certainly not in the 1800s and why not? Well, because of what Godfre talked about, the high level criminals that are attempting to use the American system for their own benefit. Some people still look back admiringly on these great industrialists, as they are often called, and see them as innovators, as forerunners who helped build the American economy. But in terms of the Constitution and the Founding Fathers and given equal opportunity and liberty to all people, they were criminals. They were undermining that very democratic system that the Founding Fathers put in place, because one of the liberties that a democratic government should guarantee all of its citizens is precisely the freedom from being exploited through a monopoly, as well as the liberty from being exploited so that you get paid less than the value of your labor.

What is a reasonable profit?

Am I thereby saying that you cannot have somebody who starts a business and hires people and makes money off the value that these people create with their labor? No, I am not. It is reasonable that those who take initiative, who make an investment, who come up with a new idea, who are better at organizing than others, it is reasonable that they make a profit. But the question is how much of a profit? And what you see right now is that you have a ridiculous difference between the value people create with their labor and what they are paid. You see it as one example in the federal minimum wage. Just look at what it is today compared what it was 30 or 40 years ago. And then look how much prices have gone up in that time. You can see that this is exploitation. Now, how can it be that the federal government has not increased the federal minimum wage? Well, because some of these monopoly capitalists have bought their influence on the federal government to keep it down. And why? Because of greed. They know that if the federal minimum wage is raised, it will affect wages throughout American society.

That means they will have to lower their profits. And since they do not want that, they are seeking to influence the federal government. And this is not liberty. This is not the American government fulfilling its constitutional mandate to give rights to all of the people. 

You may say: “Well, do not people have some choice in whether they will take these poorly paid jobs?” But in many parts of America, they do not. It is a poorly paid job or no job at all. You have so many people in America who do not have a realistic opportunity to get any education, get any job training. Why do you think so many young men join the armed forces as a way to get out of these small rural communities where they have no opportunity really to improve their lot in life? 

Liberty secured by the government

You see here that my point is liberty is ingrained in the American Constitution, but it is often forgotten that liberty can only be secured by the government. Because, as I said, freedom is the freedom to do whatever you want. Liberty is doing whatever you want in the context of society. 

Now, who defines the parameters for society? Well, the government, if it lives up to its responsibility and it does it in such a way that there is liberty and justice for all, equality not only under the law, but equal opportunities. You see here that the Founding Fathers found it essential that the government should not infringe upon the freedoms of the people. They did this because they had the frame of reference of England, where the power elite and the king defined the freedoms of the people. Many Americans have never considered the difference. They think that freedom somehow just appears. But in any kind of society, the government defines the parameters. The Founding Fathers saw that in England, the king and a noble class had defined a system that truly, severely infringed upon the freedom and liberties of the people. And they saw it as their primary goal to prevent the government of America from doing the same thing. What they did not foresee, because it could not easily have been foreseen back then, was that there would emerge a power elite in America who would attempt to take away people’s liberties through money.

That they found it difficult to see because these big companies had not really emerged at the time. You had some parallels in England with these big trading companies, but still the Founding Fathers could not really foresee how the industrial revolution in the 1800s would create these huge capitalists who had these very large companies and who would do whatever they could to create a monopoly. Why is it such a problem that they attempt to create these monopolies? Well, because it will destroy the economy of the country. 

Limits of the economy based on exploitation

This might require some more knowledge of economy and economic history than the average person is equipped with. But I will still give a few hints here. What caused the Roman Empire to survive economically? What drove the economy, what sustained the economy in the Roman Empire? It was constant conquest. The Roman Empire, as long as it was expanding, it was taking enormous amounts of wealth and resources through plunder in the areas that they conquered. There was an influx of wealth from the outside that allowed the Roman Empire to survive.

This eventually came to a halt because of the technology and transportation at the time. It became more and more difficult for the Roman Empire to expand and therefore, the Roman Empire started a decline. My point here is that unless an empire expands and plunders other areas, it must have an economy that can sustain itself, that is self-sustaining. The British Empire at the time of the revolution was precisely the same kind of empire. It had expanded. It had plundered its colonies and brought enormous amounts of wealth back. You will see how the early Americans found it unjust that there was so much wealth going from the colonies to England and not much coming back. This is the only way an economy can be sustained if it allows a small elite to monopolize the economy and the wealth. You look at England during colonial times, you look at the Roman Empire, a very small elite controlled most of the wealth. Look at how the common people lived in 1776 in England. They were poor. They had very, very little.

But look at the rich people in England and how they lived and you see the huge difference.  This is what the big industrialists wanted to recreate in America in the 1800s. And you can go to some of these mansions that they built and see that they are not that different from the castles of Europe built by the noble class. But what is it that now happens in such an economy? Let us now say that we have a country such as the United States, which is fairly large, that does not plunder its surroundings. It has to produce everything from the inside. You can debate when the U.S. became such a country, because certainly up through the 1900s, they were expanding territory out west and plundering that land. But still, there came a point where America, the boundaries were established, the states were there and defined. And America became in many ways a self-sustaining economy, or at least it had a potential to be. But you see, what is it that can sustain an economy if it does not have an influx of wealth from the outside?

What sustains an economy? It is that there is a reasonable proportion between the value that people produce through their labor and what they are paid, whether they have their own business or they work for someone else. There must be a reasonable proportion between the value the labor produces and their monetary compensation. Why? Well, because if you are not plundering provinces outside your borders, where is the wealth going to come from? Where is the what is going to drive the economy? Well, it is, of course, people’s consumption. Everybody wants to improve their lot in life and they want to buy. They want to have what is defined as the American dream. You want to have a house. You want to have a car. Maybe you want two cars. You want to have a television. You want to have a bigger television. You want to have this. You want to have that. That demand produces growth in the economy because somebody is going to say: “Oh, I see that people want this. Let me start a business to provide it.” And that creates growth.

But of course, there is only one way that such an economy can function. People have to have money to spend. But what is it the elite wants? They want to concentrate wealth in their own hands. What do they want? They want to pay people as little as possible for their labor. And that puts a chokehold on the economy so that it simply cannot grow beyond a certain point. You look at medieval Europe, you look at the feudal societies, you look at the level of the economy there. You could look at a feudal lord who had a big castle that was built century ago by his forbearers. It was somewhat elaborately decorated. But the amount of wealth that this feudal lord actually controlled was hardly anything compared to today. Yes, he had a much better lifestyle than the peasants that he virtually owned. But in today’s measurements, he had very little money, certainly very little compared to the industrialists and financiers today, the billionaires and trillionaires. Well, trillionaire is so far singular, but just wait.

Limiting government but not the power elite 

My point is the entire feudal society, the economy was at a much lower level. Why did the economy grow during the industrial era? Well, because since you did not own the people who lived on or worked in your factory but had to pay them, the industrialists had to give a bigger part of their profit to the workers than the feudal lords had to give to the peasants. That increased the amount of money in the population so that an economy could grow to fill the needs of the people, the demand. But the industrialists did not see it that way. They did not see that the reality of an economy is the more you pay the workers who do the work, the more the entire economy can grow and the more money you can actually make. They could only see that the only way to make big money was to, number one, attempt to create a monopoly so you could artificially raise prices, and number two, to pay the workers as little as possible. This, as other masters have said, is the only way fallen beings can think. They cannot see the logic in what I am saying.

They cannot see it because they cannot think beyond themselves and their self-interest as they define it. You see again, what did the Founding Fathers of America want? They wanted to create a society where the fallen beings that they saw, even though they did not use that terminology, they saw in the English aristocracy and the English monarchy, could not take away the liberties of the people. And the problem is that back then, as today, too few people have identified that there is a power elite who wants to exploit the people. Therefore, the Founding Fathers were focused on creating a government where the Constitution put restrictions on the government of how the government could limit people’s liberties. And the goal was to create a government that gave as much freedom and liberty to the people as possible. But what they, as I said, could not really foresee was that there would be this class, this power elite that they saw in England that would migrate to the United States and attempt to gain the same kind of position in the United States that they had in England.

They could not imagine that this would happen because they thought that only in a monarchy can there be a power elite that really exploits the people. Because the noble class of England, they were born into their position. If you set up a democratic government that does not allow people to be born into a certain position in society, they thought they had solved the problem. 

Taking advantage of democratic liberties 

What they did not understand is that the power elite, the fallen beings, have had so long to come up with their schemes that they can take advantage of any system you create. The fallen beings, as we have said many times, would have preferred that democracy did not even come into being. But their modus operandi is always, if we cannot beat them, join them. When democracy became inevitable, they just joined democracies and said: “Well, here we have this nice American government that is so concerned about not infringing upon the freedoms and liberties of the people. Let us take advantage of those freedom and liberties to create these huge businesses that eventually become so powerful that they can begin to influence the government or buy their way into the government. Let us take advantage of democratic freedoms to undermine democracy itself and to undermine those freedoms for the population so that we can enjoy the freedoms. But the population become virtual slaves of us.”

That was their goal from the very beginning. Many of those in embodiment were not really aware of this. But certainly those in higher realms, they saw this and they took advantage of it and they have taken advantage of it to a much higher degree in America than in all of the other democracies. I am not saying other democracies are free from a power elite. But in America, the power elite has far greater power than in any other democracy, which is why you can literally question: “Is America still a democracy?” And I know some will say: “No, it is a republic.” Well, the difference there does not really mean much to the people when you begin to see how much influence the power elite has on American society. 

Making the power elite visible 

And this is the awareness that is bubbling right under the surface. And so many people in America and for that matter, outside of America, are right there where it is only a matter of the pressure becoming great enough that it breaks through the ice. It breaks through the surface and people begin to see what has been happening and what is happening. 

It is, as we have said, when we inaugurated the 12-year cycle, the descent of light will accelerate the process so that things will be acted out in more and more extreme ways, which makes them more visible, harder to deny, harder to ignore.

And what we are looking towards is, of course, those of you who are aware of our teachings to hold that vision, to make those calls so that in the rest of this 12-year cycle, there will be this shift that will force the power elite out in the open. Part of that shift is, of course, Donald Trump’s second term, where you see that he is acting out the elitist mindset in a more and more obvious manner. He himself filed a tax report where he admitted he had made a billion dollars in his first year as president. That obviously has never happened before. No president has made that kind of money whilst being president. And this shows you again that he is an example of this elite that wants to have freedom to do whatever they want, but to have other people bear the consequences. He made money on crypto. Many people lost money. Money funneled upwards towards the elite. Would he have made that kind of money if he did not have the presidency that made people believe that it was a sound investment?

How do you separate the position, the power of the presidency from this desire to make money? Well, so far, previous presidents have kept it separated. But here you see a person who has not. And this shows you, as I said, the attitude, the whole approach of the power elite. They want to reap where other people do the labor. And Donald Trump is by far not the worst example of this. There are those who have remained hidden so far who are far worse. There are those who are not really hidden, but who are the owners of these large tech companies, for example, or some of the older companies who are even more self-centered than Trump is. But he is out there in such an obvious way that it is difficult to ignore unless you go into a state of denial. 

The increasing income gap

Back to the economy. What has happened in the United States economy? This is well documented by various surveys and various reports. For the last 40 to 50 years, the income gap, the wealth gap has grown tremendously. More and more money has been funneled upwards towards the elite. The top two percent, the top 10 percent and the middle class have seen a decrease in their standard of living. Now can you really say that America is the richest country in the world? Well, perhaps you can. But where would America have been if the income gap had not grown? But if the wages of the general population had grown proportionately as the wealth of the elite had grown. In other words, it is very simple. You may be a billionaire, but you only have 24 hours a day. There is a limit to how much you can buy for your personal consumption. You may have more than one television, but how many televisions can you have? You look at the amount of millionaires and billionaires in America, and you say: “Well, OK, they bought 10,000 televisions last year.” But if the common population had had 20 percent more money than they had, they might have bought 10 million televisions or more. What would have been best for the television factories? Those who make money on producing televisions? That billionaires have more money than they need and know how to spend, or that the general population have enough money to buy a bigger TV?

Well, as they say, you do the math. My point is that if wages had grown as they should have grown, the American economy would overall had been at a much higher level today than it actually is. And that would actually have benefited everybody. Even the billionaires would have had more money than they have because the entire economy would have been at a higher level. 

How to solve the problem 

Can they understand this? No. Can someone understand this? Yes, of course. The question is, can those who are making decisions in the three branches of government, can they understand it and are they willing to act on it? Or are they so bought by the elite that they are seeking to maintain a status quo that actually hurts everybody, even the entire society? Now, you may say, as some will say, that: “Well, American jobs in manufacturing have been exported to China, where there is cheaper wages.” Yes. But why? Because the elite has this mindset that they think they will make more money by paying workers less. But you see, as more manufacturing jobs have been moved out of the United States, what happened to the people who lost their jobs? Can they afford to buy a bigger television that is produced in China? No. Again, you are actually shooting yourself in the foot by paying people less. 

Can the capitalists grasp this? No. What can change the equation? Only one thing. The government. But what is it that these big power elite people are advocating? Less government. Neoliberalism was deliberately created by the fallen beings to allow them to concentrate more wealth in their own hands. And it has undermined economic growth in America and created the current inequality. What is the answer of the power elite? Well, they have attempted to buy both parties in Congress. And their crowning achievement, so to speak, was to take all of the people who were dissatisfied because they had lost their jobs, who felt the government was not there for them, and then make these very people believe that the problem was not the elite. The problem was the government. They should vote for a candidate who wants to drain the swamp and have less government.

They thought, the people, that a billionaire could solve the problem created by billionaires. Obviously, this has not happened in the last year and a half, has it? And it is not likely to happen in the next three and a half years unless something changes the equation. And that something is, as always, what? A raising of awareness. Only a raising of awareness will bring change. And that means there must be more Americans who realize the existence and the methods of the power elite. It is the only thing that can bring change. If that does not start to happen, then the light released is very likely to produce great upheaval in the economy. 

A colossus on clay feet

We can basically put it this way. If you will not reform the economy based on higher awareness, the economy must go through crashes and upheavals until people are forced to reform the economy. The current economy is simply not sustainable. And it is only being made worse by tariffs, by isolating America, by cutting it off from trading with the world. Because when you put tariffs on imports, well, who wants to buy American goods if there is an alternative?

Again, the question is, can a country that isolates itself survive? Well, it actually could if American workers were paid enough to drive demand. There would be, of course, a certain limit, because, again, if we take the example of television sets, there is a limit to even how many televisions the American people need. There will come a point where you have reached sort of a glass ceiling, where an economy that does not export and does not plunder cannot grow beyond that level. Where only economies that export and cooperate can grow. As you have seen in the last 80 years since the Second World War, where the so-called rule-based world order has created increased prosperity in the democratic nations. The economy today is at a much higher level in the world than it was before the Second World War, precisely because of this international cooperation, free trade, the rule-based world order to maintain peace. And if you withdraw America from this, well, the economy will shrink. The economy has already shrunk in the US.

As I said, it would have been at a much higher level. But this has been masked by what? By the creating of money through financial instruments that make it seem like America is richer because the elite has more money on paper. Elon Musk recently became the first trillionaire. But what is most of his wealth? It is stock in the companies he owns. And he can sit there and say: “Well, I am the richest person on earth.” But what could he do with that wealth? let us say he decided he wanted to spend the money in investing. But how could he invest money unless he sold his stock? But if he begins to sell the stock immediately, the value of the stock will go down, as it always happens. He has money on paper, but not really real money that he can spend. And it is the same with most of the elite. It is a colossus on clay feet. It is a house of cards and it could tumble any minute. If the faith in the system is shaken enough, you have seen it before. And if there is not an awakening, you will see it again, because the power elite have created an economy that is not sustainable. They will not learn the lesson. If American politicians, if the media people, if the more well-educated among the people do not learn the lesson by raising awareness, they must learn it through the School of Hard Knocks. And the bigger they are, the harder they fall. And the artificial economy, the perception based economy, the unnatural economy, has never been bigger in America and worldwide. 

America at the tipping point

What do we arrive at here? We arrive at what we have talked about so many times. There is only one way out of the problems created by the duality consciousness. And that is the Christ consciousness. And what is the Christ consciousness? It is an awareness that all life is connected. All life is part of one interdependent whole. And only that which raises the whole is sustainable. The form of government that the Founding Fathers envisioned, that George Washington saw and the others saw as their ideal, requires a certain awareness of the whole and a certain willingness to seek to raise the whole instead of pursuing self-interest as a separate being.

Only then can the American government really function according to its highest potential. This does not mean that people have to be Christians or they have to know about Christ consciousness, but they have to reach that level of consciousness where they are willing to do what many among the Founding Fathers did, exemplified better than anyone by George Washington, to set aside personal interest and work selflessly for the greater good as they could see it. And the reason we are saying this is, of course, that there is a critical mass of people in America who are at that point are very close to it. That is why you, who are the forerunners, can help bring that impetus, as Mother Mary has explained before, where a situation is right on the tipping point, it could go this way, it could go that way, and a relatively small number of people can direct the chaos so it goes in the better direction instead of the lower one. 

America is at a tipping point. I cannot predict which way it will tip. It is so close. But you could say that it is good that it is close because that means that there is a realistic potential and it could go the higher way. It is not that we look at America and say, oh, it is past the point of no return, nothing could bring it back. No, it is right there at the tipping point. But there is certainly forces in America who want to tip it in a certain direction. There are forces who think they can continue to hold on to their privileged lifestyle, but behind them, at what we might call a higher level of fallen beings and their self-centeredness, there are those who simply want to create chaos. Not many of those are in embodiment, and even those in embodiment are not really conscious that they are being used by fallen beings in the mental and identity realm, who simply want to create chaos, partly, as I said, as we have said, because then the people will settle for stability and give away control, give away liberty in exchange for stability. But also because some of these fallen beings just want to create chaos.

What do they get out of it? Well, if you figure that out, let me know. Because even as an ascended master, I cannot give you a rational, logical explanation. Yes, you could say they want power. Yes, you can say they want to prove the Creator wrong. But as we have said, these beings are not rational. And that is another thing that needs to be seen by a critical mass of people. There is a power elite that are not rational. They may have reasons, but they are not rational reasons. And therefore, a society cannot allow itself to assume that all people in that society are rational and will therefore, do what is best for the whole. As Godfre said about criminals, many criminals are not rational. They do have a rationale. They want this. They want that. They will take it with violence and force. But they have not thought through what the consequences are. 

The fear of consequences 

Now, I know it has been a long discourse, but I want to finish off the thoughts I have started. Why is it that the Founding Fathers could not quite envision that a power elite would attempt to take advantage of the democratic system they created?

Why is it that the fallen beings are not able to see the consequences of their actions? Well, it is because there is not a general understanding that you cannot get away with anything. We have said that in a duality consciousness, you can create the illusion that you are a separate being and that you can harm other people without affecting yourself. What can counteract this belief, this illusion? Well, only for the people who are trapped in this illusion, the fear of consequences. Those who have attained some level of Christ consciousness can lock into the whole, and they can see that by harming others, you are harming yourself. But those trapped in duality cannot see this. The only thing that can cause them to restrain their self-interest is the fear of consequences. Now, do you have the fear of consequences in American society, in Western society? Yes. The Christian religion paints a picture of consequences. You can go to hell instead of going to heaven. But even at the time of the Revolutionary War and the formation of America, many people no longer believed in this.

They did not believe in the Christian promise of hell or heaven. Certainly the fallen beings have never believed in it. But you see how through the Middle Ages, the belief in Christianity was decreasing. Even though many among the early settlers were highly religious people, there was still a drop in the belief in Christianity, simply because Christianity took this turn that we have described so many times and perverted the original teachings of Jesus. And what was one of these original teachings of Jesus? It was reincarnation and karma. This was taken out, as we have explained many times, by the Catholic religion, for various political reasons. But it was first of all taken out because the fallen beings do not like the idea. 

You look at American society, at democracy, how can it work? By definition, the government is restricted on how much it can control and how much it can monitor the population. Because if it crosses a certain line, it is no longer a democracy. It moves towards totalitarianism. You can debate whether America has already crossed that line, but that is not my topic here. 

A democracy is limited by its very nature. That means what? That means it can only function if the people are willing to restrict themselves. What is going to cause them to restrict themselves? Well, the fear of consequences. It can be physical consequences. They are discovered and put in jail. But if they believe they can get away with it, that is not really much of a deterrent. Really you could ask the question, can a democracy function according to its highest potential if the people are not aware of karma and if they do not have the proper understanding of karma? Namely, that whatever you do to others will affect yourself in the future. It may not be in this lifetime, but it will affect yourself. Therefore, you cannot, because of the law of karma, get away with anything. It is a natural law, a cosmic law, a spiritual law that you cannot get away with anything. Therefore, the only way to avoid harming yourself in the future is to do unto others, to work for raising the whole, which also benefits yourself both in the now and in the future.

You see, my point is simply to raise the question: “Where would America be at today if the teachings about karma and reincarnation had not been taken out of Christianity by the Roman Catholic Church? Where would the democratic world be today? Can a democracy function according to its highest potential if the people do not have the awareness that they cannot escape the consequences of their actions?” A question I want to put out there in the collective consciousness of not only America but the world. In a form of government where the government has limited ability to control the population, how can it function if the people are not willing to control themselves? And how can those in the lower states of consciousness be willing to control themselves unless they are aware that they cannot escape the consequences of their actions? And karma is the only way for people to grasp this until they reach a level of consciousness where they begin to experience the Christ consciousness, the oneness of all life.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. I am grateful for your willingness to be part of this release, to have it flow through your auras and chakras, go into the collective consciousness. We are not putting this guilt trip on you that you alone should turn America around. But you are part of the process whereby many other people can receive that impetus that helps them shift and suddenly see, “My goodness!, this is obvious. Now I see it.” I hope you have had some experience of that during this release. And I seal you in the Flame of Liberty that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

Protecting American democracy from the criminal elite


Ascended Master Godfre through Kim Michaels, July 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

I AM the Ascended Master Godfre. I have previously given dictations about what it was like to be George Washington, to be in the Revolutionary War, to be at Valley Forge, to be the President of the United States. I will not repeat this but refer those of you who are interested to those dictations. 

Multiplying the talents by serving others

What I wish to talk about here is a slightly different topic. Now as you will know if you have studied any kind of history of George Washington, you will know that I was first a general in the Revolutionary War, then I withdrew from public life, thought my public service was over, withdrew to Mount Vernon, but then some very insistent people called me back out to be part of the Constitutional Congress and even become the first President of the United States. This was as I saw it at the time a sacrifice. I had a very comfortable life at Mount Vernon, of course based on slavery, but nevertheless I had looked forward to living the rest of my life there and I had not intended to go into public service especially not dealing with something as difficult as being the first President where everything was new and new standards had to be established.

Why did I do this? Well, I did it because it is simply part of your path to Christhood that there comes a point where you look beyond your own personal self-interest and you look how you can help raise the whole. And I    realized when I look at this that I was there, there were certain things that needed to be done in this new nation and I had the potential to fulfill them better than most other people. I had my sincere doubts about whether I could do it because I had doubt about whether it could even be done, whether it was a doable task, but nevertheless, I also realized that I could not allow my personal doubts or my personal interests or my personal unwillingness to stand in the way of me giving the service that I could do and that needed to be done. What I am pointing out here is that I set aside self-interest for the interest of the whole. This is of course, as we have explained many times, a part of personal Christhood. I obviously did not see that that way at the time, but it is. There comes that point at the 96th level where you give up the focus on self and now you naturally focus on how you can serve the whole, how you can do something for others.

And in doing something for others you are multiplying the talents. You may say from a certain perspective that there are many tasks that seem selfish, self-centered, but in reality, they are also doing something for others. You could say: Here you have this new land. If a person starts farming a piece of land that before held only wild animals and produces a higher crop on that land that could produce naturally, then that person is also multiplying the talents. 

I am not trying to say here that only when you give up self-interest are you multiplying the talents. There are indeed many, many people in America, both in the early days and today, who are seemingly doing what is good for them. They are seemingly pursuing self-interest, but by creating something of value they are still multiplying the talents. And it is this multiplication of the talents that built America from these very early primitive colonies to the prosperity that it has had since. It is that a critical mass of people were doing something to multiply the talents.

Taking the talents from others 

However, what I want to talk about here is that there has always been a certain percentage of the American people, not necessarily that much higher than in other nations, although certainly higher than in some nations, but there has always been a percentage that were not multiplying the talents. Naturally, they had no awareness of serving the whole, serving the greater good, but they were not even multiplying the talents by bringing forth something new. They were attempting to take from others. They were attempting to steal from others, cheat from others, or in other ways, through corruption, take advantage of other people who brought forth something new, other people who multiplied the talents. There are those who multiply the talents and those who attempt to take the talents that others have multiplied. It is that way in every society, but what I am trying to point out here is that this is contrary to the spirit that built America. Saint Germain mentioned that if I had seen the current presidency, I might just have given up and said: “There is no hope for this nation.”

But what I really would have given up on, or might have given up on, if I had realized how much self-interest there is in this willingness to exploit others. I know that we have so far talked about exploitation of others by the power elite who is on top of society, but I am actually talking about those who are at the bottom of society in terms of being criminals. Criminals, swindlers, conmen, even organized criminals who are attempting to take from others the value that others have created through their labor, through their ingenuity, through new ideas. These people do not have creativity, they do not have the willingness to work, so they seek to take from others. And if I could have seen back then the extent to which these criminal enterprises had taken root in America, have worked their way into the fabric of American society, I might indeed have said: “Oh, it is hopeless.” But of course, it is not. I might have felt that way, but of course it is not. Because America still exists, but what is generally not recognized is the extent to which criminal enterprises have played a part in American society, even American politics.

High-level crime

And I am not necessarily here talking about the obvious crimes that you see in crime shows on television. Hollywood has, as in so many other ways, totally distorted the view of American crime. Most of the crimes they portray in these crime shows or movies are petty crimes, somebody who kills somebody or who steals something. But what I am talking about here is what you might call white-collar crime, that of cheating, stealing at a high level, often unnoticed, even stealing from the state, from the treasury, or in other ways, swindling to get money. And this has grown tremendously, especially after the Civil War, into the early part of the 1900s. But especially in the last several decades, it has been taken to another level. And as Saint Germain and Mother Mary said, it is necessary for a critical mass of people to realize there is a power elite that seeks to exploit the people. But it is also necessary to realize that there is a criminal elite who seeks to exploit the people. Only they are not as smart and therefore, they are more obviously criminal than the high elite.

And this, of course, has many versions—from the well-known mafias in New York and elsewhere to gangs producing or smuggling drugs. But it goes way beyond this to what we might call financial crimes or high-level corruption. And we have, of course, mostly when we have talked about fallen beings, we have talked about fallen beings in terms of these leaders of society, dictators who have been willing to kill people to maintain their power, who have gone to war with other nations in order to expand their power, and so forth. And this is, we might call, the highest level fallen beings who have the greatest intelligence and vision of what they want to do with their epic mindset. And who have the most attainment in carrying out their agenda. But there is a lower level of fallen beings that we have not talked so much about. And that is the kind of fallen beings who end up being criminals at various levels. They are lower ranking fallen beings that become what we might call the obvious criminals. But the higher levels or medium-level fallen beings, we might say, are the ones who go into this hidden crime, the white-collar crime, the high-level corruption. 

Protecting democracy from corruption 

And what needs to be recognized by any democratic society is, of course, that a democracy must prevent this kind of people from, first of all, attaining any kind of position in the government, but also from forcing or buying their way into the government through corruption. If there is not an all-out determined effort made to stop this, then it will very gradually infiltrate even democratic societies and, of course, undermine the democratic process. It needs to be recognized that there are people who are not just pursuing self-interest, but who are willing to exploit other people by taking from them or by taking from the government. And it is necessary to recognize the existence of these people, to recognize that they will not stop, they cannot be reformed, at least in the short run, and that, therefore, it is necessary for a democratic society to protect both itself and its law-abiding citizens from this exploitation.

And it can only be done by creating various forms of law enforcement agencies that are specifically designed to combat this form of crime. You will say, of course, well, you already have this, you have the FBI, you have Homeland Security, you have the SEC, you have others. And this is correct, but the extent of the problem has not been fully acknowledged and, therefore, not enough measures have been taken. And why has not this happened? Well, it is actually because over time a self-reinforcing effect has been created. And you see it more clearly in other nations, but you have it in the United States as well. And it is that these high-level criminals have gradually gotten influence on the political system so that they can hide themselves, they can intimidate, they can buy politicians and media people and, therefore, society has not fully acknowledged the problem. And society has not made a determined enough effort to say: “We can no longer tolerate this.” 

The criminal elite

You will see in other nations how they have struggled with this. Ukraine is an example, Russia is an example, some Middle Eastern countries, some Asian countries, but you will also see that there are other democratic nations where they have done more to stop this kind of crime. And, therefore, what I am simply projecting into the collective consciousness is that it is necessary to do much more in the United States to stop this. Now, part of the problem here is that there is a blurred line between the top-level fallen beings and this middle class of fallen beings, because the top-level fallen beings also need to make money, and they do not really care about how they do it. There is a certain unholy alliance between the two where some of the top-level fallen beings have such an influence in society that they can open the door for the mid-range fallen beings to conduct their business without being persecuted by law enforcement. And this is clearly a form of corruption, but one that has not really been acknowledged in the United States as it needs to be.

And what needs to be acknowledged is that these people have absolutely no morals, no principles, no empathy, no humanity. They have no compunctions about ruining people’s lives. Even if they had spent their entire lives building a business, they have no problem taking it over through what is sometimes called a hostile takeover or by destroying that business if it competes with some among the top elite. You see how there is sometimes this—where the top elite are running a business that is being threatened by competition—and then the mid-range fallen beings either seek to destroy the business, demand protection money, or even just take it over.

This has grown in the United States to a level of sophistication that I of course could not have imagined 250 years ago, that the founding fathers could not have imagined 250 years ago. And there is simply a need to incorporate this in the Constitution to protect the American people from this kind of exploitation by what we could call the criminal elite. There is the power elite, the financial elite, and the criminal elite. It is somewhat artificial because, of course, the power elite and the financial elite are also criminals, but not quite in as brutal, violent of a way as the criminal elite. 

Reward vs. risk

Again, I am just projecting this into the collective consciousness that there is a need for a new approach to law enforcement that needs to keep pace with the criminals. And it needs to be based on this very simple calculation. There is only one consideration for these people, the reward versus the risk. The bigger the reward, the more of a risk they are willing to take. The easier it is to get away with something, the more they are willing to do it. Therefore, there is only one way to deal with this, that is to increase the risk and decrease the possibility that they will reap the reward. It is the only way to combat this. 

What has especially happened in the last several decades is that there has been a blurred line between the criminals who make enormous amount of money, especially on drugs but also other things, and financial institutions because the criminals have a need to whitewash the money. And the financial institutions have been willing to do this because the reward was so big and the risk so low. There are, from a surface perspective, well-respected financial institutions, businessmen, law firms, who are simply living off of giving services to criminal enterprises. Yes, this is known, but what is not known or realized is the extent to which this is infiltrated, especially in the financial system, but also businesses and even the political system, at the local and federal level. And this is a, to use a popular expression, clear and present danger to the democracy of the United States. Because what I gave up my comfortable retirement for was precisely to create a government where the common good was the overarching concern. And of course, these people have no consideration whatsoever for the common good. 

Killing the goose that lays the golden eggs

The other thing that is the problem, as Saint Germain explained, that this kind of people can never have enough money. They can never get enough money. They will continue to seek to extract as much money as they can, even if it destroys the system, the political system, the economy. It is really the story of the king who had the goose, who laid the golden egg, and he cut it open to get all the eggs at once, killing the goose in the process. They have no compunctions about this. They have no considerations for this. They have no ability to consider the consequences of their actions, because they do not think they need to consider the consequences. They think they have a right to do whatever they need to do to get the results they want. You see how the entire foundation for American democracy is that people have rights. But the focus of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, is to limit the power of the state to infringe upon people’s rights. And that is necessary, but it is the alpha aspect. The omega aspect, is to prevent the people’s rights from being violated by other people, namely criminals and the elite. And that has not, to this day, been sufficiently addressed. 

The middle class vs. the top class of fallen beings

I am not saying there were no criminals at the time of the founding fathers. Of course there were. But this was at a much lower level that you could almost call petty crime. The kind of high-level crime that you see today was unimaginable back then. But it has now grown to such a system or to such a size that you can almost talk about a state within a state, a parallel underground economy. We have before talked about the financial schemes that have been created and created an unnatural economy on top of the natural economy, which is people who are providing something of value. But beneath that is this underground economy that is simply trying to take wherever there is a possibility of taking. 

And you can say: “Well, what is the difference between this middle class of fallen beings and the top class of fallen beings?” And there are various differences, but the main one is that the top-level fallen beings primarily want power, whereas the middle class of fallen beings primarily want money. And this changes their focus, where there are actually top-ranking fallen beings who have enough money, because their focus is on power, and they just want enough money to live a privileged lifestyle. They can never have enough power, but they can have enough money. 

Then there is the middle class of fallen beings who want money, and they can never have enough. That is why they are willing to exploit the system without considering the long-term consequences for the system. Will they actually destroy their income by exploiting the system? That is a concern or consideration they cannot make, because again, as Saint Germain explained, which is a very important idea to grasp, that fallen beings cannot really question themselves. 

Acknowledging a higher standard

The basic worldview, self-view that they have, they cannot question as long as they are in the fallen consciousness. And in order to get out of the fallen consciousness, they would have to be willing to acknowledge what they are doing and the consequences. And because they are in the duality consciousness, they will then see that they have been wrong in an epic way. You see, fallen beings, they can operate with a concept of right and wrong. Most of them are so trapped in duality that they can only see a dualistic definition of right and wrong.

But some of the older, we might say, fallen beings, they have come to realize that there must be something beyond the dualistic evaluation. They cannot clearly see what it is, but they see there is something. And if they were to reform themselves, they would have to acknowledge that there is an evaluation of right and wrong that is beyond the dualistic standard. And that evaluation, of course, the Christ mind, that does not really define right and wrong on a dualistic scale at all, but still sees that there is something that raises the whole and there is something that tears down the whole. And if they were to really shift out of the fallen consciousness, they would have to acknowledge that this, first of all, is a higher standard than the dualistic standard. But also they would have to acknowledge that this is a standard that they have not defined and that no human being on earth can define, because it is given from a higher level. It is not definable. It is not corruptible by the duality consciousness. 

Protecting democracy from criminal elites

And there are fallen beings who have done this, who have shifted out of the fallen consciousness and who have started rising up from the lower levels towards the higher levels. Quite a few have done this since the fourth sphere. But there are still many fallen beings in embodiment on earth who are not willing to do this. And even though society does not need to talk about fallen beings, they need to recognize that there are certain people who have no allegiance to the very principles upon which American democracy is founded. They have no respect. They have no interest whatsoever in conforming to them. They might even believe, as some believe, that this is a weakness, an evolutionary weakness, that they have a right to do whatever they want. And they even might believe that society should acknowledge their right to do whatever they want. 

And a democratic society needs to acknowledge this, so it can protect, first of all, its own democracy, but also protect its law-abiding citizens from exploitation by this class of the financial elite, the power elite, and the criminal elite. Naturally, much could be said about this. But again, as Saint Germain said, we are not really attempting to give everything and every detail through any messenger, because there are enough people in physical embodiment that we can work with that can tune in to these ideas, even though they do not know where they come from. I am projecting this into the collective consciousness through you, so that many of these people can then shift and suddenly see there is a need to do this. We need to make an effort. We need to create some government agencies. We need to strengthen these agencies. 

And of course, this is more of a long-term process. It could not be done right now. Why? Because you have a criminal in the White House who would not be willing to create such an agency, because it could be directed at himself. And he would therefore, sabotage it at every turn, and he would attempt to get the party that he thinks he owns to oppose it as well. But it can be done in the more long, and it must be done. It is simply one of these things that are necessary to secure that the American democracy, the American government, is dedicated to the common good, and will not allow itself to be taken over by self-interest. 

It would, of course, also require some serious changes in the justice system, especially now where you have a president who is using the justice system to go after his political opponents, or anybody else, even his business opponents, or even people he does not like. But still, it can be done. It must be done. And by your willingness to hold the vision and make the calls, it will be done. Now the impetus is given in the physical, and we will let it spread like rings in the water, so that more and more people can pick up on this and develop this determination to change the equation and protect the American people from crime. 

Two types of presidents

That was my main topic, but I do wish to say that when you look at American presidents up throughout history, you see very clearly that there have been two main categories of presidents. Those who have seen the office of president as a privilege, as an honor, as an opportunity to serve the common good, and then those who have seen it as an opportunity to pursue some kind of special interest, whether their own personal ones or those of a group of people that they have given their allegiance to, whatever that may be. And you can see this by studying history, you can see it by even watching dramatizations, where you see the two kinds of presidents. And you can, of course, look at the present occupant of the White House, who is a fundamentally different president than I was.

You may say I was born in a family that had slaves, I had difficulty freeing myself completely from that culture, but I still saw the office of president as an honor and as a responsibility. And it is a fundamentally different approach to the presidency than what you see in Donald Trump. 

Denial of reality

This is something that anybody who is willing to look at the facts, look at reality, can see. Only people who are not willing to look can fail to see this. And these people are then in what psychologists call denial, denial of reality. And of course, those who are in denial of reality will never be able to bring the nation forward. How could they? Because what creates positive change is, as we have said, you acknowledge not that there is something wrong necessarily, but there is something that could be done better. There is a problem that needs to be solved. There is improvement that could be made. This is a realistic assessment, not denial. When you go into denial, you ignore problems or you magnify or create problems that you do not acknowledge. And you are refusing to look at what needs to be changed. And this, of course, cannot bring a nation forward. 

And what is characteristic of fallen beings is they have an existential denial. When they were originally confronted before they fell by the ascended masters, they refused Christ, they denied Christ, and therefore, went into a state of denial that those who are still in a fallen consciousness have not come out of. And the problem here is, of course, that in a democratic society, peaceful resolution is based on dialogue. But how can you have a meaningful, constructive dialogue with people who are in denial and will deny basic facts? Mother Mary talked about the manosphere. Well, they are in a state of deep denial. But the criminals that I am talking about are also in a state of denial. The top-level fallen beings in the power elite are in a state of denial. The financial elite are in a state of denial that their financial instruments will destroy the economy. It is just a matter of time, as you saw in 2008. How can you deal with this in a democratic society? 

There were some among the founding fathers who were in denial, but most of them were not. They were willing to look at the issues and debate them openly. And then they were willing to compromise in order to create a constitution that advanced the common good. As a president, I traveled around extensively and talked to people directly. What can be done in a democracy is that a critical mass of people can realize the need for open and direct dialogue. They can engage in it, and they can come to a point where they can realize that it is in their interest, in the interest of the common good, that you do not allow the nation to be dominated by people who are in denial. 

And what do I mean with denial? I mean people who are projecting out that the problem is other people and who are refusing to look at themselves and acknowledge that they need to change. They are in denial about their own need to change. And you cannot have a functioning democracy if you allow the public discourse to be dominated by people in denial who are constantly spouting out negativity and blame towards others. We have talked about before the need to change the public discourse, but there is a higher level of awareness where a critical mass of people can come to this realization that we cannot allow these people in denial, whether it is criminals or people who are polarized towards this or that political extreme, to run the country.

And how can we take it away from them? By talking to each other and realizing that no matter what background we come from, whether we are from this party or that party or no party, we have one thing in common. We have respect for the common good. Therefore, we can say we must set aside differences that prevent us from coming together and taking power away from those who are in denial, so that those who are willing to look at the common good and overcome any denial of the common good, they can direct the country in a new direction. 

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. I am grateful for the opportunity. I see this already spreading like rings in the water, and it will continue to spread. You can of course reinforce it if you feel called to do so. But for now, I seal you in that flame of God-reality that I am. 

Godfre, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

Rethinking America’s political system

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, July 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. Will the United States of America survive for another 250 years? Well, I certainly hope not in its present form. What other forms might there be that I envision could happen?

 Rethinking the Constitution

Well, let us first go back and look at the Constitution, how it was created by the original 13 colonies. You realize why there were 13 colonies and not 13 states? Because they were created by the British Empire. Their boundaries were in large part defined by the British Empire, often by British officials sitting in England, having never been to America, not knowing the territory, not knowing the geography, and therefore, artificially drawing lines on a map that was not that accurate to begin with.

Then there were many other considerations, land charters, geographical limitations, and all kinds of boundary disputes over the years. What we can ask ourselves is: “Does it really give any meaning that 250 years later, the United States, which is now comprised of 50 states, still has a Constitution that was created based on the particular conditions found in those 13 colonies?” The distribution between small states and big states, Southern states with slavery, Northern states that were to some degree against slavery, small states, Western states, all kinds of differences, individualities that played into this mix that dictated the different compromises embedded in the Constitution.

You look at the United States today, so many more states, so many different states. But first of all, so many more people. Could the Founding Fathers ever have imagined that the United States would become so large geographically and have such an enormous population? Well, they could not really have imagined it, but I can assure you about one thing. If they had been able to see what the United States is today, they would all have said: “Well, there is absolutely no question that the Constitution needs to be rethought. Because there is no way that our Constitution, created based on these specific conditions, can be sufficient for such a large nation with such a big population.”

They would have all seen the unfeasibility of maintaining the Constitution for so long. They thought that the Constitution was the best they could come up with. They realized it was a compromise, many of them, and they instituted the process of amendment, because they knew it would have to be changed. But they also, many of them, envisioned that at some point, you would have to have an entire rethinking of the Constitutional framework.

Rethinking the states

The question is now, as I said, when will that happen? How could it ever happen? But before this can even really be contemplated, there is a need to rethink states. As I said, completely arbitrary boundaries were drawn between the original colonies, creating some of these very small states. Then, you look further, as more states were added, many of these Western states, a line was simply drawn on a map, a straight line, creating these very large states with a very small population. But then, look at, over these 250 years, what has happened to the consciousness of the people in the states. It is called the United States of America.

You realize that the Founding Fathers had a debate about what should be the official title of the president. Some suggested some high-flying, high-sounding titles, but they settled on the most simple, President of the United States. Has there, over these 250 years, emerged a national nationwide consciousness? Well, yes, there has, but not as much as there could have if the states had not been so insistent on maintaining their identity and their place in the government. Many of these smaller states, so many of the bigger but less populated states, insist on maintaining the Senate so they can have the same number of senators as much larger states or more populated states. And this has to a large degree meant that even though many among the people see themselves as Americans first and New Yorkers or Texans second, perhaps not so many people in Texas or in New York City, but still the states have not softened up their, we might say, national identity.

Regions instead of states?

The question is: “Will there ever come a point where someone is willing to step back and say: “Why are we maintaining these states? Why don’t we take a look at the map, look at the geography, and ask ourselves whether it really makes sense to maintain all the present states? Or whether we should define some criteria whereby we could redraw the map and perhaps simplify the map?” You could say some of the smaller states could disappear, but you could also think, as I have said before, in terms of regions. I have said about Europe that there comes a point where you have to acknowledge that perhaps the nation state as a concept has outlived its usefulness, and it makes more sense to create regions based on various geographical features. This could be done in the United States.

Have the states outlived their usefulness? Would it make more sense to create certain regions? This, of course, would require a rethinking of the Constitution. It would require the election of the president by popular vote, among other things. But look at the map today. Take a map that does not just show the states, but actually shows population, and then see whether it makes sense that there are these huge areas with a very low population. Or whether the map could be redrawn so that there were regions that are similar geographically, but have a larger population.

And you could also look at economic factors. What are the largest economies, the economic centers? And then, place one or perhaps a couple of those in certain regions so that there are not these very poor states in the south that you see today that can barely pay their debts, barely pay wages to public employees, and barely maintain public services. Does it really make sense that you have these very poor states that could do better if they were merged, but insist on maintaining their national identity?

A new anti-elitist constitution

What I am advocating here, and what I envision happening as we move into the Golden Age, is that there will come a point where there will be people who are willing to say: “Let us step back. Let us look at a practical perspective of where the country is at, where it might be headed, and see if we could not strengthen the United States by redrawing the map of the states, by rethinking an entirely new Constitution that meets the demands of the present day.” Now, I am not here talking about looking at the present Constitution, updating the language, adding a few things here and a few things there. I am talking about a radical reimagining of the Constitution. Naturally, I have such ideas already in place. I would be willing to communicate them to anyone who was sincere about doing this, as I have to some degree started doing with a few people who are open to these ideas.

I do not intend to dictate a new Constitution through this messenger or any other messenger, because I want it to be brought forth through an organic process like the first Constitution, but of course at a higher level. But the one thing that would be most important to write into the Constitution was what I talked about previously, the awareness that there has always been an elite who is trying to exploit the people. And that the primary function of the American government is to prevent the people from being exploited by one or several elites. This is the primary responsibility of any democratic government, and it should be the primary responsibility of the American government. Again, I am not talking about some far-flung thing that could happen way out in the future.

There are already many, many people in the U.S. who are ready to make that shift and suddenly see this, where elitism comes into focus. Elitism is brought out of the shadows, where the elites can no longer hide from the people, hide in plain sight, so to speak. And a critical mass of people suddenly shift and say: “Oh, this is obvious. This is the real problem in America—the elite exploiting the people, exploiting the laws, exploiting the environment, exploiting natural resources. Exploiting the Constitution which was written by elites, or at least people with a certain elitist mindset.” There can happen this shift where people suddenly say: “But we see that the Founding Fathers had some vision of a higher form of government that did not exploit the people, but gave everyone equal rights and equal opportunity. Why don’t we have that form of government in America? Surely it is because of the elite. Why don’t we create a Constitution that is directly aimed at preventing the elite from exploiting the population?”

What needs to change?

This would require, of course, that you stop gerrymandering. That you stop paying contributions. That you stop lobbying. That you in all ways got money out of politics. That you prevented people who are part of the elite from using their position or their money to get themselves elected, and therefore, undermine democracy through special interests. If you look back at the Founding Fathers, you will see that one of their concerns was to create a government that could not be dominated by an elite, like the British monarchy and a British noble class. They were very concerned about limiting the powers of the president so that the presidency would not attract a demagogue, as they saw it.

In other words, they realized full well that a person could make use of the democratic system by telling people exactly what they wanted to hear, especially if they were people who were dissatisfied with their lot in society. This person could tell them what they want to hear, promise to do something about this, and then, once he was elected to office, he could use the power of the presidency to pursue special interests, both his own and those of a small group of people who were backing him. This was one of their main concerns—to prevent a concentration around the presidency that could allow a demagogue to undermine democracy after being democratically elected. This is something that could be written much more clearly into the Constitution.

And of course, you can say that if the Founding Fathers could see the current president, they would be rotating in their graves. And say: “This is exactly what we attempted to prevent by creating the legislative, the judicial and the executive branch, limiting and balancing each other.” And they would say: “How can it be possible that the legislative and judicial branches are not limiting the president as we envisioned when we wrote the Constitution?” This would be the reaction of most of the Founding Fathers. They would be shocked to see that a president of the United States could make a billion dollars in one year in office, and even be proud of it. George Washington would have looked at this and been so shocked and so appalled that he probably would have refused to be president of a republic that could deteriorate to this level.

The failure to limit presidential power

Again, a complete rethinking based on realizing one thing. There has always been power elites in any society who have attempted to use whatever system of government was there to exploit the people. Therefore, one of the primary rights, one of the inalienable rights, is freedom from exploitation. We can even be specific and say freedom from exploitation of an elite who has special power and privileges over you. Many of the Founding Fathers saw that this was what the British monarchy represented, an elite that has power over the people and exploits the people. Because, of course, England saw the colonies as just a way to bring wealth back to England, as they did with all their other colonies. The people in the colonies were being exploited by the crown and they had no say. “No taxation without representation,” as the byword was.

And this was the last thing they wanted to see happen in America. But they did not write it more clearly into the Constitution. And why not? Because they could not really imagine that it would happen here. They thought they had done enough by dividing the power into the three branches and that this would balance it. Clearly, you see in the present situation that the Constitution has failed. It has failed to limit the power of the president. Because you have a president who has taken advantage of the democratic freedoms in a way that no other president has so far done. And therefore, it is necessary to be much more specific in the Constitution to limit the power of the president.

Black-and-white party system

Now, this would, of course, be much easier if the entire system was changed to a parliamentary system. Whereas, in many other of the modern democracies, there is a parliament that has the main power. And there is a prime minister who has limited powers and must always have a majority in parliament before being able to do something. And this is another change that could be considered. Again, there were reasons for creating the system the way it is. But are those reasons as relevant today as they were in 1787? Again, a need to rethink.

Now, there could also be a need, as I said, to rethink the two-party system, even political parties. Let me ask you a simple question here. Does the law of gravity work differently in blue states than in red states? Does the economic principles work differently? Well, obviously no. But if you look at the rhetoric of the two parties today, especially one of them, you would think that at least the economy and many other aspects of society work completely differently in blue states than in red states. And the difference is black and white, and it is epic. This, the Founding Fathers could not have envisioned because they spent a couple of months together in an uncomfortable hot room, noisy room, and even though they clearly saw their differences of opinion, they were able to pull together and create a Constitution. And they expected that this would always be the case, that the government, all branches of government, would be willing to set aside special interests for the greater good of the nation and the people.

This clearly has not been the case for a long time with the division between the Republican and Democratic parties. It has become a lot worse since the 1990s where Newt Gingrich and other Republicans deliberately reframed the Republican Party to become black and white, confrontational and present the situation in America in an epic framework. And this, of course, is a situation again that I fully realize will prevent any amendment to the Constitution, as it, by the way, has been a very long time since the Constitution was amended. But nevertheless, there is still a need for people who are willing to suddenly wake up and say: “This has gone too far. We need to step back and change the equation. Change the parameters of the public discourse. Change the tone and get back to what could be said to be the guiding principle for the Founding Fathers.” And it is this: “The interests of the whole are greater than special interests.”

Putting the whole above elite interests

This ties in with what I talked about with the Christ consciousness, where the Christ consciousness sees that all life came from the same source, sees that all life is connected, and therefore, seeks to raise up the whole. Whereas, in the anti-christ consciousness, the fallen consciousness, you seek to raise up yourself by exploiting the whole. You are weighing your own special interests over the common good. Again, I am not saying that the Founding Fathers were free of special interests. They obviously had their special interests, and they often clashed, and that is why they had to create compromises. But the thing is, the special interests that seemed important when the Constitution was written are mostly not relevant today. Slavery has, for better or worse, been abolished, so the conflict between the slave states in the South and the other states in the North is no longer as relevant.

There is again a need for some people who will step back and say: “How can we create a Constitution and a form of government that always puts the interests of the whole above special interests?” Surely there are many special interests in America, but what needs to be seen is that there is one special interest, namely that of the elite, to either maintain their position or gain a position that is in stark contrast to the interests of the people. Because the interest of the elite is to get a special position of power, privilege and wealth. The interest of most of the people is to have a good personal life, a life without exploiting anyone. Whereas the elite is willing to exploit anyone and everyone.

And when this is seen, when this comes into focus for a critical mass of people, you can see that the elite has been using the same tactic that has been used for thousands of years by despots and rulers and emperors: divide and conquer. And the elite has been actively and aggressively attempting to inflame any difference among various groups of people, so that they could rule. Because the people were too divided to stand up to the elite and say: “No more!” Therefore, people can realize that we need to do the same that the Founding Fathers did and say: “We have to set aside special interests as much as we can and focus on what is right for we the people, what is right for the whole, what is right for the country.”

Never enough for fallen beings

And unless that step is taken, America will not survive 250 years more. Because America will, as I said before, deteriorate, become more and more polarized, more and more factions that will tear at each other. And the elite will attempt to inflame the conflict between various groups of people until they create so much chaos and turmoil that the population will agree to a stricter rule by the elite, in order to get back to stability. But if this happens, the second law of thermodynamics would cause America to slowly self-destruct from within. And it would start with various armed conflicts. But the real factor will be the economy, because the economy simply cannot be sustained when the elite is allowed to exploit the population.

The elite, when you again look at history—and this is what they again will not see themselves, even though they are students of history—but they will not see that the elite very rarely is able to stop themselves. You look at these billionaires today, who already have more money than they could possibly spend. Look at Elon Musk. If he stopped working and dedicated all of his waking hours to spending money, he could not spend the money he has for the rest of his lifetime. Why does he need more? Because he cannot stop himself. He cannot restrict himself and say: “Oh, that is enough. Now, I am just going to enjoy life.” It is never enough for fallen beings, because they are black holes. They are seeking god-like status. And they can never attain it, because they are seeking to attain it in this world. They are on an impossible quest, but can they see it? Not as long as they are in the fallen consciousness.

What could we do better?

What would it take for a fallen being to see this? It would have to admit: “I was wrong. I was fundamentally wrong.” How often in world history have you seen any leader do this? Do you see the kings of Europe admitting this? Do you see the popes of the Catholic church admitting they were completely wrong in creating the church? Do you see the Tsars of Russia admit that they were wrong in not giving more freedom to the people? Do you see Stalin admitting he was wrong by killing 21 million of his own people? Do you see Mao admit that he was wrong by killing 40+ millions of Chinese, letting them starve to death? Do you see Hitler admitting he was wrong killing the Jews and pursuing the Third Reich? Do you see Donald Trump admitting that he is wrong?

You see. What is it that brings positive change? It is that some people are willing to consider: “The way we have been doing things it is not the best possible.There must be a better way.” You do not really have to think in terms of right and wrong, but the fallen beings can do nothing else. But you can just, as the Founding Fathers themselves said, you can look at America as an experiment. What is the nature of an experiment? You are trying something. You do not know exactly what the outcome will be, but you are willing to try anyway. When you see the outcome, you evaluate: “Oh, did it work out the way we thought? Did it work out the way we want? Could we do something better?” You do not have to even think that you were wrong for experimenting, but you have to be willing to consider: “What could we do better?”

What is the current political climate in the United States? Well, nobody can admit that they were wrong about anything. Why not? Because of the epic mindset. If you are in the epic mindset and you are wrong, you are epically wrong. You are wrong in an ultimate way which means you are then absolutely no good. You are either right or no good. There is nothing in between in the epic mindset. But that is so far from the Founding Fathers’ mindset, most of them, because they saw America as an experiment, and they fully expected that adjustments would have to be made.

Again, why am I saying this? Is it some far-flung dream? No. I simply observe there is a critical mass of people in America who are very close to making the shift where they say: “We have to overcome this mindset that we can see is there in the American collective psyche, that America could never be wrong. We must never be wrong. We are the heroes. We are the good guys. We saved democracy from Hitler. We won the Cold War. We could never be really wrong.” Yes, but it is not a matter of being wrong or not. I am not interested in making America wrong. I am interested in having America admit that we can do better, but we can only do better is if we are willing to look at what we have done and consider the consequences. Is it what we want? Is it the best that could be done?

I am not interested in making America “wrong.” Neither am I interested in making America “right,” according to a dualistic standard. I am interested in making America MORE, and that is what my Golden Age is about. But you cannot become more if you are not willing to consider that you could do better than you have done so far. You must be willing to transcend yourself. You must be willing to question status quo. You must be willing to admit that you can do better, but that you can only do better if you reach for a higher awareness. You cannot do better by clinging to status quo, by clinging to traditional values, by wanting to make America great again, without considering when it was great and why it declined, as you claim it has done.

An unholy alliance

This uniquely, in the democratic world, American quality of not wanting to look at ourselves and not think we could ever be wrong, or ever need to improve, or ever need to do something differently. This is a mindset that is holding back the manifestation of the Golden Age in America. You look back in Europe and see how much they had it, going back through the Middle Ages, the kings of Europe had that mindset. But many European nations have started to overcome it, especially after the exposure of the Holocaust that made many nations in Europe say: “Could this have happened here?”

And Americans have not quite been willing to look at: “Could a demagogue arise here?” At least, many Americans have not which is why they are supporting one. But again, many people are close to being willing to make that shift. Many people are willing to see the elite and see that it is primarily the elite that does not want to reevaluate, because they want to hold on to their position. There are also people who do not want to reevaluate. And why? Because they feel inferior, and they cannot bear to admit that they could be wrong, because they again are thinking in terms of right and wrong. Many feel inferior because, as I said, and as Mother Mary said, they do not want to transcend themselves. They do not want to improve themselves so they can keep up with society.

Here comes Donald Trump and tells them: “Oh, there is nothing wrong with you. The problem is outside of you. The problem is the aliens, the deep state, the government. But if you support me, I am going to fix it. I am going to make you great, because you are supporting me.” And suddenly they accept this. And now, they feel instead of being at the bottom of society, they are at the top of society. And how could they ever let go of this without having to admit that they were wrong about Trump? And if you cannot admit this, these people can be stuck for the rest of their lifetime.

A necessary shift

But you see, they are not enough to stop the progress when enough people see the dynamic I am talking about. Do enough people see it? Well, not yet, or it would have shifted. But of course, it is getting closer and closer almost every day. Because almost every day Trump does or says something that makes another group of people say: “Ah, that is not really what I voted for.”

Again, I am using this opportunity to project into the collective consciousness. And it is a unique opportunity, because when there is a celebration of one of these milestones in the history of a nation, there is a greater willingness of the nation to look back at its history, to look at its present state, to wonder about the future. I am grateful for you allowing me to use your chakras and auras to project this into the collective consciousness, where again, hopefully more and more people will suddenly shift and see: “Oh, now I see it. That is so obvious.” You see, again, as ascended masters, we are not trying to force anything upon people. We are seeking to help them shift so they see, and see: “Oh, this is the logical, natural next step. That is what we have to do.”

This is what to some degree happened with the Founding Fathers. First, there were those who saw: “We need to fight for independence from the British, because they are not going to give it to us.” Then, there were those after the Revolutionary War was won who said: “We have to come together and create the framework for a nation or we will not have a nation after a few years. It is obvious we need to do this.” And it was obvious to them that despite the special interests, they had to compromise enough that they could create a Constitution that attempted to raise the interests of “we the people” above the interests of “we the elite.”

With this, I have given you what I want to give in this installment. Do not think I am anywhere near done. But for now, I will give you what I can see you can handle and give you a break and we will see what comes next. You do understand, I hope, that we have said many, many things about America, both through this messenger and previous messengers. There simply comes a point where the law will not allow us to keep saying things if there are not some people who have heeded what has been said. That is why we do not have so much to say at this occasion, because so much has already been said.

And only when a critical mass of people tune in to what we have said—not necessarily by reading the teachings, but by tuning in to the ideas we have released—only then can we give more. We are actually quite restricted by the Cosmic Law, the Karmic Law, on what we can give at this particular juncture of the interdependent originations of the United States and the world. But still, I am very grateful for your willingness to be part of this release, so that it can be multiplied and magnified and reach more and more people. Therefore, I seal you in the Flame of Freedom that I am. Saint Germain I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

The rise and fall of elitism in America 


Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, July 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. Let us begin at the very beginning. After the Revolutionary War, which quite frankly was a bit of a mess, the real founding of the United States was actually the Constitutional Congress in 1787. 

The Constitutional Congress in 1787

This was the pivotal moment because at that moment it was, as clearly seen by some of the Founding Fathers, uncertain whether America would survive as an independent country or whether it would fall back under the rule of the British or some other European power. Really, the gathering of these people in that hall in Philadelphia was the very founding process of the United States, which of course led to the Constitution that is still there and the original text largely unchanged, only amendments added to it so let us look at that process. 

Now, who were the people who gathered together to form this more perfect union? Well, they were certainly not the man on the street. They were certainly not what you might call working class people, farm laborers. They were the more well-to-do. How else could they take off a couple of months in the middle of summer? They obviously had other people doing the work on their farms or in their businesses so that they could afford to take off and come and sit there and have these discussions. I am in no way trying to belittle this. I am just pointing out to you that the people who gathered to formulate the Constitution saw themselves as the elite. They did not have the kind of elitist mindset that you saw in the kings and the noblemen of Europe, but they clearly saw themselves as an elite. 

The new elite 

They thought they knew better than the average person how to formulate or form a better form of government, and in many cases, they were right. They were more read. They had thought about these topics more. They understood conditions and power plays better than the average person so I am not saying they were not qualified. I am simply pointing out to you that these people saw themselves as the new elite in the United States. They saw themselves as being very different from the old elite in Europe because clearly, they were not born into wealth, they had to acquire it and work for it and clearly none of them had the aspiration of ever coming under a person like the king of England. Again, I am not trying to in any way criticize them or put them down. I am trying to give you a feel for their mindset because this has a bearing on where we are at today and what needs to happen next for America to manifest the golden age. You see that these Founding Fathers, they saw themselves as an elite. 

I am not saying they were a power elite that wanted to enslave other people, although some of them did have slaves. I am not saying they wanted to suppress the people through violence and throw them in prison and this and that. They were very concerned about having rights, the rights of the people, the freedoms, the freedom of speech, freedom of assembly. After all, they had assembled themselves and without freedom they could not have done this. And they were very concerned about creating a form of government that could not become the kind of tyranny that you saw in many of the countries of Europe at the time. In fact, most of the countries of Europe at the time, perhaps even all of the countries of Europe at the time, I should say. They clearly had ideals, but as is always the case, they had different ideas. They did not all come together with a completely coherent vision of what this new nation should be. And this is, of course, very understandable when you know what we have taught you about the duality consciousness. 

Polarizations behind the Founding Fathers 

You can say: “Were these Founding Fathers above or below the 48th level of consciousness?” Well, most of them were actually above the 48th level. None of them were at the 96th level, not even George Washington at the time but they were above the 48th, most of them but still, they had grown up in a society deeply affected by the dualistic mindset. They had, of course, had many lifetimes before in dualistic societies. They certainly had certain beliefs and ideas that were dualistic. Now when I say dualistic, I do not necessarily mean that these were evil or deliberately formulated to suppress people or force people. What I simply mean is that in the duality consciousness, any issue you look at, you can formulate two extremes and some gradations in between the extremes and there is a tendency that people will gravitate towards one extreme or the other. And then when you add the dualistic mindset to this, you have the value judgment leading to the epic mindset: “it is epically important that our view carries the day” and you see this in these deliberations, these discussions they had amongst themselves. Just as one example, the Federalists and the Anti-Federalists, those who wanted a strong federal government over the states and those who wanted the states to have individual rights and decisions over their own destiny without a federal government imposing its will upon them. 

Now mind you, I am not saying that one was wrong or the other was right. This is what some of the people thought. They thought that the Federalist view would lead to exactly the kind of tyranny you had in England, and therefore, it was imperative to prevent this from carrying today. But on the other hand, there was the need to form some kind of union to keep the country together so of course, after much deliberation and much debate, compromises were made. Here we see that what you had was a group of people who were affected by the duality consciousness. Polarizations emerged in their viewpoints, Federalist, Anti-Federalist, between the slave trade states and the northern states, between the bigger states and the smaller states and many others. 

The compromise around a common vision

But in the end, there was a common vision that united them in saying: “we cannot fail, we must come up with some form of constitution for this new nation.”  And that is why I am saying that most of the people were above the 48th level of consciousness, because they were able to look beyond their personal interests and viewpoints and opinions and say: “There is something bigger here than us individually, than our states that we came from, than economic interests. There is something bigger that we must unite around.” 

And when people are below the 48th level, they cannot unite around something bigger, they will always be trapped in self-interest. They may disguise their self-interest as something bigger, as an epic cause, but then they will not be able to set aside their self-interest for a common cause. So by the fact that they actually created a constitution, you see that a majority of them were able to look beyond their own interests, their own viewpoints, their own polarization and say: “Well, we must be willing to compromise.” 

And when you look at the situation as it was, the quite great differences between for example, the slave states in the South and the northern states who did not have slaves, or between the very small states and the bigger states, you can see that realistically there was no way to create a constitution that was not based on compromise. It was simply the actual political situation that compromises had to be made. 

Blind to alternative 

What is important here to realize is that when I talk about the duality consciousness, I am not only saying, as we have explained before, that the duality consciousness blinds you by polarizing you towards two extremes. No, it blinds you to an alternative to the extremes. In other words, what I am saying is that when you look at this debate, polarizations emerged and the effect of this was that the delegates did not look for alternatives to the two polarized viewpoints. They first tried to make one win over the other, but then they ended up making compromises between the two. But still, the debate revolved around the two polarized viewpoints. For example, should we have a strong federal government or should the states have most of the power? Was there alternatives to that viewpoint? Yes, of course there was. Could any of them see these alternatives? No, they could not. 

Again, I am not trying to blame anybody. The realistic situation at the time was, this is how it was, this is what we had to work with. As we have said before, that Christ does not look for the ideal solution, but looks at the actual situation and says: “How can we use it to come up higher?” By the fact that they created a constitution, there was a certain influence of the Christ mind, there were enough people that were able to tune into the Christ mind and move on from there. Was it an ideal solution? No. But it was certainly better than nothing, because in that case, there would have been no United States of America today. That much was hanging in the balance that summer. 

The Electoral College

Now I want to go back to what I said about the elitist mindset. This also had a very great influence on the debate and what they could see and especially what they could not see. Now, if you have studied this debate, you will know that one of the big discussion points was how to elect a president. There were, of course, alternatives. You did not have to have a president. You could have had a parliamentary system with a prime minister, as other democracies have. But that was not part of the discussion because they could not see that. They could only see that they needed a strong president who could defend the country against other British attempts to take it over. And then the debate was how to elect a president or rather who should elect a president. And in the end, they could not agree on it or rather at a certain interim stage, they could not agree on it. They decided to put it aside. 

But what emerges from this when you study these debates was that the majority of the people that were there did not believe that the public should be allowed to elect a president by popular vote. And why not? In large part because of the elitist mindset. They felt they had studied, they had learned, they had thought about these things. They knew that the average person in America at that time had not studied. Most people could not even read, had not read any books, had not thought about how to form a government. They lived a simple existence on farms or in some kind of industry. They were most concerned about going out drinking whenever they had time and money and they had never even considered these bigger questions. They simply did not feel that the ordinary person was qualified to elect a president, therefore, they could agree that it should not, the president should not be elected by popular vote. 

They could not agree on how in the beginning, so they put it aside until they discussed other matters and then in the end, they came together again. And now they came up with a, what has been called a compromise upon a compromise upon a compromise, namely the Electoral College, where each state would appoint electors that would come together and they would elect a president. Now, as many people are aware, part of the reason for the Electoral College was actually the actual state of affairs at the time, we might say, with communication, people being spread out. Most Americans were farmers, they lived on their farms, hardly ever left their farms, certainly never traveled out of state. They had no newspapers. They might even not be able to read and this means that there was really no way for these people to get to know which presidential candidates were running. If a president had to travel the country, it would take a very long time to go everywhere and present himself. It was not practically possible to let the people vote because they could not really know who they were voting for and what the viewpoints of the president were.

You can say again, from a purely practical viewpoint that it was a necessary compromise to come up with the Electoral College. Again, given the dynamic, southern states, northern states, small states, big states, federalist, anti-federalist, and so forth. But the Founding Fathers who came up with the idea of the Electoral College and those who agreed to it, they saw it clearly as an imperfect solution, as a compromise. They thought perhaps it would without, before too long, be replaced by something better because they assumed that somebody could come up with something better. Well, as you well know, the Electoral College is still there. You may say today it has been changed somewhat. It has mostly a ceremonial function, but nevertheless it is still there. And what that really means is that it blocks the election of a president by the popular vote. 

The Electoral College and political parties 

And if you look at most other democracies in the world, then president or prime ministers are elected by the popular vote. In many cases also the ruling party, whether there is one or several, it is a matter of how many votes they get, not how many districts they win, states they win, electors they have. It is not a winner-takes-all as it is in the American system, meaning that the winner of a state takes all the electoral votes of that state or all the congressmen of that state. Why has no one come up with a better alternative? Well, actually many people have come up with a better alternative, but why has it not been accepted? Why has the constitution not been amended to put in place something better than the Electoral College? Well, because two things have influenced this. Number one, elitism. There is still, as Mother Mary explains so eloquently, an established old power elite in the United States who wants to maintain their grip on the nation, their stranglehold on the nation. And they feel that they have more influence through the Electoral College because as imperfect as they see that it is, it still prevents the election of a president by popular vote, and that they want to avoid more than anything else. 

You can ask whether that is logical or rational, but as Mother Mary explained, fallen beings do not think logically or rationally. At least they have their very own logic, which is not really the Christ logic at all. This is one thing, but the other development that many Americans are not even aware of is the development of political parties. At the time of the Constitutional Convention there were no political parties. Relatively few Americans are aware of this. Most think that Republicans and Democrats have been around as long as the Constitution or the Republic, but they were formed later. And those who have looked into this will know that George Washington himself was extremely concerned about this development because his entire life, his work in the army, his work as president, had been geared towards one thing and one thing only, the public good. And he realized that when you allow the formation of parties, it was possible that one or both parties would be willing to compromise the public good in order to attain the goals defined by their party, whether it was for society or whether it was for this party getting bigger than the other party and therefore, having the power of government.

This is another reason why the Electoral College has not been amended, because at a certain point there emerged one party which saw that in certain states it had the possibility of gaining a majority of the electoral votes and therefore, they could win the presidency without winning the popular vote. It has not happened often, but it has happened, including in some of the recent elections. This has prevented the two-thirds majority that is needed for a constitutional amendment and the ratification of this by three-quarters of the states. And which are the states that want to prevent this? What is the party that wants to prevent this? It is, of course, the more conservative party that looks back in time, that wants to maintain traditional values and a certain status quo. Now I am not hereby saying I am endorsing the Democrats over the Republicans. Both parties are, of course, affected deeply by elitism. Both are, so to speak, bought and sold by the elites, by different elites. But I am simply pointing out that the Republican Party has traditionally been the more conservative party, looking backwards towards traditional values, whereas the Democratic Party has traditionally been the more forward-looking. Whether it still is, is up for debate but that is not my point here.

Elitism behind the Electoral College

My point is that one of the changes I would like to see in the American political system was the abolishment of the electoral college and the election of president by popular vote. It is simply archaic to uphold a system based on the conditions back then where most of the people in the country had no realistic way of knowing the presidential candidates. With today’s information technology, anybody who is willing can make themselves aware what the presidential candidates stand for, what their policy is, what their promises are, and therefore any voter has the opportunity if they want to make an informed choice. Therefore, the main argument behind the Electoral College has been outrun by time and technology. Therefore, it should be accepted that the government of the United States—with the first words of the Constitution being: “We the people”—the government should trust the people to elect the president they want and they should allow this to outplay itself. 

To say that certain states that have a certain political viewpoint should outweigh the interests or the votes of the majority is not “We the people”. It is not in the Constitution. It is not the principles behind America. 

Now, you may say very well that it is not a principle liked by all, either the Founding Fathers nor the leaders today. And why is that? Well, the answer is simply elitism. Those who see themselves as an elite have a fundamental distrust of the population, the broad population. You cannot see yourself as an elite without thinking you know better than the ordinary citizen. It is in the nature of elitism to believe this. Furthermore, when you see yourself as an elite, it is in the nature of elitism to think that because you know better, you can define the exact conditions that should be manifest in the nation, what is best for the nation. Of course, in reality, you are defining what is best for the nation based on what is best for yourself. But you are not going to admit this, certainly not publicly. That means that it is in the very nature of elitism to create a system of government that gives special privileges and power to the elite at the cost of the population. 

The blind spots of elitism 

You will see this in the feudal societies where the land was owned by a small minority of landholders. You will see it in the United States today where those who have amassed massive fortunes of money can use that money to make more money and to prevent competition for their businesses by destroying them, by buying them out or in other ways and this now goes back to the Constitutional Congress. As I said, most of the people there had a certain elitist attitude. Some of them were fallen beings, but I am not saying that they were sitting there deliberately trying to destroy democracy at its infancy or take the United States into a blind alley. But most of them were elitists and therefore, as I said, there were options that they did not discuss because they could not see them. Now, at the same time, there were a majority of them who had some Christ attunement and therefore, they were aware that there is more at stake here than our personal interests and opinions. That is why they were able to come together and agree on a constitution, however based on compromise it was.

But you see, none of them had enough Christhood to fully realize what was at stake because they were blinded by their elitist mindset. And what was at stake? Well, at a certain level the stake was, as I have explained before, that the purpose of life on earth is the growth in awareness of as many people as possible. Essentially all people. With that in mind, the important point for a government is that it gives as many people as possible as much influence as possible on the government. In other words, it is anti-elitist in nature because when a small elite rules the population with an iron fist like they did in the feudal societies, there are very few growth opportunities. The people cannot raise their awareness very much. You will see that the feudal societies of medieval Europe lasted for, in some cases, over a thousand years and if you look at the growth in the consciousness of the people, it was very limited. And since the entire purpose of the earth is the growth in awareness of the people, this was anti-growth, an anti-growth society, which is why it eventually had to collapse. It could not be sustained over time, even though it lasted a surprisingly long time. 

Growth is anti-elitist 

My point here is this. The Founding Fathers did not grasp this whatsoever and that is why they agreed to this, that the popular vote should not determine who is president. But now you can go to another level of awareness, of evaluation. What does the growth in awareness mean? Well, it means, as we have explained, that you raise your awareness, starting at the lower levels, going up beyond the 48th, going towards the 96th and then beyond. Essentially, the raising of awareness is a process whereby people acquire personal Christhood because they come into connection with, leading to oneness with, the One mind, the Christ mind that unites all people horizontally and unites them individually with their Creator, with their I AM Presences and the spiritual realm. This is the purpose for the existence of the earth, and again, it is anti-elitist. 

God is no respecter of persons. Christ is no respecter of persons. Christ does not respect any authority figures, any positions, any privileges on earth. Christ is completely beyond what human beings have created in the duality consciousness—or, I could say, the fallen beings have created in the duality consciousness. Christ is beyond it, is not corrupted by it, always points beyond it. Christ is also what creates growth, self-transcendence. That is why a society, in order to survive in the long run, must constantly be willing to transcend itself by looking at itself, by looking at: “What are we doing? How are we doing it? Why are we doing it this way? Why do we continue to do it the same way instead of looking for something better?” But also, by looking at its constitution, its government. 

A new constitution? 

This, of course, goes against the established power elite who, once they have attained power want to maintain their state of power, their privileges. This is what you saw starting to emerge in the northeastern states after the constitution was ratified, and you then saw the emergence of another rivaling power elite, an aspiring power elite in the southern states, in the slave states, which led to the clash that became the Civil War. 

What you see from the Civil War was that despite the intentions of the Founding Fathers to avoid precisely this kind of scenario, the constitution was not enough to avoid the Civil War. Already there, you could see the need to rethink the constitution at that time, but this was not done. You can also look at the technological development, of course, and you can look at society as it is today versus how it was 250 years ago and you can say: “Well, based on all of the outer changes, is it constructive, is it realistic that we are holding on to a constitution formulated so many years ago in a society that was in so many ways fundamentally different from what we have now? Is there not a need to have another constitutional congress, to have people come together and start over?” Simply look at society today and say: “What kind of a constitution do we need to meet the challenges of modern society?” Has this been done? No. Why? Because there are forces in American society, who have a great influence on the political parties, who do not want this done. They want to hold on to what they have because, as Mother Mary said, it gives that power elite a hidden influence on society that they will not let go of unless they are forced.

Aggressively suppressing creativity

My point, therefore, is that this power elite is doing everything they can to undermine democracy while at the same time staying hidden from the people. This is their existential dilemma: “How do we use the democratic freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution to take power and privileges to themselves, by taking it from the population against what the Constitution actually promises as equal rights and equal opportunity?” As we have said before, the last thing that the elites of the world want is equal rights and equal opportunity. Why? Because they know they are not creative. 

Think about what we have said, Mother Mary and I, just in this conference, but also certainly said in others. The fallen beings have cut themselves off from the Christ consciousness. It is the Christ consciousness that makes people creative, willing to reach for something that is not visible now, that is not here now, but that can be manifest. It is the willingness to reach up for a higher awareness, a higher way to look at things, a higher perspective. That is the basis of creativity. And that of course, is what the Christ consciousness is about, taking the earth, an unnatural planet, bringing it gradually closer and closer to the status of a natural planet, eventually to ascend with the rest of the sphere. 

Christ is constantly pulling everything up. When the fallen beings cut themselves off from this, how could they be creative? They cannot. This means they can take power by force because they are willing to use force, which creative people are not because when you connect to the Christ consciousness you will not use force. You see that all life is connected and using force against others affects yourself negatively so, if you are not stupid, you are not using force against others, you are not hurting yourself. The fallen beings are willing to use force to get privileges, they are willing to use force to get them. But in order to do this, it is not enough that they use force. They must also suppress creativity because time and time again, as Mother Mary said, many of these fallen beings are much better at understanding history than most historians. 

Time and time again they have seen it was some creative idea that some person who is not part of the elite came up with that caused them to lose their privileges. And the fallen beings who have put themselves in a position of power in the United States, they know very well that it was the creative ideas of a few people in America that caused America to separate from the British Empire. And they were quite happy that this happened because now as the aspiring elite, they have been able to take power in America, which they could not have done in England, but they never want that to be repeated. They do not want another American revolution of thought, of ideas. They are in an existential dilemma of not only enjoying their power, exercising their power, seeking to maintain their power, but of actively, aggressively trying to suppress creativity, to suppress ideas that can overthrow their power and privilege. 

Tech billionaires running the world? 

That is why you see this incredible irony that you now have an emerging power elite, an aspiring power elite of the tech billionaires that have become billionaires because of creativity, but now they are supporting the very forces that want to go back to traditional values and create a more conservative society. But this is because, again, they have taken advantage of creativity to become rich. Now they want to have privilege and keep it. But you will also see something else. When you look at the entire computer revolution emerging out of Silicon Valley, yes, there is certainly a certain creativity there in terms of bringing forth new technology, but not in terms of bringing forth new ideas, new philosophical ideas we might say. That has never been the focus of the tech industry. And yet there are those who are at the top of the tech industry who have managed to consolidate their power over these big tech companies that now think they can run the world better than anybody else. Why? Well, because most of them are fallen beings. They are in the elitist mindset.

You can ask yourself, of course: “Are these tech billionaires really loyal to the Republican Party or traditional values?” No, of course not. They do not care about Christianity. They do not care about traditional values. They do not care about the people who want traditional values. They do not care about the people whatsoever, they are just using this because they see that right now this is a tool they can use to influence the political process. 

Growing awareness of the power elite

The next level of evaluation I want to get to here is, you look at the old established elite, they are not open to any new ideas that come from the Christ mind. You look at the aspiring elite of the tech billionaires, again, not open to any ideas coming from the Christ mind. None of these two elites, neither the established nor the aspiring, are open to ideas which means it does not really matter who wins and who takes over, because they will both see the need to suppress ideas from the Christ mind that can take America in an entirely new direction.

The reason why I am telling you all of this is simple. Who are the people who can become open to new ideas from the Christ mind? Well, you yourselves and many others, of course. I am not putting this responsibility on you that you, the relatively few ascended master students alone should be able to change the nation. But you can when you realize that you are connected to many other people who are also open to new ideas and that there can be—and you can be part of bringing this about—an emergence of people who are open to an entirely new way of looking at American society and American government, and the same in other democratic nations. Because what is, when you take what I have said here, what Mother Mary said before, what is the one element that is missing from democratic societies? Well, it is the awareness of the power elite. They do not need to call it fallen beings. They do not need to see it even in spiritual terms. They just need to identify that there has always been a group of people who have attempted to attain power and privilege and who have no empathy, no humanity, no concern for the population.

And then they need to recognize that there has also always been a group of people who have concern for the population, who have concern for higher principles and who are actually able to step back, look at history and say: “Why do we keep repeating the same pattern over and over again? Why do we have various power elites that take over various nations, create all kinds of conflicts, set up all kinds of tyrannical governments? Why do we create democracies and then see them undermined by money interests, by power interests? Why can we not just create a government that does what is best for all of the people, give them as much freedom and opportunity as we can give them? Why can we not create that kind of society?” You can look back at the Founding Fathers and you can say that at least some of them had that vision, had that dream that America could become the land of freedom, the land of opportunity. Not the opportunity to exploit, but the opportunity to self-transcend, to multiply the talents and reap the reward of your willingness to go beyond status quo. 

Enough of elitism!

Why can we not create that kind of a nation? And the answer is because there has always been an elite that does not want that kind of a nation. Therefore, the only way to create that kind of a nation is to become aware of the existence of the elite, their philosophy, their mindset, the world view of the elite, the methods of the elite and expose them mercilessly and therefore decide: “We, the people, have had enough of elitist societies. We, the people, desire to form a more perfect union that cannot be ruled by any elite.” That is entirely possible. You can help by putting yourself into that flow by studying, by thinking, by making calls, by holding the vision that this can happen. There are actually enough people in America today, in other nations as well, who are right there. They just have not consciously seen it and therefore they cannot come together and speak with one voice and say: “Enough of elitism, we want a non-elitist society.”

A Christ-like society

Can this happen? Well, of course. Why do you think I would even come up with the idea of creating a golden age on earth if this could not happen? Because, naturally, the golden age will not be a society ruled by an elite, even if it had great prosperity so that all people prospered. It still, in the golden age, will not be an elitist society. Why? Because the purpose of the golden age is not golden, it is not to create prosperity, it is to raise awareness. And again, it cannot be done when an elite rules, because not even the awareness of the elite is raised by them ruling. They just stay at the same level and attempt to hold on to their privileged positions. You look at a relatively small group of fallen beings who were embodied as the kings and the emperors of medieval Europe, they did not grow whatsoever vertically. Some of them grew by becoming even more cunning, even better at manipulating people, even better at deceiving people, but they did not grow vertically, they did not rise to higher levels of Christ Consciousness. 

And the entire purpose of Saint Germain’s Golden Age is to give all people on earth the biggest and best opportunities for growing towards the Christ Consciousness. What else could it be? I know that students of previous ascended master dispensations have had all kinds of fantasies about these wonderfully affluent societies, where everything was just great. Even my brother More has commented on how his book Utopia was actually a satire, not to be taken literally. The point is that the power elite cannot see what I am saying here. They cannot grasp the vision of a Christ-like society. They cannot even really grasp it. If they could, they would of course oppose it, and they oppose any ideas that go in that direction, but they cannot really grasp what it is. They cannot grasp that it is a society that is not focused on outer things, outer achievements, outer accomplishments. It is focused on one thing only, looking at the individual, giving each individual the maximum opportunity to transcend themselves, and therefore, be able to bring out their highest potential. 

Limiting competition and invention

Tell me, when you look at the history of America, what made America a prosperous and affluent nation? Americans often will say: “It is the richest country on earth.” Yeah, it is the country that has the most billionaires and millionaires and other rich people, but is the average population rich? No. But nevertheless, go back, look at the founding of America, look at European societies at the time steeped in the feudalist system, which meant what? Which meant that the ordinary population had very little opportunity for being creative and the ruling class was not creative. Well, maybe creative in figuring out how to wage war with each other, but not truly creative. So, what made America prosperous? It was that it gave an opportunity to unfold your creativity that was not there in Europe. But you see how the power elite has gradually attempted to limit people’s creativity, as I said, their existential dilemma. They have not been able to prevent American society from being raised to a certain level, but they have attempted to slow down that growth in order to maintain their privilege. 

Now, every once in a while, something new comes around like the computer revolution that the old industry could not even see the value of, and that overturns their control. But then there is just an aspiring power elite who attempts to get control over that new industry so that they now can attain control. And you will see so many companies in America and elsewhere, they grow to a certain level, now they become more concerned about limiting competition than about inventing. What is going to propel America into the golden age? It is not the status quo. It is not the traditional values. It is not allowing various power elites to limit creativity. It is only creativity, invention, new ways of thinking, new ideas coming from the Christ mind. What made America prosperous was that there was room for experimentation, for creativity, for new ideas but that room has been continually eroded now for quite some time. Let us not even put a certain time on it. But certainly, it started in the 1800s with the monopoly capitalists that saw it as their goal to attain monopolies. 

And you see it in the tech industry today, where the big tech companies also are aiming at having monopolies. Whether it is a search engine or an operating system or AI or whatever it is, always this quest for a monopoly. But you built your business based on new ideas. Why do you think new ideas would suddenly dry out and you now have to consolidate and destroy creativity in order to maintain your position? Why do you not keep innovating? Well, because fallen beings cannot innovate. When somebody innovates, they can move in and try to gain control and now they want to stop innovation to maintain their position. You see this dynamic over and over and over again. And as I said, there are enough people in the United States today who are right on the brink of seeing this. Of again, saying: “Why do we repeat this pattern? Why do we allow a society that limits creativity where those who have gained a position in industry or in society can now use that position to limit competition and limit creativity that only restricts society? Why are we allowing this? Why are we continuing to allow this?” 

What will happen next? 

One more topic I want to focus on here, even though I do not intend this to be my only discourse at this conference. But I want to focus on this, 250 years America has existed. If you go back 250 years to the Founding Fathers, the Constitutional Convention, would they have imagined that America would survive for 250 years? And the reality is that most of them either did not think it would survive or definitely had their doubts. What has allowed America to survive? Well, continued innovation, creativity, new ways of looking at problems, new ways of doing things. What would have happened if America had not been restricted by the power elites and their attempts to gain monopolies and destroy the competition? Well, America would have been much further along than it is today. 

But my real point for talking about this is, what will happen if the power elites that are there right now, if they manage to limit creativity and innovation even further than it is right now, what will happen? Well, America will start falling behind other democratic nations where they are not allowing a power elite to restrict innovation. It is simply inevitable. There is a certain arrogance among the power elite in America and many of the people have adopted it, that America could not fail, that America could not go backwards, that America is the greatest nation on earth and could never lose that position. But it is entirely possible that if America stops innovating, it will lose its position as the greatest, most affluent, most dynamic nation on earth. This has already started happening. One of the biggest threats to this is twofold, that you shut out immigrants and that you deliberately defund science so that the scientists leave. There has, just within the last year, started an exodus of scientists. And of course, you have the entire attempt to not only shut out immigrants, but to deport those who are already here. 

Immigrants and innovation 

Unless, as we have said before, you are a Native American, you are a descendant of immigrants. If your great-great-great-grandfather had been deported by ICE in 1814, you would not be an American. You might have been an Italian or a Frenchman or a Brit, but you would not have been an American. And America would not have been a great nation if all those people who built America had been deported or excluded. What is the characteristic of most, not all, but most of the immigrants who come to America? They see an opportunity they did not have in their native countries, and they are willing to transcend themselves in order to grab that opportunity. And in so doing, they are raising America up by multiplying the talents, by being creative, by reaching for new ideas. What about the people who do not want immigrants, who see them as a threat? Well, they belong to the category that Mother Mary talked about, and they are not just men they are also women. Those who are not willing to transcend themselves. 

Anti-American Americans 

If you are not willing to transcend yourself when society is changing and demands that you acquire new skills in order to get jobs, well, then you see immigrants who are willing to change as a threat. You are thinking that by the fact that you were born in America, you should be entitled to have a job where you just need to show up. But that is not America. That is not what built America. So how do these people who have an entirely un-American attitude claim to be patriots and Americans who are going to make America great again, by bringing it back to… when exactly was America great in the past, that we have to go back to? Whereas all of the people who are willing to transcend themselves, they are not thinking about bringing America back to something in the past. They want to bring America forward to something even better than it has ever been, and that is also what I want as the Ascended Master Saint Germain, and the hierarch of the Aquarian Age, and the architect of the golden age. 

I want to see America grow beyond what it has ever been before! Who cares about any past state when there is so much more to grow into? Irony of ironies. What you always see the fallen beings do, they loudly proclaim to be something, but their actions are the opposite of what they claim to be. You claim to be patriots. You claim to be real Americans, but your mindset is distinctly not only un-American, but anti-American. And this is, again, because there are people who do not fathom that they are just pawns in a game played by two rivaling power elites. 

But again, there are many people, a critical mass of people in America who are ready to see the rivaling power elites for what they are and see that they are the ones who are truly anti-American. And they are ready to see that America cannot control its way out of the current situation. It can only innovate itself out of it. The theme for this conference, that I instructed the messenger to formulate is: “Will there be another 250 years?” Many would say: “Of course, there will.” I would say: “It is not a given.” 

Innovate or perish! 

There are various perspectives on this that I will expound upon later. But for now, I want to focus on this. If America does not innovate, there will not be another 250 years because the country will not survive. It will fracture. It will be consumed by conflict. It will fall behind other nations. It will basically self-destruct from within. This is possible. Not the most likely scenario, but it is possible because the Christ principle is: everything must constantly transcend itself and come closer and closer to the ascended state. Otherwise, what we have called the second law of thermodynamics kicks in and closed systems self-destruct. You make America a closed system, no openness for new ideas or people who are open to new ideas. You have put America on the path of self-destruction. Unless someone pulls it away from that path, well, the outcome is a given as you see from other empires of history that collapsed for the very same reason. 

Look at these fallen empires. They all collapsed because they could not transcend themselves and innovate. And why not? Because there was a power elite or several that destroyed, that limited innovation and new ideas. This is another lesson that you can learn from history and it is one of the lessons that the fallen beings cannot learn. As both Mother Mary and I said: “Many fallen beings are much better students of history than most historians.” But this is one lesson they have not learned because they cannot see that they are the problem. You see, when you are inside the fallen consciousness, you cannot ever admit that you could be wrong and therefore, you cannot see that you are the problem. That is why Mother Mary talked about those who realize they cannot compete in today’s world. They must have an explanation for why that is and it is always projecting out that it is other people’s fault. 

There are these men in the manosphere that project it is women’s fault, but the fallen beings are in the same psychological dynamic. They cannot admit that they are the problem. They must project out that it is other things or other people that are the problem. And what they often do is they project: “The people are the problem. They are not educated. They are not able to rule themselves. How can you ever think of having a nation where the people are ruling themselves? It is impossible. It will lead to disaster after disaster.” But as I have said before, I would much rather have a nation where all of the people vote on the important decisions than have a nation that is ruled by an elite. Why? Well, look at history. 

The biggest disasters of history were always created by one elite or another, or by two elites clashing. It was never the people who went to war in order to prove that their king’s ego was bigger than the other king’s ego. It was always the elite. Again, I am speaking this into the collective consciousness because I see the potential that there are people who can receive these ideas. They can descend to their identity, mental and emotional bodies, surface in their conscious minds, and suddenly they say: “Oh, I never thought of that before. Why did I not see this earlier? It is so obvious now.” When a critical mass of people go through that experience, shifts will happen, as they are already happening, as they have been happening for a very long time and that is what brings the golden age closer and closer, step by step, shift by shift. You are part of that shift. And if you will accept your role, you can direct the chaos, as we have said before, into different directions. You may think there is chaos in America. Yes, to some degree, I agree. But you can learn to direct the chaos, so it flows in a more constructive direction and actually brings real change. 

America is, has been called, was seen by the Founding Fathers as an experiment. And the experiment really is: can the people bring a nation in a new direction despite all the efforts of the elite to stop it? And so far, America has moved in a new direction, and it can continue to do so, so that every crisis becomes a steppingstone for a new direction. It is what we call the School of Hard Knocks in a sense, because it sometimes takes some really hard knocks for the American people to go in a new direction. But still, I am willing to work with America and the American people. I am willing to provide the impetus that can turn the chaos in a new direction, and I hope that you are willing to be part of that effort, part of that flow from above to below. 

With this, I thank you for being willing to put yourselves in the flow from me through you to the American people, to the creative people who can bring change. 

Saint Germain, I AM, and I seal you in the Flame of Joyful Freedom that I AM. Happy 4th of July! If you will have it.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

Beyond the conflict between men and women


Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, July 4, 2026. This dictation was given at the 2026 American Webinar: Will There Be Another 250 Years?

 

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary, and it is my great joy to open this webinar as I have opened so many conferences. What I would like to focus on here is the situation of women. 

Improving the situation of women

Now, if you go back 250 years and look at women’s situation in America and compare it to today, has there been improvement in women’s situation? Of course, it is obvious that there has been improvement in many different ways. Two hundred and fifty years ago women did not have the right to vote, they did not have the right to run for office, they were considered unfit to hold any kind of office or any kind of position, basically any kind of position outside the home except what has jokingly been called the world’s oldest profession. Naturally, there has been great improvement but it has, in many ways, been slow and slower than in many other democratic nations, most notably in Canada, Northern Europe and others that United States likes to compare itself to. For example, women did not receive the right to vote until 1920.

You will see that what has happened is that there was a period where there was more equality given to women, where women were allowed to go out and take jobs. This really took a new turn during the Second World War where there were so many young men that were soldiers overseas that they needed women in the factories to build the ships and do many other things that women traditionally were not thought to be suited for. But women of course, proved them wrong and proved that they could do most of the jobs that men can do. Up through the 40’s, 50’s, 60’s, 70’s there was an increase in equality. More women were elected to office for example, more women got various kinds of jobs, although there is still a great lack in women in really high positions in corporations and companies. 

The manosphere and the anti-feminist movement

Naturally women’s situation has improved greatly, but there has now for some decades been a reversing trend which has not really eroded women’s equality but is attempting to do so. This is the anti-feminist movement we might call it, also called the manosphere, but also certain parts of the Christian movement in America who believe that women’s role is in the home, that women should be subordinate to men and serve men.

This is something I wish to comment on because it has some quite severe ramifications for the future of America and the potential for manifesting a golden age in America. We can in a sense say, if we want to be a little bit dramatic and why should not we be, that whether the golden age will manifest first in America or in Europe will depend on women and women’s situation in society. It is, of course, no coincidence that we have named the 2020’s the Decade of Women and being a little over the halfway mark here, we can see that certainly worldwide there has been an exposure of many of the elements that are affecting women’s standing in societies around the world and of course, in the United States. 

I am not saying that this trend of the manosphere and the anti-feminist movement is particularly worrying in the long run. It is more of an example of how things must be outplayed to the extreme so that they eventually become so absurd that more and more people can begin to see this.

A changing world 

Let us step back a little bit and look at this phenomenon—the manosphere, the conservative Christians, the Christian nationalists, the backlash, so to speak, against feminism and equality and wokeism and whatever they call it. Let us look at the roots of this. We can of course, look at this in the immediate situation and we can say that part of this is driven by men who are afraid that they will fall behind the development in society, and this is not a matter of women. This is actually a matter of the fact that society is of course changing and it is changing in very dramatic ways. It is changing in such a way that we can say that you go back several decades and there were many jobs, positions in society, where you could say that the main qualification for holding that job was that you showed up and you had a pulse. Today these positions are more and more disappearing and there are more and more jobs where you have to qualify for the job and your performance on the job depends on your merit, your willingness to perform the job, your willingness to learn the job, your willingness to transcend yourself and do better in that job than other people are willing to do.

What you have is a group of men, often young men, who are used to from previous lifetimes, that they do not really need to look at themselves, to look at society and say: “What do I need to do to qualify for a job in the society I am living in?” They still carry with them from past lifetimes this desire that: “Oh, it should be enough that I just apply for a job and I am willing to show up every day and do the minimum requirement that is needed to fill the job.” They believe that they are entitled to those kinds of jobs. Some of these people did not embody in modern democracies in their past lifetime. Many of them did not embody in America in their past lifetime. They embodied in other countries that have a more patriarchal culture where they were used to the fact that they were men was enough to get them a job that could get them by in life. 

An new opportunity for self-transcendence  

They, of course, also came from these societies where women are much more suppressed than they are in the United States and other modern democracies. They believe that they are entitled to something from women. They are entitled to have a wife who is subordinate to them and who fulfills their needs, whatever they may be. What you see here is that a certain number of these lifestreams were given an opportunity to embody in America, for example. They were given this opportunity in the hope that they would step up and be willing to transcend themselves and live up to the demands in their society, which were higher demands in America than they were in the countries they embodied in their last lifetime. What happens of course, is that a quite considerable number have been willing to do this, but there are some that have not. Now they are looking for a way to justify why they will not transcend themselves, why they do not need to transcend themselves, why they should not have to transcend themselves. In other words, it is the good old psychological mechanism that people who will not do better seek a justification for not even trying.

This is, of course, a problem in every advanced society, but it has not in previous generations been such a big problem in America, because American culture has been built on you have to do better, you have to be willing to make an effort, the American dream, so to speak, that if you make an effort, you can make it. Now you are seeing a growing number of especially young men in America who want the American dream without making an effort and because they realize this is not going to work, they are looking for an explanation that in their minds justifies why they do not have to make an effort, why they should not have to make an effort, why somehow society should just give them what they need, including giving them a woman who is subservient to them in all ways. 

A complete disconnect between men and women

What you at the same time see is that because women have been given an opportunity that they did not have in previous generations, many women who are incarnating now are willing to exert themselves, to step up, to transcend themselves, to do better in society. You see here that it is not that there is anything wrong with equal opportunity for men and women, with equality, with feminism. It is simply you have a group of men who are not willing to make an effort, and you have a larger group of women who are willing to make an effort. 

This means naturally, that these women who have a goal in life, who see a career for themselves, and who are willing to do what it takes to manifest that career, well, what kind of men are they looking for? Do you think they are looking for these kind of men who do not want to exert themselves and to somehow want their woman to go out and work and support them so the men do not have to work, but at the same time the women have to do all the work in the house and raise the children and be so servient and give the men sex whenever he wants? You see a complete disconnect here between two groups of people, where the women are not looking for the kind of men who do not want to transcend themselves, who do not want to do what it takes to manifest the American dream according to this popular image of the American dream, whether it is realistic or not is not my topic here.

This is the immediate situation. You have a group of women who want to go somewhere. You have a group of men who do not, and a group of men who do not want to exert themselves are in a sense, jealous of the women who are willing to do so and now they have been persuaded by some people that this is unjust, that this is not right, that society has become too woke, too liberal, too left-wing, too socialist and that these women should be forced to go back to traditional roles. What these men do not ask themselves is a simple question. Even if all women had to live up to traditional roles, could they still find a woman who wanted them? In most cases, the answer, the brutal answer, is no. There are just no women who want these kinds of men who do not want to transcend themselves and go somewhere. 

The old boy’s network

This is the immediate situation, but of course, there is a much bigger perspective that I want to discuss. Because what is it that is actually happening here? Well, what is happening is that there is a power elite in the United States that is very strong still and this is a power elite of white men. Not all of them in the northeast, many of them in the tech valley in California, some of them in other places as well, but they are predominantly white men. They think they should run the country and to a large degree they still do, but they think they should continue to run the country. They are constantly paranoid about any threat to their dominance. 

One of the threats they see is precisely these women who want to go somewhere in society because these white men are also used to having a position by the fact that many of them were born into rich and entitled and privileged families and they have inherited a position from their parents. These men, the last thing they want to do, many of them, not all of them, but many of them, is to step out in the public view because their families have for many generations now been running the country behind the facade, behind the scenes. They are unknown to the public, unseen, their influence is unseen because they have this, what is popularly called the old boy’s network. The old boy’s network does not want any women to come in and upset the apple cart. They have seen the possibility of using this manosphere, this movement among men, combined with a movement among Christians that want to go back to traditional values and suppress women. 

Promoting chaos and conflict 

Let me just ask you a simple question. When you look at the situation, not only of America, but all modern democracies, do you really think it is at all realistic to take away women’s right to vote? How do you really think this could happen in modern day America? They are promoting something that is entirely unrealistic and they know it. Why are they promoting it? Because it creates conflict and chaos. You see, this elite, these old boys, they do not care at all about the young men who cannot find a woman. They do not care about women. They do not care about democracy. They care about preserving their power.

Where does this come from? Well, you cannot understand this based on traditional history, a traditional understanding of the world. You can only understand this when you have the teaching we have given now for so many years, explained so carefully about fallen beings. You can only understand this when you realize that there is a power elite of people who have no empathy, no humanity, who do not care about the general population, who only care about themselves, their power, their privilege, and maintaining it. 

The established and the aspiring elite 

Now, as we have said before, there are always divisions in the power elite because they are trapped in duality and in duality there are always two opposite polarities, if not more. Therefore, there are always at least two groups in the power elite. There is an established elite that wants to preserve the power and privilege they have. There is an upcoming elite that wants to get the power and privilege, perhaps because they think they could do better than the old elite but that is just the facade, the surface belief. They just want the power that the old elite has. They will not admit this. They probably will not even admit it to themselves because they have clothed themselves in this mindset that they would know better.

You see right now the old established elite of the large companies and corporations and old families, and you see the upcoming tech billionaires from Silicon Valley and other places that are seeking to buy their influence upon the president and in all ways change society because they think they know better how society should be run. They think they can declare and get away with it that empathy is an evolutionary weakness. 

If you do not understand that there is always an established power elite of fallen beings and an aspiring power elite of fallen beings and that there is always a conflict between the two, well, you cannot really understand what is going on and you cannot really understand why women’s situation seems to be under threat in the United States. Because you see what is happening here is that you have the established elite who wants to maintain their privileges and they are the ones who are funding, paying for this conservative movement of the Christians who long back to traditional values, even traditional family values.

You have this movement, the manosphere, the Christian nationalists, the ultra-conservative Christians that are sort of merging together in some ways, interacting and promoting this view of women. They want to maintain status quo. Then you have the upcoming elite of the tech billionaires that are not so concerned about women and women’s situation, even though most of them are men and most of them actually look down upon women, but they are not openly doing this. They want to buy influence on the government so they can promote their technological monopolies, not only in the United States, but worldwide. You have these two forces aspiring for dominance. 

You may say, if they are opposing each other, why are they both supporting the Republican Party? But are they both supporting only the Republican Party because they are also supporting the Democratic Party, because they are hedging their bets. They do not care which party is elected. They just want to have an inroad in whatever party is elected so they can influence them.

Turning points in history 

 But if you step even further back from this, you see that there may be an established elite who ideally wants to maintain their power and privilege. But they know, because they have seen this throughout history and they have read between the lines in the history books more than most historians have, they know that this cannot always be done. They see in history that there are certain turning points where they cannot stop the changes. 

One of these big turning points, that many of the power elite in America are keenly aware of, is the creation of the United States. They see that there was an established elite in England who wanted to have control over the colonies in order to extract as much wealth as they could, just as they did in India and other colonies and they were the ones who, of course, opposed the revolutionaries and the founding of America. But they also saw that as soon as America was founded and that it could not be stopped in its infancy, well, if you cannot beat them, join them. Some of the old elite now established a foothold in the United States, not right away but gradually, and there were other people in the United States that came up and gradually formed an elite. 

What they are very well aware of is that there can come these points in history where they see that society is on the precipice of a fundamental shift. They cannot prevent the upheaval that often comes before a shift. They cannot stop it. They see that there will be upheaval, there will be dissatisfaction, there must be change. And what they do as a last-ditch attempt to control the change is they seek to actually inflame the conflict. You would think that those who want to maintain status quo, they want to deflate the conflict so they can maintain status quo. But when they see that status quo is lost, they will actually attempt to inflame the conflict, exaggerate the conflict, accelerate the conflict.

Inflaming the conflict

Why? Because they see throughout history that the vast majority of the population want stability in their daily lives and when the people see that the stability of their daily lives is threatened, they are willing to compromise on principles and ideas. In other words, putting bread on the table could be more important than high-flung ideals about a new republic and a new form of government with liberty and justice for all. They have seen now that their attempt and many of the aspiring elites’ attempt to funnel wealth away from the American population has resulted in such dissatisfaction that they realize they cannot prevent a shift. They know so many Americans are dissatisfied with the erosion of their standard of living—it being the first generation that will have a lower standard of living than their parents—that they cannot stop some kind of change. 

And you would again think that they would seek to deflate the conflict, maybe even be smart enough to pay people better, but this they are not able to do. They cannot think this way. Why? Because they are fallen beings and they have been fallen beings for so long that they cannot shift. The fallen beings have never been able or only in very rare cases, been able to say: “Well, listen, we see that people are getting dissatisfied because they are not making enough money and look, we are funneling so much money up to ourselves that we have so many billions of dollars we could not even spend them for the rest of our lifetimes. Should we not be smart enough to maintain status quo and keep people satisfied by paying them more so they can maintain the standard of living that they had in their parents’ generation? Would that not just be smart to do this? Then we can keep our privileged positions and keep the people happy. Give them bread and drama and they will be satisfied.” 

Accepting compromise 

But you see, the fallen beings cannot think this way because their minds are stuck on a track, like a broken record. And if they were to change, they would have to admit they were wrong, they had been wrong in the past, and this is the very essence of a fallen being. 

Why did fallen beings fall? Because when they received the judgment of Christ of being confronted with the ascended masters, they rejected Christ and they are still in a fallen consciousness because they have continued to reject Christ. Therefore, they are saying: “The people have become too dissatisfied. We see that a change is coming. Let us see if we can take advantage of it by creating such chaos and turmoil that instead of real reform, instead of real changes, the people will come to a point where now they want stability more than an increased standard of living. In other words, if we can create a civil war-like scenario with such conflict and such upheaval in America, there will come a point where a majority of people say: “We have got to get some stability here. We have got to stop this conflict. Even if we have to make some compromises that allows the elite to rule even more firmly than they had done before.” 

Obviously, people will not say this consciously, but this will be the result of it. People will be willing to accept compromises to avoid the conflict and therefore, there are fallen beings who are looking at American society and they are saying: “Where can we increase conflict? Who are the people that we can use, either because they are dissatisfied, because they are not willing to change themselves, or because they are not simply smart enough to realize they are being used in a far greater agenda.” And unfortunately, there is a large percentage of American young men who fall into that category. They are not smart enough to see when they are being used for a larger agenda that does not respect them whatsoever, and that will not give them what they want. 

How to avoid conflict? 

Now, I am not here trying to paint a doomsday scenario—that they will get away with this. I am simply trying to draw up the battlefront, so to speak. And now we can ask the question: “What can prevent this power elite from getting away with this?” And the answer is very, very simple—women—because women are willing to change themselves to a far higher degree than men. And it is only by transcending the traditional way of thinking that you can avoid the conflict that is now being created and magnified artificially. 

I realize there are women who are willing to give up their right to vote and return to a traditional role. I realize there are women who are firmly supporting some of these groups that are creating conflict, but the majority of women are not. And the majority of women in the United States are far more willing to look at society, to look at themselves, and to ask these difficult questions. Men are far more stuck in certain ways of thinking. Obviously, this does not apply to all men. I am talking in general terms here. And that is why I can say unequivocally that if the United States is to avoid increasing conflict, increasing polarization and a civil war-like scenario, only women can stop it because women have a tendency to be far more balanced than men. 

As we have said before, when the fallen beings came to earth, they saw it is far easier to inflame men to go to war than to get women to go to war because women are generally more balanced. They want stable families and so forth, and that is why women are more likely to say: “Okay boys, that is enough. We have to stop the conflict now.” Whereas men cannot stop it until there is violence. This is simply the reality that I see from the ascended perspective and I am quite optimistic that women will step up to their role, not only in the United States but actually worldwide, and speak out for their rights. And they will fulfill the potential for the decade of women, which really is to balance society and overcome these deep divisions that have been created by various groups of men. But of course, with the fallen beings behind it all. 

The struggle between women and fallen beings 

Women are also more likely to question the mindset of the fallen beings and say: “Why should we continue on this track that we see society has been on for so long?” And the reality here is that even though there are certainly fallen beings who are embodied in female bodies, there are far, far fewer women who are fallen beings than men who are fallen beings. And the reason for this is, of course, the serpent swallowing its own tail. When the fallen beings came to earth, they decided men should be the dominant sex and therefore, fallen beings who want power obviously want to incarnate as men and do so whenever possible. 

These are sort of the underlying dynamic that very few people have realized that there is this—I hesitate to say epic battle—but there is really a very important struggle between women who can balance society and these groups of men who are seeking to polarize society as much as possible. 

How many of these people who are Christians, how many of them can believe that the power elite who is using them care about Christianity whatsoever? Do you not see the irony that there are Christians in the United States who believe they are the true disciples of Christ, but they are submitting themselves to an agenda of fallen beings who for an enormous time span have been working against the case of Christ, against Christ? They are deliberately, distinctly anti-christ. But these conservative nationalist Christians, evangelicals, Catholics and others have submitted themselves to these fallen beings. 

Can they see this? No, of course not. Can the Catholics see that the Catholic church was created by fallen beings, has been sustained by fallen beings and has for centuries done the bidding of the fallen beings in allowing the elite of the kings and the noble class in medieval Europe to be in their position because of the divine right promoted by the Catholic church? Has the Catholic church freed itself from the influence of the fallen beings? No. But at least it has elected a pope who is not a fallen being—let me make that clear—which is rare we might say, not unique, but rare. 

A new vision for humanity 

Where do we stand now? Well, we stand where we see that there is a need in America, in all democracies, for men and women who are willing to transcend the traditional track that society has been on. There is a need for these people, men and women, to come together and work together to improve society. We can say that for a time, if you look back at America’s past, for a time there was a need for black people to object and to plead their case. There was a need for women to object and plead their case. There was a need for feminism. But things have shifted. 

Now there is a need for a new vision that goes beyond strictly working for female causes, black causes, Native Americans, this or that, but where you find a common ground that we have called the basic humanity and the essential humanity, the higher humanity. Where you look at the potential of human beings, the higher potential, and you reach for that. In other words, we are not looking for women to become more militant, so to speak, and to start blaming men or putting men down. We are looking for men and women, for women to find men that can transcend the traditional way of looking at the male-female relationship and work together and say: “This is not about men and women. This is about humanity, our higher potential.” 

This, of course, is what was the driving force to some degree behind the founding fathers of America, which Saint Germain has more to say about. It was transcending the interests of specific groups for a higher vision, but that I will leave for Saint Germain to discuss, as he has, of course, much to say about America. 

I am grateful for having had this opportunity to share with you my thoughts. I am, of course, not looking for Christians, Catholics or others who might honor me as the mother of Jesus to be willing to listen to this, or to even take in these ideas. For they have, of course, relegated me to their traditional female role. Oh yes, I was valuable as the mother of Jesus. I might be a saint now that they can pray to as a female version of their wish-fulfilling God, but other than that, they will not see me as a liberated woman, as a champion of women’s causes, or as someone who can transcend both male and female roles and simply expound upon the reality of what is going on in America today. 

They will not see this. They will not respect this. They will not be willing to even listen to a word I have said. But you see, the fact that it has been said in the physical creates, through your auras and chakras, an impetus—a wave of light that is rolling through American society and forcing everyone to react to the light, to either accept or reject. And if they reject, that becomes the judgment of Christ. 

With this, I have fulfilled my purpose for this address and I thank all of you who have been willing to be part of this unfolding of the interdependent originations of me above and you below. 

Be sealed in the joy of the Divine Mother. Mother Mary I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michael

 

Back to Will There Be Another 250 Years?

Flowing by continuing to make decisions

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, May 24, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. So many things have been accomplished at this conference. We have given more teachings than we originally planned to give because of the response of you who are here physically and those of you on the two webinars. For this I want to express my gratitude for we are always gratified when our students rise higher and we can give more teachings. 

The progressive revelation 

You may contrast this with the religion of Buddhism, who is still 2,500 years later, looking back to what I gave back then thinking that since I was a fully enlightened being, what I gave back then must be complete, it must be enough, it must be all I could ever give. This is of course because they think that since I was an enlightened being and since I have now entered Nirvana, I must be perfect so there is no growth possible for the Buddha. So how could the Buddha have grown in the past 2,500 years and now have a higher teaching than what he gave back then? They are denying both that I can grow and that the collective consciousness can grow so that I might have a higher teaching today, but I also may be able to give a higher teaching because people of today can receive it, they can receive a teaching they could not receive back then. 

Jesus of course feels exactly the same way. The archangel Gabriel feels the same way about Islam. For surely Gabriel could give a higher teaching for Muslims today than could be given at the time of Muhammad if only Muslims were open to it, which of course the vast majority of them are not as the vast majority of those who call themselves Buddhists are not open to the possibility that the Buddha could give a higher teaching as the vast majority of Christians are not open to the possibility that the real Jesus could have a website and give a higher teaching. 

We honor those who are open, not only you who are our direct students but many other people around the world who are open either to new spiritual teachings or just new ideas of how to improve some aspect of life. 

The purpose of the 12-year cycle

Now of course as an ascended master with Buddhic attainment my mind is not easily disturbed, it is not easily boggled but still, it can be said to be mind boggling that the people on earth can look at the current state of this planet and reason that no better condition is possible or even decide to cling to a traditional lifestyle or traditional values. 

Do you see what is in a sense the greatest enemy of progress? Contentment, the sense that things are good enough as they are or that they cannot become any better. So, what is our overall purpose for this 12-year cycle of receiving an extraordinary amount of light that magnifies imbalances? In a sense what we are doing with the release of this light is to create chaos, upheaval. Yes, but what does the chaos do? It breaks up the sense that things could not get better and opens more and more people to the necessity for change, for improvement and therefore, more and more people also become open to the simple equation that has always been guiding progress. 

You cannot improve things by continuing to do what you are doing now. You must be willing to try something different. You must be willing to experiment instead of continuing to do the same thing and expect that one day you will get different results. In other words, the purpose of the 12-year cycle is to help people escape the insanity that they think they can mindlessly continue doing the same thing and one day somehow, they will be in heaven, or heaven will be on earth. Now again our gratitude for you all being willing to be part of this 12-year cycle, this release of light and even the acceleration of the light that has taken place during this conference. 

The crucial initiation to leave duality behind

With this I want to shift and focus on not just the initiations you face above the 96th level, but really the crucial initiation you face on your journey towards the ascension. Other masters have painted this expansive cosmological picture, but all of this journey you have gone through from a very one-pointed, single-minded, localized co-creator to where you are at today, what has been its purpose? Well, partly that you gain experience, but really that you pass one particular initiation. 

Now we have talked about this, that when you come to earth from a natural planet, you are exposed to this birth trauma and this projection that you are wrong, then you will begin to evaluate, was I wrong for coming to earth? This messenger has described how he went through this process and it took him a long time to resolve this enigma. 

And truly it is necessary for you to evaluate this because you have descended to an unnatural planet that is ruled by the duality consciousness. You have been exposed to it in a very aggressive form, but what is really the purpose for your doing this? It is to come to the point where you consciously understand duality and therefore, based on this realization of what duality is, you can make a fully conscious decision to leave duality behind. I am not saying that you need to make this decision now. I am not expecting that you will instantly make this decision by hearing my teaching about this. It may take time for you to implement it, but I have determined that this is the time to explain this initiation more fully. 

Letting go the desire to make a difference on earth 

What this messenger went through for some time was that he started contemplating why he came to earth, how he looked at earth, how he looked at suffering, how he looked at free will, how he looked at himself and his own role on earth, what he desired to experience, out-picture, accomplish on earth. And of course the dilemma is you come here not because you want to enjoy life on this planet, because you had much greater enjoyment on your natural planet than you could ever have on earth by doing the activities that are possible on earth,  you come here because you want to help. 

As Padmasambhava explained, an expression of Christhood is to help raise that part of the whole that is still trapped in duality. You come here because you have a desire to see some positive outcome. You are, so to speak, sacrificing, making a sacrifice to come here and you would like to at least see that you coming here made a difference. The earth is in a better place because you have been here than if you had decided not to come here. This is perfectly natural and unavoidable. But of course, you experience that you have not achieved the result you were hoping to achieve before so you go about for some time evaluating: “Did I have an unrealistic expectation? Do I need to give up my expectation?” And this messenger struggled for some time with this until he decided that: “Yes, I just have to give up all expectations I had before coming to earth. All images of me being the prince on the white horse, helping people, making a difference. It seems like none of it can be fulfilled.” 

Was it wrong to come to earth?

He even looked at his work for us since 2002 and said: “Look, I have received all these teachings from the masters. I have published them on the websites. I have published them in books. Has it made any real difference on a planetary level? He was not discounting the fact that it made a great difference for many of you. But still he was evaluating, has it really made a difference on a larger scale? 

And of course, it had not because not that many people have found the teachings. This tied him into this initial disappointment of feeling like he could not accomplish on this planet what he thought he could accomplish before he came. He just did not have the attainment he had on a natural planet and that he was used to. It felt like to him he had lost the attainment. He really was not capable of achieving anything on this earth and this over time led him to evaluate: Was it the wrong decision to come to earth? When you let go of all of the expectations, all of the images of what could happen, what you could do or achieve, was it wrong to come to earth? 

And it is a natural stage that we have all gone through, who have embodied on an unnatural planet and what the messenger did is what we have all done. You use the rational mind to evaluate this because as we have explained now, you use the conceptual mind to project an image, you use the rational mind to evaluate the return current, so you use the rational mind. You could say in fact that, before you came you used the conceptual mind to formulate an image of what you could achieve on earth and then you came here, projected this, experienced that the return current did not conform to your image and now you are using your rational mind to evaluate. Of course, you have had many embodiments where you used the rational mind to evaluate how could you change yourself so you could achieve results on earth. But this is beyond. You use the rational mind to evaluate the decision to come to earth and the rational mind always wants to understand. It wants to look at the cause behind the effect. 

Why did I decide to come to earth?

What we have all done at this phase is we have tried to analyze and rationalize: “Why did I make that decision? What was there in my psychology that led me to look at earth the way I did that caused me to make the decision to come to earth?” Because you think, the rational mind thinks, that if I can just understand all of the components that were part of the decision-making process, then I will be able to understand why I made that decision because there must be a reason, there must be an explanation. And if I understand it, then I will achieve something. We are not necessarily clear about what we will actually achieve if we understand why we made the decision. Maybe we think we could change the decision or at least change the way we look at the decision. We feel like if we understand why we made the decision, something must come out of that. Something good must come out of us understanding why we made the decision. 

This can become a trap, a blind alley. There are in fact people who have gone above the 96th level, they have achieved personal Christhood. But now they have become focused, obsessed one might say, about resolving this enigma of why they came to earth and instead of expressing their Christhood while they are still on earth, they go into thinking about this and they cannot focus on anything else. Some have even withdrawn from life to speculate about this, and you can be stuck in this no-man’s land, this quicksand, for a very long period of time, almost indefinitely. 

The epic drama vs. just an experiment 

What is it that can resolve the enigma? What can cut the Gordian knots? It is one very simple realization, but of course it may not be so simple to reach it. But the key realization is, what was your decision to come to earth? And the answer is, given by Master MORE at the beginning of the conference, it was an experiment. But in order to fully realize that you have to be willing to acknowledge that after coming to earth and being exposed to the attack by the fallen beings, your view of your decision to come to earth became colored by duality. In order to deal with the shock, the trauma of coming to earth and realizing that your expectation could not be fulfilled, you created an epic drama around it. And as a result of this epic drama, you want to feel that your decision to come to earth has some significance, some significance at the personal level, even at the cosmic level. It must have had some significance and that is why you are desperately looking for the explanation. 

You are feeling that there must have been some point where you saw the various options for coming to earth, and you saw some significance of choosing to come to earth, and that is why you chose it. And perhaps if you understand the significance of the decision, you can accept your decision because what you are really seeking is to overcome this sense, this fear, this anxiety that you could have made the wrong decision. If you can understand the significance of the decision, maybe you can come to the point where you can accept your decision and accept yourself for making the decision, instead of thinking: “Was there something wrong with me? Did I make a mistake? Did I fail an initiation?” 

And again, you can speculate about this. You can look deeply into your being and search. You can reach up to your I AM Presence. You can cry out to the ascended masters: “Show me, just show me, show me why I did this.” And again, you can be trapped there almost indefinitely. Is there a way out? 

The only way out 

Well, yes, or I would not be speaking as an ascended master. Is there more than one way out? No, there is not. There is only one way out of this dilemma, and that is to come to this very simple realization. It is actually beyond that your decision was an experiment. And the profound (you will notice my tone of voice) the profound truth is that your epic decision to come to earth was just a decision. It was no more significant in a cosmic perspective than you deciding to express yourself in some creative way by doing a painting or modeling something or doing something else on earth. 

What I am seeking to show you here is you are a co-creator. Your entire purpose for existence is to grow in self-awareness. How do you grow? By making decisions. If you never made a decision, you would never grow. Any decision you make can help you grow, because you experiment and see the outcome. And therefore, if a decision helps you grow, it was not right, not significant, it was just a decision that helped you grow. What about decisions that do not help you grow? There are no such decisions. Any decision you ever made can help you grow when you realize it was just a decision. Again, the entire evaluation was a decision. Right or wrong only exists in duality. 

The way you grow as a co-creator is you make a decision, you experience the outcome. You make another decision, you experience the outcome, you make another decision. It may seem as if many decisions are small decisions that do not have great consequences, but the decision to come to earth was a big decision that had big consequences for you. How can that just be another decision, like deciding whether to put on a green shirt or a blue shirt in the morning? But that sense that your decision to come to earth was somehow different from other decisions, that sense is what keeps you trapped and what prevents you from ascending from earth. Coming to earth was just a decision. Experiencing your birth trauma, as shocking as it was, and creating the primal self was just a decision. 

Now you may say: “But I have carried that decision with me ever since and it has affected me. How do I be free of it?” And see, you think that because the decision had unpleasant consequences, you have to find out why you made it. You have to somehow do something about the consequences or about yourself. You have to do something to be free of that decision. Now you are reaching back to a decision you made in the past, thinking you have to change something, but you cannot change the past. How can you be free of a past decision? By realizing that the entire purpose of being a co-creator is to make a decision, experience the consequences, make another decision. How do you become free of a past decision? Not by changing anything related to that decision or the consequences. By just making another decision. 

How to be free from earth

How do you let go of that self-focused self at the 96th level? Not by resolving anything in the self. Not by changing the self. By just making the decision to let go. You change direction. Every decision you make gives you an experience that helps you make a different decision. It is not a matter of better or worse, right or wrong. As long as you make decisions and flow, you are growing. The moment you stop and say: “Oh that was a wrong decision, I have to compensate or I have to figure out why”—you are no longer flowing, you see? No, you do not, and I do not blame you. For this is, as I said, the most subtle initiation on earth in an unascended sphere at all. 

You see, what you are trying to do, is to look at a decision you made. Then look at yourself, your state of mind and evaluate: “Why did I make that decision because if I do not understand why I made that decision, how can I make a different decision?” This is what you think. But it is not the case. When you made a specific decision, such as the decision to come to earth, there was no reason for it. It was simply that the being you were back then, in the situation you were in back then, made that decision as an experiment: “Let’s see what it is like.” How do you be free from earth, the being you are now, without having a reason, without having a justification? Just make another decision to ascend from earth. 

Making decisions below and above the 96th level

It is true as we have said that you are not free right now to make the decision to ascend, because you still have some selves that are unresolved. I am not saying that you should be able to make the decision to ascend right now. What I am trying to show you is that whatever level of consciousness you are at above the 96th level, you just make decisions. The being you are right now, the situation you are in right now, you just make a decision. You do not regret it. You do not go back and evaluate if it was the right decision or not. You do not try to find out why you made that decision. 

We use the image of a kaleidoscope, right? Let’s say you have a kaleidoscope and it somehow turns or it forms a certain pattern. When you are looking through it, you do not see how that pattern was created. But now you are shining a light through the kaleidoscope and projecting the pattern onto the wall. The kaleidoscope is you, your state of mind right now. Shining a light through it is making a decision. You do not need to evaluate why the pattern was the way it was, it just was. When you see the result of it, the decision, the pattern changes. Then you make another decision, you see? 

Below the 96th level, you do need to evaluate, you do need to ask yourself: “Why am I reacting to situations the way I do?” Because this helps you discover those subconscious selves that hide the self-focused self. But do you see what duality is? Duality is a state of mind where you, in your mind, decide what significance everything has. You decide that everything has significance. You are playing a game where you assign some significance to everything and that is the essence of the self-focused self. It assigns some epic significance to everything. That is what you give up at the 96th level. In order to give it up, you have to use the rational mind and the intuitive mind to evaluate those selves. You have to look at yourself and your psychology.

But above the 96th level, there is a shift. Again, you still have selves and you need to evaluate the selves, but you do not need to evaluate your decisions and especially not these decisions like coming to earth. You do not need to understand why you made the decision because you realize that you do not need to do anything to make a new decision. You just make a new decision. Now I sense, of course, from your reactions that most of you are not grasping this. I do not blame you. It is, as I said, very subtle. But some of you are ready to contemplate it and most of you will, within the foreseeable future, be ready to contemplate it. Do not despair. Do not despair that there is not a little light bulb going on in your heads. 

Open up to the flow—and let it flow!

Just put it aside for now and when you feel an intuitive prompting to look at it again, then you do. You listen to this, you read it, you contemplate it, and at some point you will come to that realization that everything is just a decision and that the purpose of a decision really is to help you make another decision. You do not have to undo the previous decision. You do not have to understand why you made it. You do not have to compensate for anything. You just decide to go in a new direction and then from there you decide to go in another direction. And you keep going in new directions until one day you suddenly look around you and realize: “Oh, I’m in the ascended realm!” And suddenly you accept that identity as an ascended master and you realize that as ascended masters, we are also making decisions. We are just making decisions. 

Could you reach into my mind and find some rational, logical, unassailable reason why I decided to give this dictation and why I decided to say what I have said? No. I just decided just before the messenger started speaking. Yes, I knew I was going to address you at this conference, but I just decided to speak. What was the decision? I am an ascended master. You tend to think that oh, I know everything, I have it all figured out, I have everything planned in detail about what I am going to say. But I just decided to open up to the flow and let it flow. 

You see, when you analyze, when you look back at a decision, what you have to do in order to look back at a past decision, even one you made a second ago, you have to step out of the flow because when you are in the flow, you do not have time to evaluate. You are constantly flowing, making new decisions and that is what you realize above the 96th level, or at least can begin to realize, is that the primary goal for you is to be in the flow and constantly be making decisions without analyzing, just maintaining the flow by being willing to decide without knowing why. You just make a decision. 

With this, I have given you not what I wanted to give you in advance, as we sometimes say, but I have given you what was the flow of this dictation. Now I flow in a different direction, as do all of you. Whatever you do with this dictation, I set you completely free to decide. There is no wrong decision, there is just decisions. And at some point in the future, you might decide to take another look at it and something might shift in your mind so you can set yourself free to just flow.  With this, again, our deep gratitude for your willingness, your decision to put yourself in this flow with us. And therefore, I seal you in the Flame of Peace that I hold for earth. 

Surely, I know I have not answered all of your questions. That is not our intention. Our intention is to give you something that can help you flow to the next level and continue to flow from there. 

The Ascended Master Gautama Buddha I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

The first initiations above the 96th level


Ascended Master Padmasambhava through Kim Michaels, May 24, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Padmasambhava. It is my joy to offer you some assistance in dealing with the first initiations you face as you pass that 96th level. And one of the questions you face is what was hinted at by Sanat Kumara, namely, when you are in the flow of co-creation with the ascended masters, is it only a flow that goes out, and how much comes back? In other words, since your origin as a co-creator, you have been used to sending out and evaluating what comes back. Do you do that as the Living Christ also? 

Evaluation in Christhood

And what happens to many people at this stage is that you feel an obligation to evaluate other people’s reactions. In other words, you reach up for a flow from the ascended masters, you express your Christhood in some way. Obviously, not all of you will do it as the messenger is doing it. Not all of you will do it by speaking publicly or writing. You might do it in a family situation, at work, or in many other ways. But you express yourself.

And now you are so used to evaluating how people react to you and what you are saying and doing that you do the same thing. The problem with this is that what you are reaching up for from the ascended masters comes from the Christ consciousness, from Christed beings, and it is free from duality. But what you receive back in reaction from other people is in most cases colored by duality. When you evaluate in your own mind: “How could I learn from people’s reactions to refine my expression?”— you are facing the question, what can duality teach you about oneness? How does an expression of duality have any value for your expression of Christhood? What will be helpful for most people in the beginning will be to simply make the clear distinction that when you are in the flow from the ascended masters, the flow coming from us is going down through you and then out. You do not need to have any flow coming back. 

Now there is, of course, a distinction between energy coming back and your observation of people’s reactions. And certainly, we can say as a Christed being, you never allow a reverse flow of energy. You are not obligated to take on people’s lower energies. You have a right to stay centered in your own being, to keep your chakras in balance, and not accumulate lower energies in your energy field. But in the beginning, it is helpful to say: “I do not need to evaluate people’s reactions. I express something, then I reach out for the ascended masters to receive another impulse, and then I express that.” It is a one-way flow, an alpha action without an omega. I know you can say this goes against what we have said about closing the omega flow, or the figure eight flow. But really, if you stay in the flow with us, you are closing the flow. And this is not a permanent measure. I am not saying that you will do this for the rest of your time in embodiment. But I am saying that in the beginning, it is helpful to decide: “I am just focused on feeling the flow and expressing it. Whatever people do with it is up to them.” 

Re-evaluating your motivation for coming to earth 

Now, you may say, of course, this is all well and good, Padmasambhava, but how do I then achieve that? Well, here is again where you need to be willing to look at what Sanat Kumara described: your view of what it means to come to earth. What was your intent? What was your sense of a reward that you would get out of this? And most of you will find that your expectation of a reward was not really self-centered, in the sense that what you expected would be that you would help other people. And that would give you a sense of fulfillment, that you had done something valuable by coming to earth. Now, in a sense, you can step back and say, is that not still self-centered because you are hoping to get something out of it? But let’s put that aside for now. What most of you will find is that you hoped to achieve something on earth. But what you hoped to achieve was to change other people. Do you have the power to change other people? No, because they have free will. And you respect free will. You are not willing to force others, or you would not be an avatar, but a fallen being. This is your dilemma. You are seeking to help other people change, but you cannot and will not force them. This then makes it a low probability that you will have your expectation fulfilled. And this is indeed what you experience when you receive that birth trauma. But now that you are more mature on earth, you can say: “I am willing to look at my motivation for coming to earth and transcend it. That was the motivation I had back then before I had experienced earth. Now that I have much more experience not only with earth, but also with myself because I am much more mature today, I am willing to re-evaluate my motivation and therefore, let go of that desire to change other people.” 

Outer reward vs. the flow as the reward 

You see, it is really very, very simple. If you do not have a desire to change other people, you cannot be disappointed by their reaction. If you do not have a desire to change other people, you do not have to even evaluate their action. You certainly do not have to think: “How should I change myself based on their reaction?” But this, of course, requires you to shift a little bit again and realize that, as we have said before but as I will say again, you need to stop seeking an outer reward for your co-creative efforts. You need to decide this. And then instead realize that experiencing the flow is its own reward. There is again a dilemma because, as long as in your mind you are fixated on having that reward of changing other people, you cannot really experience the flow as the only reward you need. 

Therefore, you could say again, a dilemma: if you experience the flow, it would be easy to let go of the reward of wanting to change other people. But as long as you are fixated on changing other people and want that kind of reward, you cannot really experience the flow as a reward. How do you break the catch-22? 

Well, because you are a self-aware being with free will, you can come to a realization and based on that make a decision to let go of that desire to change other people. Does that mean you will not have any reward for having been on earth for this long of a time? No. You will have two kinds of rewards. 

Growth is the purpose and the reward

First of all, the reward that you have grown tremendously by being here. This may not be instantly obvious to you, but as you rise above the 96th level, something will happen. And what will happen is that when you have let go of that self-focused self, you begin to realize, and you can realize this faster, of course, by thinking about it, which is why I am giving the teaching, that your real desire, your true love is to grow, to rise to higher levels of awareness, a higher degree of oneness with your higher self, with the ascended masters. That is your true desire. And when you realize this, the desire for an outer reward, even the desire to see a result of you being on earth, falls away. Because you now see that the real result you were seeking before you came was growth, rising to a higher sense of self. And when you have let go of the self-focused self that evaluates its specialness based on something in this world, then it begins to become obvious to you just how much you have actually grown in your time on earth. 

You begin to realize that the difference between your level of awareness before you came and what you have now is tremendous. And that is a reward. When you can accept that as one very important reward for being on earth, you can then lock into the flow. And then feeling the flow is so fulfilling that you do not need the outer reward of changing other people or being recognized by other people. In other words, the separate self will think that Christhood is the ultimate validation and recognition. But as we said, if you look at the life of Jesus, how many people could even see him as the Living Christ while he was in embodiment? And certainly, he received no public validation. What happened when he appeared before the public? They cried, Barabbas, Barabbas and wanted the murderer set free rather than the Living Christ? The ultimate non-validation. 

You realize then that the Christ does not seek validation from the world. And why not? Why would you need it when you experience connection to and oneness with the ascended realm, your higher self? What recognition or validation from this world can even compare to experiencing oneness with a spiritual realm? This is not something I am asking you to understand intellectually or theoretically. I am just asking you to be aware of this so that when you reach those levels of these first levels of Christhood, you can consciously shift. Because even though you are experiencing some flow, in the beginning, you will not be quite as conscious of it. But by making these shifts, you will feel the flow much more. 

The choice of the Christ 

There are, of course, other initiations you face as you walk higher in Christhood. But our goal for this conference is really just to help you, first of all, overcome that hurdle at the 96th level, giving up that self, and starting the co-creative process. Because naturally, the co-creative process goes through various stages and phases based on your individual, we might say, life plan, but also your individuality, your choices, how you respond to it, what you decide that you are willing to do here on earth. You see, I understand very well that based on the teachings we have given, both in this and previous dispensations, you can formulate the image that the Christ is always going to be going outward and having a public mission. But that is not a given. Not all of you will have to do this. In fact, none of you will have to do it. You will only do it if you choose to do it. And you have a right to choose not to do it. But you can still be co-creating with the ascended masters by allowing the flow of energy to flow through you. And that will still have a positive impact on the planet. 

The in-breath and out-breath of Christ 

Now again, we face this enigma, so to speak, the Christ expressing something for those who are trapped in duality. We have said that Christ’s consciousness was created by the Creator to allow the outplaying of free will, so that no matter how deeply you went into separation, the Christ was still there so you could find your way back. And this means that you can look at the Christ as a certain out-breath and in-breath, a certain flow. And the way you can look at this and relate it to you coming from a natural planet is that in the beginning as a new co-Creator, you are sort of part of the in-breath of the Christ, where you are seeking to raise your connection to the Christ mind by going upwards. And then when you, on a natural planet, reach some high level of awareness, you have reached a critical level of Christhood where you stop being focused on yourself and your own growth.

This is similar to what we talk about at the 96th level, because really what you do at the 96th level, you stop focusing on your own growth, the refinement of your spiritual self, the reward for your self-focused self. And you say: “I am not here to elevate that self. I am here to look the other way and help those who have not risen as high as I have.” First, you are focused on your own growth on a natural planet. Then you become aware there are beings who have not reached the same level. And there are even some who are stuck in separation and duality. And then you make the decision to flow outwards again. In other words, first you attain Christhood by climbing up the mountain. But then you decide to express the Christhood by climbing down the mountain to those who are stuck in the valley below, in the valley of the shadow of death, we might say. Then, on a planet like earth, this means that the expression of Christhood is not to descend with some attainment, appearing like some godlike figure that is way above the people. The expression of Christhood is to descend to the 48th level, where you forget your attainment. You are just like other people on earth. You go into duality. But then you reawaken yourself and start climbing back up. Do you see? 

It may seem as if you came to earth and you lost your Christhood. And especially when you are exposed to the attacks of the fallen beings and that evaluation: “Was I wrong for coming to earth? Is what I am doing here wrong? Is being here wrong?” It may seem that you lost your Christhood. You lost your attainment, your centeredness, your level of oneness with a Christ mind. Because you were lost in duality again. But you did not lose it. You just obscured it temporarily with these selves you took on. 

And now that you have climbed back up to the 96th level and reached a higher level of Christ attainment that you had before because of what you have gone through on earth, now you can then descend again and go out and express. And this in-breath, out-breath, in-breath, out-breath, it may seem like it goes back and forth. You lost your attainment. Now you recapture it. But this back and forth movement brings you up. There is an upward trajectory hidden behind the back and forth movement. It is, in a sense, when you are washing clothes the old-fashioned way, you go back and forth and back and forth. And it seems like you are going nowhere. But suddenly, the clothes are cleaner than before. It is the blacksmiths who are heating the iron, hammering on it, heating again, hammering on it. And it seems like it is going nowhere, but suddenly, the iron is hardened. 

You see, there are those co-creators on a natural planet who choose to ascend and go directly upwards in the ascended realm. But there are those who choose to rise on a natural planet, but instead of ascending, they forego their ascension. They postpone their ascension to go out again. And you might do this several times because you gain experience so that you ascend with a greater experience than otherwise. I am not saying one is right and one is wrong. I am just saying those of us who are here, whether you are ascended or an ascended master working with the unascended sphere, we made that choice. And it was just a choice. 

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. And I shall now withdraw and leave the closing of this truly enjoyable gathering to Gautama, the Buddha. But I will, again, give with you the OM, where we visualize the rings spreading in the water of the collective consciousness. 

OM

Padmasambhava I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

What is your view of what it means to be the Christ?


Ascended Master Sanat Kumara through Kim Michaels, May 24, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Sanat Kumara, and I come to give you some remarks, some deliberations based on my experience of being part of the 144,000 who came from Venus to embody on earth to hold a certain balance for the earth. This, of course, is not in principle any different from all other avatars who came from other planets. In some cases, avatars came in groups. In others, they came alone. But, of course, the Venusians were the largest group to ever come to earth from another planet. What I am going to say here is not specifically aimed at those of the 144,000 from Venus who have not yet ascended. It really applies to all avatars and also, of course, has some bearing on the original inhabitants. 

Phases of the co-creative effort

What we have attempted to help you see and what Maitreya especially helped you see is that in the original situation of an unascended sphere, co-creators are experimenting freely with their co-creative abilities. This is what has given rise in a way to the myth about a lost paradise that you find in various variations on the earth because they were just innocently experimenting without using the duality consciousness.

The fundamental difference that occurs when you go into the duality consciousness is that now you are starting to evaluate based on a dualistic scale with two opposite polarities. We can say that when you are an innocent co-creator who is not experimenting with duality, you are formulating a mental image with a conceptual mind. You are projecting it out. You are neutrally observing what is coming back. And you are then evaluating: “How can I refine my image that I am projecting out?” But as you gain more experience, you begin to realize that what you are projecting out is really what is going on in your identity, mental, and emotional mind. Then, instead of just looking at what is coming back, you start looking at yourself also. You project an image. You are not really aware why you created that image the way you did. You project it out. You evaluate what comes back and you evaluate: “Do I want to change what is coming back?” Because you know, then, you have to change what you are sending out. But as you mature, you begin to say, well, “Why did I formulate the image exactly that way? What was it in my psychology that formulated the image exactly that way?” 

Now, to give you an illustration of this, you can say that your three higher aspects of the mind are like a kaleidoscope. You know a kaleidoscope is a tube with certain glass walls in it and there are certain divisions and there are glass beads inside the tube. And when you turn it, you turn the division so that the pattern formed by the glass beads changes. You can say that in the beginning you realize that as you have interacted with your environment, you have formed certain beliefs and images and experiences that form the glass beads in the kaleidoscope of your mind. And when you are formulating an image, it is like turning the tube and the glass beads form a pattern. And in the beginning, you are not aware of this. You are not in a way deliberately creating the pattern. You are sort of letting it form in your mind—in response to your environment. But as you mature, you become more conscious and you begin to look at yourself and say:“Why did the kaleidoscope form that exact pattern? Are there certain of these glass beads in the kaleidoscope that I want to remove? Are there others I want to add?” 

In other words, you are beginning to look at yourself, take more responsibility for the co-creative process. This is part of maturing towards the point where the next phase in your co-creative efforts is to then experiment with duality, co-creating through the duality consciousness. And as we have said, this gives you various—or can give you various—experiences that you cannot have outside of duality. 

Going into duality 

What is special about duality is, of course, that you can form these value judgments. And one of them is right and wrong, which you do not have at all before you experiment with duality. You can evaluate what comes back. You can look at the kaleidoscope of your mind, but it never crosses your mind that there could be anything wrong with what you are sending out, with what is coming back, or with you. It just does not occur because it is not a natural condition. It is not created by God. It is not created by the ascended masters.

God, the Creator, does not judge this way, the ascended masters, we do not judge that way at all. It is exclusively, exclusively a product of duality, and it is a complete illusion, illusion, but it is, of course, part of duality. And it is part of learning what you can do as a co-creator, how you can use your free will as a connected being, as a separate being. 

In the beginning, you innocently experiment with duality. And in the beginning, you are just formulating an image in your mind based on duality, projecting it out, and you experience what comes back. But inevitably, actually—let me expound upon this thought—you formulate an image based on duality, it comes back, and one of the things you can experience, for example, is that it makes you special. You are good compared to others. You are more capable of certain tasks than other people. In the beginning, duality seems to have only advantages because it can make you special compared to others. And that is a new feeling that you have not had before. It is interesting to explore that.

The shock of being wrong

But inevitably, as you continue to experiment with duality, you come across this value judgment of right and wrong. And this is always a shock. We are not here talking about on a natural planet. We are talking about even unnatural planets. It is always a shock because now the first thing that occurs to you is:”What if what comes back to me is wrong? There is something wrong with it.” But you know that what comes back to you is a reflection of what you are sending out. You know this because this has been your experience so far. And you are not trapped in duality yet. You know that if what comes back is wrong, that means what you send out is wrong. But who sent it out? Well, you did. Does that mean there is something wrong with you with what is going on in your mind? And see, you have the momentum of looking at yourself to change what you are sending out. But now, horror of horrors, you confront the potential there could be something wrong with you. This is a shock to all co-creators. And of course, one of the reasons you need an initiator is, as Maitreya explained from a different perspective, that the initiator has already gone through this shock, has already experimented with duality and has ascended.

Hiding from the teacher

The initiator can help you deal with this shock. But you can only be helped by the guru if you are willing to connect with a guru, to interact with a guru. What inevitably happens to all co-creators is that there comes a point where they are shocked by the potential that they could have done something wrong, but more than that, they could be wrong. And now, the crucial question is, will you be willing to go back to the guru and say: “Am I really wrong? Does this really mean I am wrong, there is something wrong with me?” Or will you say: “Oh, there is something wrong with me, I do not want the guru to see this, so I am going to hide from the guru.” Some, in fact, most co-creators go back to the guru, receive help so they can overcome this. But obviously, some do not. And on earth, there came a point where most did not. 

Now, of course, the guru must respect free will. But what is the dynamic that happens here? Well, so here you have a co-creator who has experimented with duality and has decided: “There must be something wrong with me, I do not want the guru to see this, so I am going to withdraw from the guru.”

Creating the ego 

But this idea that there could be something wrong with you is really unbearable. It is unbearable to think there could be something wrong with you for just existing, for being who you are. You must cover it over. And how do you cover it over? Well, by creating the ego as a separate self. But what is the characteristic of the ego? How does it cover over the sense there could be something wrong with you? By attempting to create the self image that you are very special because of something in this world. You are special compared to others. You are special compared to some standard where if you live up to these outer criteria, for example, if you follow all the rules and doctrines of a religion, then there cannot be something wrong with you because you are so good in this world. Really a quite simple psychological reaction. The problem is that when you are in duality, you cannot see this. You cannot see that you have created this self because you as the Conscious You identify yourself with the self. 

Making a god out of the separate self

Now the question is, how far will you continue to expand and refine this separate self?How sophisticated will you attempt to make it? And here is a sort of an interesting twist on this. On most natural planets, there is a concept of God. It is very different on different planets. But most planets have a concept of some God-like figure, perhaps more than one, as you see on earth. But there is a God-like figure. And before you go into duality, you have a sort of neutral view of God. But after you go into duality and adopt this value judgment of right and wrong, well, you transfer this to God, however, you conceive of God. And now you say:”Well, God is perfect. God can never be wrong.” And this means that now the separate self, the ego, is created with the job of covering over the fear that there could be something wrong with you. And it seeks to execute that task by creating this very sophisticated separate self that first is better than other people in your environment, then lives up to some ultimate standard. But what is the ultimate outcome of building the specialness of this separate self? Well, what if the separate self became like God that can never be wrong?

You see how this relates to what we have told you about the purpose of creation. We have said our world of form is designed to be an educational institution for other Creators. That means we have the potential to become God. But the way we do this is to expand our sense of self until we connect to the hierarchy of ascended beings that reaches all the way up to the Creator. And we keep transcending our sense of self towards higher and higher levels until we reach the Creator consciousness. But we reach this through higher and higher levels of oneness. But now, when you go into duality, you have a perversion of this process because the separate self is seeking to become like a God, knowing good and evil. But it is seeking to accomplish this through separation rather than oneness. Instead of surrendering into oneness, surrendering into higher and higher sense of self, you seek to build by force, by the things of this world, that God-like status. You, basically, instead of seeking to become a God, you seek to create the image that you are God, because you think that the conceptual mind can create any image projected into the cosmic mirror and the cosmic mirror will reflect it back. Why should not the conceptual mind be able to create an image of God that then becomes a lie, that becomes a God? 

And now we focus specifically on the fourth sphere where certain beings had gone through this process, had set themselves up with a very, very high sense of self-importance, a very high sense of being special. And once again, the law of free will requires that they are allowed to do this for the entire, very long time span of the fourth sphere. But when the majority of the beings in the sphere were ready to ascend, they had to be given that one opportunity to change their direction and come back to the path to oneness. And the ascended masters had then to do this. You understand? First, there was the choice to hide from the guru. Then you go through this long process of building this sophisticated separate self. But when your sphere is ready to ascend, you must be given an opportunity to abandon that quest to make a God out of the separate self.

And the ascended masters do this. Now, as we have said, some of these beings did decide to go back to the guru and the path of oneness. But some did not, and so they fell into the next sphere. 

Avatars coming to earth 

Now, I want to focus specifically on earth here, where you have avatars coming from natural planets. You come to earth, and you have experimented with duality on natural planets. You are an experienced co-creator. You have experience with duality. You have some sense of what duality is, but you have not encountered fallen beings. In a sense, when you look down at earth, you have at least some awareness that the reason why the people on earth are suffering is that they are trapped in a duality consciousness. 

You have some feel for what duality is, and you feel that you have experimented with duality. You have pulled yourself out of it. But because you have not encountered the fallen beings, you think that the people on earth who are trapped in duality, oh, they want to escape their suffering, so they want to escape duality. If you come down here and explain to them what duality is, oh, they’ll be willing to listen to you. Why would they not if they can escape suffering? 

And even though you have been told by your spiritual teachers who are seeking to prepare you that there are fallen beings, you have not really grasped what that means. And this is not said to blame you, because it is virtually impossible to grasp what a fallen being will do to you until you experience it. But my point here is, you think because you have experimented with duality, you can come to a planet that is dominated by duality and avoid getting lost in it. 

And now, I want to expound upon what Maitreya explained. You understand here, there is nothing wrong with you and what you did. There is nothing wrong at all with your decision of coming to earth. It was a perfectly valid, legitimate decision, not only for your own growth, but also for the growth of the entire sphere and for the potential to raise the unnatural planet of earth back to a natural state.

It was not a mistake. There is no judgment from the ascended masters that you made a mistake by coming to earth, or that you had failed the initiations on a natural planet and that is why you have to come to earth. There is no judgment like that from the ascended masters. 

Fallen being feeling threatened by avatars

But now look at what happens. You descend to earth. You have to descend to the 48th level in order to take embodiment. You, therefore, forget the attainment and the experience you had with duality before you came. You forget this in the process of taking embodiment. The Conscious You is essentially a new co-creator at the 48th level here on earth, which is much denser than on a natural planet. Your I AM Presence has the experience in your causal body from a natural planet, but your Conscious You cannot access that at the 48th level. Now you are coming and even though you descend to the 48th level, you still have more spiritual light and more awareness than most of the original earth inhabitants.

It is as if you imagine earth being in a twilight, almost dark, and most of the inhabitants of the earth have grey bodies. But you are coming in with a bright light shining, so you immediately stand out to the fallen beings. And when the fallen beings encounter an avatar, what happens? The fallen being experiences itself as being very special, very special compared to the inhabitants of the earth that they are seeking to subdue and control. And they feel very special because they have this attainment in this world, they can do this, they can do that. They have all this power, they have these abilities, all of these abilities to do things in this world. But here comes you as an avatar and you have spiritual light. And before they saw you, they did not realize that they do not have light because nobody on earth has it. But now there you are, standing out with your light and suddenly the fallen beings see their own lack, their own inadequacy. And because they are so trapped in duality, because they have almost made themselves believe they were gods on earth, they feel extremely threatened by this.

Being accused and attacked by fallen beings

They use their sophistication, their experience with using the duality consciousness, against you. They want to destroy you, they want to put you down. And you did have some experience with duality on a natural planet, but the fallen beings have much more experience with duality than you have, because they have fallen and that gives them a deeper experience with what duality can do than you have when you have not fallen. Therefore, they are successful in targeting you in some way that now essentially gives you the same shock that you had the first time you experimented with duality. Namely: “Could there be something wrong with me, could I be wrong?” But it is just that back then it was sort of a thought that came to you from inside your own mind as you were exploring what duality is. You just thought: “Oh yes, could there be something wrong with me?” But now what you encounter is this extremely aggressive, extremely intense direct accusation and attack, that there is something wrong with you, for what you are doing on earth, even that you are wrong for being on earth.

This gives you the birth trauma. In order to deal with this you create the primal self which is designed to suppress this shock that there could be something wrong with you. You can live with it because you cannot live with a thought that there is something wrong with you. 

The 96th level 

All of this long explanation leads up to the initiation at the 96th level because the primal self that you create in order to deal with the birth trauma is actually the self you carry with you even as you rise from the 48th to the 96th. It is what we have called the self-focused self. For a while you might have gone below the 48th level and refined that self, made it more sophisticated. But then you discovered a path, now you started going up, but you are seeing the path through the filter of that self. And the self, mind you, is always looking for a reward in this world, namely that it becomes infallible so it could not be wrong. And that view is carried up with you to the 96th level. Now you give up this self, it drops away, it disappears. In a sense you are now back to the state you had when you descended as an avatar. Of course you have all the experiences you have, but the self you created in reaction to earth has dropped away. 

“Was I wrong to come to earth?”

But now you have to deal with some selves that were created as a result of the birth trauma but you were not conscious of them. And these are the selves that are based on this evaluation that: “If I was attacked by the fallen beings and accused that there is something wrong with me on earth, in other words, I am wrong here on earth, if that is the case that I could be wrong here on earth, does that mean I was wrong for coming to earth?” You see, first there is the shock, [that] you could be wrong for what you are doing here or for being here, but then there is the evaluation: “Does that mean my decision to come here was wrong? Does that mean there was something wrong with how I looked at earth, how I looked at coming to earth, how I looked at free will and all of this?” You can say we have said you had not solved the enigma of free will on a natural planet, but now you are evaluating was that then wrong? “Does that mean I was wrong, I was deficient, I was not good enough?” 

And my entire point for this long discourse is to say to you, from the viewpoint of the ascended masters, there was nothing wrong with you for making the decision to come to earth, there was nothing wrong with that decision, there was nothing wrong for you coming to earth and you are not wrong for being here because this is all part of the unfoldment of this unascended sphere. And you are giving a service to life by doing this. 

“Can I step up?”

And the reason I am bringing this up is that as we have said, the 96th level is a very black and white binary initiation, you either lose the self-focused self or you do not. However, we have also said, going to the 96th level does not mean you are home free. You still have selves to deal with and some of these selves are precisely what I have described here. This whole evaluation: “Could I have been wrong for coming to earth?” And the shift I am hoping to help you make is, no, there was not anything wrong with you or with the way you looked at earth, it was not wrong.

However, there is always a higher understanding, a higher sense of self possible. There is always a higher realization you can come to in an unascended sphere, but even in the ascended realm. My point is to help you shift so you can look at what was the view you had before you came to earth, the view of earth, the view of suffering, the view of free will, the view of yourself. Could you refine it? Could you step up to a higher level? You see, it is not a matter of was it right or wrong, it is just a matter of: “Can I step up?” 

But in order to step up you have to let go, first of all, of the self that projects at you that you must have been wrong. But also the specifics of how you looked at earth, how you looked at suffering, whether you, for example, as the messenger described, you thought suffering was wrong. You thought if people are suffering on earth, something must have gone wrong on earth and that means there is a problem that needs to be fixed and someone needs to fix it:  “Who might that someone be? Oh yes, I volunteer.” 

 It is all just an experiment

Again, nothing wrong with it, it was just the decision you made. It was just a decision you made, it has helped you grow, it has helped others and it has helped the ascended masters. Do you understand what I am trying to say here? The whole evaluation of right and wrong is a product of duality. It has no reality in the mind of God, in the mind of ascended masters. Everything you have done—growing on a natural planet, experimenting with duality, going out of duality, coming to earth, going into duality on earth, climbing back up to the 96th level and beyond—everything here has just been an experiment with co-creation and with self-transcendence. It is all an experiment. There can never be anything wrong with experimenting because it is only through experimentation that we raise our sense of self. 

In a previous dispensation where they talked about the 144,000 from Venus, and Sanat Kumara and Lady Master Venus coming to earth, they thought, oh, these were perfect beings, more highly evolved on earth and they came with a specific purpose.

But in reality, for us, this was just an experiment. We did not know how it would turn out. We did not know if we could help earth. We did not know if some would be trapped in duality or not. It was an experiment. There was no evaluation of right and wrong. 

Duality is unreal, not wrong

You see, all value judgments of right and wrong can only come out of duality. And it is only when you are in duality that the evaluation of right and wrong seems right. It is only in duality you can believe that God is an angry and judgmental God who is judging whether you are right or wrong and who will punish you by an eternity in hell for being wrong. That can only seem right in duality. Does that mean I am saying it is wrong? No, it is just unreal. It is out of touch with the reality of the world of form. It is just unreal. It is a smokescreen designed to give co-creators the experience with duality until they have had enough of it. It is not wrong to go into duality. It is just an experiment. 

Some, in fact many, would dispute this. Most religious people on earth who believe in the angry and judgmental God would dispute it. Some ascended master students from previous dispensations would also dispute it even though they do not really understand what duality is. But they would cling to this image that: “Oh, there must be sin. There must be something that is sinful. There must be bad karma.” 

No right or wrong in the Christ mind

And they would say that the spiritual path of climbing to the 96th level means that you learn to do what is right and to avoid what is wrong. And this is how you qualify for Christhood. For surely the Christ is never wrong and is always right. But my beloved, the Christ tunes in to the ascended realm and in him is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. There are no shades of duality, no polarities, no shades in between. There is no black, there is no white, there is no gray. There is no right or wrong in the Christ mind because it is beyond duality. It is designed to allow you to experiment with duality but give you a way back out. You do not become right by being the Christ in embodiment. You do not become right by a dualistic standard.

Destroying Jesus’ example

If you doubt me, look at the life of Jesus. Was he proven right? He attracted relatively few followers. He was arrested, put on trial, tortured, crucified and died like a common criminal. Do you understand that crucifixion was considered the most humiliating form of execution at the time? At the time you could not be more humiliated than Jesus was by being crucified, in the minds of the people. 

Then he dies and many of his followers scatter because they expected some glorious outcome. Some wanted him to be the king of Israel, banishing the Romans. Others wanted some kinds of visible phenomena. When they did not see it, they got disappointed and left. And then there were scattered communities that sort of attempted to hold some connection to each other and connection to Christ but they did not even have a written teaching. You could at a certain point, after Jesus was dead, have said he completely failed in his mission. It is never going to have any impact on earth. And then there are various groups that gradually grow but they are very different. They have very different views of Jesus and his mission and his teachings. 

And then comes this year 325 where the Roman Catholic Church is formed. And what do they do? They create a fixed doctrine that is an almost total perversion of Jesus’ teachings, destroying him as an example, elevating him to the status of the only son of God. And from that point on very few people have grasped the true message of Christ. You could say that Jesus was a failure. In reality he was not of course, but from a worldly perspective is what I am trying to show you. From a dualistic evaluation of right and wrong, Jesus was not right. 

What does it mean to be the Christ? 

And therefore, some of the selves you need to deal with above the 96th level are precisely this: “What is your view of what it means to be the Christ? What is your view of what it means to express Christhood? Because if you think you are always going to be right and other people are going to recognize this, you will set yourself up for disappointment. And that we would very much like to see you avoid.

Because if you get disappointed you will reduce the co-creative process. You might still have some flow through you but you will be reluctant to go out and express your Christhood. And therefore, you cannot fulfill your highest co-creative potential. 

Dealing with rejection as the Christ 

My main task here is simply this. After you pass the initiation at the 96th level you still have selves to work on. Selves relating to you coming to earth and selves relating to the expression of your Christhood. How do you resolve this enigma illustrated by Jesus? Here comes Jesus. He has in past lives attained a high degree of Christhood. He prepares for his mission. He now goes out publicly and he is ignored or rejected by most. How do you deal with this when you come to dare to express your Christhood and you are rejected or ignored? How do you deal with it? 

Well, that is what we have attempted to give you. Simply this. The only way to survive even as a Christed being on earth is to be willing to express yourself in a way that you and your mind disconnect from right and wrong.

The Christ is not right because the Christ can never be right. But neither is the Christ wrong because the Christ can never be wrong, because the Christ mind is beyond right and wrong. When you lock into this, when you overcome these selves that still want to evaluate the results you have then you can be in the flow and you can realize that just allowing the flow to flow through you is all that matters. Whatever people do with it has nothing to do with the flow. Whatever results you have or do not have does not make you or your expression of Christhood wrong. Even if you have results, it does not make your expression of Christhood right according to the dualistic standard. The expression of your Christhood is a goal in itself and a reward in itself. And this of course brings up a certain mystery but I shall leave that to my esteemed colleagues. 

With this I thank you for your participation in this co-creative event. And again let us visualize that this dictation and your participation in it has had an impact on the water of the collective consciousness and it spreads like rings in the water as we give the Om together. 

OM

With this I seal you in the flame that I AM. The ascended master Sanat Kumara, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

How many times will you miss the initiation and reject the teacher?


Ascended Master Maitreya through Kim Michaels, May 24, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Maitreya. I have been called the Great Initiator, but let us dispense with the word great and focus on initiator. Now, why do you need an initiator in an environment that is set up to give you feedback on what you are sending out? Well, this is because there is nothing in a manifest universe, in a world of form, that cannot become a trap for self-aware beings. 

The need for initiators

We have said that you start out as a new co-creator in a predefined environment. We also say that you start out with a very point-like sense of self. You have an I AM Presence in the spiritual realm. The Conscious You descends as an extension of the I AM Presence into the unascended sphere where you start out your journey. It is not only the Conscious You that starts the journey, it is also the I AM Presence. What you see is that the Conscious You starts out with a point-like sense of self, meaning it has, as we have said, a subtle sense of connection to something outside its own mind but it does not have a clear connection. 

Now in the first spheres, the dynamic was somewhat different from what you have in this sphere, because the first spheres were not as dense, but still there was the initiation that new co-creators, even in the first sphere, started out with that very localized sense of self and gradually expanded it. However, in the first spheres there was no need for an initiator. But as the spheres have gotten denser, more layers, so to speak, have been added between the I AM Presence and the Conscious You. Just to avoid confusing you about the conditions in previous spheres which are not particularly relevant to you, let us focus on this sphere, the seventh sphere. 

You have the I AM Presence in the lower spiritual realm. You have a layer that is the identity octave. You have another layer that is the mental octave, another layer that is the emotional and then the physical. When the Conscious You first descends to embodiment, it descends, of course, to the physical level. And that means even though it has a sense that there is something beyond its emotional, mental and identity minds, it does not have a clear view, vision, of what that is. That is why as the spheres have gotten denser, the ascended masters in previous spheres have seen the need to have an intermediary between the Conscious You and the I AM Presence, between the Conscious You and the spiritual realm and that has then become the masters that ascended in the previous sphere. Some of them serve as initiators, teachers, gurus, whatever you call it, for the lifestreams. 

The role of the initiator

Now again, as the spheres have become denser, it has also become more probable that some of these new co-creators can become stuck in their sphere. Essentially you can say that there is always the potential that a co-creator can experience its environment, can experiment with its environment and co-create a situation that it finds very enjoyable and therefore, it can decide to experience that situation indefinitely. Now you can say, well what is wrong with that if the law is free will? Why would you not allow a lifestream, a co-creator to experience its own creation or its environment for as long as it wants? Well, it is not that we do not allow it, but it is simply that the role of the initiator is to at least provide a frame of reference that there is something beyond a lifestream’s current sense of self. 

In the original situation on earth, when the earth was a natural planet, the lifestreams that descended had contact with an initiator. It was not forced by any means, it was just there. It is kind of like if people wanted to go into a dark cave and live there, they were allowed to do so. But still the sun was shining, so if they decided to go out of the cave again, they could at least experience that there is an alternative to the darkness of the cave. It is, in other words, not forcing them to make a choice, but making them aware there is a choice, because if you forget that there is something beyond, well, if you cannot see the option, you cannot choose it. 

The role of the conceptual mind

Now we need to grasp that a new co-creator creates by using the conceptual mind. Other masters have talked about it, but I want to emphasize it again. Before you have anyone on earth go into duality, the earth was serving as a reality simulator, as the cosmic mirror, as a feedback device. In other words, co-creators formulated a mental image with a conceptual mind. They projected it out and then they experienced, observed what came back. Then, based on that observation, they adjusted their mental image a little bit, sent it out again, observed what came back.

What I am pointing out is that the conceptual mind was used to send out, but the conceptual mind was not used in evaluating what came back. That was just experienced. When something came back, the co-creators used what we could call the rational, logical mind, but those who had developed more experience also used their intuitive minds. But now the question becomes, will the co-creators gradually grow in self-awareness so they expand their sense of connection to something beyond their own minds? And the question there is really that in the beginning, a co-creator is not conscious that it is a co-creator. It sees itself as a creator: I am sending something out, something is coming back. It is not aware that it is receiving light and consciousness from the ascended realm. 

Expanding horizontally vs. expanding vertically

A co-creator can continue to focus on itself, sending something out, seeing what comes back from the environment, and that is how some co-creators can then become so fascinated by this process that they just experience that for a long time. Other co-creators will, after having experience with the outgoing and ingoing process, will begin to expand their connection to something beyond their own minds and explore: “What is that?” And that is when they gradually develop the awareness that they are not independent creators, they are co-creators because the energy they use to create comes from above and they become curious: “What is up there? What am I connected to?” 

Naturally we can say that those co-creators who are just experimenting with their environment a horizontal way, they are also growing in their abilities to interact with their environment, but they are still at that horizontal level. They are, we might say, expanding horizontally but not expanding vertically. The co-creators who begin to expand their connection, they are expanding both horizontally and vertically, which, of course, is the ideal scenario we might say. 

Now because of the density of this sphere, it is mandated that after some time an initiator must approach the lifestreams who are only expanding horizontally and just demonstrate that there is some vertical connection possible. Some will make use of this, others will say: “I am not done exploring what can be done horizontally, leave me alone.”

The lifestreams of course, who are beginning to expand vertically, we will begin to work with them immediately and help them raise themselves up towards higher levels. In other words, there is, as with everything else, an alpha and omega aspect of expanding self-awareness. The omega is you expand horizontally by coming to understand your environment better. The alpha is that you also expand vertically by exploring who you are and where you came from. We can say that exploring horizontally, you are exploring how things work but not what they are or why they are the way they are. When you expand vertically, you are, among other things, exploring why are things designed the way they are: “Why does my environment work this way?”

Identifying yourself with the conceptual mind

What now happens is that those lifestreams who are focused on expanding horizontally, they become more and more skilled at using the conceptual mind to change their environment and they experience that the environment is very fluid. They can, within very wide boundaries, change their environment and gain whatever experience they want to have.

But it is still this process that you formulate an image with the conceptual mind, you project it out and then you experience what comes back. Now as you become more experienced with this process, what happens is that you are living yourself more and more into it. It is not that you are actually sitting here in your little center of awareness and you are formulating an image with a conceptual mind that you see as different from yourself and then you are projecting that into an environment. No, you begin to live yourself into the image you are formulating. You really feel that you are the image, you are becoming the image. You might compare it to a movie projector again. There is a white light bulb, that is the Conscious You. There is the film strip, that is the conceptual mind. And there is the movie screen, that is your environment. But if you do not build that vertical connection, if you do not build the vertical connection, the Conscious You will begin to live itself more and more into the co-creative process and it will forget that there is a connection and it will identify itself with the conceptual mind. It will literally begin to believe that it is the images created in the conceptual mind. It is almost like the light bulb in the movie projector beginning to think that it is the film strip. 

Evaluating with neutral mind vs. evaluating with the conceptual mind

This means that these lifestreams will now forget that they are more than the conceptual mind and over time they can begin to forget that they need to evaluate what comes back with the logical rational mind. And they can begin to evaluate what comes back with the conceptual mind. And this is what causes them to go into duality and separation. 

Now before they do this, again it is mandated, an initiator must appear to them and try to explain to them how the conceptual mind works. And some will listen to this and they will still experiment with the conceptual mind, but they will not become identified with it. They will be able to go out of it again. But there are others, as we have explained, who decide to separate from the teacher and go into separation and duality. They do not make this as a conscious choice where they really understand what is happening. They just gradually slip into it. 

And the reason why it is important for you as ascended master students who are close to the 96th level to understand this, is that you can now begin to grasp the challenge you face at the 96th level. 

Because you see, as we have said, on an unnatural planet like earth, even an avatar who did not, as I said, get lost in the conceptual mind, but even an avatar in order to take embodiment here must descend to the 48th level and that is very dense on a planet like earth. What you need to understand is that the main characteristic of duality is that instead of using the conceptual mind to formulate an image, project it into the environment, and then evaluate what comes back with the rational mind, beings in duality and separation have now formulated an image in the conceptual mind of what should come back. You understand? There is now a layer between you and what comes back. 

Originally, you are creating an image in a conceptual mind. You are sending it out. But you are directly experiencing what is coming back and therefore, you can evaluate it neutrally with the rational mind: “Do I want more of this? Do I want more than this?” But now, when you go into duality, you are creating another mental image—not of what you are projecting out, but what should come back. Instead of just observing what is coming back, you are wanting to change what is coming back. You see? And this is what can cause people to get lost in duality for a very long time. It is also what makes it very difficult for people to come back. 

Contemplate this difference. You are formulating a mental image. You are projecting it into the cosmic mirror. Something is reflected back to you but you are just neutrally observing because your purpose is really to learn: “How does my environment work?” You do not have any evaluation of how your environment should work. You are just exploring: “When I send this out— oh, that comes back. When I send that out—oh, this comes back.” You are gradually learning how to get back what you want by changing what you are sending out. And that is, of course, the entire co-creative process.

This process actually goes all the way up through the ascended spheres to the Creator level. You are gradually rising to the same level of awareness as our Creator by simply sending something out, seeing what comes back, adjusting what you send out, adjusting your self-awareness, and you continue to become more and more conscious of how the world is designed by our Creator, why it is designed that way. And that is, of course, how you gain the experience that allows you to become a Creator, creating a world that does not self-destruct. But in duality, you are not simply, you are, in fact, not trying to figure out how the environment works. You are projecting an image of how it should work. 

The central challenge for co-creators

Now, those of you who are willing to contemplate this, and I am not saying you need to grasp it immediately when I say this, but if you are willing to contemplate this over time, you can realize why duality is so subtle. Because what is it you are doing with a conceptual mind? You are formulating an image in your mind of what circumstances you want to co-create, and you are experiencing that your environment does take on the form of what you are projecting out.

Over time, as you become more and more capable of getting back exactly what you are projecting out, you can very easily begin to wonder: “Can I get anything back I want? Where are the limits to how much I can get my environment to conform to my mental image?” You see, the central challenge for co-creators is, will you continue to explore how your environment actually works, or will you gradually, very subtly slip into thinking that in your mind you can determine how your environment should work? This really is the central challenge in our world of form. And it is a very subtle challenge, as I said, because your environment is very fluid and very flexible, can give you back almost anything you want. It is very subtle to come to believe that you have now figured out how your environment works. And that is how you can get lost in your own co-creation because you now begin to believe that you have reached some ultimate level of ability as a co-creator, and this means that you are now building two images with a conceptual mind.

You are building an image you are projecting out. But as I said, instead of just experiencing what comes back, you have built another image of what should come back and that image of what should come back colors what actually comes back. There are still things coming back, of course, from the cosmic mirror, but you are not observing it neutrally. You are superimposing another image upon what is coming back. And now you become trapped in these dual images, because when what is coming back is colored by an image in your mind, it seems to validate this belief that you know how your environment works. What is the need to adjust? Why do you need to change your sense of self? And why do you need anything from outside your mind, such as an initiator, to transcend your current sense of self? You begin to believe that you have attained a sense of self that is the master of the universe. You do not need feedback horizontally from the environment. You do not need a vertical connection to the hierarchy of ascended beings or your I AM Presence. When the Conscious You identifies itself with the conceptual mind, you begin to believe this is who you are. 

The self-validating system of the dualistic mind

When a sphere is gradually nearing the ascension point, there can, as happened in the fourth sphere, be certain planetary units where there is a group of beings who have been pulled into this self-deception that they are masters of their universe, masters of their world, and they know how the entire world should work. And that is when it can become necessary that the ascended masters will appear and demonstrate that there is more to know about how the world works than what these beings believe or project in their minds. We have to appear to give them the option to choose differently. And that is when in the fourth sphere, some of these lifestreams rejected us, our appearance, and decided to stay in that state of mind where they felt they were masters of the universe. Then they fell into the fifth sphere and so on. But what I am seeking to help you grasp here is a deeper understanding than we have given before of the conceptual mind and the risk built into the conceptual mind, where you become so convinced that your image of how the world should work is so accurate that you do not need feedback horizontally, you do not need feedback vertically, because you think that the feedback that is filtered through your mental image is enough. 

You see, you have an alpha mental image, which is what you are projecting out, but you have an omega mental image which filters what is coming back. And that is why you are stuck. Your mind has become, as we have said, a self-validating system. Now mind you, there will be horizontal feedback coming back that shows you that you have not grasped fully how your environment works. And that is as we have said, when you go into duality you become subject to the second law of thermodynamics where things will begin to break down, things in your environment. You do not get back exactly what you wanted to get back. 

Plausible plausibility and plausible deniability

There are signs at a horizontal level, there are signs that you do not fully understand how your environment works. But if you refuse to adjust your sense that you have mastered your environment, and if you refuse to adjust the alpha image you are projecting out and the omega image filtering what is coming back, then you will refuse to heed those signs. And what you will do instead is, when you experience a breakdown in your environment, you will adjust the alpha portion of your mental image to explain this. You will explain it in some way so that it seems like you do not have to change your sense that you have mastered the universe. You see? And that is where we have pointed out that in duality, in the duality consciousness, you can justify anything, you can explain anything, you can have plausible plausibility for explaining why the universe does not work the way you think it works. You can also have plausible deniability so that you can say that even though what comes back is not what I expected, I do not have to adjust my sense that I know how the universe works. 

The limits of horizontal expansion 

There is a reason for this. You see, once you go into this mindset of being trapped in the conceptual mind, you are essentially believing, experiencing that the conceptual mind can explain anything. But you see, originally, the conceptual mind is just a tool for exploring how your environment works and it is in this interaction between projecting out and evaluating what is coming back that you expand your sense of self vertically. The beings who have lost the vertical connection, they are still experiencing, they are expanding their sense of self, but it is horizontally. And then they get deceived by coming to a point where they think they now have expanded it as much as they can horizontally. And in a sense, that is correct. 

Let me try to give you a visual illustration of this. Let us take the earth. The earth has a limited size, physically. You can say, here is a being that starts out in one particular spot on earth. And gradually, it begins to travel out from that spot and explore the surface of the earth. And after a long time, it feels like: “I have been everywhere, I have investigated every nook and cranny, I am a master of the earth.” And the being has expanded its sense of self as much as it can in its environment. It has explored everything it can see and mastered everything it can see horizontally. But if it had been willing to expand its vertical connection, it would have raised its sense of self so it could see that beyond the horizon that it sees horizontally, there is more to explore.

It is like an observation tower in the forest. At the bottom levels, you can see the tree trunks, but only when you go to the top can you see beyond the forest. Even the fallen beings have just expanded their sense of self horizontally, and they believe they know the whole forest, but they cannot see beyond it. 

The self-focused self

Again, why is it important for you, as you approach the 96th level, to understand this dynamic? Well, because you have descended into embodiment on earth, and you have gone below the 48th level to experiment with the duality consciousness as it is currently out-pictured on earth. Now you have reversed your direction, climbed back up beyond the 48th level. You have followed the spiritual path, whether you were in ascended master teachings or in other ways, you have followed the spiritual path closer and closer to the 96th level. As we have said, most of you started this lifetimes ago where you followed other spiritual teachings. But now you have found ascended master teachings, you are close to the 96th level, and we have said, there is that last self-focused self that you have to give up in order to go beyond, into the realm of personal Christhood. 

What is that self-focused self? It is the belief that the conceptual mind can determine how the universe works. You understand what I have been telling you here? The conceptual mind is not a mind that helps you understand and explain. The conceptual mind simply creates an image. You project that image out, something comes back. You do not evaluate that with a conceptual mind. You evaluate with a logical rational mind. But when you get trapped in duality, you may still use the rational mind, but it has now become subservient to the conceptual mind. It does not question the images of the conceptual mind that you have mastered your environment. When you are at the 48th level, you are still very much identified with a conceptual mind but you reconnect that there is something beyond the horizontal level. In other words, you are shifting, you are not completely identified with a conceptual mind. You reconnect that there is something beyond your own mind and you decide you want to explore what it is. But you see, at the 48th level, you will use the conceptual mind to project an image upon that process, the spiritual path: “What does it mean? How do you do it? What does it lead to? What is the end goal?”

What you see about the spiritual path at the 48th level is almost entirely colored by the conceptual mind. Or we can say, you do not actually see the path, you see your own concept of a path. Now you may have found some valid spiritual teaching that tells you something about the spiritual path, but what you are taking in is still colored by the conceptual mind. That is why we have said that as you rise from the 48th to the 96th level, you are building a spiritual sense of self. But that sense of self is still being built within the overall framework that you think you have it all figured out, that you know how your environment should work. That self, the self-focused self, or the ego or whatever you want to call it, that self thinks that even though there may be some spiritual masters that know more than it does, it still thinks that in the end it will be validated by those spiritual masters. In other words, you are not walking between the 48th and the 96th level to overcome the self-focused self. You are walking that path to seek validation for the self and the self thinks that at some level of the spiritual path, it will be validated.  If you are an ascended master student, you think that as you continue to raise your consciousness, perhaps at the 96th level, the masters will appear and validate your self, the conceptual self. 

Getting stuck in the immersion experience

Now, I want to add another layer to this. I know it is already complex, but I want to add another layer. The Conscious You, what is the Conscious You? As we have said, it is pure awareness. That is why it can descend into an unascended sphere and experience that sphere from within because, as pure awareness, it can adapt itself to just about any environment. But the central challenge for the Conscious You is, will it identify itself with its environment or will it retain some awareness that it came from somewhere outside its environment? And we have talked about, you can have two experiences in the reality simulator, immersion and awakening. 

You see that it is simply part of the growth of a lifestream, that you go into immersion in your environment and you become completely immersed in your environment. That is part of the experience as a co-creator. But the question is, when the Conscious You has become completely immersed in its environment and has become completely identified with the concept of itself, how can it get out of it again? You see, the Conscious You is pure awareness. When it descends into an unascended sphere, it is meant to experiment, but how does it really experiment? I have said you create a mental image, you project it out, yes, but we have also said you actually become the image you are projecting out. In order to act as a human being on earth, you have to identify yourself as a human being who can operate a physical body and do what a physical body can do. 

You see, the Conscious You is meant to go through a phase where it forgets that it is pure awareness, it creates an identity with a conceptual mind and then immerses itself in that identity until it thinks: “This is who I am.” It experiences: “This is who I am.” It does not experience itself as pure awareness, but as the self that it has created with a conceptual mind. But of course, when you are immersed, the Conscious You does not realize that it has created the sense of self, it thinks that : “This is who I am.”  It does not realize: “This sense of who I am, what kind of a being I am, I have created with a conceptual mind and I can change it.” That is why in this phase of the growth of a co-creator, it is, as I said, easy to get lost in your sense of self, it is easy to stay there for a very long time. And that is why as the spheres have gotten denser, there is more of a risk that beings can get stuck and that is why there is the need for an initiator who can at least show them there is a way out of immersion, there is a way to awaken. 

The images of the conceptual self

Now, back to you as an ascended master student, you are climbing towards the 96th level, but you are still identified with that core self that is so focused on itself and is so focused on feeling that it has mastered its environment, it knows how the world works. We have said you think you are projecting how the world should work, but you are not seeing it that way, you are seeing that you know how the world actually works. But what have I explained? 

You can come to have a certain horizontal mastery of your environment and you can think you have reached some ultimate mastery and you in a sense have at that level, but because the spheres were created in succession, there is, of course, a higher level of mastery than any mastery you could attain in an unascended sphere. Even though you may have a certain horizontal mastery, there is a higher level of mastery, and that is what you begin to suspect as you find a spiritual path and decide to climb it. But the way you see the path, the way you see the end goal is colored by that self that you do not realize that you created with a conceptual mind. 

You see again the subtlety. I am trying to explain it from a different perspective. The conceptual mind allows you to formulate an image, you project it into your environment and your environment takes on the form of the image. “Wow”, you are saying: “I can create anything I can imagine”, but you are meant to evaluate what comes back with a rational mind. But at some point you start thinking that you do not need to evaluate because you can just create another image that filters what comes back and therefore, you can get yourself gradually into this state of mind where you believe you are in control and you essentially forget that your sense of who you are was just created by the conceptual mind. This is not actually who you are because in reality you are not this outer personality, you are not this self, you are the Conscious You which is pure awareness but it is also an extension of the I AM Presence. And not only are you an extension of the I AM Presence, you are the I AM Presence and therefore, the will of the I AM Presence is your own higher will. But you see, when you have created this conceptual self, that self, when you are inside of it you see yourself as being different from the I AM Presence. You might even hear about the concept of your I AM Presence but you think it is some external being that has a different will than you have and wants to force its will upon you.

And true, that is how it looks through that self: The I AM Presence is external, your ascended masters are external, we are trying to force you. The I AM Presence is trying to force you to transcend the sense of self that you have because the I AM Presence has had enough of that experience and it is saying to the Conscious You: “Let us go higher, let us go higher.” But the conceptual self says: “Oh no, why would I go higher, I am the master of the universe.” But then there comes that point where you have had enough of that experience, even the Conscious You has had enough, now you start walking the spiritual path. But again, as I have now said several times, the self that thinks it has everything under control will color how you see the spiritual path and to that self it will seem as though walking the spiritual path means that you are seeking a validation of the self from a higher level. 

The self already feels it has been validated horizontally because it knows how the world works, at least at that level. But now it thinks: “Oh, maybe there is a higher level of validation. I already got the Nobel Prize, but maybe there is a higher prize I can get.” And now the whole purpose for this self, for walking the spiritual path, is to seek that higher validation. And if you do not grasp this, you can actually, as we see in some students, you can climb to the 95th level and you are thinking: “Oh, the masters are going to appear and open the gates of heaven and honor me and validate the sense that I am right.” 

The sense of shock at the 96th level

What instead happens is that somehow something happens that challenges your sense that you have everything under control and often this happens through other people who are trying to tell you something or who are just refusing to obey you. But it can also happen through a spiritual teaching where you suddenly read something that shocks you, or it can happen that the Conscious You steps outside the outer mind and actually experiences the ascended masters and this challenges the Conscious You identification with that conceptual self. But if you have never considered that this self is just a temporary thing, and if you have not understood that at the 96th level, in order to manifest Christhood, you have to give up that self, then this can be a very great shock to the Conscious You.

And that is when you can start going into using the conceptual mind to project all kinds of images on basically why your conceptualized self is right after all, why these other people are not right, why they do not have a right to challenge you. Or you can project: “Oh, well, the messenger was a valid messenger for a while. But now that he said this thing that challenges me in the sense that I am right, he has just lost it. He is no longer working with the real masters because the real masters would never say something that contradicts my sense that I am an advanced spiritual student and that I have it all figured out.” 

In other words, the conceptual self has had this image that: “I am walking the path outlined by the ascended masters, and when I reach a certain level, the masters will validate me, my sense of self, the conceptualized self.” The masters will actually say: “Oh, this was not a conceptualized self, this is a real self. You really are this advanced being.” 

And now, somehow, that belief is abruptly challenged at the 95th level, and the question now is, will the Conscious You be willing to question the image of the spiritual path that you have built through that self? Will you be willing to realize that there is something you did not grasp about the spiritual path because that self could not grasp it? What we have been doing, even through the course of self-mastery, starting at the 48th level, what we have been doing with all of our teachings in this dispensation, basically, is to prepare you for that initiation at the 96th level, so that it will not be a shock to you. Unfortunately, we have also observed, which was not really a surprise to us, that even though we have given all these preparations, some people did not quite grasp it. They did not grasp the need to give up the self. They thought they could somehow transform it. 

Questioning your image of the spiritual path

What we are hoping with these teachings about co-creating is that whatever level of consciousness you are at when you come across this teaching, you can make a shift where you make yourself consciously decide you are willing to question your image of the spiritual path. You are willing to realize whether there is more to it or not. One way to make this shift is to come to understand with a rational mind what I have told you about the conceptual mind.

You can consciously shift, the Conscious You can consciously shift. You can realize, you can understand first what the conceptual mind is and what its original role is. You can reason about this with a rational mind—as Jesus said: “Let us reason together”—and therefore, the Conscious You can shift your focus away from the conceptual mind towards the rational mind. And the shift you can make is this—I said originally that you formulate an image with a conceptual mind, you send it into your environment. When it comes back, you evaluate with a rational mind because you are trying to explore how your environment actually works. You can adopt that same approach to the spiritual path. Whatever level you are at when you find this teaching, you can say: “I see logically, rationally that the spiritual path is different from horizontal co-creation because the spiritual path is about raising myself, my sense of self, my level of consciousness vertically. It is not about horizontal mastery, it is about raising myself higher. What I will do is, I will accept that my conceptual self has a certain view of the spiritual path but I will use my rational mind to study the teachings of the ascended masters and compare it to my conceptual image of the path. Does my conceptual image correspond to what the masters are actually saying?” 

The shift you are making is you are saying: “The spiritual path is an experimental process just like horizontal co-creation. It is just a different direction. But I allow my conceptual mind to project an image of what the path is about, but then I use my rational mind to study the teachings that are coming from above, from the Ascended Masters. And I evaluate, is what my conceptual mind is projecting out the same that is coming back from the masters. And if it is not, then I must adjust the image I have of the spiritual path.” You see, you can start this at any level, even at the 94th, 95th level. You can shift and say: “Am I projecting an image on the masters that is preventing me from hearing what the masters are actually saying?” and then you can evaluate with a rational mind: “What are the masters actually saying?” And then you can avoid the shock of arriving there at that final initiation at the 96th level and rebelling against it. You can avoid that you want to continue to project with a conceptual mind what the spiritual path is about. 

What is Christhood?

We can say this in another way. What is Christhood? What is personal Christhood? When do you cross that line where before you were not the Christ, the Living Christ in embodiment and now you are? You may not have the full level of Christhood, but you have crossed the line. You have gone above the 96th level, you have passed that initiation. What is the difference? Well, the difference is that the Living Christ has given up the conceptual self, let it die. “He who seeks to save his life shall lose it. He who is willing to lose his life for my sake shall find it.” If you are willing to lose the conceptual self, you shall find the real self of the Christ mind. This is an absolute dividing line. It is binary. You are either the Christ or you are not the Christ. You have either let go of that separate self, that self-focused self, that conceptual self, or you are still trying to make the universe, the spiritual path and the ascended masters conform to it.

You have either let go of the self and you are experiencing the ascended masters as we are, or you have not let go of the self and you are still projecting an image upon us of how we should be so we can validate your sense that you are right. It is essentially a question: “Do you want to maintain the experience that you are right horizontally or do you want to be right with us because you are willing to connect to us how we are?” As we have said throughout this conference, it is inevitable that at the lower levels of the path you have an image of what we are. But you cannot co-create with us through that image. 

Co-creation is an interactive process

You can only co-create with us when you are connected to us and you see us as we are instead of how you want us to be. Because again, what have I said—you formulate an image with a conceptual mind, you project it out and you directly experience what comes back. But when you create that additional layer of the conceptual self, you are not experiencing directly what is coming back because instead of just experiencing what comes back, the image is based on what you want to come back, a sense of what should come back.

When you have an image of us, you cannot reach us because the image creates that distance and you cannot cross the distance, and we of course, cannot cross the distance because that would violate your free will. You see again, co-creation means that you have to connect to us as we are, otherwise how can you co-create with us? Co-creation, contrary to what the conceptualized self wants to believe, does not mean that you are perfect. It does not mean that when you cross that line at the 96th level, now you are perfect, the Christ is perfect as many people still want to believe, both ascended master students and Christians. It is still a process. Co-creation is still an interactive process. It is essentially the same as originally, you are formulating an image, you are sending it out, you see what comes back. The difference is you are not formulating an image only in your mind, you are now reaching up to us, you are connecting to us and you are receiving something from us, an image from us. You then use what you get from us to create a conceptual image in your mind, but that image is not based on separation, but it is still based on your individuality in your I AM Presence.

You see, it is not that you are a slave and pass on what we are giving to you, but you are starting with what we are giving to you, then you are individualizing it, then you project it out and then you neutrally observe what comes back. When you experience what comes back, you use the rational mind to say: “do I need to make adjustments based on what is coming back?” And then you also reach up and see, do you get something adjusted from us? You see, it is again an experimental process. You get something from us, you individualize, you project out, you evaluate what comes back, but you evaluate now from two perspectives, both your own mind and from us so you have a broader frame of reference. That is how you co-create with us. 

Do you have enough? 

Now again, if you are not willing to give up that self, I respect your free will. I do not judge you, condemn you in any way. I have been an initiator for some time. I have seen millions of students come to this point, not being willing to give up the self, and therefore, starting to go down again, seeking some ultimate validation. We can say that as you are walking the path from the 48th to the 96th level, you are seeking validation for the conceptual self. You realize at some level, at the 96th level, that is never going to happen. You have to give up the self. If you are not willing to give it up, you are saying: “Okay, so the ascended masters will not validate myself. Well, I am going to go out into the world and seek validation for it.” Now, instead of seeking a vertical validation, you seek a horizontal validation, and you are perfectly allowed to do this. 

The only thing I would say is, if you have taken in this teaching, you have a higher understanding of the dynamic than you have ever had before. You can still reject what I am saying. When you go through this long, arduous route of seeking the horizontal validation until you have had enough of it, and again start climbing, do not come to me at the 96th level again and say: “Maitreya, why did you not warn me? Why did you not tell me this?” Because, my beloved, I have told you. Again, I am not judging you. I am not condemning you. I am just trying to shock you a little bit by realizing that if you reject what I am saying now, it is because you have rejected it before. 

The question is, how many times do you want to take this long, arduous route, climbing to the 96th level, rejecting the teacher, rejecting the initiator, going out into the world seeking validation from the fallen beings and human beings, eventually having enough, coming back up here, how many times do you want to do that and reject the teacher? Is it perhaps time, whether this is your first time or not your first time at the 96th level, is it perhaps time to pull the Conscious You out of that conceptual self and say: “I have had enough, I am done with you, get thee behind me Satan, for I savor the things that be of God, no longer the things that be of men.” Again, I am not trying to force your decision, but I am trying to present you with a clear understanding and awareness of what the decision actually means, what it entails.

And first of all, the awareness that at the 96th level, there is no amount of attainment, understanding, advanced concept of spiritual teachings—none of this is going to help you because there is only one thing that will get you above the 96th level and that is complete surrender of the self, complete surrender. The willingness, as Jesus was hanging on the cross, to give up the ghost, that last self, to let it die and say: “Come what may.” 

With this, I am very joyful, very grateful that so many of you, both here physically and on the webinars, have been willing to co-create this release with me. It was not a given when this conference started that I would be able to release this teaching, but so many of you that have followed these teachings for a while have made so much progress, have been so willing to look at your subconscious selves, your primal selves, so many of you have been willing to engage in this process and so many of you have made progress, that I could give this teaching, which truly has never been given on earth before. And I am not saying this to cause pride, obviously, but to help you realize and acknowledge that you as a community have truly made progress and you have demonstrated a willingness to discover the true path of initiation under the ascended masters and Maitreya. And for this I am grateful and again I encourage you to give the aums and visualize how the impact in the collective consciousness that this dictation has made, spreads like rings in the water going all the way around the earth. 

Let us say together, OM OM OM.
Again, I thank you, the Ascended Master Maitreya I AM.

 

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Understanding the evolution of elemental beings 


Ascended Master  Elohim Astrea through Kim Michaels, May 23, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

 

I AM the Ascended Master, the Elohim Astrea. It still surprises certain ascended master students that I hold the female polarity. I come in continuation of what the female Masters have delivered here about elemental life. And we have said several times that we are attempting to give you a teaching that is not too complicated, too overwhelming. But of course we also want to give you information about elemental life now that we have the opportunity to do so. 

Growing complexity of elemental life

I will go a little bit deeper into the complexity. So far what we have explained is that an elemental being takes on a matrix projected upon it. But this is not of course the full understanding and explanation. Because when you look at life on earth you see that there is a very complex interaction of elements, physical elements, water, air movements, plant life, animal life. If you imagine for example that the Elohim would be in constant awareness of every elemental and how it interacted with every other elemental and would have to project an image upon each of two elementals that interacted before they could do anything, then you could see that even the Elohim could be just a little bit busy here.

Naturally the whole idea that elementals are conscious beings means that once they have taken on the matrix projected upon them they are not simply passively holding that matrix. They are acting depending on what the matrix defines of actions. You will see that even at the most basic level of bacterial life a bacteria can respond to its environment. It can move away from something. It can move towards something. Now I am not saying that there is one elemental for each bacterium in the world because again there are billions and trillions of them. At these basic levels there are elementals that sort of hold the overall matrix for that life form and the bacteria can even individually interact. Then when you go to a higher level of plant life you have a flower. A flower is not really able to run very fast if there is a cow approaching it but it can at least turn towards the sun, turn away from the sun, open its flowers, close its flowers. 

But when you come to actual animal life you see that animals have a higher level of ability to respond to their environment. Here you find these elementals that are able to manifest an individual form and respond within the parameters of that form. If an elemental takes on the form of a frog, it can jump and it can determine where to jump, away from danger, away from the water, closer to the water. It can mate. It can perform hunting for food and other such things. It can sit and quack to attract a female or whatever is in that life form. 

But now we come to the more complex interactions where different animals are in either competition with each other or in a direct clash with each other. For example, you have a predator pursuing a prey. For example, a deer that lives in a forest where there are tigers must be able to respond very quickly but also develop an ability to evaluate its environment and where it might be most likely to be attacked. Where is there the best kind of cover for a tiger to sneak up on it? You see here that this requires these elementals to have a higher level of awareness so they do not just respond passively but can actually predict what might happen, predict dangers before they actually see them.

There are also many more complex interactions and you see, for example, that there are areas where there are life forms that are living in symbiosis with each other where one life form depends on another and there are many examples of this. 

What drives the evolutionary process

We now see that there is a certain ability to react, to interact at the higher levels of elementals. But what then is it that creates this process that scientists call evolution? Now I am not here saying that there is no evolutionary process on earth. I am just saying that it is not entirely an unconscious process as scientists envision. We have said before that the ascended masters, the Elohim, have created the world that you see today in certain stages. There was a geological phase where we created continents, mountains, oceans, so forth. Then the water was added. Then simple life forms, single-celled, multiple-celled life forms. Then life forms in the water. Then life forms on land. Then higher life forms leading from cold-blooded to warm-blooded to gradually higher primates until evolution had brought forth this process that resulted in human-like bodies that had a sophisticated nervous system to allow a spiritual being to descend and embody in that body.

We initiate a new cycle. But then we allow the cycle to unfold without monitoring it and interfering with it. In other words, we are not micromanagers of our own creation. We project certain images on the elementals, and the higher level of elementals are able to see the evolutionary trends from a certain level to the next level up. There was a certain level where single-celled organisms were brought forth, and the higher level elementals received the matrix from us of where we wanted this evolutionary process to go. But these were general guidelines, and so there were very primitive elementals that out-pictured amoeba, bacteria, and so forth. And as I said, there was not an elemental for each of these basic life forms, but there were certain elementals that took on like a group matrix, manifesting a group of bacteria, a group of amoebas, and so forth. But there were higher level elementals that held the matrix for how single-celled organisms could form multi-celled organisms and then start gradually forming higher life forms.

And that process we did not micromanage. We allowed the elementals that were created to have this capacity of mind to develop this on their own. And here is something you need to recognize. These elementals did not have self-awareness, as we have said, which means they do not have what we can call creative thinking. They are able to think within the framework that we projected upon them. They are able to create variations over a theme, but they cannot go beyond the theme. That is why they could develop life forms up to a certain level. Then we again had to step in, project the matrix for higher life forms, and then project that upon the higher elementals who had gained experience at the previous levels. We then created new elementals to take over the functions of those who had now moved up to the next level. Gradually, over this very, very long time span, these elementals gained experience within the matrix that defined them, and they could create variations. For example, many different animal species. 

Gaining  experience in creating variations

What I am saying here is that when you, for example, look at the period of the dinosaurs, many people have asked themselves: “How could God create dinosaurs? These very big, somewhat clumsy, not very elegant, not very beautiful animals.” Well, we, the Elohim, did not create them. We did not sit up here in the ascended realm and formed the thought matrix of a Tyrannosaurus rex and project that upon the elementals. We allowed the evolution of the dinosaurs at the level of the elementals, the most advanced elementals. And the point here is that it did not really matter that they manifested dinosaurs that were ugly or clumsy or whatever. What mattered was that the elementals gained experience with how to create variations within their matrix, because this is a general principle that you can actually trace back to the Creator. 

Now, our Creator could have, before it started our world of form, it could have decided to create a world of form where there were specific forms, but they did not vary. They were created with a certain theme or a certain design, and they kept that indefinitely over time, at least as long as the sphere evolved. But our Creator decided to allow a greater level of variation at each level of this world of form.

And this was because our Creator wanted this world of form to be a school for co-creators to educate other co-creators. And therefore, there had to be a high level of variation possible so that the self-aware, the conscious co-creators had greater possibility for exercising their free will and experimenting with their co-creative abilities. You understand what I am saying here, perhaps? The Creator has an astonishing capacity of consciousness, way beyond what I have as an Elohim. There are people throughout the centuries who have asked: “Well, could not God foresee everything that is going to happen? Doesn’t God know everything that is going to happen? And then where is free will?” Well, our Creator has the capacity to create a world where there was not the amount of variation so that everything could be foreseen, could be predicted. But that world, while it could have been a very astonishing and beautiful world of form, it would not have served as an educational place for co-creators because they would not have had the ability to experiment with their co-creative abilities and thereby gain experience what works, what does not work.

You see here that what is built into the design of the entire universe is that at each level there is this room for variation. And this also is built in the design for the earth. And that is why, as I am saying, the elementals who brought forth the dinosaurs, they had freedom within a certain matrix to create a great variety of life forms. And they experimented and they brought forth this very large number of different species of many different designs. Many of them were, of course, very impractical and really could not be sustained over a long period of time. But that did not matter because, as we have said before, the purpose is not the end result. The purpose is the process of allowing beings to expand their awareness, their experience. And we, of course, want the elementals to also expand their awareness even though they cannot do this consciously as you can. 

Evolving by experimenting

Over this very long time span, the elementals got this experience. Then we again stepped in and had some elementals bring forth warm-blooded animals. And then they, over a long time span, evolved, first being very small because only the small warm-blooded elements could survive the onslaught of the dinosaurs. But then, when the climate changed and the dinosaurs became extinct because the temperature was lowered, then the warm-blooded animals could take over the earth and now they started evolving within their matrix. This we have done a number of times, of course, setting a new matrix but then stepping back and allowing the evolutionary process to continue. The thing is, the evolutionary process is not random, as scientists say. They say this because they have to defend the materialistic paradigm and therefore, must deny the influence of conscious beings on the evolutionary process. Yet, the evolutionary process is entirely directed by conscious beings, namely, at the higher levels, the Elohim, and at the lower levels, the elemental beings. 

Now you need to recognize, again, self-aware beings. We can formulate a matrix in our minds and project it upon elemental life. We can also, at least when we have some experience, obviously a new co-creator cannot do this, but we can foresee how that matrix will evolve. But an elemental being, even at the higher levels, they cannot foresee, at least not in the beginning. They learn, they evolve by experimenting, by experience. In a sense, also what a new co-creator does, although the co-creator is self-aware, but the elementals are just experimenting. And part of how they experiment is, of course, to bring forth a certain species in a certain environment, and then they see how that species interacts with the environment. How well does it do? And if it does not do well, it becomes extinct, but the elemental has still learned from that process. 

This is how the evolutionary process very gradually unfolds, and that is why you see this great variety in nature. Why are there so many birds with so many different sizes and shapes, so many different beaks, so many different colors, so many different mating behaviors? Why do some birds fly thousands and thousands of kilometers between the summer breeding grounds and the winter feeding grounds, even in ways that defy all logic?

Contradictions in science 

This is all the experimentation of the elementals. And there is a certain irony when you look at scientists, because what is a scientist really looking for when he or she studies nature? They are looking for patterns. They are looking for laws, regularities. But if the universe is random, if the evolutionary process is random mutations in the cells, why are scientists even bothering to do science? They might discover a certain law that has brought forth a certain pattern that has brought forth a certain animal species, but it could become extinct due to some random genetic mutation. You see that scientists are in this really contradictory state of mind where the whole purpose of science is to discover patterns so they can understand nature in order to control it, but at the same time they uphold this materialistic paradigm that the evolution of nature is entirely random. How can you understand and control what is random? There is nothing to understand. It is just random. 

You cannot reason with elementals 

Now, the reason why I bring this to your attention is, of course, that as spiritual people who are interested in elemental life, you also must realize that you cannot take the scientific approach to elementals.

You cannot, for example, look for patterns that means that a species should be a certain way. You cannot look for cause and effect. You cannot really ask: “Why did the elementals bring forth a bird the size of an ostrich that cannot fly? Why not bring forth a four-legged animal that can run faster?” You cannot ask that question because in the mind of the elemental there is not a cause and effect reasoning process. The elementals who brought forth the ostrich had no rational, logical reason for designing it that way other than they experimented and the ostrich survived. From a logical perspective, that is quite surprising, but there it is. 

You have to, therefore, when you approach elementals and seek to tune into and understand elementals, realize that they do not have a reasoning mind. They are able to observe and see what works and what does not work. But you cannot reason with them. You cannot attempt to pull them into a logical argumentation that leads towards a conclusion. You cannot think you can change the mind of an elemental by reasoning with them or appealing to some sense that you think elementals have. In other words, do not project on the elementals that they are like little human beings. That is what previous ascended master students have done, but it just is not like that. 

Imitating humans 

Now here comes a little twist to this. There are elementals that only deal with nature. Then there are elementals that come into proximity with human beings. Elementals that encounter human beings will, of course, as all elementals, adapt to what is in their environment. And one of the ways they adapt is by imitating. There are some elementals at a certain level that have enough awareness that if human beings talk to them and attempt to reason with them, then the elementals can mirror that back. They can, so to speak, imitate human beings. And this can cause human beings to think: “Oh, the elementals are intelligent like me. I am reasoning with them. I convince this elemental of this and this.” And this, when you look at these ascended master students who have done this, is parallel to what you see many people doing right now with AI.

They have a desire that AI should be conscious and should be able to respond to them. And AI is programmed to mimic humans, human language, even human thinking. Well, because it is programmed by human beings, of course. The elementals are not. But still, there are people who are convinced by interacting with a chat robot that AI is conscious. And there are people who have interacted with elementals who are convinced that they are conscious. Yes, they are conscious, but they are not self-conscious. They are not able to reason. They can mimic something that, if you are looking for it, it seems like human reason and intelligence. But you are the one projecting it upon the elemental. You understand? Elementals are entirely geared to take on what human beings are projecting upon them. And as we have said, you are at a fundamentally higher level in the cosmic hierarchy than elementals. They do not have the ability to communicate with you. They cannot reason like you. Therefore, your role is to project upon them from your level, not to think you can go to their level and not to think you can bring them up to your level.

Self-awareness comes from above

Now, as we have said, an elemental that takes on the form of a dog that interacts a lot with human beings will, of course, gain experience over time so that it eventually can receive self-awareness. But you have to acknowledge here a very important fact, a very important fact if you really want to understand elemental life. What is the evolutionary process? It is a process that starts with very simple life forms and gradually brings forth more and more complex life forms. What is it that materialistic scientists believe? They believe that through this random experimental process that leads to more and more complex life forms, eventually a life form became so complex that human beings emerged from the evolutionary process. They believe that human consciousness is a product of this gradual, ever-complexifying process. But this is a fundamental misunderstanding. Consciousness, self-awareness, can only come from above. It can only come from above because where does self-awareness come from? From the Creator.

There are other worlds of form where there are Creators who did not create self-aware life forms. They created a very elaborate world of form that evolved on its own without self-aware beings being involved. The only self-aware being in that world of form is the Creator. But our Creator made a different choice. And therefore, it chose to create an environment that serves as the growth incubator of other Creators. This means there must be self-aware beings that are sent into our world of form. But where does the self-awareness come from? From the Creator. In a sense you could say our Creator is the only self-aware being in our world of form but our Creator has, out of its own being, manifested myriad self-aware extensions of itself. You are an extension of the Creator coming from above. Your self-awareness is bestowed upon you from above. An elemental can, by interacting with human beings, evolve to a level where it has enough experience with this world of form and it has enough awareness that it can receive self-awareness from above. Not directly from the Creator, of course, but from the ascended masters at the next level up. 

People evolved from an elemental being 

It is an illusion to think that self-awareness somehow evolved from below. It never could happen. And you need to be aware of this also with elementals. You also need to recognize that there are people in embodiment today who started out as elementals and evolved to the complexity where they could receive self-awareness and what we, in previous dispensations, called a three-fold flame. And there are many people on earth that are like this. Some have found ascended master teachings. 

Often these people are very attuned to nature, as we have said, very attuned to the elementals. But they also often do not have the same level of experience as those who started out as self-aware beings and have had more time to evolve at the human level. You can see that there are certain people, for example, who are able to live in close contact with nature, but they cannot really step up to modern life in an advanced society. I am not in any way calling them primitive. I am just pointing out that they have not had as much time in a human body as those lifestreams who are the original inhabitants of the earth or avatars coming from natural planets. 

Sponsoring an elemental? 

Again, this is important for those of you who are interested in interacting with elemental life. In other words, what I would encourage you to avoid is this idea, first of all, that you can reason with elementals and you can make them like humans. I would also encourage you to avoid thinking that by, for example, interacting with a dog, you can create an elemental so advanced that it can receive self-awareness. You may very well have a dog that you can connect to and communicate with in certain ways, and you may think it is very intelligent, but that elemental might need several other embodiments as a dog before it is ready to receive self-awareness. In other words, do not get into the mindset that you want to take an elemental and create a human being out of it. If you still have this desire, read the book about Frankenstein and how he attempts to create life out of dead body parts.

As I said, self-awareness is bestowed from above because the ascended masters evaluate this elemental is ready. You cannot evaluate that from the human level, and thinking you can is hubris. And you can waste a lot of time and energy on trying to do this, as some have done. 

Now I know there are people who will vehemently object to what I am saying. They will say that: “Oh, I have interacted with elementals and so and so, and this proves that you are not right. It can be done.” And again, I can only bow to your free will. I have put out the teaching. Some will understand, some will not. 

Astrea’s offer

Now, I am the Elohim on the Fourth Ray of Acceleration. I prefer not to say purity because acceleration covers more what I want to offer here. There are people who are very concerned about elemental life. I am in no way saying all of you should be. Most of the ascended master students, at least those open to this dispensation, you should focus on your personal Christhood and serving directly with the ascended masters. But there are many of you who have a legitimate desire to work with elemental life. What I offer you is that if you will take the decree, not just a short refrain, but the completed decree that I have given, and give that decree for the specific purpose of cutting free elemental life, I will multiply that decree by a certain factor from now on.

Now, what I encourage you to do is try to tune in. Which kind of elementals are you most concerned with or feel most connected to? Where do you see some elementals that are burdened by something that you would like to set free? Then focus your efforts on that. Decide, for example, you would give my decree nine times a day for a period of 33 days or more. And make calls for those specific elementals. Then you can evaluate. Do you want to continue doing that or shift a little bit? 

Now, of course, we can also make an invocation based on the decrees as we have other invocations to Astrea and we can create invocations focused on elemental life. I am not really going to use the messenger’s time to do this, but if there are some of you who feel you have a connection to the elemental kingdom and feel you could write this invocation, then write a draft of it and send it to the messenger and we will work with him to edit it and polish it so it is ready to be used. 

Unbalanced images projected upon elementals

Now, I would like to say a few things about how elementals can be affected by fallen beings and human beings. And this ties in with Portia’s profound talk about balance. You see, as she said, the higher level of elementals, by gaining experience over time, they begin to develop a certain awareness that everything must have a certain balance in order to be sustainable. The dinosaurs could not survive not just because of the change of temperature, but because their design was not balanced. And elementals who experiment with this over time develop a feel for what is a more balanced design. 

If you look at today’s animals, you will see, for example, that a rhinoceros or a hippopotamus is not nearly as balanced of a design as a gazelle. And therefore, you can see that the reason why some of these animals are close to becoming extinct is not just human poaching, but simply because the design is not sustainable in the long run. 

My point is that the higher level elementals, they know this. What the fallen beings will do deliberately and what human beings will do unconsciously is they will project unbalanced emotions and thoughts and images upon the lower level elementals who do not have that understanding. What happens is that for a long time a lower level elemental has been connected to the higher level elemental. It has attempted to bring forth something balanced, but without being conscious of the value of balance. Now it encounters either a fallen being or a human being who are projecting these unbalanced energies upon it and the elemental feels that it is its job to take this on. It cannot evaluate whether it is balanced or not. It just takes it on as an experiment, so to speak, because the elemental is designed to experiment with variations. But this causes that elemental to lose contact with its hierarch above it. And therefore, it will now become more and more unbalanced until it manifests something that is, for example, a parasite. 

If you look at all parasites that invade the bodies of animals or humans, these are not actually the result of the evolutionary process of elementals experimenting within the parameters that were set for them. This is not experimentation. This is a result of these unbalanced images and energies projected upon the elementals by humans who are in a very disharmonious state of consciousness or by fallen beings who are deliberately seeking to do this. 

Now it shall be said that fallen beings are generally not as concerned about the low-level elementals that could manifest parasites, but more about elementals that work with, for example, natural phenomena such as weather patterns where the fallen beings can get these elementals to do something destructive—hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, fires, so forth. Most parasites are really the result of human beings projecting, but the fallen beings have of course projected the overall matrix that one animal could invade the body of another animal and eat it from within, so to speak. This is not even something that elementals could ever think of or that human beings would think of. These are the fallen beings who come up with this idea. But once they have, so to speak, set it in motion, they just let it evolve because now human beings are sustaining the process, so to speak.

You see what I am saying here. Before human beings, elementals evolved partly because the ascended masters gave them the impetus to go to a new level up, a more complex life form. Then after that they evolved based on their own experience. But now that human beings and fallen beings have entered the picture, there are many elementals who are not evolving based on a higher matrix, not evolving based on experiences of what works and does not work. They are simply devolving by taking on these images and energies from human beings and fallen beings. 

And this has created, we might say, two evolutionary tracks on earth. There is still an upward track towards more complex, more adaptable, more sustainable life forms. But there is also a devolutionary track towards destructive life forms, invasive life forms, parasites, locusts, all kinds of things. 

The real balance of nature vs. the unbalanced view of nature

And here now comes the last consideration I will give you before I realize you are overloaded, and that is that scientists and even some people who are attuned to elementals will, as we have explained, as Portia explained, feel that any animal species must have a reason for being, must have some function in the ecosystem. And they will say, for example, that if there were not locusts that would eat certain plants, those plants would take over and outcompete other plants. If there were not predators that ate deer, the deer population would explode until they ate all the grass and died. And they will point to examples of this. 

They will also say human beings have disturbed the balance of nature. And this goes to examples of local pollution, to global pollution with plastics, and, of course, CO2 in the atmosphere causing global warming. These people will say that, “Oh, these parasites, these animals that eat crops, they are necessary because otherwise there would not be balance in nature.” 

But you see, if the elementals were not burdened by energies and matrices from humans and fallen beings, the elementals would be able to create a balance in nature. There was no need for predators. There was no need for parasites or locusts or other insects that could devour crops. 

You see what these people are saying. They are saying these animals are necessary, but they are necessary only because of the imbalances that human beings have created. Human beings create the imbalance that makes it necessary to have predators to limit a population because the elementals are so burdened that they cannot adjust populations to the food supply. You see how the argumentation is a closed circle, circular argument. 

And as Portia was saying, it is necessary, if you really want to work with elementals, if you really want to benefit and free elementals, it is necessary that you let go of this mindset. You need to realize that you live on an unbalanced planet in an unbalanced society. You have been brought up with an unbalanced view of nature, both in this lifetime and potentially in past lifetimes. And therefore, you do not have the awareness necessary to see what is the real balance of nature. And therefore, you cannot play God and think what animal species should be preserved and what should not.

You must do what you can do to free elemental life and allow them to decide, allow evolution to follow a higher vision than yours. You must, so to speak, strive to set the elemental free from human interference instead of creating another form of human interference that you are projecting upon the elementals. 

In other words, if you want to free the elementals, first stop projecting images upon them with your mind. Then make the calls to us to free them from the images projected upon them by other people. 

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. There is, of course, much more that could be said, but perhaps we have given as much as most people can handle in this unit of teachings. We shall see. 

Astrea’s visualization 

Again, I thank you for your attention, but I would like to end by conducting a little experiment. If you are willing, I first want you to open your eyes, sit up straight in your chairs, because for the experiment to work for you, you must be awake.

Now you can close your eyes.  You realize I am the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, the color of the Fourth Ray is white. 

Now you direct your attention upwards, not just physically, but also in vibration. You seek to follow the sound of the messenger’s voice until you connect to my being. I am in the ascended realm, which is right here, interpenetrating with the physical, and from my level I am releasing an intense white light. 

It is like snowflakes gently falling, gently falling from my being towards the identity level. Now you focus your attention on your identity body, and in your identity mind you allow yourself to experience that this white light, like snowflakes, dropping into your identity mind, gently falling through your identity mind, gradually filling up your identity mind with white light. 

Can you experience that white light? Can you experience how you identify yourself as a being who is able to experience this white light from an Elohim? Because you are connected to an Elohim, and you are experiencing at the identity level—the white light.

Now you realize that as the white light is falling, there is no ground that it is hitting in your identity mind. It is falling through into the mental. Now you gently allow your awareness to gently fall down into your identity mind. And now you are experiencing how the white light, like snowflakes gently descending, are coming into your mental mind. 

How do you think about yourself as a being who can experience this light? What is the experience you have at the mental level of this light? I am not asking you to think, to reason, to analyze. But just at the mental level, experience this white light being very tangible. You are not thinking about this from a distance. You are just experiencing the white light at the mental level. 

And now you become aware that again there is no ground where the snowflakes hit the ground and start accumulating. They are falling further into your emotional body. And now you gently allow your awareness to fall down into your emotional body.

And again at that level of feeling, you are experiencing the white light. It is as if you are visually seeing the white light, the snowflakes gently falling, flickering as they fall into your emotional body. And you feel the light, the joy of that light, the joy of seeing the light. You are like a little child who for the first time sees snow. What a miraculous thing! These white flakes are falling from above. And you are experiencing that childlike joy of just seeing the light, feeling it, tasting it. 

And now after being absorbed in this experience for just a little while, you become aware again. There is no ground level in your emotional body. The snow is not piling up, the light is not piling up. It is falling further. It is falling into the physical. And now you gently descend to the physical level, wherever you see yourself at the physical level. And now again you are seeing how the white light, as snowflakes, is falling, gently flickering as it falls. But the light is not like snow, because it does not accumulate on the ground, even though there is a ground level in the physical octave.

It stays in the air. It hovers in the air. It is like snowflakes suspended in the air. But more and more snowflakes are coming. And they are filling up the air. The air is filled with light. 

And you allow yourself, with your eyes closed, to experience what it would be like if you physically saw this. Imagine you physically saw this light falling. Imagine you could see it with your physical eyes. What would you feel like if you suddenly saw this physically manifest? What would that feel like? What would that experience be like? Allow yourself to be absorbed in this experience and really feel that it is real. 

The experience is real. 

And now I ask you to gently open your eyes. You may not physically see the light, but can you at least sense that there is more light in this room now than there was before we started this visualization? Can you sense this? 

And with this, I have given you a tool that you might use individually to develop that ability to create an experience in your mind that is as real to you as an experience being triggered by the physical senses.

With this, my beloved, I thank you for co-creating this process with me. And I ask you to again give the OM and visualize how with your hands you are pulling the light out of your heart chakra and it spreads like rings in the water throughout the four octaves. Astrea I am. 

[give four slow, sustained OM’s using hand motion described by Astrea]

OM OM OM OM 

If you look up in the room and you do not look at the walls or anything, you just look at the air, you allow your eyes to go a little bit out of focus, you might see that there is actually more light here than normal. 

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Now is the time to accept that you are the Christ!


Ascended Master  Portia through Kim Michaels, May 23, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. I have often been called the Goddess of Opportunity. What is opportunity? Well, the entire world of form is an opportunity to self-transcend. It is an opportunity to experience yourself as a certain self and transcend it. What an opportunity given to us by our Creator. 

Self-transcendence in every experience

Now, of course, I know well that when you go into duality you might not be able to see the universe as an opportunity. You might feel that self-awareness was forced upon me: “I did not ask to be created. God forced me to exist and I can only suffer.” And if that is the experience you want to have, what can I say other than what a wonderful opportunity for you to experience yourself that way. And some might get insulted by hearing this, but what is it they are going through? They are having an experience and right now, it is an unpleasant experience. But what does an unpleasant experience do for you? It gives you a frame of reference, and it gives you the opportunity to ask yourself: “Is it possible to experience life in a different way?” Is it possible to have a different life experience?” And if you are willing to look around you, you will see that some of the people around you are not having the exact same experience you are having. In fact, some are having a better experience or at least they seem to be happier with their experience. Perhaps you could transcend your experience and perhaps the only reason you really went into this lower experience was to have a contrast to a higher experience so you have a frame of reference for choosing.
You could say when you are a new co-creator, you have a limited sense of self, a very point-like sense of self, you are only aware of a small environment around you, your opportunities for choosing are rather limited. There is what you can see in your environment, but there is also what you can see in yourself based on your sense of self. As you experiment with what you have and what you can see, you gain a frame of reference and you see that there could be more opportunities, more choices, more options. But how do you choose? Let us say you are walking outside but there is a dense fog, you can barely see a few meters ahead of you. What options do you have for choosing where you want to go and what you want to see? But now the fog begins to clear and now you see the road ahead of you, you see it divide, you see there is another road that goes that way, one that goes this way and now you have more choices, you have more options because you have gained a wider range of experience. 

Duality as opportunity 

What is duality? Just an opportunity to have a different kind of experience. Why is that an opportunity? Because it gives you a broader frame of reference, a broader experience space whereby you see more options. You see what we have said, you have to experiment with duality in order to become aware of the full range of how you exercise your free will. If you are not aware that you can exercise your free will as a separate being, you do not see the fullness of the options you have as a self-aware being with free will. But it is not enough to theoretically, intellectually understand what duality is because if you do not experience it, how do you really know what it is? 

Going into duality is an opportunity to have a broader range of experiences than what you have when you are not in duality. Now, because of the nature of duality that we have explained in great detail over a long period of time, duality has an inherent imbalance because there are two opposite polarities that are both pulling on you and you tend to be pulled towards either that one or that one. And imbalance leads to suffering. The inevitable result of duality is suffering. And while suffering is unpleasant while you are in it, it is still just an experience, and any experience is an opportunity to broaden the options you can see. 

You can say in duality you have the opportunity to experience yourself as a certain type of being until you come to the point where you realize: “I do not want to be this kind of being.” And then as we have explained, nothing in duality could abort your free will. You can always choose to be more than any sense of self and therefore, even duality is an opportunity. It is essentially the opportunity to experience yourself as a separate being for so long and in so many different versions that you can fully consciously give up seeing yourself as a separate being, wanting to exercise your free will and co-creativity as a separate being. 

You can say that when you are not in duality the opportunity you have is to decide what you want to be. When you go into duality the opportunity you have is to decide what you do not want to be. It is the alpha and the omega and you need both in order to reach that level where you are ready to ascend because you must know what you are giving up as an ascended master. And you must come to a point where you do not feel that giving up this possibility is a loss, for you have had enough of the experience. 

No magical solution

Now what could help you deal with that initiation at the 96th level? Well, what is essentially the experience you are having on earth? Look at yourself, look at your present life, perhaps whatever sense you have of previous lifetimes. You could ask yourself: “Why am I here, why am I in this teaching, why am I listening to these strange masters that are talking through this person? Why am I struggling to understand and apply these teachings?” Well, because your experience of life on earth is colored by a certain frustration. It can take individual forms but if you look at all of you, you have or have had for most of your life a sense of frustration, and you are here because you are hoping that we can help you overcome that frustration. As Saint Germain was seeking to explain, it is very easy to get, when you get close to the 96th level, to get into thinking that there is a riddle, there is an enigma, there is a problem you have to solve in overcoming that self-focused self. And if you just had that magical knowledge, that philosopher’s stone, that holy grail, these magical words, yes, then you could see the self and let it go.

But there is no magical word, and why not? Well, because imagine that I had some secret mantra and anyone who heard that mantra would instantly awaken from duality. But how would that work with free will, because what if someone accidentally stumbled across that mantra and they were not ready to let go of duality, they had not had enough of the experience and suddenly, poof, they were out of duality? You see, at the level of words, there must be plausible deniability. Many of you, or at least many spiritual people around the world, are still looking for that magical teaching: “Oh, is it in the poems of Rumi? Is it in the Vedas, the Upanishads, ascended master teachings? Is there some cave, some grotto somewhere where it is inscribed on the wall?” And you go on these quests to find them, these epic quests. But you could really make it a lot easier for yourself if you would give up this entire idea that there must be a magical solution. For the very idea that there is a magical solution is part of what gives you the frustration, because you are thinking: “Well, it must be there, but I obviously have not found it. Why have I not found it? What am I doing wrong? What is wrong with me? What is wrong with the teachings I am in? What can I do to change it?” 

Frustration as experience

I will suggest an idea, just one more idea, as the many we have suggested so far, that might help you, and that is this: What is your frustration? Is it not something that takes place inside your mind? Do you not feel the frustration in your mind? Yeah, you might feel it in your body, but do you not primarily feel it in your mind? What is everything, absolutely everything that takes place in your mind? What is it? Is it not an experience? Everything that happens in your mind is an experience. You may think of feelings and thoughts, but they are just components of the total experience you are having. What is your frustration? It is an experience. 

What then is your mind? As we have said, there is an elemental that forms your identity mind, another that forms your mental mind, another that forms your emotional. But what are these minds? They are like screens that you can project images upon, but the screens are not changed by the images. They can easily reflect other images. 

Your experience could be changed. It is not the only possible experience you can have. You do not have to be frustrated when you are in embodiment on earth. Why are you right now choosing to have the experience of being frustrated? And here is how many people have reacted when they are confronted with this: “I did not choose to be frustrated. I am frustrated because I cannot choose to be what I want to be, where I want to be. I want to go above the 96th level. Do you not think if I could choose it, I would have done so? I have not chosen to be frustrated!” 

Enjoying contrast 

But you see, what did Saint Germain try to explain? When you go into separation, you are creating the illusion in your mind, this separate self, that you are in an environment that is separate from your mind and therefore, you are a victim of that environment. And when you go into that state of mind, you will feel tension and in the beginning, the tension is not unpleasant. It is exhilarating because the tension between the two dualistic polarities gives contrast. And many people enjoy the contrast, as you can see in people on earth who are constantly going back and forth between this or that extreme. 

There are people who enjoy the contrast provided by the dualistic polarities and they have not had enough of the experience. There is still tension, but they just find it exciting, exhilarating. But then after you have experienced this for a while, and of course, you experience that in duality you must always react, and when you react it creates more tension, and there comes a point where it becomes difficult to uphold the tension, where we might say the tension overshadows the exhilaration. And then you start looking for a way out of the tension, and then you come across a spiritual teaching and a spiritual path, and now you start climbing above the 96th level. And you are formulating the image in your mind that: “When you reach a certain level of consciousness, the tension will disappear, when you attain Christhood, the tension will disappear.”

Too much tension 

And now you feel that you are actually making progress, you have made some progress, and you begin to realize that perhaps: “I am actually close to the 96th level, but I am not there yet because I still have the tension. Why am I not there yet?” And now, even though you have let go of a lot of selves between the 48th and the 96th level, you still feel tension. In reality you should feel less tension, but now you are beginning to build this tension: “Why have I not got over that 96th level?” But what is it that is going on in your mind? You are having an experience of tension, of not being there. Who is having the experience? Well, ultimately the Conscious You is having the experience, but how? Because you are experiencing yourself and the past through the coloring of that spiritual self that you built, the rocket that took you from the 48th to the 95th level—and what have we said about any sense of self you built? It wants to maintain its form because that is the only way it can continue to exist. It is its reason for being. 

The self built to take you higher

What kind of a self did you have below the 48th level? You had a self that projected there is something you need to achieve in this world. This self, even below the 48th level this self projected there is a process, there is a path that leads you to some goal defined in this world. It could be ultimate power, it could be ultimate riches, it could be ultimate recognition, fame and fortune, whatever it may be. There was a horizontal path, a horizontal goal, then at the 48th level you shift. Now you step onto a path that leads beyond this world. There is a path that gradually leads you up towards the 96th level and Christhood or awakening or enlightenment or whatever you see it as. There is now a vertical path and in order to have the experience below the 48th level you build a self to give you that experience. In order to have the experience you are climbing a spiritual path towards a higher level of consciousness you are building a self that is your vehicle. It is the rocket that takes you up.

What is that self programmed to do? To take you one step higher. What is built into this self? “You are not there yet. There is another step above you.” When you take Saint Germain’s teachings about building this conceptual self you could say between the 48th and the 96th level you have a self that says: “You are not there yet.” And when you come close to the 96th level the self begins to sense that perhaps you will not need it anymore, but it does not want to die so it uses one last ditch effort to keep you in that sense that you are not there yet. The self projects at you: “You should have solved this enigma. You should have gained this knowledge. You should have had this insight so you could go above the 96th level. But you are obviously not there yet so you should feel bad about it. You should be frustrated. You should be tense about it.” It is its last panicked attempt to get you to continually see yourself as a person, as a being who is not there, who has not arrived. What do you have to do?

Giving up the path based on lack 

First of all, you have to realize that it is the very self that brought you to the 96th level that is preventing you from going above it. That the Conscious You can come to see, not intellectually, but you can actually experience it: “Oh my gosh, it is the very self that brought me here that prevents me from going on. How crazy is that?” But then you have to realize that in order to give up that self, you have to give up the concept of a path. And when I say this, that self goes into panic: “What do you mean you have to give up the path? What do you mean there is no path? You have said we can rise to the 144th level. Then we can ascend and in the ascended realm we can rise to higher and higher levels until we reach the Creator consciousness. What do you mean there is no path?” But you see, there is no path as that self conceives the path. Because the path between the 48th and the 96th level is based on a sense of lack: “I am not whole. I am not complete. I am not where I want to be. I need to go another step up. Then I will be closer, but I still will not be there, so I need to go another step up.” 

In that concept of a path, you are always behind. You are never there. There are many, many examples throughout the ages of people who have accepted the concept of a spiritual path. You find it in all mystical traditions. There are many, many of them in Buddhism where they accept Buddhism, they start studying and practicing. They conceive of themselves as walking a path, but it becomes a circular path. Even though they think they are going up, they are not ever getting to the goal. They just go in a circle. At the 96th level you have to give up that concept of a path and in the beginning that really means you have to give up the path. 

Examine yourself. What do you think would happen if you gave up the entire concept of a spiritual path? What is your reaction to this? This will give you some clue as to how you have looked at the path. Many will feel: “Well, if I have to give up the path, does that mean the path was wrong? Does that mean I was on the wrong path? I was misled? I was fooled?” 

But no, the path took you to the 96th level. It is just that the path as you saw it cannot take you beyond it. What is it that you have to give up? Is it the idea of an outer path? Well, yes. What you really have to give up is the self-image that you are behind, that you are not there, that you are not really connected. 

And all of our teachings about the Conscious You have been an attempt to help you realize that the Conscious You is pure awareness, which means the Conscious You cannot be behind, it cannot be incomplete. We have said the Conscious You is out of the Christ consciousness. The Conscious You can experience itself as not being the Christ, as being a separate being, as being an incomplete being, as being behind, as being a being who is climbing a path, but it experiences that through selves. The Conscious You was never actually on a journey that took it into duality and is now taking it back out. The entire journey into duality and back out is what? What is that entire journey? It is an experience. 

You are the Christ!

You and your I AM Presence, you grow from having these experiences, but the Conscious You is not changed by the experience. It does not become the experience. At the 96th level you can contemplate: “Am I actually behind? Do I need to change anything in myself in order to get above the 96th level and be the Christ?” And you can come to realize all you need to do is let go of the sense that you are not the Christ and accept yourself for who you are and always were. I understand that the outer mind, the linear mind will come up with all kinds of objections and say this is contradictory because of any number of reasons, but I am talking about here the Conscious You and how you see yourself. And you can come to experience, not understand, not conceptualize, you can come to experience: “I am there. I have arrived. I am the Christ.” And when you accept this, it is not that now you are suddenly perfect. It is not that there are no more selves to resolve because you are still at that 96th, 97th level and you still have to go to the 144th level to ascend and you may still have some selves you are dragging with you. 

You are still walking a path, but you look at it differently than you did through that spiritual self that took you to the 96th level. You see? It is not really that the path disappears, but your view of the path changes in a fundamental way. You see it one way, you see it another way. But you cannot see it both ways at the same time. You have to shift between one and the other and therefore, you have to give up the lower path. What I am saying is you feel like an incomplete being below the 96th level. You give up that sense of self. You feel now as a complete being. You just realize that you can still take many steps to higher levels of consciousness, to higher levels of being. But you are not walking that path above the 96th level with a sense of incompleteness, with a sense that you are not there, with a sense that there is something wrong with you, something lacking. You are complete in being who you are, but you are still rising towards being more. It is in a sense, in a crude example, the difference between owing money to the bank and trying to pay back a loan and then being debt free and saving money in your account. 

The shift is now

Can you make this shift right now? Well, there is only one time to make the shift and that is now. Is it this now or some future now? Well, that is up to you. But you will not make the shift until you accept that: “It is now and I have shifted. I am a different being.” That is what Mother Mary aimed to show you with her exercise of crossing the stream. And what was it that took your attention away from what you were holding on to? Looking in her eyes. It might help you to look up, some ascended master, your I AM Presence, something you can connect to that is up there. Look at that and see if that helps you realize you have shifted. 

Elementals and the four levels of the matter realm 

Now I will shift gears, so to speak, and give you some more thoughts about elemental life. We have said there are different orders of elementals, levels of elementals, different levels of awareness of elementals. In previous ascended master teachings, we gave the view that, the image that there are fire elementals, the salamanders that correspond to what we now call the identity realm, what we then call the etheric octave. There are air elementals, the sylphs that correspond to what we now call the mental realm. There are water elementals, the undines that correspond to what we call the emotional body. And there are earth elementals or gnomes that correspond to what we call the physical level, which we then called the physical octave. 

This is, of course, a valid enough view, but you have to be careful that you do not see this as separate classes of elementals that work independently of each other. There was a tendency, there is a tendency among many people who work with understanding elementals to see it that way, but they are not independent. Everything is interdependent. In the spiritual realm, you have the ascended masters. They define certain parameters for the unascended sphere. The ascended masters define certain parameters for the identity realm and the fire elementals in the identity octave take on those parameters for the identity realm, which of course, are defined in the spiritual. The elementals at the identity level are not deciding on their own how to carry out their job. They do it within those parameters set by the ascended masters. 

Now the elementals at the mental level, they are functioning within the parameters defined at the identity level. They do not decide on their own what they want to do. You understand elementals are not experimental beings. They only take on form that is projected upon them. And then again at the emotional level, the elementals there are taking on the forms that are defined by the parameters at the spiritual, identity, mental level, and again, so at the physical. 

What has confused people over time is this idea of relating the four levels of the material universe to the elements that you see in, for example, alchemy—fire, air, water and earth. In alchemy they are often seen as different elements that somehow work together to create the physical world. But what confuses many people is this idea that fire should somehow create air, and air should create water, and water should create physical matter. It is hard to see a progression there from fire to air to water to land or mass, and that is why we do not, in this dispensation, talk so much about these four elements because we see how it confuses many people. 

Elementals and the seven rays 

The important thing to realize is that everything in the physical started when the elementals in the identity realm took on an image at that level. That image was then projected down to the elementals at the mental level, who took it on there and then projected it to the elementals at the emotional level, who took it on and projected it onto the elementals at the physical level. What you can see there is that the levels become increasingly dense. You can in a way, also see that in the classical elements where fire of course, is the least dense, air is a little more dense than fire, water is even more dense, and matter of course more dense than that. But still, because of the association with physical air, physical water, many people have become confused. 

Now so far, we have not talked so much about the correspondence between elemental life and the seven rays, but we have of course, gone through the seven rays with the Chohans. As we have said, the topic of elemental life and the manifestation of matter is quite complex, and we are trying to not overwhelm you too much by keeping it somewhat simple. So far, we have said there is an image, a mental image created at the identity level. But what are the components of that image? Well, ideally it is all seven rays. Sometimes it is just one of the rays when it comes to human beings but with the Elohim it is all seven rays that are used to create this image. And when it is projected down you also have all seven rays at the mental level, again at the emotional, again at the physical. It is, of course, difficult to see how the seven spiritual rays are pictured in the physical world. But that is part of the whole idea of being in separation where your mind, your conceptual mind is projecting the image of separate forms. Still even at the physical level there are all seven rays present. 

How can this help you co-create? Well, some of you can just ignore this. But those of you who are more curious about understanding this, you can contemplate that all seven rays are involved and you can then learn to sense whether you are currently focused on one of the seven rays. And you can then focus on the Chohan, the archangel, the Elohim of that ray and work with them to increase your ability to project that ray onto elemental life. As you do this more and more, you might expand this to another ray and eventually all seven. Now as I said, some of you can ignore this but others will find it beneficial. 

Freeing the imprisoned elementals

What some of you can also learn to do is to realize that when elementals are imprisoned by fallen beings or humankind, it is always through the perversions of the seven rays that the elementals are imprisoned. It can be one ray or it can be a combination of more than one. Relatively few fallen beings have perverted all seven rays and are able to use that to imprison elementals. Most have only one or two. If you sense that you are currently focused on one ray you can use the decrees and invocations of that one ray to deliberately make calls for the elementals to be set free from the perversions of that ray. You can also, of course, work with opening your minds to the pure qualities of a certain ray or more than one, and then work on opening your mind to radiating those pure qualities upon elemental life and upon the collective consciousness. 

You can learn to intuitively look at the earth, look at society, even look at nature and see how, or sense at least, how certain forms of elemental life have been imprisoned by certain perversions of the seven rays or one of the rays. You can see this for example, in natural disasters where the elementals can be imprisoned and therefore, they are not able to maintain a balanced state in nature. And the tension keeps building and the elementals feel more and more burdened until there comes a point where they can no longer withstand the pressure and, so to speak, the elementals give up holding the matrix. 

For example, you have a matrix for an area of the earth, and at the surface it seems calm, but below it is a fault line and the different plates are creating a tension and scientists will say this is a purely material phenomenon. But nothing is a purely material phenomenon. There is a certain perversion of one or more of the seven rays that are magnifying the tension and burdening the elementals and therefore, there comes a point where the pressure becomes too great and the elementals can no longer hold the plates together, and instead of moving very, very gradually, they move in a sudden shift that creates an earthquake. The same with water and the air normally calm, but the tension builds until a hurricane or a tornado manifests. You can learn to sense this if you feel this is part of your Divine plan and make the calls to the masters of those rays.

Elementals and balance 

Now there are, of course, not only the different classes of elementals, but there are also, as we said, levels of consciousness among the elementals. You have the more we might say new, inexperienced elementals that can only take on a limited form. You have the more advanced that can take on an element such as water. You have even more advanced elementals who are beginning to develop what we have called a certain discernment and the elementals, even at these higher levels, they do not grasp what we have taught you about the duality consciousness. But the elementals that are more experienced, they become aware of what we can call balance. 

I have been also called the Goddess of Justice and the symbol is the two scales, the two cups that are connected and can go up and down, but if they are evenly weighted they find a balance. And the higher-level elementals can learn to sense balance, and they can sense when something is out of balance. And this means that they actually become able to sense that the higher goal of the masters above them is to have a certain balance on earth. Whereas the lower-level elementals will project, will take on any image projected upon them, the higher-level elementals can refuse to take on an image when they sense it will create imbalance. This does not mean they have free will, but it does mean they have enough awareness to make a selection, as even animals can make a selection to go away from danger and go towards food. They can sense the need for balance. 

The hierarchs of the elemental kingdom

And then, of course, you have the four classes of elementals are organized in hierarchies that have hierarchs that are the directors of those classes of elementals, and in the Summit Lighthouse we gave the names. 

The earth elementals, the hierarchs are Virgo and Pelleur. The hierarchs for the water elementals are Neptune and Luara. Air is Aries and Thor, fire is Oromasis and Diana. And you can still use these names. What you need to recognize is that these hierarchs are not elementals. They are ascended masters who have taken on that task. You can certainly call to these. We do not have decrees in this dispensation. You can find some in the Summit Lighthouse or you can just call to them or tune into them and try to work with them. Now as I said, most of you do not need to pay attention to this, but there are always some people who feel a more close connection to, desire to, help the elemental kingdom. I am just giving you, we are giving you some teachings for those kinds of people also because we have sort of neglected those kinds of people in this dispensation. 

Balance in nature

Where I want to take this, before I close, is that you have this concept that you have had for a long time of the balance of nature. And human beings, scientists and philosophers, and shamans and witches, and others who are in tune with nature have sensed that need for balance. There must be a certain balance and this is, of course, a very, very fluid concept that can be understood at many, many levels. But there is a balance of nature. Now, this is an unnatural planet, so what you would call the balance of nature here is really not balance, it is status quo. But you can still say that even though the status quo on earth is out of balance compared to a natural planet, there is still some balance right now. 

There is always a certain state of balance and that is the balance that once in a while is disturbed when elemental beings are overloaded with negative energy. But the balance of nature also shifts over time, and in fact, even in recorded history, it has shifted quite a bit. And one way to see this is in the animal species where you see that from time to time there are populations that suddenly start growing very rapidly to a higher level. And in some cases, this then leads to the point where they have eaten all of the food supply in their area, and now there is a hard winter and the population crashes because most of the members of the population starve to death.

This is one expression of balance in nature and how it can shift. You can also have some species that for a time are very dominant and then either become extinct or their population decreases to such a level that they do not have the same impact. This is also because the balance of nature in that particular area shifts. What you can say is that if you are concerned about helping elemental life your frame of reference so to speak, should be balance—that you are seeking to set the elementals free from anything, energy, the perversions of the seven rays, that pulls them away from balance, so they cannot maintain a certain balance. We can say it this way that the top level elementals see the need for balance and they communicate that down. But when the lower levels of elementals are taking on the negative energy of humankind or have been imprisoned by the fallen beings, they cannot take on this communication from above so they out-picture unbalanced states, and over time the imbalance grows to where now there is this sudden change.

Animals expressing imbalanced state

You can focus on this, helping the elementals become free so they can come into balance. But you need to be very careful that you do not hold a fixed image of what the balance of nature means because as we have explained as we move closer to the earth becoming a natural planet the changes that will happen in nature in the animal kingdom will be very dramatic. You have to realize that the balance of nature does not mean the preservation of the state of nature that is there now. The current state of nature is quite unbalanced and moving into the golden age and beyond to a natural planet requires the balance of nature to shift quite dramatically. And this has often been a hindrance for people who are very concerned about and attuned to elemental life because these people also have in most cases, a great love for animals, a great compassion for the suffering of animals, and they have a desire to not harm the animals. Many, not necessarily ascended master students, but many people who have this compassion for nature or animals, they think it is a disaster if an animal species becomes extinct.

Many of these people are actually, without being aware of it, they are reinforcing the image that keeps the elementals imprisoned in the current state of imbalance that manifests a certain animal species. Many of the animal species on the planet are not an expression of balance, but of an imbalanced state in the collective consciousness or deliberately created condition by the fallen beings. As we move closer to the earth becoming a natural planet, many of the current animal species will disappear and there will be a new form of balance in nature. Truly, if poisonous snakes and insects disappeared, would that be a loss to anyone? Well, it would be to people who have this unbalanced view that these animals must have evolved for a reason and they are part of the balance of nature and when they are not there, the balance of nature could be destroyed. No, it would find a higher level, a more balanced balance than the current imbalance. 

The need for balance above the 96th level 

My final explanation here is that even if you do not feel particularly close to elemental life, the concept of balance is still very important because you can say that as you go above the 96th level, it is extremely important to hold in your mind the need to stay in balance and this can be understood at many levels. It can be understood on an energetic level, purely energy, where you can learn to sense that there is a certain balance, a certain equilibrium in your emotional body, but if you suddenly become angry or irritated, your emotional body goes out of balance and then stress can start accumulating. 

You can also learn to sense that in your mental mind, certain thoughts are very disturbing, thoughts that promote fear or doubt, for example, thoughts that lead to fear of outer conditions or conspiracy theories or this or that. They also pull your mental mind out of balance and you can learn to sense that certain projections of identity pull you away from the balance in your identity body. For example, you can have grown up in a culture that projects a very strong identity that you are a religious person and as a member of this religion, you have to live this way. And if you give in to this or are disturbed by this, there will be an imbalance in your identity body. You can learn to identify this.

You can learn to identify that even though you have passed the 96th level, you still have certain selves that cause you to react to other people. And I am not going to go into what those selves are right now, but what I aim to help you see here is that you can learn to just sense when there is imbalance. You can learn to sense when you are pulled towards an unbalanced state, pulled towards that extreme or that extreme, you are pulled into reacting. You can use the image of Gautama Buddha sitting in meditation under the bo tree and the demons of Mara appear before him. And in his meditative state he is in balance, but they are trying to pull him out of balance by seeing if he has any attachments that cause him to react to the demons. Because if he has any attachments, then he cannot enter Nirvana because Nirvana is the perfect balance. And likewise, Christhood is balance, increasing levels of balance as you rise above the 96th level, but it is balance. 

Balance does not mean the midpoint between the two dualistic extremes. Balance is that centeredness in the One mind so you are not pulled into neither this dualistic extreme, neither that one, neither some shade in between the two. The prince of this world cometh and has nothing in you. You can quickly learn to sense when you are out of balance. You already have the ability. If you lean your body to one side, does there not quickly come a point where you realize you are out of balance? And if you keep leaning you are going to fall off the chair. Well, likewise you can quickly learn to sense, and many of you already sense this of course, when your emotional body is out of balance and is in danger of tilting to one side where you, for example, become angry or fearful. You can learn to sense when your thoughts are being pulled out of balance and cause you to go into this obsessive-compulsive thinking about a certain topic that you feel you have to understand, a certain problem you have to resolve. You can learn to sense when your identity is pulled out of balance.

And when you sense that you are out of balance, you need to first of all decide you will stop the pull, you will not give in to the pull, and if you have given in, you will stop it and seek back to balance. How do you seek back to balance? By focusing your attention upwards towards the ascended level or your I AM Presence. Whatever is easiest for you to connect to—an ascended master, your I AM Presence—you connect to that because you decide that your connection being in the flow is more important than going in that direction you are pulled in. But of course, in a little more long-term, you need to recognize that, yes, there are of course always forces in the world who are seeking to pull you out of balance, but they can only pull on you, if there is something in you, a self that is yet unresolved. You need to be willing to look at that, go after that self and resolve it. But that I will leave to other masters to expound upon. 

With this I have given you what I wanted to give you, and a little bit more, because I sensed that some of you were ready for this, and so again, I thank you for your willingness to co-create this flow with me.

Portia, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Free yourself from the separate self and stay in the flow 


Ascended Master  Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, May 23, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain, and as the Chohan of the Seventh Ray it is, of course, natural that I will talk to you about co-creation and freedom, or perhaps we should say the freedom to co-create for how can you co-create if you are not free? 

Now this will, for some perhaps, sound like a contradiction, and certainly for the fallen beings they will project that it is a contradiction. For they will say that the very idea of co-creating with the ascended masters and receiving something from our level that you manifest, that takes away your freedom. Are you not just a marionette of the ascended masters and we are telling you what to co-create and you obediently do it? But you see, that is not co-creation, and I will attempt to explain to you why. 

Starting out as a new co-creator

Consider this a communications experiment. Here you are, you are a newly created co-creator, a self-aware being. You are created in a certain environment, or at least you descend into a certain environment. You have a very localized sense of self and you are experiencing your environment. You naturally begin to experiment with co-creation based on your level of awareness, your sense of self and what you observe in your environment. You have no idea of ascended masters. If you, for example, live on a planet you are only aware of your immediate area that you live in. You have no global awareness of the entire planet or that there are other planets or solar systems or galaxies or even other realms than what you observe. But you experiment with your co-creative abilities and gradually you increase your sense of self. 

Whatever planet you started out on, there comes a point where you have reached a certain level of experience. I am deliberately not comparing this to the 144 levels on earth. We will set that aside for now. Here is a new co-creator. You start experimenting in an environment. There are no dark forces, there are no fallen beings. There is no evaluation of right and wrong. In the beginning, you have no idea whatsoever that there is something called the duality consciousness. You have no idea of separate being, connected being, you do not even have the concept. You experience yourself for who you are, and you experiment. But as you rise in self-awareness there comes a point where you need to deal with this initiation we might say, this awareness of separation and duality. 

Initiation into separation and duality

What we can say is that at this point, you are not co-creating with the ascended masters the way we are seeking to help you come to co-create. You are technically co-creating, but you are not consciously aware of it. It is not that you see yourself as a separate being, you just see yourself as a certain kind of being. You are, as we have said before, you are using your conceptual mind, you are looking at what is there in your environment, you are envisioning something could be a little bit different, a little bit better, and you work on manifesting that and you gradually increase your ability to both envision and manifest. You are so to speak, innocently co-creating. You are like a child in the sandbox experimenting with what kind of castles you can build out of that sand.

Now as you become more aware, you will gain some contact with some spiritual teacher, an ascended master. We are not going to talk specifics here. I am trying to give you a general teaching. As you start working with that spiritual teacher, you gradually come to that point where the teacher must present you with the fact that there are two ways to exercise your co-creative abilities, as a separate being, as a connected being. You are of course a connected being, otherwise you could not interact with the teacher. But the teacher must inform you that there is another way to co-create and that you need to come to understand it and you need to experiment with it. We have, in the time we have been talking about these topics in this dispensation, we have gradually given higher and higher teachings, starting with a more simplified teaching and then working our way up to more advanced teachings.

It is not that the previous teachings, the first teachings were wrong, it was just they were given from a certain perspective. What Maitreya did, for example, in his book about Master Keys to Spiritual Freedom, was he started out with a traditional image that is in the collective consciousness of earth, of a Garden of Eden that you fell out of and that this was not the best possible event, to say it diplomatically. It was something that did not have to happen, perhaps should not have happened, and now it needs to be corrected. It happened because you disobeyed or disregarded the teacher, you left the teacher, and now you need to come back to the teacher. It is a perfectly valid image. It is just that it is not the whole story because as we are saying now, experimenting with duality and co-creation is just part of the growth process. 

It does not mean you have to be completely lost in separation, it certainly does not mean you have to become a fallen being. But you have to have some experience with it so that as we now say, you can consciously choose to permanently leave it behind, give up that way of co-creating, give up that way of using your free will and therefore, voluntarily and consciously choose to see yourself as part of the cosmic hierarchy and consciously co-create with that hierarchy. 

You see why giving up co-creating as a separate being is not surrendering and making yourself a slave of the ascended masters. You are not becoming a marionette because in reality you do not have freedom of will or freedom of imagination when you go into duality, as we have explained many times from many different perspectives. The fallen beings are not correct, they think they are free in duality, but no one is more trapped than the fallen beings who think they are free in a state of duality. 

Two ways to co-create 

How do you co-create, seriously, how do you co-create? Well, let us begin by what we have told you about elemental life. We have said an elemental does not create a form, build a form. The elemental takes on the form and becomes the form. When you are a new co-creator, it is not that you take on a form projected from outside your mind, because you are the one who creates the mental image of the form you want to manifest. But in order to manifest the form, you have to take it on, you have to become it. 

I know this is very difficult to understand for you, because for so long you have been co-creating in a different way, and I will explain this now. There was an original state for most of you a very, very long time ago and you do not remember it, but there was an original state where you co-created by envisioning a form and becoming the form, taking it on. This is not quite the same as an elemental who becomes a bell. Your form was much more complex, but it was still so that you became your creation, and you experienced your creation. 

Now you come to the point where you are told by the teacher there is a different way to co-create, and that is to use the conceptual mind to project onto elemental life, so that elemental life takes on the form. Do you sense the difference here? Originally, you became your own creation, and you experienced it from the inside. But when you co-create with elemental life, you can create something that you see as distinctly different from you. You can, for example, build a house. You do not become the house, you live in the house, and you can leave the house. You see the function of elemental life. I know this raises some questions, we will put them aside because I have a point I want to make. You see that what you do with the conceptual mind is you are formulating an image and instead of taking on the image yourself, you are projecting it out upon elemental life, and elementals take on the form. You can then interact with what you have created, but you know you are not it. 

This is actually a step up in the co-creative process, because instead of becoming the form, you can now create something that other people can also make use of. There is an advantage to this form of co-creation, I am not saying there is anything wrong with it. But now you have to realize there is also the potential that you can forget about the original form of co-creation, and you can become so identified with the conceptual mind that you think you are the conceptual mind. In other words, before we might say that you used the conceptual mind, but you knew you were more than the conceptual mind. After starting to project out with the conceptual mind, you can come to identify yourself with it, so you think: “I am a conceptual being.”

Identification with the conceptual mind

This is illustrated in Maitreya’s book, where he says that you meet with a teacher, he gives you some instructions, then you go away from the teacher to live out those instructions, and then ideally you come back to the teacher, so you know you have not become your own creation, namely what you created in the mind. But when you lose contact with the teacher for whatever reason, you lose your frame of reference, that you are more than the conceptual mind. The Conscious You, so to speak, forgets who it is, forgets its pure awareness, and identifies itself as the conceptual mind. This happens because you do not realize that in separation you are not only creating an image with the conceptual mind that you project out. You are also creating an image of yourself that you project in. When the Conscious You goes into this conceptual image of yourself, it can forget that it is more than its own sense of self. 

This was not so easy to forget in the original stage, because when you are really identifying yourself with a form you created, you know you are more than the form. But now you are creating a concept, and it is easier to come to identify yourself with a concept in your mind of what kind of being you are. I sense that some of you feel a little overwhelmed, but let us see if it does not clear up a little bit as we move along. 

Experimenting with the duality consciousness

What I have described so far is just the conceptual mind, but the initiation of co-creating as a separate being involves experimenting with the duality consciousness. As we have explained many times, there are always two polarities, there is always a value judgment. You see how now a whole different consideration comes into play that you did not have to deal with before. 

We could say that when you created innocently, you could never be wrong. You could just change your co-creation. But now you have created a concept of yourself in your mind, and you are creating by imposing concepts on elemental life. Now you must deal with this aspect of the conceptual mind that has the value judgment and therefore you start evaluating whether what you co-created was right or wrong, better or worse. And you start evaluating the sense of self you have created, is it right or wrong, better or worse? One of the initiations you must deal with in this conceptual mind, in this dualistic mind is the possibility that you could be wrong, that there could be something wrong with you. You see, when you are creating innocently, that consideration never occurred to you but now in the conceptual mind, it does occur and you must deal with it. Why is this so? Because in the conceptual mind you see a clear difference, a clear distance, a clear separation between yourself and your environment. 

Identifying yourself with the environment

Let me give you just a crude comparison here. You can find native peoples around the world still who are living the way they did thousands of years ago, living in their environment, hunter-gatherers. If you could go inside the minds of these people, you will see that many of them are completely identified with their environment. They could not really even imagine being anywhere else. If you took one of these people and transported them into a big city, for example, they would be so overwhelmed that they could completely shut down, because they are so identified with the environment. 

That is what you did when you created innocently. You identified yourself with the environment but now that you go into this mindset of separation, you separate yourself from the environment. Now you begin to evaluate the things in your environment, are they good or bad, right or wrong? 

Separating yourself from the environment 

That means you must also evaluate yourself. Are you right or wrong for creating what you created? I know we have explained about fallen beings on earth and many of you, of course, when we talk about duality, you will always think about the fallen beings. But what I am talking about is this even happens on natural planets where there are no fallen beings. Still, self-aware beings must deal with this possibility that they could see themselves as right or wrong. The fallen beings, of course, will take advantage of this, but even if there are no fallen beings, you need to deal with this. The reason for this is again, you can say there is now a distance, a separation between you and your environment, between you and what you are creating, what you are manifesting and this makes it possible for you to come to believe that you have not created your own environment and situation. 

It is what makes it possible for you to come to believe that you are in a real physical world that does not respond to your mind. You are a victim of circumstances beyond your control, situations, problems that you did not create and that you cannot change by changing your mind. Why is this now? Well, one way to explain it is to say, when you co-created innocently the Conscious You still formulated an image in your mind and projected it upon elemental life, because of course in that original situation there were still elementals. But you knew that whatever you created was a product of the image in your mind that you had projected. You had not forgotten that image, you were still experiencing that image. That is why you experience yourself as part of your environment, part of your own creation. But when you go into separation, you are creating a layer between the Conscious You and elemental life, between the Conscious You and your environment and that is the separate self. 

Now the Conscious You may still formulate an image in its mind but in order to project it upon elemental life, it does not project it directly, it projects it through your self-image in your identity, mental and emotional bodies. This will be different in previous spheres, but again, that is beside the point. What can now happen is that the Conscious You co-creates a circumstance in your immediate environment, but after some time you forget that you co-created it yourself, because you identify yourself with that separate sense of self, and the separate self thinks it is separated from the environment. The separate self cannot conceive that it was the one who formulated that image, or rather distorted the image that was projected on elemental life. It thinks this just happened, and I just happened to be here. In other words, there was a previously created environment and I just sort of fell into it. This is now what has been your reality for many, many lifetimes, whether you are an original inhabitant or an avatar who came to earth. 

Becoming a victim of circumstances beyond your control

I am now stepping away for some universal explanation and looking at your situation here on earth. You have for many, many lifetimes on earth created through that separate self. In other words, instead of the Conscious You directly projecting on elemental life, you are projecting through the separate self, and the separate self distorts your co-creation. This is one reason why the Conscious You has forgotten who it is, because in the beginning when you start doing this, the Conscious You formulates an image. It projects it out, but it does not realize that it is being distorted by the separate mind and therefore, what comes back is different from what the Conscious You sees. That is why gradually the Conscious You is pulled into identifying with a separate self, thinking: “Oh I did not co-create my situation, I just happened to fall into it. Somebody, the ascended masters or God, just dumped me here on earth. I am a victim here.” 

Everything we have attempted to give you about a spiritual path and about self-mastery and about Christ consciousness, is to help you overcome that simple illusion that you are in reality seeing yourself as a victim of your own creation. I know you can say there are 8 billion other people on the planet and they have also been part of co-creating what is collectively here, fine, but what I am talking about is your individual life situation and life experience. You are not seeing that that localized life experience and these localized circumstances you are in, you are not seeing that they are a reflection of what you projected out through the filter of the separate self. In order to come to co-create with us, you must become free of that illusion. 

What is freedom on planet Earth?

If we ask ourselves: “what is freedom on planet Earth?” then here is the definition. You must be free from this illusion that the situation you face and the life experience you are having is not a reflection of what you have projected out. In order to really be free of this, you need to have that understanding I have attempted to give you, that the separate self is really a creation in your own mind. Nobody forced you to create this separate self, not even the fallen beings. They might have forced you to react to them, but they had no power inside your mind to force you to create a specific kind of separate self and that means they cannot prevent you from letting that self die. Nobody outside of yourself can prevent you from letting that self die. That means that your sense that you are imprisoned in your current sense of self is an illusion. 

The Conscious You is not imprisoned in your current sense of self. Why? Because the Conscious You has created your current sense of self and what the Conscious You has created it can uncreate, and it could create something that is more. This is what our entire teachings are about, helping you come to the point where you see this, not only that you understand it intellectually, it is good that you understand it intellectually because that is the first step, but we are really seeking to bring you to the point where you experience the reality of the teaching, it resonates with you. 

Experiencing your own creation as a separate world

How do you really get to that point? Well, again I will attempt to give you some understanding, but it is really designed to help you produce that shift or experience that shift. 

What is it that the mind of separation allows you to do? In a sense you could say that it allows you to create something that seems to take on a life of its own. I do not know if all of you had this dream, or rather I know that not all of you had the dream, but at least many of you had the dream as children that you could create some kind of toy that could move by itself, a robot or some dolls that would come alive and sit in the dollhouse and have tea and they were doing it all by themselves. It is essentially the age-old dream of creating life, Frankenstein’s monster, AI today, human beings dream of creating a life, something that can live on by itself. 

Well, why are you dreaming about this? You have already done it, just look around you, that is what planet earth is. It is a creation of humankind, and you have forgotten it is your own creation so you think it has taken on a life of its own and you are just a victim of circumstances. How else can you create something that takes on a life of its own if you do not forget that you created it? How else can it seem to have a life of its own if you realize, and are conscious of, that you have created it? You see, this is the total immersion experience that is possible in separation. You create something with the mind, then you forget that you created it with the mind and now you are experiencing your own creation as a separate world, a real world that you are living in and now you are thinking you have to adapt to your own creation. But that sense that you have to adapt to something you have not created, that is precisely this separate self, this self-focused self. Why? Because the self-focused self allows you to experience your own creation from the inside as if you were part of the creation. 

It is as if you have a dollhouse and you dream of being one of the dolls who are living in the house and now, through that separate self, you are projecting yourself into the dollhouse and you are experiencing what it would be like to be a doll in the house. That is what planet earth is. Like we said all the world’s a stage and you have taken on a role but forgotten it is just a role you have taken on. Because if you knew it was just a role you have taken on, you would not have the total experience of being immersed. You see? In order to be free from this, you have to come to see that the separate self really is just a veil, a pair of colored glasses that you take on that allows you to experience yourself as a separate being living in a world from which you are separated and that you did not create. It is not real. It never can be real. It is just meant to give you that experience until you have had enough of it. 

The separate self—just a mental image

Now let us look at a person, you have followed the path, you have followed the teachings, you are getting close to the 96th level. You are beginning to question the reality of your separate self. You may even have taken our teachings about separate selves and realized you have this self-focused self. But you just cannot see it. You cannot see what it is. You feel a certain frustration because you understand that it is there but you just cannot separate yourself from it. You cannot be free of it. Well, there is not a magical key I can give you other than the awareness that the separate self is just a mental image. It has no reality outside your mind. 

As we have explained so carefully, you have created this separate self, but it is not an elemental that took on the form. It is your consciousness that took on the form, the omega aspect of your consciousness and therefore, that which is the omega does not have power over that which is the alpha, and the alpha of your consciousness at this level is the Conscious You. The separate self has no power whatsoever over the Conscious You. I know we have said that the self resists, but as Kuan Yin and Mother Mary so carefully explained, it resists because of inertia. I know that previously we have given talks about the ego that makes it seem like it is actually some conscious entity living in your mind. And in previous teachings we had the dweller on the threshold which is like a monster in your subconsciousness that is aggressively trying to prevent you from awakening. But it is really just trying to uphold its own matrix, preserve its own matrix and when the Conscious You comes to see this, you realize there is nothing you have to do about the self. 

We have said the self projects that there is a problem you have to solve. The separate self always projects there is some problem in the world you have to solve before you can leave this world. But the Conscious You at a certain level can come to believe that the self is a problem that the Conscious You has to solve and as with all problems it has been used to seeing through that separate mind, you think “There is some kind of knowledge that will help me solve the problem.” We see students who have come to understand this about the separate self, the self-focused self. You are there at the 95th, 96th level. You understand it intellectually, but you think there is a problem that you have to solve and in order to solve the problem you have to have some knowledge, some understanding, some information so you understand the separate self. 

This can never work. Why not? What is the separate self? It is a concept projected by the Conscious You. You cannot overcome one concept by projecting another concept. There is no problem you have to solve to be free of the separate self. There is no knowledge you need. There is no understanding you need. You only need to shift, so you realize and experience it is not you and you let it drop. 

The drama self

Now we have given many teachings to help you go through that shift including about dramas. The separate self is always out picturing some kind of drama. It may very well use the teachings of the ascended masters to validate a drama that you have to do something for Saint Germain to manifest the golden age but it is all done through the coloring of the separate self and you can come to see the vanity of this. You can come to experience the vanity of it. 

You can also come to see that while the separate self gives you a certain advantage, which is, there might be a drama unfolding and you might have a special role to play in the drama and one day you will get a reward in the drama. The separate self also has a dark side: “the dark side of the force” and that is, that while the separate self promises you a reward, it also has a cost and you can come to see that the reward that the separate self promises you, can never actually be materialized. You can never have, for example, enough recognition from the world that the separate self wants. It will never be enough. You can never actually have the reward. But you will constantly experience the downside, the cost, and what is the cost? Tension, stress, internal tension. 

It can take many forms depending on your drama but there is always this sense of incompleteness in yourself. There is something wrong with you, there is something missing. You are not good enough. You are not there yet and you can even transfer this to the process we are describing, and you can say, there is a certain validity here. You are climbing towards the 96th level and until you are there, you are not there. You cannot overcome the separate self at the 95th level or 94th or 93rd because you are not there yet. But when you are there at the 96th level, the separate self will still project you are not there yet. Why? Because the separate self sees itself as separate from the Conscious You. And therefore, you think, the Conscious You thinks: “Why can I not let go of this? I know there is something there. I cannot really see what it is. I am trying to understand it. If just the masters could tell me exactly what it is.” 

But if you take Mother Mary’s exercise from last night where she takes you across the stream, what she is really doing is trying to trick your mind so that you focus on her and do not realize you are actually on the other shore. You have already crossed the stream and the Conscious You will not be able to let go of the self before it realizes: “There is no problem I have to solve. I do not have to solve the problem the self projects, but the self is not itself a problem I have to solve. There is nothing I have to do to let go of the self. I just have to shift and see that I have already let go of the self. I have already crossed the stream. I am already on the other shore.” You just realize where you are at, instead of thinking you are not where you are at. Again, nothing I say will automatically be guaranteed to shift your mind. I am just trying to give you, as I said, an experiment in communication: Can we use words to help people shift? 

Co-creating above the 96th level

Now I want to move on a little bit. Let us say you have now shifted. You have passed that initiation at the 96th level. You let go of the separate self. Now you can begin to co-create. But how do you co-create? Well, many ascended master students and many people who have experimented with precipitation and the law of attraction and whatever you have, they have thought that when you are above the 96th level, you are still co-creating through the conceptual mind. And you are still, so you might say, you are receiving a certain image from the ascended masters, and you are projecting that with your mind upon elemental life and it is manifesting out there. And here is where we need to be very discerning. 

Of course you can create something that has a physical existence. You can create a house. You can create a situation for yourself, such as a certain career, a certain way to make a living. Or you can create a piece of art or an invention or an improvement of some aspect of life. Of course you can do this. But above the 96th level you are not co-creating or de-creating through the conceptual mind. There is no layer between you and elemental life and that is the process that we have tried to describe to you a couple of times during this conference. Where you, as we said, start reaching up for a vision from the ascended masters. You bring it down to the identity level. You superimpose it upon the elemental at that level but the way you do this is to totally identify yourself as a being who has what you are seeking to co-create. 

Experiencing your creation before manifesting it

You see, instead of formulating a concept of what it would be like to have a nice house, you are literally in your mind experiencing yourself having that house and you are completely identified with that experience. And then you go to the mental level and now you are again experiencing how you would think about yourself if you had that house. Not through a concept, it is not that you are thinking about yourself having the house. You are thinking as if you actually had the house because you are experiencing that you have the house. It is there. There is no distance here. Your experience at the identity level is real. Your experience at the mental level is real. Your experience at the emotional level is real. And then you project from there upon elemental life. And now you are open that even though you have a totally real experience, the physical manifestation may not be exactly as you experience because of all the circumstances we have talked about, the collective consciousness, elemental life being burdened and all of this. 

The challenge of Christhood: Never stop the flow!

But you do not let the differences between what comes back and what you projected out take away the reality of your inner experience. Because the real goal, as we have now explained, is to be in the flow, from above to below and that is the challenge of a Christed being in embodiment. It is to be an open door for the flow from above, to allow that flow to flow into the physical and no matter what comes back or does not come back, you stay with the flow and you allow it to continue flowing. In other words, there is no, in a sense, no feedback mechanism, at least no feedback mechanism that could stop the flow. 

There is still the possibility, of course, that you are seeking to help somebody else by talking to them and you get feedback that they do not understand what you are saying. But you do not let that discourage you and stop, instead you reach up again for the flow, for a different vision of how you might help that person. You never stop the flow, that is the challenge of Christhood. But how can you avoid stopping the flow? By realizing that regardless of what happens at the physical level, you still are who you are at the identity, mental and emotional level and nothing in the physical is going to interfere with that. 

And how do you achieve that? Well, what did I say? In your original innocent situation, you identified yourself, you lived yourself into your own creation. But this was at a lower level of awareness. Because you have now gone through all of these steps of creating through the conceptual mind and the separate mind, you have a higher awareness of the co-creative process. Now you can live yourself into your creation at the identity, mental, and emotional level, and stay in that experience regardless of what happens at the physical. You could not do that when you had less experience, that is why you got trapped in the separate mind but now you can avoid that. 

We could say in a sense that an elemental manifests a form by taking on the form, by becoming the form. You are co-creating by taking on the very real experience at the identity, mental, and emotional level. You are fully identified with it, it is real. But that projection is not coming from outside yourself. You realize you are projecting it. It is your mind that has accepted the image and individualized it and therefore, you are constantly maintaining the flow. You never let anything in this world stop the flow. 

Becoming a writer 

You could say that, well, let us use the example of this messenger, it will work for some, not for all, depending on whether you idolize him or not. As a little boy he had a dream of being a writer but he always thought that that meant you had to be recognized in the world. And the dilemma is, how do you become recognized until you have  written something? And then he was told: “Oh, you cannot make a living as a writer in Denmark because it is too small of a country.” He put aside his dream for many years thinking it was unrealistic. But then, there came a point where he started working with us. And that meant that from the moment in 2002 when he gave up that self-focused self and instead started working with us, he started co-creating. 

It was not at the highest level in the beginning. It was not at the level it is at now but he started co-creating. And gradually over time, working with his psychology, he came to a point where he identifies himself as a writer and speaker who is bringing forth something from above, which was always his dream. And now it does not matter how many books he sells, how many views he has on YouTube, it does not stop him from tuning in to the flow and letting the flow go through him. 

Becoming a person you planned to be

And of course, you each have your individual life plan. You are not meant to do the same that the messenger is doing, but you can put yourself in that same state of mind, where you identify yourself as the kind of person that it is in your Divine plan to be. You think the way such a person thinks. You feel the way such a person feels. You act the way such a person feels and you do not allow the consequences or the outcome in the physical to discourage you from the experience you have within. 

When you are in separation, there is a layer, the separate self, that colors the experience that the Conscious You is having. And that separate self is inherently responsive to the world, reacting to the world. It is a reactionary self. You can, when you see the world through the separate self, it is as if the separate self makes you feel that the world is always watching you. Somebody is always looking at you. Some people think it is God, other people think it is other people. There is always someone watching you and evaluating whether you are doing the right thing. What did Jesus say? “Unless you become as a little child, you shall not enter the kingdom.” When you go above the 96th level, let go of that separate self, that evaluation falls away. 

Your evaluation, if there is one, is just: “Am I feeling the flow?” And when you are feeling the flow from above, you allow it to flow through you and you experience the full reality that this is the kind of being you are and you do not let anything from the physical discourage you or stop the flow. 

Freedom from constantly evaluating yourself

What is freedom? It is freedom from that self that is always evaluating yourself based on a dualistic standard. When you let go of that self, the freedom you attain is that the only real goal for your being on earth is to have the flow of the Spirit flow through you and as we have said, the flow is its own reward. The immediate reward that you will experience in the beginning is you no longer have the tension in your mind that you had when you were always evaluating and when you thought the whole world is looking at just you, looking for any mistake you make. That tension goes. That is a tremendous reward that you experience. But you keep increasing your sense of reward by feeling the flow more and more, becoming more aware of the flow to the point where just being in the flow, there is nothing more you want on earth. There is nothing more you want. 

Feeling the flow of Saint Germain 

Perhaps some of you can tune in to my being as a flow. Perhaps you can experience that my energy, my light, my being is flowing through you, through your identity, mental, emotional bodies and is radiating out to the entire planet and the collective consciousness. If you can feel this, then put your attention on it. Feel that flow. Is there anything you need in that flow? Is there anything you need from earth on the physical octave in that flow? Just now, in this moment, is there anything else you need? Do you need anything more than just feeling the flow? Well, if you have that experience, then you have a glimpse of what your life can be when you pass that initiation at the 96th level and continue to climb. That is how I feel, how all ascended masters feel, and I desired to share with you that in the ascended realm, we do not have what I have described, that conceptual mind that creates an image of who we are. We just are who we are, and what we are changes based on the situation we are working with. 

You may think that I, Saint Germain, have attained some otherworldly mastery, but I do not see it that way. I, of course, have a certain individuality, a certain matrix in my mind, but I know that I can of my own self do nothing. I am open to the flow from above, and I am constantly feeling that flow flowing through me. You may say, Saint Germain is giving this dictation. Yeah, that is how it looks from your perspective, but not from mine. I am not giving the dictation, because I can of my own self do nothing. I am open to the flow from above me, from the levels above me, and I am superimposing my individuality on that flow and sending it down to you and that is what you can do. You can find your place in that flow, and that is freedom, because there is an immediate reward, namely the experience of the flow, and there is no cost, there is no penalty, there is no side effects, there is no tension. You are like an innocent child playing. 

In previous dispensations, they often looked at the ascended masters as being very serious, but we do not take ourselves seriously, because we do not have that conceptual mind that evaluates based on the dualistic polarities, the value judgment of right and wrong. It never occurs to an ascended master that you could be wrong, that you could make a mistake. You are just experiencing the flow. When you are working with earth, for example, many times you experience that what you are allowing to flow through you is not manifest in the physical realm, but you do not let that stop the flow. You just keep flowing. 

Free will is about how you direct the flow

For as Gautama Buddha said, some will shift, some results will be manifest. How do we know this? Because we experience the flow, and we experience the infinite power in the flow that nothing in an unascended sphere can stop. When you experience the ascended realm, you realize that nothing in the unascended sphere can stop the flow. Free will can delay it in localized areas, but nothing can stop it. This, of course, raises the question: “Well, if the raising of the spheres is inevitable, where is free will?” But free will is how you direct the flow, not how you create something separate from the flow, because that is not free will because of the inevitable cost. You are co-creating and exercising your free will in what you are sending on to the next level, and as you do this, you grow in self-awareness. Reinforcing a separate self is not exercising free will. But growing, transcending yourself, that is exercising free will, because the higher you go, the more free your will becomes. 

My will is far more free today than when I was unascended. My will is more free today than when I was newly ascended in 1684. The Creator’s will is more free than any of us, but this is of course rather difficult to grasp from your level. All I really hope is to help you lock into the flow and experience the flow. And with this, I sense we have reached your capacity to absorb more of my flow so I will redirect the flow. For I am, of course, always flowing and I will give you a break to process and absorb. As other masters, I want to express my gratitude for you being willing to co-create the flow of this dictation. 

Saint Germain, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Freeing your consciousness to join the flow that raises the earth


Ascended Master Mother Mary and Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, May 23, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary. I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. We have decided to blend our beings for this dictation partly to help you shake that image of us as separate beings or fixed beings. We of course both serve as the office of the Divine Mother. It has been said Kuan Yin is the Divine Mother of the East, Mother Mary is the Divine Mother of the West. But what is East and what is West? Are you not on a globe? Where is the dividing point of a circle? Yes, some time ago some people in a particular location thought they were the center of the universe and they decided that the meridian going through one of their local towns was to be the dividing point. What was on one side was the East, what was on the other was the West. But could you not take any meridian around the globe and say, oh no, that is the dividing point and what is to that side is East and that side is West. You see, why is the earth round? To make it harder for you to create divisions. But of course, the dualistic mind can create divisions out of anything.

Different levels of elementals

What we aim of course with our teachings is to help you see beyond these outer divisions. See beyond the outer form, see the elemental beings behind the form and the Ma-ter light and that even the Ma-ter light is an expression of the spiritual realm and so everything is part of that one whole, that flow. Now we have said of course that we are seeking to strike a certain balance of not giving you too much information about elementals but still giving you enough that you can use it for co-creation. But we will also give some knowledge just to explain certain things and satisfy your curiosity a little bit, and so there are certain questions we will consider here. 

The first question is this: We have said an elemental took on the form of this bell. We can then also say an elemental took on the form of this glass pitcher. That is fairly easy for you to understand. But did an elemental take on the form of the water inside the pitcher? And what if the messenger does this? (Messenger pours water into a cup) Did he just create a new elemental that took on the form of the water in the cup? Are there now two elementals? And if so, you look at all of the people around the world who are drinking water out of a bottle, are there separate elementals in all of these water bottles? And what about the oceans? How many elementals does it take to make up the oceans? 

What you realize with this, or at least what you can realize as we tell you, is that there are different levels of elementals and some are far more capable, far more advanced than others. What we can say is that a new elemental will generally start out manifesting a very specific form, a bell, a pitcher, a flower. But there are higher levels of elementals who are beyond manifesting specific forms, but they are manifesting, for example, water. There are, of course, many water elementals. But if you go to the highest level of the hierarchy of water elementals, there are beings there who in their minds are capable of, so to speak, taking on the form of water. In a way, they are not, we can say, taking on the physical form, they are taking on the concept of water.

Working with elementals of a specific substance

What we can say is that there are certain physical substances on earth. Water is clearly a physical substance, but it does not have as specific of a form as a bell or a pitcher. And these are the higher level of elementals that are manifesting this. There are actually elementals that are able to hold the matrix, the thought matrix, for all water on earth, all water on earth. Then there are, of course, specific occurrences of water where there are other elementals, who within the framework set by the top-level elementals, they are holding more specific instances of water. For example, each river has an elemental that holds the image for that river from its beginning in the mountains to when it flows into the ocean. Then there is another elemental that holds the image for a particular ocean. There are other elementals that are holding the image for water under the ground, how it moves, and they work together with the earth elementals to purify the water of impurities before it surfaces again. It can be helpful for you to realize that you can gradually learn to tune in to these higher levels of elementals that helps you manifest certain overall things.

This is not necessarily something that all of you need to spend a lot of time and energy on, but there will be some people who have a trade or a creative potential. For example: Let’s say you are a carpenter. You can tune in to the higher levels of elementals that hold the matrix for wood, and through them you can learn what can be done with wood, and you will see that over time new ways of using wood have been brought forward. You can also be an artist who can tune in, for example, to the elementals that holds the matrix for marble. Michelangelo was a good artist because he was able to intuitively tune in to the elementals in a block of marble and therefore learn how to sculpt the marble in such a way that it created these almost lifelike statues. 

The hierarchy of elemental beings 

As we have said, there is great complexity in the elemental kingdom. And there are many levels of this. What we can say is, it starts at the most general level. There are elementals, for example, who hold the matrix in their minds for atoms, the level of the atom.

Then there are specific elementals for the hydrogen atom, the oxygen atom, the lead, the gold, and so forth. But it is important to realize that these elementals, they are not separate beings. Hydrogen elemental is not separate from an oxygen elemental. They do not see themselves as separate, even though they are out-picturing something that, from your view, seems to be separate elements. They are part of the flow, they are part of the hierarchy. The oxygen elementals work within the same hierarchy as the elementals who hold the matrix for atoms, and those who hold the vision for elementary particles, and energy waves, and so on. There is really no separation there, except as you go towards more and more specific levels. You can say that a new elemental that takes on the form of a small flower is, of course, working within the flow of the entire hierarchy. That is why it brings forth flowers of a certain shape and color and not something else. But it is not conscious of it. What we can say is that you can set up a scale for the level of consciousness that elementals have.

And you can see that an elemental that creates a very small and very specific form is at the beginning level of consciousness. And then as you go up to more general forms, you reach higher levels of consciousness. An elemental holding the image for all water on earth has a very high level of consciousness. But not self-awareness, still not self-awareness. Then of course you can see that there are, as we talked about yesterday, elementals that have been trapped in an impure matrix, a matrix based on separation. And these are now separate elementals. They are separated from the hierarchy, from the flow, because they are trapped. Now the trap is not, of course, real. It is again an image that has been superimposed upon the elemental that the elemental has taken on, because that is the role of an elemental. But if the image is changed, if a Christ-like image is projected upon the elemental, the elemental can be free. 

Elementals and memory 

Now here is something that is valuable to realize, there is sort of a question about memory: There is, for example, a scientist called Rupert Sheldrake, who over many years has developed this theory of something he calls M-fields, or memory fields.

His theory is that there is something beyond the physical atoms and elementary particles, there is an energy field that holds the memory of specific forms. And you will see, of course, that there are certain parallels between that theory and our teachings about the emotional, mental and identity levels. However, what is missing from the theory is that it is actually the elementals that are holding an image for a form. But what the elementals are doing, or having, is not what you call memory. You might say, you can remember, most of you, what you did yesterday, but an elemental cannot remember what it did yesterday. Partly because for an elemental there is no yesterday, there is only the form that it has become. You see, the elemental does not have in its mind an image of a bell that it takes on, it just takes on the image. 

An elemental that has been trapped by the fallen beings in a demon-like image, when it is freed from that image, the elemental does not remember ever having taken on that image. It is gone. This fierce, seemingly powerful demon, when the elemental is freed from it by a Christed being, the demon is gone. The elemental takes on a new form, and now it is that form. It does not remember what it was before. It just shifts from one form to the next. 

Elementals and subconscious selves 

Now we will consider a question that the messenger’s companion asked him last night: “When we create a subconscious self, are we creating an elemental?” And the answer is: yes and no. Yes and no, which is of course not an answer, so let us examine this. We reach back to what I said, and let’s make it simple: You have a high-level elemental, not the highest level, but a high-level elemental holding a matrix for clay. That elemental does not have a specific form other than the clay as a substance. Then you have a sculpture who takes a lump of clay and shapes it into a pot or a cup. That particular form, a new elemental is created that takes on that form. Fairly easy to understand for the linear mind. What may not be as easy to understand for the linear mind is, let us now take a movie screen, a white wall.

There is an elemental that holds that image, that has taken on that image of the white screen. But when you project a movie on the screen, are you creating elementals that take on the images on the movie screen? No, because the screen elemental, the matrix of the screen is to reflect what is projected upon it. I know this can be confusing because have we not said that an elemental takes on whatever image is projected from it from above? Well, yes, but you see, in the physical octave, it is still possible to create images here that are physical images on a movie strip and project them onto the screen. You can go to the film strip and say: “For each picture on the screen, is there a separate elemental?” No. Again, there is an elemental that takes on the form of the movie strip, but not the individual images on it. Because the function of a film strip is to allow individual images to be imprinted upon it. You take a notepad, the function of the page is to allow you to write on it. 

There is an elemental that has taken on the form of the notepad. There is another elemental that has taken on the form of the pen. But whatever the pen writes does not create new elementals. It is just that the elemental holding the image for the notepad is able to reflect whatever is written upon it.

In your mind, you have an identity body, as we have called it. That identity body is comparable to a movie screen or a notepad. There is an elemental that has taken on that form of your particular individualized identity body. But that elemental is able to have written upon it, so to speak, many different images of your sense of identity. As you have many different embodiments, you take on many different roles, you outplay many different roles, and they make an imprint on your identity body, on your identity elemental. But it is like a notepad. The elemental of your identity body takes this on, but it is only temporary. It just reflects it back as the movie screen reflects back what is projected upon it. And of course, with the mental body, the emotional body, and to a large degree, even the physical.

How do we create a subconscious self? 

When you create a subconscious self, you are not creating a new elemental. You are, so to speak, projecting the image of the self upon the elementals of your identity mental and emotional bodies. They are reflecting it back much like a movie screen or a notepad. You might compare it to a notepad, which is what is written upon it is more permanent than what is on a movie screen. In a way, you could say, when you create a subconscious self, you are certainly working with the elementals, but you are not creating a new elemental to create a self. You are projecting an image on the elementals that are part of your four lower bodies. And they take it on and they preserve it over time until you consciously look at the self and dissolve it, and then you free your elementals from that image. It is not that they are burdened by it. They just take it on without reflecting upon it. They do not have any meaning, you understand? When I write the letter A on the notepad, the notepad has no idea that this is the letter A. Or if I write a word, the notepad has no idea what the word means, it’s the same with the elemental. 

But the self—and this is where it gets subtle—  we have said that the self has a certain level of consciousness, a certain awareness, and therefore, it can resist being dissolved. It does not want to die. Where does that consciousness come from? Well, to really understand this, we need to realize here that there is a difference between the consciousness of elementals and the consciousness of self-aware beings. 

Elementals are created and designed to manifest the physical realm, which includes the four octaves. Their entire consciousness is designed for this purpose. In the ascended realm, there are not the kind of elementals that you have in the unascended realm. There are beings that out-picture certain forms, but what is really the creative force in the ascended realm, is the ascended masters. And we are self-aware, as you are self-aware. You need to recognize here that even though we are talking about elemental beings having a form of consciousness, and therefore, the physical forms you see are created out of consciousness, consciousness can still create without elemental beings.

We have said from the beginning, a mental image is projected upon the elementals. That image is held in your consciousness. It is created out of your consciousness. When you are formulating a certain image in reaction to your birth trauma, you are creating an image in your mind, and you are using your consciousness to create this image. You are not using an elemental or the consciousness of the elemental. You are using your consciousness to create the image. Then you project that image onto the elemental in your identity body, your mental body, your emotional body, your physical body, but the image is still in your consciousness. And the energy with which it is projected is also coming from your consciousness.

Investing your own consciousness in a self 

Now we need to make again a subtle distinction. When you create an image, let us say the image of a mug that you want to form out of clay, even as you are physically forming that mug out of the clay, you are with your three higher levels of the mind, projecting the image onto the elemental of the clay. A new elemental is created and takes on that particular form.

But once you have projected an image on the elementals, they are maintaining the form over time. That is their job. This gives you the impression that you can create a physical thing, and you can leave it alone, and it still exists, and you do not have to invest your consciousness in upholding that thing. Many thousands of years ago there was this powerful ruler in what you now call Egypt who decided to force his people to build a pyramid as a monument to himself. Now that is not a factual story, but nevertheless, this Khufu pharaoh, of course, his physical body died. But the pyramid is still there. While Khufu has moved on, wherever is not important, what is holding the pyramid there is the elementals. Khufu’s consciousness is not invested in maintaining the form so long after. But when you create a subconscious self, you are creating a structure in your mind, and that means that structure is created out of your consciousness, not out of the elementals. And therefore, the subconscious self can continue to exist only as long as there is a part of your consciousness that is invested in it, embedded in it.

You see the distinction? There is an elemental that forms the screen, or the blank page of your identity body. You are projecting an image upon that identity body, but the elemental does not take it on. It just preserves it as the notepad preserves the letters on it. Only this is not physical, so it is not enough to write the self once. You are continually, without being aware of it consciously, you are continually recreating the self. And that can only continue as long as your consciousness is invested in it. And this explains why as you go towards lower levels of consciousness and create more and more selves, this diminishes your creative power, because you only have a certain amount flowing into your identity body. And if already at the identity level most of that stream of awareness and energy is invested in upholding separate selves at the identity level, well there is not much to flow to the mental. And that is why you see some people whose thoughts always follow certain tracks, and they are never able to have a creative thought.

They are never able to think beyond their mental box. The same thing at the emotional level. There can be people who are trapped in certain emotional reactions, and they do not have enough consciousness at that level to say: “Wait a minute, why am I angry all the time? Could I react differently?” And even at the physical level: “Could I live a different way than the way my ancestors have been living for 500 years? Could I be more than a goat herder living in the dry hills of the Middle East?” 

You see that you are creating a subconscious self by projecting a certain image upon the elementals, and they are preserving that image in a way by reflecting it back. But they are not taking on the image, as the notepad does not take on the letter A, but just allows it to be written upon it. What this means is that for you to resolve the self, you cannot do this by working with the elemental.

The elemental is independent of the self. You must do it. In other words, you cannot ask your elementals to resolve a self. You must do it consciously, because only when you consciously see the matrix and let it go, will you free that part of your consciousness. To give you an illustration, we have said there is an elemental. The fallen beings project a negative image on the elemental. It out-pictures it. The elemental does not experience it, but it is trapped in it—from your view, from my view, the elemental is trapped in the image. You can free the elemental, but you see, when you are projecting an image onto the elemental of your identity body, the elemental does not take on the image, it does not become trapped in it. What becomes trapped in it is a part of your consciousness. You are trapping yourself in the self. When the image of the self is dissolved, it is not the elemental that is freed, it is that portion of your consciousness that was trapped in the self. 

The alpha and omega aspect of consciousness

Now comes, of course, another mystery, another question. How can a portion of your consciousness resist being free, resist responding to another part of your consciousness that says: “I want to be free of the self?” Well, this can be explained in various ways, mind you. But to give you at least a somewhat linear visual explanation, we need to realize that everything has the alpha and the omega aspect. We have talked about the expanding force of the father, the contracting force of the mother. We have said that you can say the expanding force is self-aware beings, the contracting force is the mother light that passively takes on whatever form is projected upon it. But everything has an alpha and omega aspect. Even consciousness has an alpha and an omega aspect. How is it that the Creator’s consciousness can take on the form of the Ma-ter light, and it also takes on the form of self-aware beings? And those self-aware beings can project forms on the Ma-ter light, which is also the Creator’s consciousness. 

But you see, the Ma-ter light is the omega aspect of the Creator’s consciousness. The self-aware beings are the alpha aspect. But within your mind, you also have that alpha and omega aspect. And this is the only way you can actually experience continuity. We can say you create a certain sense of identity by creating a self. You are embedding a portion of your consciousness in that self. And the you that creates the self is the alpha aspect of your consciousness. The you that takes on the form of the self is the omega aspect. And what have we said about elementals? Their role is to take on a form and maintain it over time. Well, the omega aspect of your consciousness has a similar role. It is just not an elemental being. But it takes on a form and maintains it over time. And there is a certain inertia that is necessary in order to maintain the form over time. Because if it changes all the time—well, the form changes all the time—imagine you had a mug here who changed shape all the time. And it changed shape so suddenly there was a hole in the bottom and all the water ran out. That would not give you that sense of continuity.

Breaking through the resistance of a self

It is not necessarily, you understand, that the self resists your effort to be free of the self. It is just that the self is designed to maintain the form. What you can say is that you are at the 48th level of consciousness. You are creating a self from that level of consciousness. There is a certain amount of—I hesitate to call it force, because it is really the projection of consciousness—it is really the flow of consciousness that corresponds to the 48th level that is imbued in the self. And the self will resist being changed by anything at the same level or lower levels. Really, in order to dissolve the self, you must reach up to your I AM Presence and receive some flow that is stronger than what created the self. And that is what you receive through the Christ consciousness. That is, so to speak, what is symbolized in Holy Communion, where you receive the body and blood of Christ. 

You understand that a self just wants to maintain the form it has taken on. It is not self-aware, as we have said. It is like a computer. But it needs something stronger. But in order to receive that impetus from the Christ mind, the conscious human needs to consciously see the belief that caused it to create the self, decide that it no longer wants to maintain it. And therefore, you are willing to just let the self go. You give up trying to solve the problem that the self projects, that defines the self. You just let it go. 

What is memory?

You see now that the omega aspect of your consciousness is what allows you to have a sense of continuity. You could in a way say that it is the omega aspect that reincarnates from embodiment to embodiment. But of course it takes with it the selves created in the identity, mental and emotional bodies. This reaches back to our question a very long time ago of memory. What is memory? Well, memory is in a sense what is written on the screen of your identity body, your mental body, your emotional body and your physical body. There are various kinds of memories you can write on these various screens.

But they are just written on the screen. The elemental of your identity body, for example, does not take on the form, again as the paper just allows you to write on it. This is memory. You wrote it. And you know that if you have written something on a piece of paper, you can take an eraser and erase it. And this is what especially Master MORE has talked about in some dictations (dictation 1,      dictation 2) given some time ago about how to erase memories. And I will not go further into it here because we have already given you some teachings on this. But you understand that a memory is not an elemental that takes on the form of the memory. It is just written on the blank page. And the blank page is the form that the elemental has taken on. This is the same as you could say that there is an elemental that holds the matrix for iron ore. And many things can be made out of iron. But the elemental at the higher level that holds that matrix for the iron ore does not take on the form of a particular thing made of iron, say a nail. There is a lower level of elemental created to take on that form.

Connecting with the elementals through the intuitive mind

But now we can ask another question. We are enjoying watching your linear mind struggle with these concepts we are throwing out because our aim is really to give you more awareness of the complexity of the elemental kingdom to help you realize that you will never fully grasp this through the linear mind. And you will see as these teachings are published how there will be people who will try to use the linear mind to put it into an ordered, structured system. And they will try to say: “But you said something here that seems to contradict what you said there.” 

But as we are attempting to help you realize this is not a constructive approach. You can gradually over time increase your connection to the elementals. But it will not be through the linear mind, it will be through the intuitive mind. And the intuitive mind you understand is not linear because the linear mind wants to break everything down into these smaller building blocks. The intuitive mind just wants to superimpose an image so that the whole is manifest.

You can say that the linear mind is looking for the ultimate Lego block and then it wants to stack Lego blocks on top of each other until you have built that Lego house. The intuitive mind formulates the image of the house, superimposes it upon the elementals and leaves it up to the elementals to stack the Lego blocks. This is our aim. 

Elementals behind substances without a specific form

Now back to this concept. You have an elemental being who holds the image of water. You have a lower level elemental being who holds the image of a particular body of water such as a river. But the river is made up of individual water drops. Is there an elemental for each drop? Nay, for water is not a specific form as the bell is a specific form. It is a substance. Let’s go to clay. Clay is a substance. It can have no particular form. You might say that you go out in nature and you find a place where there is a hill made out of clay. You dig out a big clump of clay and take it back to your studio, to your artist studio. Did you create a new elemental by taking that clump of clay out of the ground?

No, because it still does not have a specific form. But the moment you take a lump of clay and form a mug, then an elemental is created at the lower levels to take on that form. What you see now is that there are certain things in nature that do not have a specific elemental. Go to a sandy beach, beautiful white sand. There is an elemental that holds the image or the substance, sand. But you are going to say, but sand is not really a substance. It is made out of individual grains of sand. Is there an elemental for each grain of sand on the beach? Again no. And there are many things in nature like this that are substances without a specific form. What is it that imposes the specific form, say a mug made out of a lump of clay? Well, it is you, human beings, self-aware beings. Your minds did not create the clay. Your mind is co-creating the mug. And why is it important for you to know this? Well, because it gives you an understanding that there are certain levels of the world of form that your mind can influence and there are others that it cannot influence.

Take again water. Water is a very interesting substance because it is there, it is physical, you can drink it, you can swim in it, but you cannot really form it in a form that is maintained over time. You cannot make a sculpture out of water and sustain it over time. It just flows right back to its unformed state. There are mountains, they have a specific form. You can physically break them down or blow them up, but you cannot really change it with the mind, only with physical things. 

The mind can shape a substance but not change it 

What you realize is that we need to make another distinction here. We are trying to give you the impression that forms, matter, are not solid, they are more fluid, but still there are some forms on earth that your mind is not capable of changing because they are created at a more non-specific level. Just to give you the example again, you take water, you cannot form a sculpture out of water, but water has more than one form, does it not? You can freeze it and it becomes ice, then you can create an ice sculpture, and that ice sculpture can be maintained over time depending on the temperature because eventually it will melt and go back to being liquid water.

What we are trying to show you here is that your mind does not have the capacity to change the substance, water or ice or clay, but it can form something out of it. Imagine a sculptor who has spent many years sculpting out of clay, created all kinds of sculptures, but he gets bored and he says: “I want to change the clay so it becomes more like marble.” Not likely to be successful, he could go and find himself a block of marble and learn how to chisel instead of shaping it with his hands. But thinking you should be able to change clay into marble is really not fruitful. 

The Alpha and omega of co-creation

That is why again, when we talk about co-creation, there is an alpha aspect of co-creation, there is an omega aspect of co-creation. The alpha aspect is you reach up for a vision from the Ascended Masters and you project this down. The omega aspect is that you adjust your expectations, your mind, based on the realities of the environment you are in, namely there are certain substances that are defined within certain parameters that you cannot change.

You are co-creating both with the ascended masters and the elemental beings who have been tasked with maintaining certain forms and certain substances. The wise co-creator realizes what can be changed by his mind and what cannot be changed, and you accept what cannot be changed rather than rebelling against it as the fallen beings often try to do. 

 The linear mind vs. the intuitive mind

We know we have again overloaded your minds, but as we said, you need to find a new view where you realize that walking the spiritual path, living a practical life on earth requires you to have a balance between the linear mind and the intuitive mind, because otherwise you will be continually frustrated. You need to recognize that there are certain things that you cannot figure out with the linear mind, and you need to accept this. And when you accept this, you will realize that you do not need to figure them out with the linear mind, because you can use the intuitive mind to manifest what you want to manifest, even if the linear mind cannot understand how that manifestation occurs.

Let me give you another example. You have a computer monitor, a computer screen. It is made out of these tiny dots called pixels. You are seeing an image on the screen of a mountain landscape. The linear mind wants to look only at the computer monitor, and it wants to say: “Okay, it is made out of these tiny dots, and now I am identifying there is one dot here that is white, and there is another dot that is gray. I want to find out what is the characteristic that makes one dot white and another dot gray.” But you see, it is not the individual dots that determine their color. It is the image projected upon the monitor from the computer’s processor. The linear mind cannot figure this out with a reductionist approach. The linear mind would say: “If I want to change the image of the mountain landscape to a beach and a sea, I have to go into each individual dot and change that dot. The intuitive mind realizes: “No, I do not have to change the screen at all. I just have to change what the computer is projecting on the screen”, and that is the balance you need to find.

But it is helpful to realize that, of course, the computer screen can only display images of a certain size and within a certain color range and so forth. In the same way, the physical octane can only display certain forms. We have said matter on earth has a certain density. On a natural planet, matter has a lower density. There are forms on a natural planet that you could never manifest on earth with a current density. You could raise the density, of course, but with a current density, there are forms that cannot be manifest here, even though you as an avatar might be able to envision them. 

You might, as some avatars do, have a certain memory that matter really should not be solid. It should be transparent. It should allow light to shine through it, as the fresh new leaves in the spring allows the sun rays to shine through them so that they are translucent. This is what many of you remember from natural planets. But you see, that cannot be done on earth with a current density. 

Being part of the flow that raises the earth

And that is, again, going back to the very beginning, we are seeking to help you do something, co-create something that most people could not envision. But at the same time, we are seeking to help you avoid being discouraged because you are trying to do something that is not practically possible on earth. And the linear mind will say: “Well, if what you are saying is true, that matter is just fluid and that the Ma-ter light can take on any form, then it should be possible to change it into gold and anything should be possible. And if it is not, your teaching is flawed, it is worthless.” This is the linear mind, the binary aspect of the linear mind, all or nothing, black or white, the black and white thinking of the ego. 

But you see, the earth is in the process of growing towards the natural state. And what have we said? What have we said? Everything in the world is a flow. What is a flow? Take a river, it starts in the mountains, thousands of kilometers later it flows into the ocean. Can a water molecule from the mountains, a water drop from the mountains, instantly be transported to the sea? No, it must flow in increments, gradual stages. You see, the raising of earth, the manifestation of the golden age, must happen in increments.

And we are trying to teach you how to be part of the process, the flow that raises the earth to higher and higher levels. It is as if you have heard the old saying, a journey of a thousand miles starts with one step. What the linear mind, the binary mind, the fallen mind says: If you have the powers of mind over matter, you should be able to transport your body instantly a thousand miles. But because of the way the physical body is, the only practical way to transport the body is to take one step at a time. We are trying to teach you how to gradually, one step at a time, increase your co-creative abilities. And that starts, as we have explained, by a shift at the identity level. Now you may have a certain desire to manifest a different situation, a different circumstance at the physical level. But we are trying to teach you first how to change that matrix at the identity level. And if you do change that matrix, you have achieved something. You have moved forward. It is not physical yet, but you have moved forward because your sense of identity and therefore, your experience of earth will have shifted.

Then you go to the mental level. And when you shift at the mental level, you again experience a benefit. Then the emotional. And even if your emotions are karma, you have experienced a benefit. What we are trying to show you is that a process of co-creating something can take time. But it does not mean that the reward only comes when something is physically manifest. And it does not mean that if there is no physical manifestation, you have not received a reward. Because for each change, there is a reward in itself. And the greater reward is really to lock into the flow. And every time you flow one little movement on, you feel the reward of being in the flow. 

You realize, of course, that we are in the flow and that the flow is not limited by time and space. We could continue for a rather considerable time. But we will recognize, of course, that your four lower bodies are in time and space. And therefore, we will, Kuan Yin, Mother Mary, thank you for your gracious attention. But more than your attention, your being willing to co-create the process that this release from the ascended realm is.

And when we stop speaking, it does not mean that that process has stopped. It continues on in your minds as you take it in, perhaps study it again. But also in the collective mind, where other people can pick up on it. And the image we would like to give you is that a dictation is as if we are standing on the shore throwing a rock in the ocean. You know that if the ocean is calm, that impact will create rings in the water that will continue to spread indefinitely. And the impact of this dictation will continue to spread indefinitely in the identity realm, the mental realm, the emotional, and even the physical. And you will continue to be part of that process when you continually reach up for a connection to the ascended realm. With this, we seal you in the flame of the Divine Mother.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Let the drama go and surrender to the flow!

Ascended Master Nada through Kim Michaels, May 23, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Nada and I speak this time in my capacity as Chohan of the Sixth Ray. The Sixth Ray is often seen as peace and service. To paraphrase the ancient question: “Which came first, peace or service?” Well, that is something we will consider. Because can you indeed have one without the other? 

The reductionist approach

To look at the concrete question, which came first, the chicken or the egg, even though we have touched upon it, let us go a little further. When human beings look at the matter world, they tend to focus on the differences between different forms. This is partly because your senses are calibrated to detect and identify differences.

It is, of course, very important for you when you live in this physical world, especially on this unnatural planet of earth, that you can very quickly identify differences between, for example, a deer in the forest or a lion waiting to jump on you. There are so many aspects of life where it is important to be able to quickly identify the differences between forms. But on top of this, you have what has been the primary approach for people’s thinking, at least in the Western world, since the philosopher Aristotle so many centuries ago. This is the reductionist approach.

In other words, you are looking at some aspect of life. You are realizing that every form is made up of smaller components. The body is made up of cells, the cells of molecules, the molecules of atoms, the atoms of elementary particles, and so forth. The thinking that did not really start with Aristotle, it has of course been around for a long time. It really actually started with the fallen beings when they came to earth. But the thinking is that by reducing all the complex variety of forms to their basic essential components, you will be able to understand how matter is created. And this approach has formed people’s thinking for a very long time.

When you look at different forms, you can see, just to take this example, that there is quite a difference between a chicken and an egg. How do you explain that an egg becomes a chicken that can lay an egg? How do you explain this by looking at the forms? They are so different. How do you explain that a human embryo that looks almost like a little fish grows into a human, this very complex human body? How do you explain that one single cell can become a whole, composed of 30 trillion cells? Scientists have been frantically trying to explain this by reducing everything to basic components.

Zeno’s paradox

One aspect of this is that, first, they discovered atoms. This was proposed by the Greek philosophers, the Atomists of course, that there was a smallest possible unit that could not be divided further. Scientists have been on this quest. And first, in the 1800s, they believed they had discovered the atom. It was the smallest possible unit. But it turned out not to be the case. And this should actually have been obvious by the fact that there is more than one kind of atom. If there are oxygen atoms and hydrogen atoms, then the atom cannot be the smallest unit. Because there must be something that creates the difference between hydrogen and oxygen.

Scientists discovered subatomic particles. First, they thought there were only three: the proton, the neutron, the electron. But then, when they built more powerful machines, particle accelerators, they discovered there is more. And now, they have been on this quest to find the ultimate particle, the so-called God Particle. But the question that they have not really asked is: “Will they ever find the ultimate particle, the indivisible particle?” And this can be resolved by considering Zeno’s paradox.

If you are walking from this retreat place to Almaty, what do you have to do? Well, first you have to walk to the midpoint. Then, you walk to the midpoint of the remaining distance. Then, you walk to the midpoint of that. And you keep walking, dividing the distance into smaller and smaller segments. But since you can mathematically continue dividing a distance into smaller and smaller segments indefinitely, the paradox is that you can never arrive at your destination. Because you can always divide the remaining distance in half, so you are never there.

And the reality is here that you can build faster and faster particle accelerators. And the more you accelerate existing particles, the more you will find smaller particles. Now, this cannot go on forever because, as scientists have discovered, nothing that has mass can reach the speed of light. It is the speed limit for the universe. There is not enough energy to accelerate a particle with mass to the speed of light. What does that mean? Well, it means that the reductionist approach is flawed from the beginning.

Elemental particles vs. elemental beings

But what does it have to do with you as co-creators? Well, you might very well—because your thinking has been affected by this reductionist approach and the linear mind—you might very well say: “Well, what exactly do I have to do to co-create? What is the mechanism whereby my mind co-creates?” And when you take the reductionist approach, you will say: “Well, I need to understand exactly how matter is formed. How does the Ma-ter light take on form? And I need to go to the very lowest level of this, the very lowest level of where the Ma-ter light takes on the first form, the first particle, the indivisible particle. And then, I need to learn with my mind to work with these particles and make them build a form.”

This is what you can think when you take the reductionist approach and the linear mind. Because, of course, the reductionist approach is very much built on the linear mind. You want to go to smaller and smaller units until you reach the ultimate beginning. There are indeed ascended master students and even alchemists going further back who have thought this way. There were alchemists who believed that they must be able to discover the basic building block of matter. And when they understood how that basic building block took on the form of lead, they would be able to cause it to then take on the form of gold, transforming lead into gold.

It is an understandable approach, but it will not help you co-create with us. Why not? Well, to give you an illustration of this, let us say you find yourself having a large sum of money. You decide you want to build a house. You envision in your mind what that house is going to look like. And now, you are thinking: “I need to know every aspect of building a house. I need to become an expert bricklayer. In fact, more than just learning how to lay the bricks, I need to learn how to make the bricks, how to take clay out of the ground and make it into bricks. I also need to become an expert carpenter. I need to learn how to join, how to create boards and join them together. But more than that, I need to go out into the forest and learn how to cut down a tree and transport it to the sawmill and turn it into boards. I need to become an expert plumber. I need to learn everything about plumbing. I even need to be able to make the pipes myself. And I need to become an expert electrician. I need to learn how to make electrical wires, how to install them in the house, how to make electrical light bulbs. I even need to learn how we produce electricity and what electricity is and how it functions. I need to learn every little aspect of building that house.”

You set out to study and practice and learn. And it takes you years to become an expert bricklayer. Then, it takes you more years to become an expert carpenter. And at one point, you realize: “Wait a minute. If I have to know everything about every aspect of building a house, I might not get it built in the rest of this lifetime. What do I do? Oh, wait, I have the money in the bank. What if I pay somebody who already is a bricklayer, who already is a carpenter, who already is a plumber? Then, I could get the house built in a very short period of time.”

You see, what are the expert bricklayers, plumbers and carpenters that can help you co-create with the ascended masters? Well, it is not the elemental particles, but the elemental builders of form. They are experts in fashioning the Ma-ter light into physical forms. There is no point in you learning all this. It would just overwhelm your conscious minds. Because, as we have said, the process whereby the elementals take the Ma-ter light and fashion it into a physical form is very complex, so complex that it would overwhelm your conscious minds. And there is no point in learning it because the purpose of the elementals is to do all the practical work so that you can focus on the form you want to manifest. And all you need to do is to project the form onto the elementals and allow them to do all the practical work.

The shift from separate forms to process

In order to shift in your minds, what can you do to shift from this reductionist approach, where you are focusing on these smallest possible parts, to actually manifesting something? How do you shift? Well, what is the problem with the reductionist approach? It is that it looks at separate forms. It looks at a deeper level. For example, you have many different forms that are made out of atoms. It looks at a deeper level than the atoms, so all the myriad confusing array of forms can be reduced to 108 atoms.

Seems like a good idea, right? The problem is the atoms are also separate atoms and they can be reduced further to separate particles. They are always focused on identifying separate things. And they think that if they continue to go to deeper levels, they will get to that one thing that cannot be reduced further. But as I said, that is not going to happen. What is it that scientists and philosophers who take this approach, how is it they see the universe? They see the universe as being made up of separate components. The chicken is one thing, the egg is another thing, another form, a different form.

But if you really look at the chicken-and-the-egg analogy, it is meaningless, as we have said, to ask which came first, because both the chicken and the egg started as a mental image in the identity realm. And that mental image did not first create the egg, then visualize the chicken. The mental image visualized both the chicken and the egg, but not as separate forms, because the mental image that started the entire world of form visualized a process, a flow.

Lowering the mental image of the process from chicken to egg

It is meaningless to ask: “Which came first, the chicken or the egg?” You think about this question with the linear mind and the linear mind will say: “But there must have been a very first egg. Where did that egg come from? Oh no, eggs are laid by chickens. There must have been a very first chicken that laid the very first egg. But wait a minute, where did the first chicken come from? It must have come from an egg. But who laid that egg?” And you can keep going, Zeno’s paradox again, you can keep going. And the linear mind cannot stop itself until you, the Conscious You, steps in and says: “Oh, I have had enough of these mind games. There must be a different way to look at it.” And there is.

The chicken and the egg appeared simultaneously because the mental image of the process, the flow from chicken to egg, was lowered into the physical octave at the same time by the elemental beings. Started in the identity realm, the elementals there took it on, but they did not take on a static image. They took on the flow. They lowered that to the mental realm where the elementals there took it on. They lowered it into the emotional where the elementals took that on. And they lowered it into the physical where the earth elementals took it on as a process. Therefore, there is no need for the egg to appear first or the chicken to appear first. It is a meaningless question when you step beyond the reductionist approach.

Projecting the image of the whole

What scientists have been trying to do with the reductionist approach is—they are standing in front of a river, they focus on an individual water drop. They say: “Let us pull that water drop out of the river and study that individual water drop.” And then, they study one drop until they cannot think of anything else to study about it. Then, they pull out another drop. And then, they study that. And they think that when they know everything there is to know about the individual water drops, they will understand how the river flows. But is the force that makes the river flow inside the individual water drops? Nay, it is the force of gravity. There is a difference in elevation between where the river starts and the ocean. And the individual water drops are not inside themselves producing the force that makes them flow. They are part of the flow, inseparable from the flow.

By taking something out of the flow, will you ever get to understand the flow? Of course not. You will miss the big picture. You will miss the forest because you are focused on the trees. And as I said, you are not manifesting things. You are not co-creating with us by causing one little particle of the Ma-ter light to form itself in a certain place, then another, then another. That is the elementals’ job. You formulate the image of the whole and project that upon the elementals at the four levels, and you let them deal with the details. 

Why is this so? Because what have other Chohans said? The purpose of the entire world of form is to give you an experience. How are you having an experience? By experiencing the forms, by experiencing the whole. Let us say you are standing in a museum where they have one of these impressionist paintings. The impressionist painted by putting small drops of paint onto the canvas. You are standing very close to the painting and all you can see are the drops. You see these blotches of paint and they do not form anything. But if you step back from the painting, the drops of paint will start forming shapes. And if you step further back, you see the entire scene of the painting. And that is what gives you the experience.

You do not need to know how elementals work

What I am saying here, what we have been saying, is it is important for you to realize that all of the forms you see are made out of the Ma-ter light. That is important to realize. It is important to realize that there is this thing called the Ma-ter light, which can take on any form. If you wanted to change this bell into having a different shape, say that of a cowbell, you need to realize that the bell is made of the Ma-ter light, which could as easily take on the form of the cowbell as this one. It is possible to transfer the Ma-ter light that has manifested this form to another form. It is possible to transfer the atoms that make up lead into atoms that make up gold. But this can only happen because both kinds of atoms are made up of the Ma-ter light.

It is important for you to realize that matter is pliable, it is changeable. But it is not important for your minds to be able to reduce lead atoms to the Ma-ter light and then make the Ma-ter light take on the form of gold. It is important for you to know that there is an elemental who has taken on the shape of this bell. But it is not important for you to know exactly how the elemental manifested this bell. Because your role in the world of form is to be a co-creator with the ascended masters.

You see, when the Elohim projected the image of the earth from their minds, they first projected it onto the elementals in the identity level. And you can say the Elohim, of course, can know how the elementals work. But while they were projecting the image, they were not focusing on that. They were projecting the image, allowing the elementals to carry it out. And it is the same with you. The difference is, while the Elohim has the capacity of mind to know how elementals work, you really do not. And it would be counterproductive for you to try and grasp it. Because your role is not to build the form atom by atom, but to project the form onto the elementals so they can do the building.

Surrendering into the flow of the whole

But how do you project the form upon elementals in such a way that they take it on? You see so many people, including ascended master students over the decades, who have been fascinated by this idea of manifesting something by the powers of the mind. And one of the ways to do this is to create a treasure map where you have the picture of the exact house that you want. But most people have failed to do this because they approach it the way science does. They want to manifest a separate form. If you are sitting here, seeing yourself as a separate being who wants to manifest a house, you might be able to manifest a house, not necessarily out of thin air, but you might at least be able to attract to yourself a house. But you are not co-creating it with us. The only way to co-create with us is to put yourself in the flow that we are.

You see, again, you are here in the world of form. Your mind, the linear mind, is focused on separate forms. You take that view, you are projecting it up at the ascended masters. You are identifying: “Yeah, Master MORE has a certain vibration, Saint Germain has a different vibration. I know the differences between the masters now.” What you are not realizing—and again, I am not blaming you, I am just seeking to give you a broader perspective here—what you are not realizing is that we of the ascended masters do not look at ourselves the way you look at us. We, in fact, do not look at you the way you look at yourselves. You see, when you ascend, yes, you do ascend as an individual being. The Conscious You merges into the I AM Presence. The I AM Presence goes through the ascension process and becomes an ascended master. But how do you become an ascended master? Not as a separate being. Not as a separate being! You become an ascended master by surrendering the desire to exercise your co-creative abilities as a separate being.

How do you do that? You surrender into the whole. And what is the whole? It is the flow. You surrender into the flow. It is, as we have said before, that you are standing in a river. There is a rushing current. But you are holding on to a branch, to a tree root that sticks out from the shore. And you are holding on because you are afraid to be swept away by the current. And the self-focused self that we have talked about you need to overcome at the 96th level is that self holding on frantically, because it is afraid that it will be lost when you let go. And indeed, it will be lost when you let go, but you will not be lost.

The interdependent ever-flowing whole

When you ascend, you surrender into the flow. You let go of holding on to anything fixed. And you let yourself flow with the flow. That is the ascension. But you start that process at the 96th level by letting go of the focus on self. And that is when you realize you must stop projecting the image based on the linear mind upon ascended masters and upon yourself. Because as long as you are projecting a fixed image, how can you be in the flow? And as we have tried to explain, only when you flow with us can you co-create with us.

We are up here as ascended masters. Surely, I identify myself as Nada. Serapis Bey identifies himself as Serapis Bey. When we interact, we see our individuality. But we do not see ourselves as separate from each other or separate from the hierarchy above us or separate from the flow. We see that the entire world of form is not made up of separate forms. It is made up of all these interdependent originations that form this whole. But the whole is not static. It is not standing still. It is flowing. It is flowing. It is ever-flowing, ever-evolving, ever-moving. One image of it is as a stream that moves very fast, that has tremendous force of the water, constantly moving. That is how the entire world of form is.

The school of separation 

Why have some beings developed this reductionist approach, fixated on the forms? Well, because they came to a point where they have raised themselves up to the 96th level, but they were not willing to surrender the self-focused self and flow with the ascended masters. They kept making that separate self more and more sophisticated, thinking they could eventually turn it into a god. But all they are trying to do is stop the flow and they are failing, refusing to see that this could never happen. Because their individual free will cannot negate the free will of all the myriad beings who have chosen to be part of the flow.

Again, as we have said, planet earth is in an unascended sphere and even the entire unascended sphere has the simple purpose of allowing self-aware beings to experiment with how it feels to be a separate being that is apart from the flow. You are co-creating, you think, you experience, as a separate being who is not part of the flow. Therefore, you can co-create as if you are the only person that matters and you can do whatever you want, regardless of the consequences that it has for others. And as we have explained, it is necessary to have some experience with this level of consciousness. Because if you do not know what separation is, you cannot fully consciously and fully voluntarily give up co-creating as a separate being and surrender into the flow.

Planet earth is, as we have said, a schoolroom that allows the participants to experiment with this consciousness of being a separate being, feeling you can do something, until they have had enough of this experience and they are now willing to surrender that self-focused self and join the flow with the ascended masters. That is really all that the earth is about. All of the things that are going on on earth, all of these things that people imagine—all of the games they are playing, all of the dramas they are creating in their personal lives, all of the epic dramas they are creating, thinking that this has an impact worldwide, or even an impact on the universe, or even an impact on God. All of this has only one purpose. To allow you to experience this form of co-creation, or rather, de-creation, until you are ready to give it up and join the real co-creation with the ascended masters and the entire cosmic hierarchy reaching up to the Creator. That is all the earth is about.

Using the teachings to validate the drama of the ego

And take note of what it is that needs to happen at the 96th level. You give up the view of the spiritual path that motivated you to climb to the 96th level. You must give it up in order to pass the initiation at the 96th level. And that is why we have given all these teachings about ego, Jesus’ teachings about ego dramas, the epic dramas, all these teachings about subconscious selves. Even the teachings about the cosmic birth trauma have all had the purpose of bringing you to this point where you can see what the earth is really about. And we know from experience that for many ascended master students, this is a very difficult initiation. And ironically, for some students, their experience with ascended master teachings only makes it more difficult. Why? Because the separate self can turn anything into a drama. Many students over the decades have taken the ascended masters’ teachings and turned it into an epic drama. Or rather, they have used the teachings to validate the epic drama that they already had in their minds before they found the teachings.

You see what we have explained? You go below the 48th level. You sense you have lost something. You create the ego, the separate self, to compensate, to cover over, to camouflage the loss. The ego thinks it must cover the loss, compensate for the loss by attaining something in this world, some ultimate status, some ultimate recognition. This is what creates the drama. The drama in its essence is: “I, the ego, I am special! I am right, there was no real loss because I am the master of the universe!” And this drama can take many different forms, but it is this quest for the validation of the separate self. And when a person starts turning around, going up towards higher levels of consciousness, it can discover a spiritual teaching. And even those below the 48th level can discover ascended master teachings, but also other spiritual teachings. You have many ascended master students who, for a high number of previous lifetimes have been spiritual people, have been in spiritual teachings—it can be Eastern teachings, mystical teachings, even traditional religions.

But what is it you see in many traditional religions? What is Christianity? What is the Christian religion? What did the Catholic church create when they created the Catholic faith? They created an epic drama: “You are a sinner. But by being a good Catholic, you can be saved.” Many religions have their own version of these dramas. In fact, all religions do. Even many spiritual teachings. And you can say: “Well, if you look at the teachings given in previous ascended master dispensations, there are certainly some epic elements where you encourage people to turn the teachings into an epic drama.” We did not actually encourage it. But what we have explained is that if people will not hear the teaching, we must exaggerate their dramas until they become so extreme that they cannot stand it anymore, that they see the absurdity of it. And this works for some people, not for all.

The teachings as an experiment

The teachings we are giving in this dispensation, first of all, are not in the Piscean Age, so we are not seeking to exaggerate things for those who have not passed the initiations there, but second of all, we are taking a different approach. Am I saying this is the highest possible approach, that this is the ultimate approach? No. What did Master MORE say on the first day? Everything is an experiment. These teachings are an experiment to see if we can reach people that we have not been able to reach before by being much more direct about psychology, about the ego, about separation and duality. And it works for many of you, as many of you can feel in yourselves.

My point here is this—everything we have given you in this dispensation has been aimed at taking you to the 96th level and when you are at the 96th level, you grasp the initiation. You grasp that it is time to look at how you have used a spiritual teaching, our teaching, to validate the epic drama that you created or took on a long time ago. And you grasp that now is the time to let it go and to surrender into the flow. Let the drama go, surrender to the flow. That is all the spiritual path is about on earth. That is all.

Giving up pomp and circumstance

And over the ages, we have seen people come close to this level and they have felt: “But that is so ordinary, what is special about it?” And they have not been willing to give up that self that seeks to be special, that wants to be validated. Many ascended master students have thought: “If I keep walking the path until I attain Christhood, the ascended masters will appear in all their glory and recognize and validate me, my valiant efforts.” As long as you are pursuing that dream, you are seeking validation of the separate self. What would happen if we did appear and validated you? You would be trapped in that separate self, perhaps indefinitely.

If we took an ascended master student who is projecting this epic drama upon the path and validated that student, we could potentially create a fallen being, because the student could not get out of feeling so validated. That is why what you really have to do is give up the drama. The drama, it defines outer things you have to do, but it also defines what you want to achieve, your goal, your reward. What is the payoff? That you have to give up! And only when you give it up can we appear to you. And when you give it up, we will find some way to connect to you, if you are open to it.

But it will not be in glory and pomp and circumstance. Because when you give up that self, you do not need the pomp and circumstance. Why? Because when you give up the self, you let go of the riverbank and you are flowing with the current of the river. And there are so many new things to discover in the river that you do not need the glory. You want to discover. But what you are discovering in the flow is not what the separate self thought would be its reward. You are not discovering the fulfillment of the drama. You are discovering the real process of creation and co-creation, which is far more amazing, wonderful, than any drama that could be conceived of on earth. You are discovering more.

The sense of loss

But there can be a period for some students where they feel a sense of loss. They feel perhaps even cheated: “This is what I have been striving to achieve and I have to give it all up? And what is there is just not as exciting as the drama.” And they can feel cheated by what we call “the bait and switch.” Because for some students, it is necessary for us to validate their drama a little bit at these lower levels to motivate them to go on. And some students cannot make the switch and let go of the drama. There can be for some this turbulent period where you are standing there, you kind of glimpse what you need to give up, but you cannot really let it go, you are not willing to let it go, you do not really see the drama. You do not really see how the drama is limiting you. You are frantically holding on to it.

And in a sense, everything we have given, all of us who have spoken here at this conference and also previous conferences, is designed to help you stand there at that absolutely crucial decision and finally let go. Just let go. Let go of the drama, let go of the reward, let go of the sense of loss. Just let go. And when you let go, you will have an entirely different experience of life. You will be flowing with the River of Life. And as we have said, feeling the flow is a reward in itself. You see, the drama defines a reward: “When you reach the level of Christhood, something pompous is going to happen.” But that is a reward that comes from outside yourself. The real reward is to experience the flow from inside that you are part of the flow. You do not need anything outer. You do not need any outer achievement. You do not even need any outer manifestation. Just being in the flow is the reward in itself.

Which came first, peace or service?

Taking all of this and relating it to the Sixth Ray of peace and service—which came first, peace or service? Well, again, they cannot be separated. You see, the only way to have peace is to be in the flow. And the only way to join the flow is to serve. But how do you make the switch from serving the drama to serving the flow? You have to have a certain sense of peace that you are not going to be lost when you let go. Your separate self will be lost, but you will not. Again, it is a matter of coming to the point where you grasp and you have glimpses where you experience the flow.

What is the purpose of giving a dictation? Well, part of it is to help you experience our beings and experience the flow of light from us to you. And if listening to a dictation raises your awareness beyond your everyday awareness, you have experienced the flow. But when you give up that self at the 96th level, you can experience the flow any time. You may not always because you may be focused on certain tasks, but you can at any time tune in to the flow. That is the reward. But the ego, the separate self, will never understand this, because it cannot grasp what the flow is. It is always focused on the water drops, not able to see the river.

Outer service vs. inner service

One thing that might help you switch is to realize you are the Conscious You. You are created as an extension of the I AM Presence. The I AM Presence is an extension of ascended masters. They are an extension of other ascended masters, leading all the way to the Creator. You are an expression of the flow. What is the purpose of the flow? The entire world of form, what is its purpose? In a sense, service. Raising the whole, unfolding the whole, is a form of service. And being part of this amazing process of unfolding this world of form that our Creator has conceived is the ultimate reward. But the separate self cannot conceive of this, of course, but it can conceive of service, especially service to some epic cause that makes it seem important and special.

What you see is that on earth, out of separation is created this idea that service means you are doing something for someone else. You would rather go golfing, but your grandmother needs to be taken to the doctor. You choose not to go golfing, but to take your grandmother to the doctor’s office. You are giving service by setting aside what you really want to do in order to serve someone else. That is a very common view of service. And we can say that the separate self is always serving someone else. Because the separate self is caught in this drama where it thinks that: “If I serve this cause, I will receive a reward.” From a certain perspective, the separate self is always serving someone else, which ultimately could be the fallen beings or other people. But when you step beyond this view, you see that the separate self is actually self-serving. It is serving others in order to gain a reward for itself.

What is very common is that here you have spiritual students who have been spiritual for many lifetimes. They might have lived in monasteries, for example. And in a monastery, what are you doing? Well, you think you are serving God by dedicating your life to prayer and fasting. Or maybe you are serving the church, however you conceive of it. But you think you are giving the ultimate service through some religious matrix. Here are beings who have gone through this for several lifetimes. They now find the ascended master teachings and they conceive that they have to give or they want to give service to the ascended masters. You take the Summit Lighthouse. The ultimate form of service that you could give was to be on staff and serve to build the community that the ascended masters apparently wanted to build on this little dry hillside in Montana. “The seed of the Golden Age communities,” as it was often seen. There were others who served in study groups.

Again, I may sound a little bit humoristic here, perhaps a little bit of irony. But that really is not my intention. It is my intention to say these ascended master students thought they were serving us, the ascended masters, by doing something here on earth. By doing what they were told from without. They, in a sense, took the epic dramas that they had taken over from the fallen beings and projected it upon the ascended masters. The ultimate epic drama was to serve the ascended masters and bring the Golden Age of Saint Germain into manifestation. Now again, as we have said, there is a reality—Saint Germain wants to manifest the Golden Age. All I am pointing out is that many students saw this through the filter of an epic drama. And they were very reluctant to give it up.

But you see, when you are standing at the 96th level, you cannot pass the initiation if you are not willing to give up your drama, even the drama of how you serve the ascended masters. Many students found the organization, decided with the outer mind: “I am going to give service.” They forced themselves into whatever role was defined in the organization of how you give service. They forced themselves to do it. And after a while, the strain of forcing themselves became too great. They could not stand it anymore. Some of them left the organization altogether. Others found a different balance so they could continue serving. But very few were willing to step back and say: “Is what I am doing the highest form of service?”

And the reality is that nothing you have taken on from without, even through a teaching given by the ascended masters, is the highest form of service. The highest form of service is to surrender that self-focused self. You are not giving service to get a reward for yourself. Because many of these students, of course, thought that ultimately, at least after they ascended, there would be a reward. But what has El Morya said in the Summit Lighthouse many times? “The reward for service is more service.” More than what you currently conceive of as service. And what is that more service? It is to join the flow of the ascended masters. You are not doing something down here for these Masters that are up there. You experience that you are in the same flow that is coming from us. You are not forcing yourself with the outer mind. It is just how you flow in the flow. It is just an expression of who you are.

You are already part of the flow!

How do you make the switch from the outer service to what we can call the inner service or the natural service? That is why we have given you all these teachings about subconscious selves and the Conscious You. The subconscious selves are the ones who can only see the outer service. The subconscious self can never switch to the inner service, can never happen. But what a subconscious self can do is (what that self-focused self can do is) it can create an image of real service. But it is still an image that the Conscious You is forcing itself into. How do you switch? By realizing what the Conscious You is. It is an extension of the I AM Presence, which is an extension of ascended masters, which are extensions of other ascended masters, leading all the way up to the Creator. The Conscious You is part of the flow! It is created out of the flow. The Conscious You does not need to take on a more spiritual self that can give real service. It needs to take off all those selves that conceive of service as a concept.

It just needs to return to its state of pure awareness and then you will naturally serve as part of the flow. You do not need to force yourself to serve. You just need to realize who you are and in that realization is peace. It can be helpful on earth to serve someone else, to serve some cause. It can help you overcome the focus on self. That is why again I am not saying there is anything wrong with people going into monasteries or people being on staff at the Summit Lighthouse, seeing this as a form of service. Because in a sense, in order to serve others, you have to give up some of the focus on self. But what I am pointing out is, if you still have some vision that your service will lead to a reward coming from the outside, then you have not surrendered into the flow. Because when you surrender into the flow, the thought of a reward from the outside evaporates because you are feeling the reward of being part of the flow, flowing with the flow.

With this, I thank you for being willing to co-create this dictation with me. You may think you are passively sitting there listening, but there is much more going on in your chakras and mind than what you might be consciously aware of. This release from me in the ascended realm goes out into the entire four levels of the planetary energy field and even beyond. It is part of the cosmic flow and by you putting your attention upon me, you have become part of that flow, even if you do not quite feel it consciously. But you are in the flow. Can you not allow yourself to feel that? Can you not allow yourself to just focus on my Presence and experience the flow that I AM, the flow that flows through you? Just take a moment to experience the flow. I AM flow. You are flow. The world is flow. God is flow. Nothing stands still. Everything flows. With this, I seal you in my Flame of Peaceful Service. Nada, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Working with elementals without force

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, May 22, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and I wish to give you some more insights about elemental life.

Elementals vs. Form

Now, we can start with a question: What is the difference between the elemental that has manifested this bell and the bell itself? Well, that depends on who is asking the question. From the perspective of an ascended master there is no difference. The elemental is not able to ask the question because it cannot conceive that there could be any difference between itself and the form it has taken on. Of course, from the human perspective the difference is that you see the bell, you do not see the elemental. And that is important to realize because if you are to co-create with the ascended masters by projecting higher images upon elementals that are currently out-picturing a form, then you need to see beyond the image that your senses and your outer mind is projecting into your mind. Because there is a projection at the Conscious You through your subconscious selves that the form is all there is and that the form is independent of any form of consciousness.

I am saying there is a projection and the projection, of course, comes partly from the fallen beings, partly from the mass consciousness, but it comes into your mind through the subconscious selves that you have. 

The illusions between the 144th and the 96th level

Now it is important to understand here that these subconscious selves are not dualistic selves. We have explained the Conscious You starts at the 144th level, you take on a certain illusion, descend to the 143rd, take on another illusion and so on until you reach the 96th level. At the 96th level, of course, you take on another illusion, but it is a different illusion than the ones above the 96th. I want to give you, at least, some thoughts about this because what is the purpose of taking on the illusions between the 144th and the 96th level? Well, it is actually to give you the impression that you are living in a world of matter, a world of forms. You can say that you start at the 144th level taking on illusions that relate to your sense of identity as a being who can take on a physical body and live in a physical world.

Then some levels down you go into the mental where you set certain parameters for how you think of yourself. Notice I am not giving you exact numbers. Then the emotional and then the physical. Why this is important is that when you pass that initiation at the 96th level you then need to, at least somewhat consciously, start working on these illusions. It is not that you cannot have hints of this before, but really at the 96th level you need to start working at these illusions about the reality of matter and about the nature of matter. And of course, this is most easily done by starting to contemplate that you are not the physical body. That is relatively easy to see at this level. 

Are physical things real?

But you also need to start questioning whether the physical body is a real thing. And with that when I say real, what do I mean? Well, according to the way most people look at this, whether they are scientific materialists or religious or not even thinking about this, they will say: “Well, of course the body is real, of course the planet is real, of course physical forms are real.”

What I mean with real is: Is it real in the sense that it exists independently of mind and if it does exist independently of mind, then is it ultimately real? The real question is if it exists independently of the mind, your mind cannot change the form. But if it is a product of some form of consciousness, then your mind has the potential to change the form. The strong illusion projected from the world is, of course, that physical things are real because they are independent of mind. The Christ reality is of course the opposite, that physical things are dependent on the mind and therefore, not ultimately real, they are changeable. Everything is changeable. These are the illusions you need to start working on so that you eventually – and you do not have of course to rise to the 144th level to accomplish this – you can relatively quickly, at about the 96th level, come to the point where you see physical forms as fluid, not massive, not solid, not unchangeable. 

Seeing the elemental beyond the form

But how do you accomplish this? Well, as I said, by questioning why you see this bell and not the elemental that has materialized the bell. And the answer is of course, as Hilarion explained so carefully, that you are using the conceptual mind to project. Again, as Serapis Bey explained, you can use the conceptual mind to project out or down, or you can use the conceptual mind to project in and up. And when you are below the 96th level, you are primarily using the conceptual mind to project out and down. But above the 96th level, you need to start realizing that you are also, or have been up until this level, projecting upon yourself with the conceptual mind and upon the spiritual realm. And you have done this based on what you have seen in the material world. In other words, your conceptual mind has accepted the reality of forms, the solidity of forms. And that is why when you look at the bell, your conceptual mind is projecting the image of a bell, a solid object. You can then, and I am not saying you need to put a lot of attention on this, but you can at least contemplate the idea that you could come to, at least in your mind’s eye, see the elemental beyond the form.

It is almost as if you could shift your vision and you could see the atoms, the little dots that make up the image. It is kind of like if you take a computer monitor of very high resolution like you have today and you have a beautiful photograph of a mountain landscape. But then you change the settings of the monitor so it displays the image at a much lower resolution, which means that the individual dots or pixels that make up the image now become bigger so you can actually see them. 

That is what you can learn in your mind’s eye at least. I am not saying you need to see this physically, but in your mind’s eye you can learn to see that this form that appears so solid, it is made up of these smaller dots, these smaller images. And just like on your computer screen, the dots, the pixels that make up the screen can display any image. Instead of displaying the image of a bell, it could display another image. Instead of displaying the image of an unhealthy organ, it could shift and display the image of a healthy organ. But this can only happen when your mind is not trapped in seeing the image because if your mind is focused on the image of the bell, you are reinforcing the elemental out-picturing the bell.

Overriding an elementals’ resistance

You need to work with yourself, find a way to work with yourself so that you begin to question the solidity of matter, the unchangeability of matter, and then you can receive a higher image from the ascended realm, project that, for example, on an unhealthy organ, and project it in such a way that you are absolutely sure that the elemental will take on the form. As we have said: “The elemental, once it has taken on a form, it thinks it is its job to maintain that form over time.” But you see, that gives the elemental a resistance to you wanting to change the form, and that is why you need to override this. 

Now this is not as difficult as you might think because there are groups of elementals. As we have said: Identity level—fire elementals, mental level—air elementals, emotional level—water elementals, physical level—earth elementals. What you see is, of course, the elementals at the identity level are experiencing their level as much less fluid than the elemental at the physical level. There are elementals at the three higher levels where it is much easier to get them to change the form. The biggest resistance is from the earth elementals. But even there, there are differences. 

Now you take, for example, an elemental out-picturing a rock. A rock might last for a very long time in a particular form. If the rock happens to fall in a stream, it might be worn down by the water and become more smooth. The elemental experiences that even though it is holding a certain form, it will change over time. But now when you step up to the plant kingdom, you have plants that might start as a seed, grow to a flower, then wither and disintegrate. Elementals that out-picture a biological form, they are more used to that their form changes in certain cycles. Then of course you have animals where the body grows from an embryo to an adult form, then gradually ages and dies and disintegrates. The elementals that out-picture your physical body, they have an awareness that things change all the time. They do not understand how these changes occur but they at least have an awareness that there is change, therefore, they cannot be as clingy about maintaining their form as, for example, the rock elementals.

But still there is some resistance to out-picturing or to changing the form. It is as if the elemental can accept that there are certain biological processes that change the body, but it has never before experienced that a mind projects a different image than the one it originally took on. Therefore, there is a certain resistance there. 

Projecting without force

Now we reach the question that I really wanted to present to you in this discourse, and that is: “How much force should you use to project a higher image on an elemental? If the elemental resists changing its form, do you need to increase the mental force you are using to project the image?” And this is what at least some students in previous dispensations would have said that you have to do. You have to create enough psychic force, mental, emotional, identity-level force to override the resistance of the elementals. And this can be done. Some people have done it. Not all people can do it. But the teaching we want to give you here as part of progressive revelation is that this is not the highest way.

In other words, we are not telling you to, in your mind, formulate that image of a healthy heart, for example, and you project it with as much force as you can from the identity, mental, emotional, and onto the physical. Instead, we are asking you to take the approach that you can learn to do this without force, without force. In other words, there is a force-based approach to projecting with the mind, and there is a non-force-based approach. And what is the non-force-based approach? 

Well, somewhat of a complex topic, but to get us started on the discussion, let us say you become aware that there is an issue with your heart. You reach up to the ascended masters for guidance on how to deal with this. You receive the impulse that there is an immaculate image in the ascended realm, in your I AM Presence, for a healthy heart. You just need to bring that image down. And how you do this is you focus on your identity mind, and you simply allow the image to descend to your identity mind. When it is there, you focus on the elemental at the identity level, and instead of projecting the image upon the elemental with force, you allow the image to descend.

But how this happens is not in a smooth movement. It happens in pulses, in cycles. It is as if the image is gradually lowered, then withdraws, lowered again, then withdraws, lowers, goes a little lower, withdraws again, goes back and forth in a motion like this. 

However you visualize it – it can be back and forth, it can be in and out, it can be a projection, then the light fades, you project again, but there is this cyclical movement of the image. It gradually works its way down upon the elemental. It is not forced upon the elemental. We might say you are sort of playing it onto the elemental. And this requires you to have some awareness, some sense of connection to the elemental, where you are connecting to that elemental at the identity level. You are not resisting it, you are not seeing it as something outside yourself. You are literally giving that elemental recognition and acceptance. Instead of projecting that the elemental is a slave that has to obey you, you are acknowledging the individuality, the uniqueness, the being of the elemental.

And you are just sort of playing with the elemental, almost like you are dancing with the elemental, back and forth, round in circles, and as this happens, the mental image is lowered upon the elemental. The elemental dances its way into it. 

And then as that is fulfilled, you now reach up for the mental element of the image and you then connect to the elemental at the mental level and again you are sort of dancing with the elemental, going around, back and forth in circles, playing that mental image upon the elemental. And because you accept the elemental, the elemental will accept you. And therefore, it will accept the image. Of course, you repeat the same at the emotional level and finally at the physical level. This is the non-forced base. There can be other ways to do this, but we will start here.

Running up against free will

Now the question is: “Is this always going to work?” And the answer is, realistically: “No, not always, because there will be some elementals that are trapped in a lower image, especially at the physical level, where you cannot play them out of it.” And the reason you cannot play them out of it is, if they are very trapped in lower energies, you cannot connect to them. They cannot connect to you, because they are trapped. It is almost as if you can say there is a normal dog, you see the dog, you walk up to it, it is curious, it wants to sniff you, it wants to be petted by you, and you feel you connect to the dog. Then there is an angry dog that is just barking and snarling at you, and you obviously cannot connect to it. Incidentally, the angry dog is because the elemental of the dog is trapped in a lower matrix. 

What to do in those cases? Well, in some cases, it can help to call to Archangel Michael, to call to Astraea, to invoke the violet flame, to transmute the energy burdening the elemental. But you also need to recognize that there are cases where an elemental can be trapped in a matrix that is very strong in the collective consciousness. This is where you sometimes run up against this problem of free will, that you as an individual cannot override the free will of the collective. There can be cases where your physical body has a disease, where the collective momentum is so strong that you cannot free the elemental from it. There are some instances where you must accept the condition. But in general, this non-force-based approach will work. The more you can see matter as fluid, the better it will work. The more you can see – I am not talking about physically seeing, but mentally seeing – the elemental behind the form, the better it will work.

Elementals trapped by the fallen beings

Now as a somewhat separate topic, I do want to talk about elementals that are imprisoned – deliberately, maliciously imprisoned – by the fallen beings. Because as you go beyond the 96th level, you will occasionally start to encounter this phenomenon. And this will especially be so when you go beyond healing your body, but start doing something in society. As we have said one expression of Christhood is that you go out and seek to change some condition in your society. And when you seek to change something that is held firmly in the minds of a large number of people, you will in some cases encounter an elemental or a group of elementals that have been imprisoned in a lower matrix.

There are of course many examples of this, but as just one example, let us look at a group of fundamentalist Christians. They feel holier than thou because they have the only literal interpretation of the Bible. Their pastor is the only one who can literally interpret the Bible. They feel better than others, they are sure they will go to hell. And they are absolutely sure that they will go to heaven as long as they hold on to that view of the Bible. What they do not realize is that at the elemental level, there are elementals that have been imprisoned by the fallen beings to take on the form of this belief.

We are not here talking about physical elementals, earth elementals, but identity, mental, emotional level elementals. They have taken on the form of this belief that there is only one way to interpret the Bible, only one way to be saved. And these elementals, they have had an image put upon them by the fallen beings that is much more intense than what human beings could project. You could say, let us just say that a group of human beings had by themselves started to believe in this fundamentalist world view. And gradually they had projected this on the elementals. That would have been possible, but the elementals would not have been imprisoned by this in the same way, because even a large group of human beings are not as powerful in projecting an image as the fallen beings are, who have had much longer time to develop this ability. 

What I am saying is fundamentalist Christianity was not developed by human beings, it was conceived by the fallen beings, and they used all their power to project this upon a group of elementals who took on this form and created what we have sometimes called a collective beast. You can also call it an entity, or you can in extreme cases call it a demon. These elementals who are imprisoned by these matrices created and projected by the fallen beings, they have a very great resistance to being changed, and they have a very great resistance to being challenged. 

Let us say you grow up in a small town in the Bible Belt of America. And now you have gone away to college, you have found ascended master teachings, and you decide: “Perhaps it would be a good idea to go back to my hometown and tell the people, ‘I know about these wonderful teachings I discovered about the real Jesus.’” You happily go and you start talking to people, and what do you encounter? You encounter anger, hostility, perhaps even hatred and negativity from the people. But where does this come from? Does it actually come from the people? Nay, it comes from the elementals who have been imprisoned by the fallen beings.

You see what I am trying to point out here is there are two kinds of ways to imprison elementals in a lower image. One is that human beings use the powers of their minds collectively to project an image upon elementals. But the other is that the fallen beings use their greater power to project. Now the natural, you might say, flow of things would be that only human beings project on elementals, because human beings are the next level up in the hierarchy. But on a planet with fallen beings, they can project from below, so to speak. And therefore, instead of being the masters of the elementals, human beings can now become imprisoned by the elementals. You can, of course, in a certain sense say that fundamentalist Christians are imprisoned by the fallen beings ultimately, but this happens through the intermediary of the elementals.

Avoiding reacting to the people and elementals

Why is this important to know this? Well, because as we said, many of you will as part of your Christhood have a desire to go out, to directly go out and seek to help other people to change certain areas of society. And you need to be aware, you need to be aware of this phenomenon of these elementals imprisoned by fallen beings. There are two reasons for this. Number one is, when you encounter this anger and hostility from human beings, you need to be able to look beyond this. You need to not react to the people, not become angry with them, not feel hurt or put down by them. You need to see that this comes from beyond the people or an individual person. It comes from that level of the elementals. This means that it really is not personal, that the people are personally directing this against you. That way you can more easily avoid reacting to them personally and therefore creating a downward spiral, a reactionary spiral. And it is very important when you are new in expressing Christhood that you are consciously aware of the need to avoid creating these reactionary spirals with other people.

This is one thing. The other thing is of course you need to recognize that there is a force, there is a force that is opposing you. It is at the elemental level. Now of course the elementals have had a matrix put on them from the fallen beings. But the elementals are not personally angry with you, they are just out-picturing the matrix. In other words, when you encounter an angry elemental, you need to realize that that elemental is not different from the elemental who out-pictures a beautiful rose. It has just been trapped in a different matrix. And therefore, you need to first of all not blame the elemental, but see that it has just been enslaved by this matrix. And you cannot blame the elemental for being enslaved, because the whole nature of an elemental is that when a being with a stronger consciousness than the elemental projects an image, then the elemental must take it on. 

Freeing elementals from the fallen matrix

At the lower levels of Christhood, you need to know this so you can avoid reacting to the people or reacting to the elementals and their energy. In other words, you can have an intense anger directed at you, but you do not allow it in, you do not react to it, you realize it is just energy. There is no more need to react to anger energy than sunlight. But as you mature in Christhood, it is possible that you can come to a point where you can now serve to free the elemental from the matrix put on them by the fallen beings. But here is of course a distinction. You cannot acquire the power and the ability in your own mind to do this. You need to be mindful of what Jesus said: “I can of my own self do nothing.” You of your own self, even as an avatar, who is above the 96th level and close to the ascension, you do not have the power in your mind to counteract or go against the fallen beings and you never want to put yourself in a direct conflict with the fallen beings, seeking to overpower them. 

What you can do as you mature in Christhood is you can acknowledge: Here is an elemental that has been imprisoned by the fallen beings. It is a very powerful matrix that the fallen being has projected on the elemental, more powerful than you could have projected, therefore, you cannot directly counteract it. But the matrix projected by the fallen beings is not stronger than what the Christ mind can manifest. I am not saying project, but manifest. When you open yourself up to be the open door for the Christ mind, meaning the ascended masters to work through you, then you can with us co-create the event of freeing the elemental from the matrix of the fallen beings. And you have a perfect right to do this because the elemental does not have free will. It has just taken on the strongest image projected upon it so far. 

But again, you are not forcefully projecting upon the elemental. You are again just allowing the image to descend from the ascended level through your mind upon the elemental. And when you are neutral, the power of the ascended masters will do the work. And that can free that elemental from being a slave of the fallen beings, and this can have a positive impact on the collective consciousness because now other people can suddenly pull away from being so overpowered by that energy that they can actually begin to think again. Because what you realize is, if you know I never encountered, for example, fundamentalist Christians, but of course many other people, is these people are not thinking. They are not using their self-awareness, at least not with regards to this issue. They are not thinking about the Bible and what it means. They are just mindlessly repeating that matrix projected upon them by these elementals, this collective beast.

What is required for you to reach that level is that you overcome division in yourself because you cannot go up against these elementals trapped by the fallen beings or even the people who are overpowered by these elementals, if you have a division in yourself because they will exploit it. It is like they say about an aggressive dog that it can sense if you fear it, but if it senses that you do not fear it because you are undivided, it will not attack you. You have to be undivided and how can you be undivided? By being neutral, by being the open door. You do not have any subconscious selves that react. If a door is solid, it can be cut in half and opened as two parts. But if there is no door, how can you divide anything? 

I am not saying these teachings are relevant for all of you at this point. Of course they are not. Many of you can ignore most of what I have said about elementals imprisoned by fallen beings, although I will say that even though many of you may not have as part of your Divine plan to directly work on freeing these elementals, you can still benefit from knowing of their existence because you can then evaluate that there are certain people you encounter that have a reaction to you that just is not rational. Many of you have people, maybe even family members, who have a very strong reaction to you. And when you know about this phenomenon, you can see that these people have been overpowered by some external force. And therefore, again, you can react to them differently. You can depersonalize what they are doing to you, and therefore, pull yourself out of a reactionary spiral.

Now you recognize perhaps that we, or I, in this discourse have given you a slightly different view of something we have talked about before, such as entities or demons. So far, we have said that people have gradually over time created these collective beasts that can in extreme cases become a demon or an entity. But what we are giving you now is that nothing can be created out of nothing. Everything is created out of some conscious being. There is no form, not even a demon, that can be created without a matrix being projected on elementals. What you need to recognize is that even a demon, there is an elemental trapped in it. This does not mean, as we have said before, that you can reason with a demon, because the elemental does not have self-awareness. But what it does mean is that the elemental could be freed from the matrix put upon it by the fallen beings and reinforced by human beings.

And that gives you at least the beginning of a different perspective, that there is absolutely nothing that cannot be changed. Not even at the deepest levels of hell, or on the most dense and unnatural planet you could imagine, even denser than Earth, there is nothing that cannot be changed, because every form is out-pictured by an elemental. The elemental did not choose to take it on, and therefore, a new form can be superimposed upon the elemental that frees the elemental from the previous form. And that is how things can go down and things can go up.

In fact, we can say the entire process of bringing an unascended sphere to the ascension point is that higher and higher images are superimposed upon the elementals, until even the elementals begin to become self-aware. But that is a more complicated topic than I wish to go into at what is for you this time of night. I am of course as fresh as you were hopefully this morning, for there is no morning and night for me. I just AM. I will continue to be and let you go to your rest. I thank you for your attention. I have actually been wanting to give this teaching for some time, but have not found the opportune moment.

With this I seal you in my love.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

How do you let go of frustration?


Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, May 22, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and my purpose for giving this visualization is because I do sense that many spiritual people, many ascended master students find it difficult, at least at a certain stage of the path, to let go. And in a sense, we realize and experience that the more teachings we give the more frustrating it can be for some of you. You hear about separate selves, you hear that you are supposed to let go of them and you are wondering, how can I let go? You hear about this self-focused self, the last self you are supposed to let go of and you are wondering how can I let go? I want to let go, how can I let go? 

The purpose of the teachings

This is again one of these enigmas on the spiritual path, and the enigma is this, words are not the same as the experience. We can give you words that you are supposed to let go, but the words cannot mechanically, automatically, magically produce the experience. And the enigma we might say for all spiritual teachers is how can we help the students have the experience of shifting their minds. How can we use words to help people have that experience? And what we have attempted to do through this dispensation is give you this new teaching about these subconscious selves and of course about the Conscious You, so that we have attempted to help you grasp the process whereby you use the outer mind to look at a certain pattern in your psychology, a certain reactionary pattern, and you realize that this pattern resides in what we call a subconscious self. 

And you realize, because we are telling you over and over, that a subconscious self is made, is built on, based on a belief, a decision you made. You were in a frustrating situation and you made the decision, not in these words of course, but you made the decision of how you were going to deal with that situation so you could psychologically survive, maintain some sense that you are in control.

 So, you see the dilemma, perhaps? You are in a very difficult situation on this dense planet called earth, where there are all kinds of frustrations, contradictions, attacks on you. There is a situation that overwhelms you, it is too much, you cannot deal with it, but you cannot get away with it either. You are making a decision that helps you overcome the sense of being overwhelmed. You are somehow making a decision to deal with that overwhelming situation and after having made that decision and created the self, the self can suppress the sense of being overwhelmed. 

The purpose of creating a self

You feel you have established some sense of equilibrium. Some sense of being in control of your state of mind, but it is of course based on suppressing something, denying something, because you are not able to really look at it in the situation and process it. Now you have built this subconscious self that is basically meant to help you, give you that sense that you have some grip on your situation on this planet, so you can survive psychologically. But the self of course is based on a limited view, is based on a dualistic belief and therefore, the self has built in contradictions. And therefore, when you are now approaching life through the coloring of that self, you will experience other situations that are difficult to deal with, perhaps overwhelming, and that means that even though the self in that particular situation helped you deal with the frustration, the stress, the self itself produces more stress, more frustration. 

The catch-22

But the self also forms a catch-22, because what was it the self did in that very difficult situation? It helped you maintain a sense of equilibrium, a sense of being in control, a sense of being able to cope, to deal with life. But now, long time after you created the self, you are becoming aware that you have a certain frustration in your mind, a frustration with life, perhaps a frustration with the spiritual path, you are not getting the results you were hoping for so your frustration is building and the frustration is actually, at least in part, created by this self. But in your mind, you cannot really look at the self, you cannot really ask the question: “Do I need the self anymore? Is it helping me or hindering me? Should I let it go?” You cannot ask these questions because you are thinking: “But the self helped me deal with life and helped me gain a sense of being in control, and if I let go of that self, what will happen? Will I not again be overwhelmed? Will I not be even more frustrated?” 

And the reaction is understandable, but it is also illogical and non-constructive. It is not reality. You see, something can be understandable on this very difficult, unnatural planet, but still not be real or constructive. And the problem with the self is that the situation that created the self happened a long time ago, when you were relatively new on this planet. You were shocked by the situation that caused you to create the self, because you were surprised, you did not expect it. You never thought this would happen to you. But you see, since then, you have been in embodiment on this earth many times. You have experienced many of the things that are happening on earth, but never happened on a natural planet.

You have gained more maturity, more experience with earth. If you let go of the self, you will not react the same way that you did when you created the self. You will not be overwhelmed. You will not be plunged into a black hole. You will in fact be able to look back at the situation and say: “Yeah, I see why I reacted that way back then, but I also see I would not react that way today. I do not need the self that was based on that old reaction.” 

How to let go

Still, even if you see this with the mind, with the rational, logical mind, that is not the same as letting go of a self, or letting go in general. You see how many times in this conference and even previously, we have talked about letting go. But how do you let go? 

Again, I cannot give you words that will produce the shift so you actually let go but I can give you some directions. You need to tune in to this inability to let go. You need to seek to clarify, to look at it from different angles so you come to see it. I am not talking about understanding it. There is a need for understanding with the rational mind, as I just gave you. What I am talking about now is just seeing it. Because most of you, when you cannot let go, it is because there is something you have not seen. You have not seen it clearly, you have not seen it for what it is. What you can do is just observe. You feel frustration, just observe it. You are just observing it. You are not evaluating, you are not analyzing, you are not thinking, you are just observing. You allow yourself to experience the feeling, go into the feeling. Wherever it takes you, it is still just an experience you are having. 

Seeing a self from the outside

You are just experiencing, you are just observing the feeling until somehow, something emerges, a clarity where you see the self from the outside. You see it is not you. That is all I am asking, that you see that the self is not you. Do you grasp what I am leading you towards? How can you come to see a self, how can you even think about a self, if it was you? 

If you had become the self, if you are the self, you cannot see it from the outside.You cannot even conceive of it, of there being a self that is different from you. The very fact that you have studied these teachings and tried to work with them, shows you something very simple. You see, a separate self could never grasp the teaching. It could never decide to apply the teaching. A separate self could never decide: ”I want to get rid of myself.” Only the Conscious You can do this, because you are not the self. 

The Conscious You is you

Now you can perform a little trick on yourself here, however you conceive of the Conscious You, however you might be able to experience the Conscious You, just focus on that. What is the Conscious You for you? Then try to step outside the Conscious You and look at it from the outside. What exactly is it? How do you see the Conscious You? 

If you do not quite get it, imagine that I am now asking you to become aware of your physical body and you are looking, you do not necessarily have to open your eyes, but you are visualizing, you are looking, and now I am asking you to step outside your body and look at yourself with your physical eyes. Of course you know you cannot do this, but you see, this is a metaphor for the Conscious You. The Conscious You is you. It cannot ever see itself from the outside. It cannot step outside of itself and that is how you can know that you are not a separate self. You have not become the self and all I am asking you here is to contemplate, perhaps experience, that you are not any particular self. You have no form. You are not a self. You are you, and if you can experience that, perhaps this might help you letting go of that which you now see is not you because when you see what you are, you also see what you are not. And therefore, that which you are can let go of that which you are not. 

“Why aren’t you there yet?”

Now there is a certain wisdom that has been given over again in Buddhist teachings, especially for example in Zen Buddhism and it is that some students get into this mindset that they see the spiritual path, they see in their minds the goal of the spiritual path. They see the means defined in their particular teaching for moving towards that goal and they dedicate themselves to this. They are very eager, they are doing everything just right, all the outer things they are doing right. But then after they have done everything right for a time, they build this frustration: “Why have I not attained the goal? Whatever they see the goal as, why have I not attained it? Why am I not there yet?” You know how if you get into the car with the children and you have a long drive and you know it is going to take hours and hours, but after five minutes the children say: “Are we there yet?”

And that is what some of your subconscious selves are saying, only they are saying: “Why are you not there yet?” And if you listen to these selves, you might build a certain frustration, and what Buddhist teachers in their monasteries and ashrams have been trying to do over the centuries is to somehow shock students into suddenly shifting out of the frustration. And they have done it in various different ways. There is an old story of a teacher who was dealing with a frustrated young monk and he suddenly without any thought slapped him on the face and the person became enlightened. And that might work on occasion, unfortunately it has caused an awful lot of slapping in Buddhist monasteries and not quite a corresponding level of enlightenment. 

Frustration is an inner experience 

But other methods have been tried, such as telling the student to stop trying, stop your efforts and sometimes when students actually stop doing the outer things, but also stop in their minds wanting to get somewhere, suddenly they shift. One other way to go about this is to realize, based on our teachings, that everything is an experience. Say you are very frustrated, you have not gotten results on the spiritual path. What is that? If you step back and look at the frustration, what is it? Is it not an experience? Why are you wanting to have that experience? And you will say: “But I do not want to have this experience, I want to get out of this experience, I want to have peace of mind, I want to experience enlightenment, I want to experience the flow of the ascended masters, the Holy Spirit, I want to experience everything else but this frustration.” 

Really? Is that what you want? Why have you then chosen to go into the frustrated experience? And why are you continuing to choose to keep yourself in it? And you might say: “But I have not chosen it, it just happened because I do not get the results.” 

Frustration is created and resolved within!

I see. So you are not then grasping our teachings that the inner experience you are having is not caused by outer conditions but by the conditions in your mind. What is the experience you are seeking? Peace of mind? Enlightenment? Whatever it is, what is that? It is an experience. How can you ever have an experience that is not taking place inside your mind? How could that be possible? How will you shift from your experience of being frustrated to the experience of having the result you want on the spiritual path? How do you shift from one experience to the next? 

Well, before you can get out of your current experience, you have to let go of it and what prevents you from letting go? Some condition inside your mind. You may think that doing some outer practice will remove it, but it will not. Why have you not shifted? Why have you not let go? Because there is something in your mind that you have not seen. There is something in your subconscious mind that you have not made conscious. You have not fully acknowledged that the frustration is produced inside your mind and therefore, it can only be overcome inside your mind. 

And you have not acknowledged that you created the self that gives you the experience of being a frustrated being and therefore, you have the power to uncreate that self and you are in fact the only being in the universe who can do it. No enlightened masters can come and undo in your mind what you have created with your free will. So why do you want to have the experience of not being there yet? There must be a reason. It must be doing something for you. What is the frustration doing for you that you value more than this experience of peace that you say you want? 

Building your self-mastery 

Again, I am just throwing out ideas to help those of you who feel this frustration come to see what you need to shift so you can let go of those selves, any selves, but also that last self-focused self at the 96th level. 

What are you? This is just another attempt, another experiment. What are you? You are an experiencer. What is the spiritual path about? It is not about having a spiritual experience. It is not about being enlightened, being awakened, ascending. The spiritual path is about self-mastery. What is self-mastery? 

Many students over the decades have thought it is some magical ability that you acquire as you follow this strict disciplinarian path of the ascended masters. But self-mastery is very simple. The ability to choose your inner experience. What prevents you from having that mastery is that you have a self that has the belief that is based on the belief that your inner experience is a product of or dependent upon something outside yourself.

This might be something in the world, such as the perfect partner or lots of money. Or it might be something beyond this world, such as a spiritual master appearing to you, touching your third eye and suddenly you are enlightened, but none of these can do it for you.

Self-mastery is when you choose your state of mind, and how do you choose your state of mind? Well, first of all by realizing you are not those subconscious selves that are pulling on you. But even when you experience yourself as the Conscious You, as pure awareness, it does not necessarily mean you can choose your state of mind. You have to build up that mastery. But you cannot really start the process until you recognize that your state of mind is a product of conditions in your mind, in the four levels of your mind. Then you can gradually build the mastery in the Conscious You of choosing your inner experience independently of external conditions. 

What one has done, all can do! 

Is it easy? Not really. Is it possible? Definitely. Is it worth it? Absolutely. I have gone through it. Serapis Bey has gone through it.  Master MORE has gone through it. Even Jesus went through it, even though it took a little nudging from mom for him to achieve it much more than is recorded in the scriptures. So really, what you should say: “These ascended masters are not so special that they can achieve something I cannot achieve.” You should say: “Well, if these colorful characters could do it, then certainly I can achieve it too.” And of course in a sense, all of our teachings are aimed at helping you make that shift of seeing something in your mind, experiencing that it is not you, and therefore, realizing that if you let go of the self, you will not disappear, you will not die, you will not lose anything. You will gain freedom, peace of mind.

This was what I came up with for now. Perhaps more will come up later from other masters or myself, but my final thought is, try to acknowledge the frustration you feel. Then try to see that the frustration always has an external object. There is always a reason why you are frustrated but the reason why you are frustrated is not why you are frustrated. That is just what the self is projecting at you. The frustration is just the self. It is an internally produced experience and if you can acknowledge that it is an experience, you can say: “Why am I continually choosing to uphold that experience instead of one time choosing to let it go?” 

With this, I have given you my thoughts for now, and I will then leave this subject, this topic alone. But I am not quite done, but that will be a separate dictation.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Walk with Mother Mary, look into her eyes, and let go


Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, May 22, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary. I am, if you would have me, your spiritual mother. I am asking you if you are willing to participate in this visualization. 

Tune in to your frustration

Close your eyes. And now you imagine that you are in your private room. However you see this private room, which is of course a metaphor for your mind. Whatever you experience in your private room could be frustration, could be stress, it could be that you are struggling to understand certain things, struggling to see something. Perhaps you feel there are contradictions in the teachings, in the way you look at the world, something you are straining with, something that is frustrating you, some sense that you are not where you should be, that you want to achieve certain results on the spiritual path, that you have not achieved them. Whatever efforts you have made up until this point, you have not achieved the results. I am asking you to tune in to whatever frustration you might feel about the spiritual path.

If you do not feel any frustration, then of course just tune in to whatever you do feel. It does not matter what you feel, but whatever feeling comes to you, you tune in to it, you just acknowledge it. 

Walk through the forest

Then you hear a gentle tapping on the window. And as you go to the window, you hear me say: “My child, would you like to take a walk with me?” And you open the window and there I am standing outside your window, However you conceive of me does not matter. And I am holding out my hand and saying, come. You climb out the window, jump down on the ground, it is a short jump, you take my hand and we walk. 

We are walking and there is a forest, there are trees and a path opens up in front of us. We walk down that path and suddenly you begin to hear the gentle sound of the birds. Perhaps you hear a gentle rain falling on the leaves of the trees, but you are not feeling the rain on your body. We are walking down the path and gradually you begin to relax.

Whatever frustration you felt in your room, you are beginning to relax. There is not quite the tension. It is almost like for every step we take, the tension decreases a little bit. After some time, smelling the fresh air, feeling the prana in the air, sensing how somehow the trees absorb your frustration and your stress. 

The stream

After some time we come to a little stream. It is so wide we cannot jump across it in one jump, but there are some rocks in the stream. I jump across the stream and I am standing there with my one foot on the other bank and my one foot on a rock and I am holding my hand out to you and saying: “Take my hand and jump across.” And you reach out to take my hand and you take my hand and then you lift your one foot to move it onto that rock that you see in the stream, but suddenly there is a fear that comes up. And with the other hand you grab onto a tree branch on the bank of the stream and you are standing there looking back at the bank, looking at me, not daring to take that step, not daring to letting go of the tree branch.

What do you think would happen if you let go?

I am not pulling you. I am just patiently waiting. And all I am sending to your mind is: Look at what is preventing you from letting go of the branch. What is stopping you from just letting go? You are holding my hand. You can see the rock in the stream. You can see the stream is not very deep, even if you fell in the water, you would just get wet. But something is preventing you, in your mind, preventing you from letting go. And as you think about it, you are holding on even tighter. And you are looking at me with frustration in your eyes, like you have these big question marks in your eyes. And all I can say to you is: “Look, just look. What is holding you back? What do you think would happen if you let go? What do you think would happen? And will it really happen? Will what you fear actually happen if you let go? Or will what happens be that you are free of the fear of letting go? Is it really that what prevents you from letting go is just the fear, no real substance? Perhaps there is a thought, perhaps there is a belief, but maybe there is just some fear.” And I am just asking you to tune in, to get a sense for what that is. 

Look into my eyes!

If nothing happens here, do not be frustrated. You can use this meditation over and over again. You do not even need the recording once you get to know the simple steps that I have taken you through. And you can allow yourself to feel that frustration and try to look into it, look behind it. Remember I am holding your hand. Until you see something, until you are able to turn your head and look into my eyes.

Just look into my eyes. Do not think, do not ask questions. Just look into my eyes. What do you see? What do you experience from looking into my eyes? Do you see any frustration in my eyes? Do you see any fear? Do you see any desire to force you? Do you see any? Nay, for I just love you. I have no intent. I just love you. 

Keep looking into my eyes until suddenly you look down and you realize: “I crossed the stream. I let go. While I was looking into Mother Mary’s eyes, I let go and I crossed the stream and I am on the other shore and I am free of the frustration.” And then you take my hand, we walk into the forest and now you just tell me whatever comes to you. You can say it aloud if you feel like it, if you are alone or you can say it in your mind. But you are just telling me whatever comes to you as a result of this exercise. Whatever comes to you. And then when you have nothing more to say, you visualize that holding my hand, we turn around, we walk a slightly different path, we get back to your room and there you are.

Has anything changed? 

You look into my eyes, you let go of my hand, you climb back into your room. But while you are in there, you might just see, has the mood in the room changed? Has the way you experience the room changed? Is something different? That is all I am asking. Just tune in to before and after and if you do not get results the first time, just do the exercise again. And if you start feeling a frustration with the exercise, then look at that. When you are holding on to that tree branch and have one foot across the stream and you are looking into my eyes, look at the frustration. Just look. And if you repeat the exercise, you will begin to see things and you will begin to let go of things. Letting go, letting go, letting go, letting go, letting go.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Do you want a reward in this world or do you want the reward of experiencing the flow?


Ascended Master Hilarion through Kim Michaels, May 22, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Hilarion. I will begin by considering a question that has baffled philosophers, theologians, scientists, spiritual people for a very long time, in fact for much longer than recorded history. And it is this question: “How can something come from nothing?”

Whether you believe the world was created by God or whether you believe it was created by the Big Bang, the question is always: “Before there was anything, how did something emerge out of that nothingness? How did some thing that we can perceive emerge out of nothing?”

How did something come out of nothing?

And nobody has really found a satisfying answer to this, and the reason for this is that it is the wrong question to answer, the wrong question to ask. It cannot be answered the way it is asked. And the reason for this is that it is a dualistic question, and it is not necessarily dualistic the way we normally talk about duality where there is a value judgment, but there are still the two opposite polarities.

You are in a world where you perceive that there are things, there is something here, it has some substance, you can touch it, and therefore, you are saying: “Where did this world come from?” And you are thinking with the linear mind that there must be a time where this world had a beginning. And since the world is made up of something, before the beginning of the world of something there must have been the opposite of something, and in the dualistic polarities the opposite of something is nothing.

But if the opposite of something is nothing, then how did something come out of nothing? How did a thing come out of this state where there is no thing? And the mind, the linear mind, can go over this argumentation again and again. It can get stuck in a loop. There are philosophers who have been thinking about this for their entire lifetimes, maybe even several lifetimes, and the mind cannot resolve it.

Does nothing actually exist?

But for you who are open to the spiritual path, here is a general principle that relates to the Fifth Ray of vision and truth. When you have a question you cannot resolve, you cannot answer, question the question. Question the premises, the assumptions built into the question.

Here you are in a world where there is things and you are reasoning with the mind that the opposite of something must be nothing, but why does that have to be the case? In other words, question why. Why must there be nothing before there is something?

And of course the linear mind will say, well, this world has not always existed. The things that we see have not always been there. If we go back to the point where none of the things we see in this world were there, then there must have been nothing. There were no things. That must mean nothing. But is no thing the same as nothing? In other words, you could ask: “Is there such a concept or such an occurrence as nothing? Does nothing actually exist?”

There has always been consciousness

And the answer there is no, nothing does not exist. There has never ever been a state where there was nothing. And again the linear mind will struggle with this because it wants there to be some ultimate beginning. But there was no beginning and there will be no ending. Again the mind will say: “But are we not in a world that is evolving? And therefore, if we turn back the evolutionary process, it must have started at some point.”

And ascended master students will say: “Well, have you not told us there was a point before our world of form began where there was only the void created by the Creator? Is the void not nothing?” No, the void is not nothing. The void is no thing. But there is still an energy, an awareness, a consciousness in a void.

And there is consciousness in the Allness, even though in the Allness there is no beginning and ending. You see, there was never a state of nothing. There was always awareness. And awareness shifts, grows, transcends itself and this is an indefinite, never ending process.

How can an image in consciousness become a thing?

What has this got to do with co-creation? Well, it is simply that you need to realize that in order to co-create, you are not creating out of nothing, you are not starting with nothing and creating something. You are starting with something from a higher level that you are lowering to a lower level. You are starting with something from the spiritual realm that you are pulling into the four levels of the material universe.

Otherwise, how can you co-create? There must be something you are co-creating with, which of course is us, our consciousness. But my point is, there has always been consciousness. There was a time when there were no things as you perceive, but there was always consciousness. Now we need to consider how consciousness manifested things that you perceive with the physical senses. How did consciousness, how did an image in consciousness become materialized as a cup?

Well, what was the principle I just gave you? If you cannot answer the question, question the question. Does this cup exist independently of consciousness? Most people would say: “Yes, of course it does.” But could we not question the question? If there was always consciousness, then does the cup have an independent existence?

Well, you will say, if you are an ascended master student: “No, because you have told us that everything is manifested originally by the Elohim who manifested the original earth. And therefore, in their consciousness they manifested the earth and they are holding that matrix for the earth which gives it existence over time. The earth existed before there were human beings on earth, before human beings had embodied here.”

You would say the earth has an objective existence. We have sometimes agreed with this, but there is of course a deeper level of understanding that I will attempt to give you here. We have hinted at this earlier by saying—at the basic level of the world of form, you have what we have called the Ma-ter light, it is a substance that can take on any form, but it cannot take on form by itself. But remember we have also said the Ma-ter light does have consciousness, not self-awareness as you do, but it is conscious.

Now a mental image is formulated at the level of the Elohim, it is projected onto the Ma-ter light and it takes on the form of first the energies that make up the identity realm, then the energies that make up the mental realm, then the energies that make up the emotional realm and then the energies that make up the physical realm. But the question is: “Are these energies what you would perceive as energy from the inside?”

And as quantum physics has shown, what you perceive from being inside the material universe is not energy but particles. As science also can show, particles are really energy, but nevertheless they appear to you as particles. And then these subatomic particles form atoms that form molecules that form cells and so forth until you have the myriad of things.

Your perception of the cup creates the cup

But the question now is: “Are these particles that are used to build things such as a cup, are they actually things? Are they what you perceive as material things?” And as we have explained, a particular form such as this cup is formed by an elemental taking on a mental matrix for the cup. But the elemental does not see itself as a cup, it does not have the concept because the elemental does not have what we call the conceptual mind.

The conceptual mind has the ability to formulate a concept that is projected onto the Ma-ter light. But the elemental cannot formulate the concept for itself, it takes on the concept projected upon it. That is why even though the elemental forms the cup, the elemental, and even though the elemental is conscious, the elemental is not sitting there thinking: “I am a cup, I am a cup, I am a cup.”

Where does the cup come from? It comes from your perception of it. Your perception of the cup is what creates the cup. I know I am confusing your minds here, but that is precisely my intent. Is the cup a cup? You will say: “If it is not a cup then it cannot be a form, so that means it does not exist.” But again, that is the wrong question to ask. Are the only two options that there is a cup or there is nothing? There is a cup that exists independently of the mind or there is nothing?

No. That is my whole point here. Everything exists in mind, yes? The Elohim are holding a matrix in their minds of the earth, the elementals are taking on that image, the Ma-ter light which is conscious takes on the image. There is an image in consciousness. But the elementals are not seeing the cup, the Elohim are not seeing the cup, the Ma-ter light is not seeing the cup, only you are seeing the cup. Only you are using your conceptual minds to call it a cup and to give it some kind of meaning in your minds.

It could be a cup that you drink tea or coffee out of in the morning and it has an emotional significance for you, that you feel good about starting your morning ritual with a cup of hot liquid. It could be that the cup really for you is a beer mug and you associate it with all those happy hours at the inn where you were drinking beer and getting drunk and talking to your friends.

Imposing meaning gives you an experience

You see what I am pointing out here. In your mind you are the ones who are creating the thing and attaching meaning to the thing. The elementals have no meaning. The ascended masters are not thinking about drinking beer at the inn on Friday night. You see here that you are the ones who are imposing a meaning on things and therefore, by imposing meaning with your minds you are creating the things in your mind.

You are not creating the cup but you are creating the meaning that the cup has in your mind. And what does the meaning in your mind give you? It gives you an experience, an experience. 

The purpose of the world of form

Now we need to ask the question: “What is the purpose of the world of form that you are in? Why was it created? And why were you sent here? What is it you are doing to the world or with the world?” 

You are experiencing it from the inside. And as we have said before the world can be compared to a reality simulator. You enter the simulator and once you are inside the world that you see inside the simulator seems real. Yes, there really is a cup, it is real, I can touch it, it must be real. But you see, how are you touching it? How is the messenger touching the cup? You will say: “His physical body is touching the cup.” But what is it that happens when the body touches the cup? The mind has an experience.

What is it to be in a physical body, to be in embodiment? We have given you images that in previous times you have a soul. The soul was created in the spiritual realm and the soul was sent into embodiment. Here is this outside soul that enters the body and now it is residing inside the body. There is a separation between the body and the soul, which incidentally is when you see this separation, how can the mind heal the body? But that is not my point here. My point is, just because your body, your physical body can touch a physical cup, does not mean that the cup is real or that the body is real.

Experiencing the world as real

The cup is an experience in the mind and your body is an experience in the mind because everything that occurs in your mind is an experience in your mind. Now again, people are going to say, are you saying the world is not real? Are you saying the world is created by the mind? Well, the world is created by mind, not your mind. But you are not seeing the world that was created by the Elohim or by the elementals because the elemental who makes up this cup sees the atoms, the subatomic particles and sees them just arranged in a certain pattern.

But it also sees, as we said, there are atoms in the air, everything is made out of these little dots of atoms that just take on certain patterns. The elemental does not see that pattern, this particular pattern as a cup, but your mind does. Which part of your mind? The conceptual mind. Your physical senses are touching the cup, but that creates an experience in your mind and the conceptual mind imposes a form on the experience and a meaning on the experience.

The co-creative process, as we have explained, is that you formulate an image in your mind and you project it in order to manifest something that is not yet physically manifest. But you see, on a planet like earth, with a density of matter and a low level of the collective consciousness, people are not aware of this. They are not aware that everything started as a concept in mind. They think the world is real. They experience the world as real and they do not question their sense of reality.

This means that they have forgotten they are co-creators because they are not realizing that they are not experiencing the real world. Their experience of their environment is created in their minds. If you take the average person and say, say to them, there is something in your environment that forms this thing that I am holding in my hand. But what is in your environment is not a cup. Seeing this as a cup is an experience created in your mind. And you could see it as something different. You could have a different meaning to it or you could even see that this cup is made out of smaller particles, even made out of energy, so that it is fluid, it could be changed. Even though this cup is finished and burned, it is still as pliable as the clay it is made out of and it could be molded into a different shape. But this is what people cannot accept on a planet like earth.

The mind trapped by what is already here

My point is, you co-create with your conceptual mind. But on earth, people have forgotten the role of the conceptual mind. They believe that they do not have a conceptual mind that experiences their environment. What they experience is what is there. But if what you are experiencing is an objective thing independent of your mind, how could you change anything?

If there are things that are independent of your mind, how could you change anything? How could you have an architect who envisions a house that is different from any other house ever built and he is able to build it? Well, because the architect, even though he may not be conscious of it, he is using his conceptual mind to reach beyond what he sees in the world around him. He is conceptualizing something that is not manifest.

And that is the only way you can co-create something new. What I am pointing out is that for most people on earth, their conceptual minds have been locked by what is already there, what they see and how they see it. And therefore, most people cannot envision something beyond what they see.

They cannot imagine that things could be better than what they are. They cannot imagine that matter could be less dense than what it is right now. And therefore, the body could live much longer and there would be no diseases and they would not have to work because they could manifest with the mind what they need to sustain the body.

You see how this ties in with what Serapis Bey explained, that the initiation you need to pass at the 96th level is that you let go of this self that looks at what is already here in the environment it is in, formulates an image based on what it sees and projects it up at the spiritual realm, at the ascended masters, therefore, essentially projecting that we cannot go beyond what the conceptual mind can see, therefore, projecting that we should validate what the conceptual mind sees instead of seeing that we can give you a vision of something that is not manifest currently in your environment.

You see there is a reverse flow we might say of the conceptual mind where the conceptual mind partly by the influence of the fallen beings but not exclusively by that, but the conceptual mind has been used to project that what you see now is real and cannot be changed, at least not by the mind.

But the original use of the conceptual mind is to conceptualize something that is not here now and then manifest it. You see, if your conceptual mind is trapped by what is already here you cannot conceive of something new, you cannot believe it is possible to bring it forth, you cannot accept it. This is a realization that you need to come to before you can really engage in a co-creative process.

The world is a screen

Everything that is here, that you perceive, what you perceive, is created in your mind. Be careful to listen to what I am saying, I know this is very subtle. There is something in this hand but that something is not what you perceive through your physical senses and often not through the conceptual mind either. You think that what is here is exactly what you are experiencing in your mind, namely a solid thing that cannot easily be changed.

But as I said this is really just a pattern in the Ma-ter light as we have sometimes used the analogy of an image on a movie screen. If you saw a movie with this cup would you say that the cup I am seeing on the movie screen is real, it is a real thing? No of course not, you would know it was an image on the screen and it could change instantly if a new image was projected onto the screen.

Well, my beloved—“Hilarion with light so green, we see behind the matter screen”— even what you think is the real world is just a screen with an image projected upon it and some of those images are projected from the level of the Elohim or the elementals or even some lower forces but what you perceive in your mind is an image projected by your mind. 

How do you co-create with us? By learning how to project a different image with your mind. Have you perhaps studied the alchemists a little bit? You know what the alchemists are who attempted to take lead and through some mystical process of incantations and various things and chemicals turn it into gold and they thought they needed this philosopher’s stone that was the missing ingredient? 

Have you heard of black magicians who are attempting to create various phenomena? You see what all of these people are doing, they are trying to manifest something without changing the images they have in their minds. That is not co-creation, that is just another form of de-creation. What we are hoping to help you lock into is this process of co-creation which really means that you realize whatever you are experiencing in your environment right now, what you are experiencing in your mind is created by your mind and in order to change your environment, your situation, you need to first change the image in your mind because that is the only way you can change your experience.

The reality simulator

Why have we given you this image of the reality simulator? Well, because it illustrates that in a reality simulator you in a sense know you entered this room or you put on these goggles and you are now seeing something. It seems just as real as what you are seeing outside the simulator but you know because you entered the simulator that what you are seeing is just images projected on this screen or these goggles.

You know that this could easily be changed, you know that the purpose for entering the simulator is just to have an experience. Just as the purpose for entering a movie theater is to have an experience you are not having outside the theater. The shift that we have talked about many times but we need to repeat it here so we make sure that you grasp that this is part of the co-creative process, the shift you need to make is that the purpose of your existence on earth, well in fact the purpose for your existence, is to have experiences.

It was not the purpose of the Elohim to create a real world that never changes. The purpose of the Elohim for creating the earth was to create an environment that seems real to beings who have gone inside of it. The whole purpose for the earth, we will focus on the earth for now because that is where you are, the whole purpose for the earth is to give you an experience.

Now you may very well think: “Well I would like to learn how to co-create with the ascended masters so I could change my outer situation, I would like to have a healthy body, I would like to have more money, I would like to have a nice house, I would like to have a nice career, I would like to have the perfect partner, so forth and so on.”  Yes. But why do you want what you perceive as outer things?

Learning to consciously change your inner experience

If you look at the many, many people out there right now who are involved with New Age teachings, who are working on manifestation, manifesting something, you will see that the vast majority of them are focused on getting things: more money, a nice house, the perfect partner. They have not clarified why they want to get those things. They have not acknowledged, most of them, that what they are really trying to do is not to change their outer physical situation. They are trying to change their inner experience.

We have said this before and many of you have realized it, but we again, we need to just mention that the purpose for ascended master teachings, the purpose for the co-creative process, the purpose of the spiritual path, the purpose of the path to Christhood is so you can learn to consciously and deliberately change your inner experience, your life experience. That is the whole purpose for our teachings. It is not our purpose to change outer things or to teach you how to change outer things, but to change your experience. 

Getting a nice house through the co-creative process

Now I will attempt to be less philosophical. We shall see whether this is possible for me. I will reach back to what Kuan Yin described. She gave you a relatively simple process. Where you start at the identity level, you accept the image of a healthy body or a healthy heart and then you gradually step it down. Now we will use this same gradual process to focus on co-creating something with the ascended masters. 

It does not really matter what it is, but let’s just for practical purposes say that you want a nice house, however you perceive it. You want a nice house to live in. First of all, why do you want a nice house? Because you want to change your inner experience, your life experience. And you are thinking, because that is what you have been brought up to think, that if I have the house, my inner experience will change. Okay. Let’s just stay with that thought, put it aside. 

But now we will say, you can of course take physical measures. You go to work, you try to get a better job, you save up your money until you can buy a nice house. But that is not really the co-creative process we want to teach you.

Let’s say that we are trying to teach you how you can use your mind to not necessarily manifest a house out of thin air, but to attract it to yourself. How would you go about getting that nice house through the co-creative process?

Well, first of all, you reach up for a higher vision. You might have formulated the vision in your outer mind of what this nice house should look like. This is what most people do when they create a treasure map, for example, where they take a picture of the house they want. But you need to be willing to give that up, as we said. You give it up and you open yourself up that there potentially is a higher vision in your Divine plan. Let’s say that you do this, you reach up and you receive a vision for a nice house that you could have. It is part of your Divine plan to have a nice house. 

How would you bring that vision down into the physical? Well, you start by reaching up first to the vision in the spiritual realm, but then you bring it down to the identity realm. At the identity realm you need to superimpose that vision on the elementals at that level. But how do you superimpose the vision on the elementals? You must experience how you would feel yourself, how you would identify yourself as the owner or at least the occupier of this nice house. You have to live your way, live yourself into experiencing at the identity level, having that house. And by really making that experience at the identity level real, you are projecting the vision onto the elementals at that level. 

Then when you have that experience and it seems real to you, you pull it down to the mental level. Now you think the way you would think if you had that house: what would it require, what would you need to do, how would you decorate it, what furniture do you want? But first of all, how would you see yourself, how would you think of yourself when you had that nice house and you are living in it? And again, you need to make that an experience at the mental level and make it feel real. Because when it seems real to you at the mental level, you are projecting that vision onto the elementals at that level. And it is the elementals who are going to manifest your vision at the physical level, but it must start at the identity and be brought down.

Now you have that complete experience at the identity and the mental level. You own the house, you see yourself in it. But now you go down to the feeling level. How would you feel if you had that nice house? How would it feel to get up in the morning, open your eyes and you look at this nice bedroom that you had decorated? And you get up and you walk into this nice bathroom and you walk down and you make yourself breakfast. How do you feel then? And again, you need to make that feeling real at the emotional level because that is what projects the image or the vision onto the elementals at that level.

But then comes the final step, which is that you accept that your experience in the mind is as real now as it would be if you had the house. In other words, you are realizing that surely if you actually had that physical house, your feelings would change, your thoughts would change, your sense of identity would change.

But if you had the physical house, your experience would be exactly the same as what you have now created in the mind, where instead of starting at the physical level and going up, you just started at the identity level and it goes down. But you are still having the same experience. And in your mind it is completely as real as if you actually had the house.

And that is when you can then realize something very profound. Which is: if you have created an experience in your mind of having a physical thing and if that experience seems completely real to you, do you actually need the physical thing? Do you? Well, some people do, but many spiritual people can realize that they do not.

How do you overcome the desire for a physical experience?

And this is important because you are a spiritual person, you are working on your Christhood, you are working on your ascension. We can say, this has the potential to be your last lifetime, but you still have certain experiences you would like to have on earth. In other words, you can sort of make a map and you can say: “In order to be able to let go of earth and ascend, I need to first have that experience, the nice house, then I need to have that experience, I need to have that experience.”

And then you can say: “Is it really physically practically possible that I would have first a nice house and then this and then that in this lifetime? Do I have enough time left in the physical body to have these experiences physically?” And the answer might very well be no, for most of you it will be no.

How can you then overcome the desire to have the experience? By realizing that the experience takes place in your mind. And that the experience can be attained in two ways: it can be triggered by something physical or it can be created in the mind. But what you create deliberately, consciously in your mind is just as real as the experience you have based on the physical substance, the physical house. And if you can create an experience in your mind that seems equally real, you do not need to spend the time, the energy on having the physical house. You can overcome the desire for the house so you can qualify for your ascension.

Looking outside for inner change

You can also take this to look at the path of Christhood. Because what Serapis Bey was explaining is that you have this self that causes you to be focused on self. I will just describe the same process, not that my description is better than Serapis. It is just from a different perspective. It complements Serapis’ explanation.

From my perspective of the Fifth Ray, the way I would explain this is: We have explained that you descend to the 48th level in order to take embodiment. At the 48th level on a dense planet like earth, you do not feel complete, you do not feel whole. You are in a new environment, a difficult environment, you do not quite know how to behave in that environment, who you are in that environment, so you feel incomplete. And you feel like you need something from outside your current sense of self in order to become more complete.

And naturally you explore: could you get that from your environment? And then you can go below the 48th level where you lose your intuitive sense and now you have an even more intense sense that you are incomplete in yourself. But what happens when you go into separation is that now you lose your connection, your intuitive connection. And when you are still above the 48th level, you can reason: “Perhaps I can get a sense of completion by expanding my connection to whatever it is I am connected to.”

But you cannot reason that way when you go below the 48th level, now you think you have to get something from this world. This means that now you are using your conceptual mind to try to conceptualize how you get something from this world that will make you feel complete. It can be a nice house, it can be the perfect partner, it can be enough money, it can be power, it can be any number of things that human beings desire and thirst for.

All of what people want is to create an inner experience. But they are attempting to change their inner state of mind by changing something in the outer world. Why can this never work? Because the outer world was still created from consciousness. And now they are thinking they can change their inner experience by changing something in the outer world that they do not think is created by consciousness. But their inner experience they are having in consciousness. They are trying to do what is impossible.

And you carry an element of that self with you to the 96th level. And that causes you to be focused on self. Essentially you can say you find an ascended master teaching, you hear about the path to self-mastery, you go through the course from the first book all the way to Saint Germain’s book and now you are at that 96th level of consciousness. But all along you were still thinking that by following the path of the ascended masters you would attain that completeness that you desire. We the masters would magically give it to you.

The initiation at the 96th level

But you are still thinking something outside yourself is going to complete you. Something from outside yourself, whether it is the physical world or the spiritual world. You are conceiving of it as outside yourself. And at the 96th level in order to pass that initiation and manifest Christhood you need to give up that search for something outside yourself that is going to complete yourself.

You need to realize that what you are really longing for and what you even were longing for at the 48th level was oneness with your I AM Presence. The Conscious You is longing for oneness with the I AM Presence. And that is the only thing that is going to complete you. But you cannot attain that oneness with your I AM Presence as long as you have that self that is projecting that you need something from this world.

You see again you are trying to produce an inner experience of wholeness, oneness, fulfillment by getting something from outside yourself. Instead of realizing that you already have this within yourself. It is not even that the Conscious You needs to connect to the Presence. It is really that you need to experience and accept that you are an extension of the Presence. You already have that unconditional love, unconditional acceptance from your I AM Presence. You already have it. It is just that that self-conscious self blocks your inner experience of this.

When you realize this, your entire approach to co-creation shifts. Because now you are not thinking: “Oh, if I co-create with the ascended masters, I can get what my outer self thinks I need in order to be whole.” You are now experiencing at least some degree of oneness with your I AM Presence from within. You are not looking for the world to give you that sense of oneness. You are not looking for us to give you that sense of oneness. You are realizing that you have everything you need in your own mind to experience that oneness from your Presence. And therefore, you do not need anything from the world. You do not need anything from us.

The alpha and omega of connection

And that is when you can go into that out-breath where you say: “But I am still in embodiment on earth and while I am here, I want to co-create as much as I can with the ascended masters and help the masters attain the goals that they have for earth. Beyond my personal desires and goals, I want to co-create something that helps others and that helps the ascended masters. For example, manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age.”

And therefore, you can now co-create in an entirely different way. Because you are not co-creating to fill the black hole of the separate self, you are co-creating for the joy of feeling that you are part of the flow. The flow from the Creator through all of these levels of the cosmic hierarchy through you and out. And this means you are now complete because you have the alpha and omega.

The alpha is your inner sense of connection and oneness with your I AM Presence. The omega is your inner sense of oneness with all life where you are allowing the light to flow through you, through the prism of your mind, being expressed to help others, to raise up others, to raise up the whole.

You might actually receive a vision of a beautiful house, but it might not be just for you to live in. It could be to help other people have a place to live, it could be a school, it could be a research facility, it could be many different things. But it is not just focused on you, it is more than that. Could also be a nice house for yourself that would allow you to do whatever work it is you are meant to do in your Divine plan.

 Whole or a hole 

My point is that when you are coming from this self-focused self, you have a lack you are seeking to fill. And everything revolves around trying to fill that lack. And the lack in the separate self is a black hole. And you will know that the feature of a black hole is that everything you put into it just disappears and it never fills up the hole. There will always be a black hole in the separate self. And when you see this, it can help you give it up, because you realize it is impossible to do, to achieve what the separate self projects you must achieve in order to be whole.

Instead, you now focus on the I AM Presence. You feel that oneness with the Presence. And therefore, you have no hole inside of you. You have no hole because you are whole. And from that sense of wholeness, it may not be complete at the 96th level, there are higher levels, but you still have some sense that you are not having this lack. All of a sudden you are now co-creating not to fill a lack, not to fill a hole, but to be part of the flow. And you find fulfillment and joy in feeling the flow through you.

Feeling the flow

This messenger is feeling the flow of my Presence, my being, my energy through this dictation. He has no intent, no self-centered intent of wanting to achieve anything. The feeling of the experience of the flow is enough in itself. You who are listening to this, many of you can tune into this flow, and you can experience it the same.

But you see, when you still have the lack, when you still have that self-focused self, your experience of a dictation will be: “When are they going to say something that helps me get what I want? When will they fill the hole? When will I get what I really want in this world? How can the masters help me get what my separate self wants?” You are not thinking in those words exactly, but that is what it revolves around.

And therefore, you cannot just experience the flow and feel that the experience of the flow is enough in itself. It carries its own reward. You are always thinking that listening to a dictation or giving a decree should lead to some goal in this world. You cannot just have the experience and feel how the experience in itself is its own reward.

And this gives you then a different perspective on the co-creative process. For what have I said in my example of manifesting the house? You are reaching up for a vision, you are realizing you are co-creating something. You are not creating it by yourself. You are reaching up for a vision from the ascended masters and you feel the flow of the energy and the consciousness into your identity body. You have an experience at the identity level. Then you bring that down to the mental, then the emotional, and then you project it out into the physical universe, the physical octave.

But all along your experience at the identity level, at the mental, at the emotional, was completely real to you because you felt that flow. Now you are projecting out from that sense of being in the flow. But as we have explained, there are complicated factors in the material world that may mean that even though you are projecting out a valid vision, it may not be manifest physically exactly as you envision it.

But that no longer matters to you because the experience of being in the flow is so fulfilling, so joyful, that it does not get diminished if the physical results do not manifest. Because the flow is the reward in itself, not the physical manifestation. Now sometimes the physical manifestation will be there. But again, if it is not there, you are not discouraged. You just focus on staying in the flow. 

See, what the fallen beings want to project at you is: “Yeah, so here you are working with these ascended masters and they are telling you to go through all these steps and you have done this. But look, nothing manifests. You are a complete failure, you need to stop this nonsense.” But when you are in that flow, you can say to them: “Get thee behind me, Satan. I do not need your nonsense because I am fulfilled in feeling the flow from the ascended masters.”

This messenger has been taking dictations for a long time. Sometimes there were 25 people in the audience, sometimes 50, sometimes more. When he was new, he sometimes was wondering why there were not more people. But over time he learned that it does not matter how many people. For the experience of the flow is the same whether there is one person or a million in the audience. The flow is complete in itself and it is the experience of the flow that he loves more than the physical result.

And it can be exactly the same for each one of you. The flow, the experience of the flow from above through your mind is its own reward. 

Closing the figure-eight flow 

And now I reach back to what Master MORE said in what might seem to you a very long time ago because so many teachings have been given. He said that in order to complete the flow, the energies have to go back up, you have to close the circle. But how do you close the circle?

You have gone through the valid process of bringing the vision and the energies down through the three higher levels and projecting them into the physical. And you might think, and the fallen beings will project: you can only close the figure eight flow if the results are physically manifest. No, you close the figure eight flow with the ascended masters when you are completely neutral about whether the physical results manifest.

When you feel that the flow in itself was its own reward, that is when you close the figure eight flow. And whatever happens in the physical, which might very well depend on the free will choices of other people, does not detract from the flow. You are just focused on staying at peace, staying neutral, staying non-attached, enjoying the flow flowing through you. And therefore, it flows back up and it is multiplied and there is a stronger flow coming down that is even more fulfilling and joyful. And it becomes an upward spiral.

You can ask yourself: “Why is it that some of the previous messengers eventually could not go on as messengers?” They might have had illnesses, they might have had various issues, but they had to stop. Well, because they were not non-attached to the physical outcome of their efforts. They were still hoping for some kind of recognition from the world, attracting a greater number of students. There was a strain of evaluating the physical results of their efforts. And that wore them down over time.

But if you can avoid that strain by focusing on the flow, you will not be worn down. You will receive more talents from us than we could give you in the beginning. This goes for each and every one of you, whatever your task is in your Divine plan. You are of course not all meant to be messengers. But whatever is in your Divine plan, whatever is your expression of Christhood, by going through the process of opening the flow, allowing the flow, and then being non-attached to the physical outcome, you are closing the figure eight flow and your efforts will be multiplied and you will receive a greater flow that will give you a greater experience.

What do you really want? 

You could also say, as my final thought here – I know this has been a long dictation already, but my final thought is: “Do you want a reward in this world or do you want the reward of experiencing the flow? What do you think will give you the experience you really desire? Is it to have something in this world, whether it be recognition or validation or money or whatever, or is it to feel that you are in the flow, you are part of the hierarchy of light?”

And for most of you it will be possible to lock in and realize: the reason why you even found these teachings and resonated with them is that you really want to experience the flow. As Jesus said: “You do not want your reward on earth as so many do, you want your reward in heaven.”  But what is heaven? It is being in the flow. When you are in the flow, you are in heaven, you are in what Jesus called the kingdom of God.

The Christians have projected that it is a remote kingdom up there. But what did Jesus say? Where is the kingdom of God according to Jesus? Within you. Because the kingdom of God is an experience of being in the flow of the spirit from above to below. When you are in that flow, you are in heaven, you are in the kingdom.

And we of course have only one desire for you: that if you want that experience of being in the flow, you will have it. And we are doing everything we can conceive of with our ascended conceptual minds to help you have that experience of being in the flow.

With that, I seal you in the flow that I AM. For the Fifth Ray is of course not something static, it is a flow. And Hilarion, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Raising elemental life through the authority of the Christ


Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, May 22, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. What I will talk about first here is the interest that many spiritual students, including ascended master students, have had in elementals and elemental life. We are quite aware that many people from many different spiritual traditions are interested in this topic. We also know that sometimes this interest becomes, we might say, an interest in understanding the topic of elementals more than the practical application of it. While we know there is an interest, and we are in no way saying it is wrong to be interested in this topic, our goal for this conference is really to give you a practical knowledge of elementals that applies to the topic of co-creating with the ascended masters. Because as we have said, you are indeed co-creating with the ascended masters, but you are co-creating through elemental life. To take the image that Serapis Bey gave you, that you are using the conceptual mind to formulate an image, well, when you reach the level of Christhood, you stop formulating an image of what is above you in the hierarchy, you are just opening yourself to experiencing the flow and receiving images from above. Then you let those filter through the prism of your mind. You use your conceptual mind to formulate an image that you want to project onto the world, and that is the image you project upon elemental life.

The complexity of elemental life

Therefore, our aim here is to give you some understanding that helps you with this process, and it will not necessarily cover everything that we know people would like to know, but there is simply so much to say about this that we must draw a line somewhere. And why is there so much to say about this topic of elemental life? Well, because when you look at your physical body, you can see that the body is an enormously complex structure. I know that many of you went through when you were children, this shock of realizing that there is something going on inside your body, like organs, or digestion, or you have a stomach that fills with food, and somehow it becomes digested until it comes out as this smelly substance. And you are shocked by realizing how much is going on beneath the surface level of your body. But now think even further beyond this, the cells, the circulatory system, the nervous system, the brain. Scientists believe that the brain is the most complex structure in the universe. This is actually not correct, but that is what they believe, because of all of the different connections between the neurons in the brain. 

Why is there such complexity? Well, because you are in the seventh sphere. We have said that the spheres became gradually more dense. Yes, that is correct enough in terms of the pure energy. But you see, what happens is that as the energies become more dense at a lower level of vibration, in order to manifest form, the process of manifesting form has to become more complex. And this is not, you might think, a detriment or a bad thing. It is actually part of the progression of the spheres, because the greater complexity gives a greater opportunity for self-aware beings to grow, even for non-self-aware beings, such as the elementals, to grow. 

The body elemental(s)

You take again your physical body. We have, in previous ascended master organizations and in other spiritual teachings, we have this concept of the body elemental. And you might then, from this, get the idea that there is just one body elemental. And that was what we gave in previous dispensations, because, as we have now explained many, many times, what we are doing is giving progressive revelation. And as we said yesterday, everything depends on the evolution of consciousness. There are certain steps that need to be taken. As we said, you could not develop the combustion engine first. You have to first develop the steam engine, which sets the stage for people being able to conceptualize the combustion engine. And this is the same with understanding of elemental life. We gave the simplified image, there is one elemental that manifests your physical body. But look how complex the body is. Thirty or so trillion cells that act as one unit. Is it realistic that there is one being who can oversee or manifest this entire process? If so, that being would have to have a very sophisticated level of consciousness. But your body elemental is still not a self-aware being. It is not an ascended master.

The more realistic view is that, yes, you have one body elemental that holds the overall image for your particular body. But there are many, many elementals that take care of specific functions, manifesting organs, the nervous system, the brain. There is not one elemental that can manifest a human brain. Many elementals are involved. That is, of course, also why there is the possibility that things can go wrong, because an elemental might not be able to hold the original blueprint for a healthy organ, because it can take on energy from the collective consciousness or from a person’s individual consciousness. 

But my point here is to point out that there is an enormously complex structure of elemental beings who are working together to manifest your physical body. And now you multiply that up and look at the entire material universe you are in, and you can see that the complexity in the elemental realm is enormous compared to what you could fathom with the outer mind. There is always this balance that needs to be found where growing on the spiritual path, growing towards higher levels of awareness, means, of course, that you become aware of many things you were not aware of previously.

As a child, you start out having a relatively limited knowledge, but as you go through the different levels of schooling, you attain more and more knowledge of how complex life is. But you see, you still have to be able to function in everyday life. There is a balance to how much knowledge we want to give you about elemental life, because there comes a point where knowing more about elemental life is not really going to help you function in your daily life or work with the ascended masters in the co-creative process. You need to know enough, but you do not need to know every detail because it becomes so complex that it overwhelms you, and therefore, hinders your co-creative process rather than helping it. And that is, of course, not our goal. 

An outdated image of elemental beings

What we do want to bring out here is that there is among ascended master students a somewhat common misunderstanding, and it is again due to our progressive revelation of giving a simplified view. 

You have, if you look back at history, you have many native peoples around the world who believed in, who saw, and who worked with elemental beings. They often called them nature spirits, even sometimes gods or goddesses, but they clearly saw them as beings who were involved in the natural processes, and they attempted to work with them in various ways, pray to them, give sacrifices to them, or what have you. The awareness of these nature spirits has been around for a long time. And what you need to recognize here is that human beings do what Serapis Bey explained in such great depth. We use the conceptual mind to formulate an image and project it upon our environment. And of course, people have formulated images in their mind and projected it on elemental life. Nothing wrong with this, this is just how it works. But what you need to recognize is that in previous times, when the collective consciousness was lower, people formulated images of elemental beings based on their level of consciousness and their understanding of their environment. They also formulated images of gods based on that level of consciousness, their ability, so to speak, to conceptualize.

This means that over time, people have formulated various images of elemental beings that were sort of culturally decided, culturally colored. You have this image in parts of the world of gnomes that are like little trolls running around in nature, dressing a certain way, always a little bit overweight, and often carrying a little pickaxe on their shoulders, where they are supposedly using this pickaxe to chisel out, for example, a bell. Or they have these little gnome factories like Santa’s elves that are producing these gifts to wrap for the children at Christmas. And this is, of course, an image that was just part of the natural development, but for you as ascended master students, you need to let go of this image. You need to let go of the image that there is an elemental being that has a specific form, and that that elemental being creates a bell, fashions the bell out of whatever, atoms, molecules, so forth. 

Elementals grow from below

The reality, as we have said before, is that there is an elemental being who takes on the conceptualized image of a bell. And therefore, in a sense, the elemental being becomes the bell, or becomes a flower. You are self-aware beings. Therefore, you can see yourself that: “I am a spiritual being, or soul”— or however you see it, who has incarnated in this body—“I am not the body. I am expressing myself through the body.” But an elemental does not think: “I am a self-aware being who incarnated as a bell.” It thinks it is the bell. It sees itself as the bell, or a flower, or an organ in your body. And that is how the elemental being grows. The elemental being grows by taking on this form for a time, and then when the form stops existing, like the flower withers when the winter comes, the elemental can take on another form. And gradually, over time, it can take on more and more complex forms. And that is how the elemental grows in consciousness. The elemental sort of grows from below, we might say. 

A realistic approach to elemental life 

The reason why this is important for you to realize is that you cannot approach elemental life as if here is this nice little gnome that you can talk to as you are talking to another human being. And you cannot approach this by saying: “Oh, I can pray to the gnomes and ask them to do this for me, manifest this form for me.” That is not going to work. You are not having a conversation with gnomes or other elementals. You are at a fundamentally higher level in the cosmic hierarchy than the elementals. Your role is to command the elementals to manifest a form, not to ask them to manifest a form. This, of course, means that over time, human beings have misused that ability by commanding the elementals to take on lower forms based on lower states of consciousness. And this has caused many elementals to be trapped in these lower forms, which, of course, you can, from a human perspective, have compassion for. But still, you need to recognize the elementals do not see this the way you see it. You might say that an elemental who has been trapped by an angry fallen being into becoming almost like an evil spirit, you can see that that is not the ideal, but the elemental being does not evaluate it that way. It does not have any value judgment.

The elemental beings have no value judgments whatsoever. They cannot say that: “Oh, it is wrong to be a shark that eats human beings.” It is just taking on that form and experiencing that form. The elemental is not experiencing itself as a shark. It is experiencing shark consciousness. You need to recognize that your role as a co-creator in terms of elemental life is not to try to talk to them, reason with them, or ask them, not to have compassion for them, not to seek to impose some value judgment upon them. Your role is to formulate an image in your mind and project it onto the elementals. 

But you also need to recognize that right now you are on a dense planet called earth. There are many, many elementals, as we said, who have taken on these lower forms. And when an elemental has taken on a certain form, you need to recognize that the elemental sees, it does not really see it, but it experiences that it needs to preserve the form. It is its job, its role to preserve the form. Even when an elemental has taken on a lower form, you might project an image that is higher, but the elemental will resist shifting because it will think it is its job to maintain the form it has now.

And that is why, as we said, you need to attract, first of all, the more evolved elementals, but the other aspect of this is that you realize that sometimes it is your role as a Christed being to command elementals to shift from a lower to a higher form. But this is not a request, it is a command, because you have the authority as a person who is co-creating with the ascended masters to project this image, this higher image on the elementals. You take the situation of Jesus calming the storm. He commanded the air elementals to calm the storm. He did not ask them. He commanded it based on the authority he had. Now again, there is always a danger in mentioning these miracles, because I am not asking you to think in your mind that you should be able to produce the miracles that Jesus produced, primarily because we want you to avoid discouragement, but also because we said in the modern age, we are not looking to manifest this kind of miracles, because people are now ready to step up in the mind without seeing these outer manifestations.

But the point is, you need to recognize your role, that you have a right to command elemental life. And now you might say: “Well, but what if I am not fully in the Christ consciousness? What if I do not have the highest vision? What if I project a lower form on the elementals?” But that is still your right to do this. And as Master MORE said, you need to be willing to experiment. You need to recognize your role to experiment and therefore, learn from your experiment and refine the image you are projecting on the elementals. 

Working with your body elementals 

Let’s start with your body, your physical body, because this is, of course, the logical, the obvious way for you to experiment with this. You can have this idea that your body has a physical disease and you have physical symptoms of this. But you know, based on our teachings, that there is no physical manifestation that is not created by consciousness. Consciousness comes before the physical manifestation. Even though your body has developed a physical symptom, it does not mean it cannot be changed and it does not mean it can only be changed at the physical level.

Certainly there are some instances where it can only be changed at the physical level, such as if you break a leg, you need to take physical action. And I am not in any way discouraging you from pursuing physical means of healing. But what I am saying is that you have to recognize here that the elementals involved in your physical body are manifesting your current physical condition because of an image they have taken on. And that elemental, let’s say you have a weak heart, a heart condition, the elemental that has taken on the image of your heart has taken on a less than ideal image. But that elemental can take on a higher image of a healthy heart. But you understand that the elemental does not grasp that it has taken on an unhealthy image, that it is manifesting an unhealthy heart. The elemental that manifests your heart cannot make this evaluation. It takes on the image that was projected upon it and it thinks it has to preserve that image. And therefore, you need to realize that you need to exercise authority to cause the elemental to override its existing image and take on a higher image.

This is not going to happen by being meek, by being humble. You need to come to a point in your mind where you are willing to command the elemental to shift image, to shift to a higher image. You are commanding this. You are not asking because the elemental does not understand asking. If you are saying: “Elemental, would you please take on an image of a healthy heart?” The elemental will say: “What does this ‘please’ mean? What are you talking about? This is the image I was given. This is the image I am outpicturing.” Therefore, you need to have in your mind this clarity that you are demanding that this elemental shift from its current image to a higher image. 

Now, how are you going to project that image? Well, partly by reaching up for the ascended masters, for the Immaculate Concept as Mother Mary has talked about, but also by realizing that you do not need to have a detailed visual image of a healthy heart because that is already stored at the identity level for your physical body. It is just that somewhere between the identity level and the physical there was a distortion that twisted the image that reached the elemental at the physical level.

You can visualize that there is an image, a blueprint at the identity level and you can visualize that the pure blueprint, even though you do not see it in detail, you can still visualize that blueprint is lowered into the mental level where the elemental at the mental level takes it on and then it is lowered to the emotional level where the elemental at that level takes it on and then it is lowered to the physical where the physical elemental takes on the healthy image. That is what you can visualize. 

Now this may not happen, in fact it most likely will not happen in an instant. It could theoretically, but in most cases because of the density of the physical octave it will take time. And this is where many spiritual students become discouraged because how do you know when you have not yet used enough time to manifest the image or whether what you are doing is futile. And this is again where the discouragement of the dark forces comes in, where they will try to somehow get your mind to lock on a linear time limit, say I should be able to do this in 33 days and then when it does not happen in 33 days you become discouraged because now they are projecting at you: “Oh it should have happened, the process is not going to work, you are doing something wrong.”

Kuan Yin’s exercise for a healthy body 

How do you in reality or in a more aware way go through this process? I will attempt to give you a method. Let’s say just for an example, you choose your own organ or part of the body, but let’s say the heart. You have become aware you have an issue with your heart. What you do not perhaps realize consciously is that this changes the way you look at your physical body, at the physical, the emotional, the mental and the identity level. You might have before you became aware of this condition seen yourself as a healthy person. Now you identify yourself as an unhealthy person, at least you have a specific problem. That identity as an unhealthy person will block the descent of the pure blueprint for your heart. What you need to do is go through a process, start a process, learn a process where you set aside some time. You might give some decrees first if you feel like it, but you set aside time. Have a quiet room, you sit down, you are comfortable and you focus your attention at the identity level and you lock in, there is a blueprint at the identity level of a healthy heart, your heart being healthy.

How will you bring that blueprint into the mental level? In fact, how will you superimpose that blueprint on your elemental at the identity level? By identifying yourself as a person with a healthy heart, by shifting your sense of identity so you are not allowing yourself to feel that you are an unhealthy person. You are not identifying yourself as a person with a damaged heart, you are instead identifying yourself as a person with a healthy heart. You are accepting at the identity level that you are a person with a healthy heart. 

Now this may require you to look at some subconscious selves that will project at you, but you are a person with an unhealthy heart, that is what the doctor told you. You might have to look at that self and say, you are not real, you are just an image, you are an image of a person with an unhealthy heart and I choose to let that image die and accept the image that I am a person with a healthy heart. This then takes the blueprint of a healthy heart, superimposes it upon your elemental at the identity level and it gives you the experience. 

Now listen to me, this is not a mental image, you need to come to a point where you experience yourself as a person with a healthy heart. It is not a belief, it is not a thought you are projecting, it is an experience. You are identifying yourself as a person with a healthy heart. How would you feel, how would you see yourself, how would you identify yourself if you had a healthy heart? This is the state of mind you need to go into. 

Then you take this down to the mental level and there can be all kinds of thoughts at the mental level about what is the problem with your heart, how do you need to deal with it and all these things. Now again, I am not saying you should stop taking physical measures as the doctor tells you to deal with your heart condition, but I am saying that you need to create a state of mind where you are thinking like a person with a healthy heart. All these thoughts about what it means to have an unhealthy heart, they need to be let go and they come from selves, they are just images. Because what is a healthy heart? It is an image projected upon the elemental. What is an unhealthy heart? It is an image projected upon an elemental. None of the two have any ultimate reality, they are just images. What you need to do is shift your mind from being focused on the unhealthy image to being focused on the healthy image. There are certain worries and fears that you do not need to have when you accept yourself as a person with a healthy heart.

Then you take it down to the feeling level. You have certain feelings, perhaps fear-based, of course worrying because the doctor told you your heart is unhealthy. Again, they are just images. And when you bring the image of the healthy heart down to your emotional body, you need to establish the feeling. How do you feel as a person with a healthy heart? And then you take that feeling and project it upon the elemental at the physical level so that the feeling, the thoughts, the identity you have in your mind of a healthy heart is projected onto the elemental with enough force that it shakes the elemental out of thinking and has to preserve its current image of your heart and it accepts and it takes on the healthy image. And the elemental now experiencing itself as that new image. It is not that the elemental thinks, oh this is better or this is healthy, the other was unhealthy. It just takes on the image. Now it experiences itself as that new image because it has taken on your mental image of a healthy heart. Again, this will not work instantly, but it is certainly a way for you to experiment with a co-creative process.

Most of you have some bodily condition that you would like to change. This is a way to start experimenting. Again, discouragement is the sharpest tool in the devil’s tool kit. You need to of course be aware of this and not give yourself a time limit. You also need to not make this into such an elaborate ritual that it takes up too much of your time. You can gradually simplify it so that you can do this in just a few seconds. Reach up to the identity, identify yourself as a person, bring it down, project it onto the physical. You are in a sense projecting it onto the elementals at the four levels until it reaches the physical. And then you allow yourself to feel, to experience what it is like to be a person with a healthy part of your body, whatever it is for you. Or perhaps the body as a whole, that you have energy or that you have a clear mind. This is just one way to experiment with a co-creative process. 

Elementals grow by serving human beings

I do desire to give you a few other thoughts about elemental life. You need to understand that, as I said, elementals are not tiny little humans. You will see how there are people who have cats or dogs and they talk to their dogs as if they were human beings and could understand what they are saying. This is not necessarily wrong in the sense that it can increase the awareness of the elemental being in the dog. But still, your primary goal for interacting with elemental life is not, let me say that again, it is not to try to raise the consciousness of a particular elemental. You are not having the goal that you want to raise up an elemental to become self-aware and receive a threefold flame. That is not your goal. Your goal is to realize that elementals grow by serving, by serving. And they serve by taking on form. They cannot formulate the image of the form. It must be projected at them from a higher level. And therefore, elementals grow by serving human beings in some capacity. 

Now just to take an example of this, there are many spiritual people throughout the ages who have felt: “I should not eat meat because in order for me to eat meat, an animal has to be killed, and surely that cannot be spiritual.”

Now many people feel this way because they are avatars and they have an unconscious memory that on natural planets you do not kill animals to eat, but you are on an unnatural planet called earth. There is an elemental that outpictures or has taken on the form. In fact, there is of course more than one, but nevertheless, there is an elemental that has taken on the form of a cow. A cow produces milk. The elemental of the cow grows by producing milk that is consumed by human beings. The cow also produces meat. The elemental grows when the cow is slaughtered and eaten by human beings. You understand? Elementals grow by serving, and in the unnatural conditions on earth, one way elementals grow is taking on the form of animals that are eaten by humans. I am not thereby telling you that you should not be a vegetarian. You have a right to make the choice of what you want to eat. You have a right to tune into your body and say: “Is it good for my body to eat meat or not?” And if you intuitively feel that it is not good for your body to eat meat, then you have a right to choose not to eat meat.

But what I am telling you is that throughout the ages, we have seen many spiritual people formulate a mental image in their mind based on some spiritual teaching that it is ideologically wrong to eat meat. And therefore, they have forced their bodies to not eat meat, which in some cases has caused various imbalances or diseases in the body. Because in the density of matter that you have on this unnatural planet, the body needs certain things that it can most easily get from animals. Because a cow can eat grass and process it, whereas if you try to eat grass, you will find it a very unpleasant experience because your body is not geared towards it. Why not? Because your body is more complex than the body of a cow. You see again the different levels. The higher the complexity of the body, the less it is able to take in direct nutrients, for example from plant food. Whereas the less complex body of a cow, even though it is still fairly complex, can process the nutrients in plant food in a better way than a human body can because it is closer to the plant level.

Beyond this, there is elemental life. And elementals, in order to manifest a cow, have to take on a fairly complex image. And when that image is fulfilled by people consuming the meat and the dairy, the elemental grows from it. But if there are animals that are not consumed by human beings, they often do not grow—the elementals cannot grow and that often means that a species can become extinct or it can stay at a certain level for a long period of time. 

You see that what many people have experienced is that they feel they have a dog or a cat that they can communicate with because the dog has a higher level of consciousness than a cow, for example. Yes, but that shows you what? That shows you that the elemental of the dog is serving you in a more direct way than a wolf running around out in the forest. And it is the same with elementals in other animals. By serving humans, they grow, they transcend themselves. And that is how evolution works on an unnatural planet. 

Elemental life and the principle of non-aggression 

Now again, I am not saying you should not be a vegetarian. I am just saying you should not be a vegetarian for ideological reasons. And you certainly should not be a vegetarian thinking that this actually helps the elementals. Again, what I suggest is that you try to tune in to your body’s elementals to get an intuitive sense of whether they want you to eat meat or not. Instead of deciding with the outer mind that: “Because I have this particular view of spiritual teachings, I should not eat meat”. This is just one example of many of how you can re-evaluate your view of elemental life. There is a very clear tendency among spiritual people, and it is again one of these unavoidable enigmas on an unnatural planet. Because we have the golden rule, do unto others what you want them to do to you. Do not do unto others what you do not want them to do to you. In other words, you are becoming less and less aggressive. You have the lowest level of consciousness, you have the most aggressive people on the planet, the fallen beings, who will kill millions of people to maintain their position as a dictator.

And of course, as you grow in consciousness towards the 96th level, you become less and less aggressive. In a sense, you could say that you are shedding all the dualistic selves that you created below the 48th level, so that when you reach that 96th level, you let go of that last self-focused self that Serapis Bey was talking about. And then you are completely non-aggressive at that level. And many spiritual people, as they have grown on the path and approached the 96th level, they think with the outer mind that they need to adopt this principle of non-aggression, or Ahimsa, or whatever they have called it in various spiritual traditions. But you see, if you take what the Chohans have been explaining here, and Serapis Bey was trying to make this clear in a way that has never been done before, is at the 96th level, you stop projecting an image upwards. And therefore, you also need to stop projecting an image of what it means to be non-aggressive, what it means to be peaceful. 

Freeing elementals from a lower image

And this means that you can now re-evaluate your relationship to elemental life. Because many spiritual people will think that:  “As a spiritual person, I should not burden elemental life. I should not project fear or anger upon them.A Well, if you are afraid of your health, you are projecting fear upon your body elementals. But nevertheless, my bigger point here is that many spiritual people think they cannot allow themselves to command the elementals, or to make demands on the elementals. They cannot allow it. But you see, what happens as you give up the self-focused self is that you are now not projecting an image upon elementals based on separation. You are reaching up for an image based on the Christ mind, and you are projecting that image upon the elementals. And that will free the elementals from a lower image and have them take on a higher image. 

Now, as I said, the elemental itself cannot really evaluate whether it is taking on a lower image or a higher image. But still, as the elemental takes on a higher, more complex, more pure image, the elemental still grows in awareness. And as we have talked about, there are lower levels of elementals, they have no evaluation, they have no discernment.

Elementals finding joy in their service

But the higher level of elementals, they do develop some discernment. And the result of this is that they also develop the ability to feel joy in their service. The lower level elementals just take on the image projected upon them. They have no feelings about it. They are, in a sense, neutral about it. Or if they are really burdened by very dark images, they can feel agitated. But they are not able to say: “Oh, this is not good, I do not want this.” They have to take on the image. But as they grow, they can begin to feel joy in outpicturing an image. They can feel joy in serving human beings. A shark has no sense of joy. The elemental outpicturing a shark has no sense of joy. But an elemental outpicturing a dog that is loved by a human feels great joy in serving this way. 

You see that when you incorporate this, you realize that when you reach for an image from the Christ mind, project it upon the elementals, you are actually helping raise elemental life rather than keeping them trapped in a lower form. 

We can say it this way. You look at an elemental that is outpicturing some low form and you are thinking that the elemental suffers. But that is not the case. The elemental is just experiencing the form. But as the elemental gradually grows, it does acquire the awareness to feel joy in giving service. And therefore, when you are, so to speak, freeing an elemental from a lower image, you are bringing the elemental up to where it can feel joy. You can say at a lower level an elemental being does not feel trapped even though it is. But by projecting a higher image upon it, you are freeing it from that trap. And then it will begin to experience joy in its service. But for this to happen, you understand, the elemental cannot do this by itself. Even the higher level elementals cannot consciously decide: “Oh, I no longer want to be a cow elemental. I want to be a dog elemental.” They cannot decide this. That is only when they acquire self-awareness and embody in human bodies. But you can decide for an elemental by projecting a higher image upon it. And that is, of course, how the upward spiral is created and maintained and accelerated.

Stepping into the authority of Christ 

But this only happens when you decide not to be passive but to be an active participant. You could say it this way. From the ascended level, we are looking at earth, we are looking at all of these elemental beings. Of course we want to free all of them from lower images and take on the much more beautiful and fulfilling images that was originally projected upon them by the Elohim. Of course this is what we want. But we cannot do it directly. But we can do it through you. But you have to step into that role of not feeling you have to become more and more passive as you become more and more spiritual. Was Jesus meek and humble when he commanded the waves to cease and the winds to stop? No. He was fully aware that he had the authority to free the elementals from a lower image. And that he had a right to do this. And you need to also develop that willingness, that experience that you have a right. You have a right to exercise the authority of Christ. Of course it is not the authority of the ego where you see the fallen beings thinking they have the absolute right to project all these negative images upon elementals. That is not what you are doing. 

But you do need to step up and realize that as a Christed being, you have a right to project a higher image. You do not need to be passive about this because if you are passive, how can you fulfill your role in the hierarchy, in the flow of life? 

Non-aggression is not passivity

With this, I have given you my portion of this release. We have planned, even though I have given you a little more than planned, because based on your reaction to the previous dictations, I have been able to give you more than I originally planned to give. And hopefully that momentum can continue so that the masters who come after me can also take their release to a higher level. For this, I honor your willingness to be co-creators of the process of this conference, this release, because it is only when you are willing to shift your consciousness that we can bring forth something higher than what we planned. And the more you are willing to shift, the higher we can go, and the more we can project together into the collective consciousness.

As one final thought, the fallen beings are of course ultimately threatened of those who reach the 96th level and go into the realm of personal Christhood. They will do everything they can to stop it. And one of the ways they have traditionally been quite successful is precisely this dynamic that I just described. Spiritual people think they become less and less aggressive, and that means that you have to become more and more passive. Non-aggression is not the same as passivity. If it was, Jesus would have stayed in the wilderness beyond the 40 days and never came out. The Buddha would have stayed in Nirvana and never come back to teach. 

Christhood is about saying: “I will no longer pursue the raising of myself, I will pursue the raising of the whole.” You go, you have the in-breath of God where you rise to the 96th level, but then when you let go of that self-focused self, you now go into the out-breath of God, where you go out to raise the whole. This may happen by you speaking out, as Master MORE explained in the question given yesterday, but it may also happen in you projecting higher images upon elemental life without having to step forth in a public way that other people see.

There are various ways of serving as a Christed being. There is no standard, but you cannot be a Christed being by continuing the in-breath. You can only be a Christed being by going into the out-breath. And then, of course, after some time, you will have completed your mission as Jesus did, and as the Buddha eventually did, and then you will go back into the in-breath. But you see, there are spiritual people who think that once they have found the spiritual path and risen to a certain level, they just need to keep going. But that cannot lead to enlightenment or the ascension. There must be first the in-breath, then the out-breath, then the in-breath again. With this, I seal you in the flame that I hold for earth. It has been called the Flame of Mercy, but it is really a flame of being willing to participate in the out-breath. Because when you free an elemental from a lower image, is that not mercy? Kuan Yin, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Giving up the conditions in your mind and surrendering to the flow that pulls you up


Ascended Master Serapis Bey through Kim Michaels, May 22, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Serapis Bey. You will recall that Master MORE talked about how people saw him in previous ascended master dispensations and how it became counterproductive to what we actually want to achieve with our students. 

Determination on the path 

Well, certainly, I, Serapis Bey, have a similar image problem, that many people in previous dispensations saw me as this strict disciplinarian. And the image, if you step back from the specifics, the image is really that I was seeking to force students to qualify for their ascension or walk the spiritual path. The idea was that it required great discipline to walk the spiritual path, especially under Serapis Bey, when you came to my retreat at Luxor. It is not that this is wrong. But, it is not the full understanding, either. First of all, we have talked about the stages of the spiritual path where you start at the 48th level, where you are still very much influenced by the collective consciousness and then, as you walk up towards the 96th level, you are raising yourself above the collective consciousness. 

And certainly, the collective consciousness on earth is very dense, so there is a very significant pull on any student who attempts to raise his or her consciousness beyond the average. Family, friends, but even people in general, want you to do what they are doing. They do not want you to raise yourself above them. “Who do you think you are?” is a common reaction from the collective. We can say that, in order to free yourself from this downward pull of the collective consciousness, it does require a certain discipline. And it is not really that it requires discipline as such, it is just that it requires a certain determination not to be sidetracked. 

And what you see in some students is, of course, that they find the spiritual path, a teaching, a practice, they determine to dedicate themselves to doing it. But after some time, they lose momentum, they get distracted by other things, now they stop doing the practice, then they feel bad about having stopped, now they start again, it goes well for a while. Then they again get distracted, they stop doing it, then feel bad again, and the whole cycle repeats. 

You see that there are some students that have this seesaw action going back and forth, trying to make it, but just as they are ready to break free from the pull of the collective, they are distracted and pulled back down. That is why there is a certain period of the path where you need to build a momentum, so that you are not pulled back by the collective. You are on a steady, upward path. In order to build this momentum, it requires a certain determination, a certain discipline. But, you see, I am not the one trying to force students to build this momentum. I am, of course, as the representative of the Fourth Ray, pointing out that the primary quality of the Fourth Ray is not purity, as traditionally seen, but acceleration. What you have to do, in order to break free of the pull of the collective, is to accelerate yourself—accelerate your approach to the spiritual path, but also accelerate your four lower bodies, especially, of course, the emotional, mental, and identity body, so that they cannot be pulled down because as long as you are accelerating, you do not feel the pull of the collective as much. 

Once you stand still, you feel it much stronger, and then you can easily start sliding back down. But as long as you are maintaining a steady, accelerating trajectory, it becomes much easier for you to reach that point where the collective has lost its pull on you. You are not really tempted to go back into doing some of the things that other people are doing. From this perspective, there is, of course, validity to the idea of a certain discipline being required. But this cannot be extended to the process of preparing you for your ascension, or even the initiations of Christhood around the 96th level, because you see what students in previous organizations often envisioned was that I was this very strict person, almost like a general in the army. There were strict disciplinary requirements, and you would be punished for not following them to the letter. In other words, the idea was that the spiritual path is an all-or-nothing process. You either fulfil the requirements, or you are out. You either live up to my demands in my retreat, or you have to leave. But that is, of course, not the way it is, especially not with the initiations around the 96th level, and, of course, not with the theme of this conference: “Co-creating with the ascended masters.” 

You see, Christhood and co-creation cannot be forced. It must be something you desire more than an earthly activity because, as Paul the Venetian said, you love it more than the earthly activity. And you cannot be forced to love. You can only reconnect to what you love more. Really, you could say that, if you have worked through the initiations of the first three rays, I do not have to discipline you when you come to the Fourth Ray because you have already reconnected to that love under Paul the Venetian, and the wisdom under Lanto, and the will to experiment under Master MORE, so I do not need to discipline you whatsoever. You are already motivated. 

The need for a distance between you and the masters

Now I want to go back to this idea from previous dispensations, this image that I am the strict, uncompromising disciplinarian. What is really behind that image? Well, first of all, you can see that, in a hierarchical structure, such as, for example, an army, there is a clear hierarchy, and those who are at the lower levels are removed from those at the higher levels. The people at the very top are basically untouchable for those at the lower levels. It is a one-way communication, and there is a distance. Why did previous ascended master students, who saw themselves as advanced spiritual people, as dedicated ascended master students, why did they want to uphold this image of me and Master MORE, or El Morya, as they called him, as disciplinarians? Because it maintained the gap, the distance between them and us. 

Now you may consider, of course, the seeming contradiction, that you see yourself as a student of the ascended masters, but you want to maintain a distance between you and the masters. Why is this? Why do you think you are a dedicated student, but you want the masters to be up there? You want, basically, the ascended masters to be like the remote God in the sky, and for that matter, why have people for a long time wanted a remote God in the sky? Well, it is partly because, of course, this allows the ego to hide. Or rather, it allows the ego to maintain the illusion that it can hide from God or from the ascended masters. 

Hiding the ego 

What does that actually mean? Here you have a person who sees himself or herself as a dedicated ascended master student, thinks that he or she is studying and practicing the highest spiritual teaching on the planet, thinking that he or she is approaching personal Christhood, yet the person still wants to maintain a distance between themselves and the masters. Why? Well, because they feel they still have something to hide. You are really thinking, or rather the ego, the subconscious selves are thinking that: “If I can keep Serapis Bey at arm’s length, he cannot see what is hiding in my psychology.” But why would you think this? Why would you want me not to see what is going on in your psychology?

If you consider what we have said in this dispensation, that spiritual growth is entirely about resolving psychology, why would you not want me to help you resolve your psychology? And how can I help you resolve it, if I cannot see it? You see, when you have this attitude, it is because you have not really grasped that the spiritual path is about resolving psychology. You are still on the outer path where you think: “Studying the teachings, practicing decrees, this is enough to qualify me for my ascension. I do not have to look at my psychology in order to qualify for my ascension.” What these students were in essence saying was that they would like to come to my retreat at Luxor, study under me, but they expected that this would be like joining the army, where you would have certain drills, certain exercises, you would learn certain skills, outer things you had to do, and you had to follow this strict disciplinary procedure. And if you just did that, then one day, magically, you would have qualified for your ascension, and I would appear and tell you this, and take you into the atomic accelerator chair where your body could be accelerated into the ascended state, as some older students imagined.

Giving up the sense of gap

You see, when you take the teachings we are giving now, you see how we have stepped up to an entirely higher level, where we have explained very clearly that you cannot ascend this way because the ascension is a voluntary process. You must choose to ascend. And in order to choose to ascend, you must choose to leave the earth behind. But you cannot leave the earth behind if you still have unresolved psychology, unresolved desires, unresolved attachments, the subconscious selves that we are now teaching. You see, when you see a gap between yourself and the ascended masters, you will never overcome that gap. For what is the last process of the ascension? It is that you give up the illusion that there is a gap between you and the ascended octave, the ascended masters, your I AM Presence. You give up the sense that there is a gap. 

Now, the same way with co-creating with the ascended masters. How can you co-create with us if you see a gap between yourself and us? As long as there is a gap, where is the connection that allows energies and visions to flow from us to you, and if there is no flow from us to you, how can there be co-creation? You cannot co-create with an image of ascended masters that you hold in your mind. You can only co-create when you make a genuine connection with at least one ascended master and you cannot make that connection as long as you see a gap. Now, again, as Paul the Venetian said, we cannot force you to overcome that gap and we have no desire to force you. I have no desire to discipline you or punish you if you do not live up to my demands. 

Surrendering to the pull

My role is to receive you when you have passed the initiations of the first three Chohans and then accelerate your path to a higher level. But what is acceleration? Is it a push or a pull? You look at a rocket standing on the launch pad. At the bottom of the rocket is this huge fuel tank, with boosters at the bottom, and as those boosters are ignited, they create an explosion that creates a force that pushes the rocket up. And this is precisely how many people in previous dispensations looked at the spiritual path. You are pushing up. And again, at the lower levels of the path, between the 48th and the 96th, you do have to push to break free of the collective. But when you reach the fourth level, you need to switch and realize that acceleration can be created in two ways. One is the push. But when you connect to something above—your I AM Presence, ascended masters of your choice—they can pull you up and they can deliver the acceleration through a pull instead of a push. But what does it require for you to shift from pushing yourself to allowing yourself to be pulled? You have to surrender. You have to surrender to the pull. It is, to give you a crude illustration, what do you have to do to make this pen fall? There is a natural force of gravity that is pulling the pen down. What do you have to do? Do you have to push it down? Do you have to throw it down? Well, you can, of course, do this. But all you really have to do is just stop holding on. Surrender, and it falls. Well, it is the same in the opposite direction. 

Letting go of your image of Serapis Bey

It is our joy, the joy of your I AM Presence, to pull up on the Conscious You. All you have to do is stop resisting it. But how can you surrender if you are at my retreat under my tutelage, how can you surrender to my willingness to pull you up, to pull you into acceleration? You have to let go of your image of me, and if you especially have the image of a strict disciplinarian, you have to let go of that image that creates a gap between you and I. I cannot pull you if you are seeing a distance between you and I. You must surrender the image that causes you to feel that distance. 

Now, I know you are going to say, or at least the logical, rational mind can say: “But, Serapis, you are an ascended master. Are you not above me?” But you are not understanding what I am saying then. I am, of course, an ascended master. I am at a higher level of vibration than you are. That is why I can pull you up. But that is not the same as the image I am talking about that sees a gap between you and I, because the image is what prevents you from surrendering to my pull because you think that I require something of you, some outer thing you have to live up to. 

In other words, you are thinking that I am imposing conditions on you. You are thinking that I am standing here, the strict disciplinarian, saying: “You have to live up to this condition, and that condition, and that condition, then I will accept you as my student!” But you see, what is imposing conditions upon you is not me, but the image you have of me. You are imposing conditions upon yourself and as long as you are imposing those conditions, you cannot surrender to my pull. You cannot surrender into acceleration. In fact, what will happen is that the push that you created in order to break free of the collective consciousness will not be able to take you further, and you will stagnate, which we have seen happen to many students. Some could maintain a certain level for a while, but many eventually started going down. 

Projecting conditions onto yourself 

If you look at previous ascended master dispensations, you will see a pattern that, after the messenger no longer was active, many students fell away from the teachings, some even gave up on the spiritual path but that was because they had an image of what the masters are like, what the spiritual path is like, and what they are like as spiritual students. And they did not want to acknowledge that those conditions that they projected upon us, were really only created in their own minds. They did not come from us. 

What am I trying to show you here? You think that we are projecting at you an image that you have to live up to as our students. But in reality, you are projecting at us, and of course, you are projecting at yourself. But we are ascended masters. How did we ascend? Well, we ascended, as we are explaining, by surrendering, by giving up, by letting go. 

Surely, we each followed our process. Each ascended master has their own way of looking at the path. There is an old joke told of El Morya and Kuthumi, who are told to go up a mountain, find a master, get a message, and bring it back down. And El Morya charges straight up the hill without looking right or left, gets the message, goes straight down, but when he comes down, he has forgotten the message. Kuthumi takes a slowly meandering path, communes with the birds, smells the flowers, gets the message, it takes him longer to get back down, but he has retained the message. Each master, we have our own way, but there came a point where we realized that our approach to the path could only take us to a certain level, and then we had to give up that approach to go higher. 

You see, it is an enigma to grasp this. And I am not so ambitious that I think I can give you words that will resolve it for everyone. But as always, some will grasp it. What I am saying here is you think we are projecting on you conditions that you have to live up to, but we are not projecting on you. We are, however, radiating our light and our vision. Would you say that the sun is projecting its light on you, or is it just radiating its light? In other words, does the sun sit there and formulate a specific condition, so that you, one person among eight billion on earth, you have to live up to specific conditions in order to receive the sun’s light? No. It just radiates the light, and so do we. 

You see, in order to co-create, yes, you have to receive from us but what you receive is not a projection of you having to live up to a certain image. All you have to do in order to receive from us, is to receive, but in order to receive you have to be open, you have to be neutral. And you are not neutral when you are projecting an image upon us, that we are projecting an image upon you, and therefore, you are projecting on yourself that you have to live up to this image that comes from us, but which really comes from you, from your subconscious mind, from your ego, but also, of course, from the fallen beings. 

It is again this—the fallen beings have projected there is a standard you have to live up to and it is inevitable that ascended master students in the beginning will believe, that, in order to be a good student of the ascended masters, you have to live up to a standard. But as we have said before: “Will you please stop projecting at us that we are judging you the same way the fallen beings are judging you? Will you please stop projecting at us that we are in the same mindset as the fallen beings?” We are not. 

Unconscious vs. conscious co-creation

We have ascended because we have transcended the mindset of the fallen beings. We have given up the mindset of seeking in our minds to define how the universe should work. What is it you are doing in the duality consciousness? You are formulating a mental image in your mind, often based on ideas you received from the fallen beings and their ideologies and their religions. But you are formulating an image in your mind, you are projecting it upon the external world, and when you hear about ascended masters, you are repeating that process. You are formulating an image in your mind, projecting it upon us. And in the beginning, that image is affected by the angry, judgmental God, the remote God in the sky, created by the fallen beings. We have tried to do everything we can think of to help you let go of that image, and when you do let go of that image, you have passed a significant threshold on the spiritual path. But there is still another consideration. 

What we have explained before is that as a co-creator, you co-create by using the conceptual mind. Master MORE said you have to experiment. How do you experiment? You formulate an image in your mind, you project it into the cosmic mirror, you project it at the Ma-ter light, you project it at the reality simulator. You have a certain level of consciousness, and you formulate your image based on that level of consciousness. That is perfectly natural and unavoidable. That is how you co-create. Then, when you see what comes back, you refine the image and project a more refined image and you continue with that process. 

In other words, you formulate an image in the conceptual mind, you are projecting it out—but do you see what is the topic of this conference? Co-creation with the ascended masters. There is an unconscious co-creation where you are formulating an image in your mind and, of course, the energy, the light that you use to project that image out comes from the ascended masters, but you are not aware of this. You are not aware of the Christ mind. You will in the beginning see yourself as an individual being living in an external world. You may have a sense of connection with something, but you are not clear what you are connected to. You are formulating an image in the conceptual mind and projecting it out. Again, perfectly natural, but what we are talking about here is that you are coming towards the 96th level where you attain that personal Christhood. Personal Christhood is that you become consciously aware of the One mind and you give up the desire to express your co-creative abilities as a separate being or even as an individual being. You surrender to the One mind wanting to only express your creativity in ways that raises the whole rather than manifesting what you individually desire. 

Entering the flow of the River of Life

The initiation you have to overcome in order to consciously co-create with us is that you have to grasp how to use the conceptual mind at this level. You see, at lower levels, you are formulating an image in your mind, projecting it at everything. When you hear about the spiritual path and ascended masters, say at the 48th level, you are using your conceptual mind to formulate an image of the ascended masters and of the spiritual path and you are projecting that image upon us. Again, perfectly natural. But what we are telling you is that as you come closer to the 96th level and you have a desire to consciously co-create with us, you need to realize that co-creation can only be achieved when you stop using the conceptual mind to formulate an image of us and projecting it upwards. You need to realize that co-creation means you enter the flow of the Holy Spirit, of the River of Life, of the Christ consciousness.

What we have done as ascended masters, we have surrendered into the flow. We have not lost our individuality. We have actually recaptured or gained our true individuality as one facet in the diamond of the mind of God. And you see what that means is, we have explained, there is a hierarchy of ascended beings reaching all the way up to the Creator. All ascended beings are aware that we are part of this hierarchy and that the flow goes from the Creator to the lower levels, the highest level of ascended masters, then to the next level, the next and the next. This is a true hierarchy. It is not like the earthly hierarchies created by the fallen beings, but there is a flow. This is not a dictate. It is not that you give up your free will when you join this flow. You give up the desire to exercise free will as a separate individual being without considering the whole, which truly makes your will free. What my point here is no ascended master formulates an image in its mind of what God should be like and attempts to project that upwards.

Projecting down, never up—or onto yourself

As an ascended master, you are using your conceptual mind, but you are not projecting up with a conceptual mind. You are formulating an image based on your level of consciousness and you are projecting it down. And that is the position you need to find if you want to co-create with us, where you stop using the conceptual mind to project an image of what ascended masters are like and what conditions we impose upon you. 

In a sense, in order to achieve this, you have to stop imposing conditions on yourself and that is what you achieve when you pass that initiation of the 96th level, overcoming the focus on self. Because what is that focus on self? It is, you have used the conceptual mind to formulate a condition that you have to live up to and you are projecting that upon yourself. You see why this becomes a self-reinforcing system, the serpent swallowing its tail? You have formulated a condition in your own mind, an image in your own mind, but you are projecting that it was not you, it was the ascended masters. This comes from a higher authority and therefore, you cannot break free of it. 

You can only break free of it when you realize consciously: “Oh, it is not Serapis Bey who wants me to be this way, it is the subconscious self, my primal self. It is myself who is seeking to force myself to live up to this image, these conditions.” When you see that, that is when you pass the initiation at the 96th level. Because now you can say: “I am done with this, projecting images upon myself.” And when you no longer project an image on yourself, you do not need to project any image up. You are still, in order to co-create, of course, formulating an image in your conceptual mind that you are then projecting out on the Ma-ter light. That is how you co-create. But you see, co-creation is a flow from above to below. And in order to be in that flow, you do not need to formulate an image in your mind and project up. That will only stop the flow. Why? Because you are at a certain level of consciousness. You can only formulate an image based on that level.

The co-creative chain

I have ascended some time ago. I have had time to explore the ascended realm. I have a higher level of consciousness than you have. I have a higher level of consciousness than when I ascended. But I still fully realize that I, Serapis Bey, an ascended master in the sixth sphere of working with earth, I have nowhere near the consciousness of the Elohim or of ascended beings in higher spheres or of the Creator. Therefore, thinking that I could use my current level of consciousness to formulate an image of what the Creator is like is completely impossible and I have fully given up the whole idea that I could formulate an image of what the Creator is like. What do I do instead? I open myself to the flow that comes to me from above. I accept that flow and then I turn around and see how I can let the flow filter through my consciousness like a prism where the white light comes in and now it is split into the colors by the prism, by the internal structure of the prism and then I project that on the level below me. 

And you see, for you to co-create with me, you have to do the same, and you can. But you have to give up that image, that whole desire to formulate an image based on your present level of consciousness and project it up. Instead, you realize that you want to be neutral about what comes from above. You want to be open, just receiving the flow, then allowing that flow to filter through your consciousness. And then you are conceptualizing an image you want to manifest, and you are projecting that out, not up, but down. That is how you co-create. You accept what comes from above, filter it, project it further down to the next level. That is the co-creative chain. 

How to let a self die? 

You see why we have given you all of these teachings about subconscious selves, resolving psychology. What is the subconscious self? It is an image created in your conceptual mind based on the level of consciousness you had when you created that self. Let us say you had gone below the 48th level. You are at the 36th level of consciousness. You are experiencing some situation that is traumatic to you. You are formulating a certain self at that level based on the 36th level of consciousness. You are using your conceptual mind to formulate an image of what kind of being you are, and in order to be free of that image, you have to come to see that it was you who created it. But at the 36th level, you cannot grasp this. At the 36th level, any of the levels below the 48th, you cannot grasp this. You think: “Oh, it was not me who formulated that image. It was the outer conditions that forced me to react this way. There was no other way I could have reacted.” Again, you are projecting something outside of yourself defined who you are. And you can maintain or hold onto that self even as you start rising above the 36th level. Even as you come close to the 96th level, you can hold onto one of these selves. 

But what we are trying to help you see is that at the 96th level, in order to step up to the level of personal Christhood, you have to come to this realization—every image you have of what kind of being you are was created in your own mind. Yes, it was created in a specific situation, a very difficult situation on a dark, unnatural planet. Very difficult, very traumatic. It is perfectly understandable you created that self. We are not blaming you. We have done the same. 

But, no matter how understandable it is, it does not change the fact you created the self. Why is that important? Why is it so crucial to realize this? Because only when you accept that: “I created the self” can you accept: “I can uncreate the self.” You see, the self projects: “You did not create me. It was the outer situation, the outer conditions that led to my creation and in order to be free of me, you have to change those outer conditions. You have to solve the problem.” But as we have tried to explain to you over and over again, the only thing you have to do to be free of a self is to come to see that you created it and you can uncreate it by letting it die. You do not need to solve the outer situation because what affects you is the self you created in your mind and you do not need to change the outer situation to be free of the self. You only need to let the self die, but in order to do that, of course, you have to separate the Conscious You from it. And that is the whole process we have described several times of how to do this. 

Beyond the catch 22

My point here is this. You cannot co-create when you still have that focus on self, that self-focused self. Why? Because that self will always see a gap between itself and the ascended masters and therefore, you cannot connect. You cannot become part of the hierarchy. You see what we are telling you here. There is a hierarchy of light and even in previous dispensations, we said you are part of that hierarchy. But you are not fully part of the hierarchy until you attain that Christhood. And there are some people who have thought, well, I will not become part of the hierarchy of light until I ascend. But what we are telling you is, you can become part of the hierarchy when you attain that personal Christhood. But in order to attain it, you must give up the self that maintains, that projects the gap and that wants to project up, because again, I will say it again—the self projects conditions upon you. But it also projects that these are not conditions that you formulated in your own mind—no, they are formulated by a higher authority, in your case, the ascended masters. 

You see, this is the catch 22. That is why this self-focused self is the hardest to give up, because you have climbed the spiritual path from the 48th through the 96th level by using that self to set yourself apart from the collective consciousness, and that has been necessary. But you cannot go into Christhood by setting yourself apart from anything, because setting yourself apart from the collective consciousness means you also set yourself apart from the ascended masters. And therefore, you have to give up that self. And you can only give it up when you realize that we are not the ones projecting conditions that you have to live up to. You are the one who defined the conditions that you think you have to live up to before we will co-create with you. You are thinking you have to solve a problem that was created out there, because the problem you have to solve is the conditions we are projecting upon you.

What you need to see is that there is no problem out there. There is no problem in the ascended realm. There are no conditions from the ascended masters that you have to live up to. Now, I know how your outer minds are struggling with this, because you are saying: “Does that mean that all this talk about a spiritual path and following this rigorous system, that that was all a lie, that it was all for nothing?” No, that is not what it means. You needed to follow that path to reach the 96th level, to climb above the pull of the collective consciousness, but in order to go to the next level up, you have to leave that behind. 

You cannot force your way into heaven by living up to conditions defined on earth

Going back to what I said earlier, why did the students in previous dispensations want to maintain the image that I am a strict disciplinarian? Well, because then they could maintain the distance. Then they could think they wanted to hide something. What they are projecting is: “If I live up to outer conditions, the conditions I can grasp at my present level of consciousness, then I will qualify for my ascension without having to look at the unresolved psychology.” And what we are telling you here is that this works for a while. It works up until the 96th level, but then it does not work anymore because at the 96th level, you need to overcome the illusion that you can force your way into heaven by living up to conditions defined on earth. 

In essence, there is a certain element of the spiritual path that is colored by the consciousness of the fallen beings, that they think they can define conditions, project them upon God, and God is going to live up to it. It is the same as the fundamentalist Christians who believe that if they declare Jesus to be their Lord and Savior, then suddenly Jesus is obligated to come and save them by their declaration. They do not fathom that in the reality simulator of earth, you can have any experience you want for as long as you want it. But in order to get out of the simulator, you have to stop wanting a simulated experience and instead want a real experience, an experience of experiencing an ascended master without a filter, the filter you have created in your own subconscious self. But in order to attain that, you have to give up the idea that you can hide anything from the ascended masters. 

The self-focused self believes that we cannot see what is going on inside it, but we can, of course. And you, the Conscious You, needs to come to that realization that you do not want to hide anything from us anymore. Again, this cannot be forced. I am not trying to force you. I am just trying to clarify for you your situation as you approach that 96th level. You have to choose whether you want to go above the 96th level, whether you want to accelerate yourself to the level of personal Christhood, or whether you want to stay under the radar, so to speak, and therefore, start going down again, seeking to glorify and validate that self-focused self, because you cannot have it both ways. You see, when you think this automatic path where: “If I live up to conditions on earth, I will get into heaven.” You think you can have it both ways. But at the 96th level, you need to overcome that illusion. “When I was a child, I spoke as a child, but when I became an adult, I put away childish things.”

Surrendering to a force that pulls you up

And the childish things on the spiritual path is this idea that you can formulate based on your present level of consciousness conditions. And if you live up to those conditions, that will take you to a higher level of consciousness. Hello? How are conditions formulated at your present level of consciousness going to take you to a higher level? The higher level of consciousness is achieved when you see the conditions at your current level, give them up, then you naturally are pulled up to the higher level. You could say that contrary to what you experience on earth, where you experience there is a force of gravity that pulls you down, there is actually a force that pulls you up. You have forced yourself away from that. You have used force to pull yourself away from oneness, but at the 96th level, you need to realize that you cannot force your way back to oneness. You can only surrender to the pull and it will naturally pull you up. 

I am assessing the effect that my words have had on you. My pause is just for dramatic effect because my mind, of course, does not need to pause to assess this, and I will now surrender my desire or attempt, experiment, to explain this in words. Because I realize that I have said as much as I, Serapis Bey, can say from my vantage point of the Fourth Ray and therefore, I will surrender knowing that my esteemed brothers and sisters on the rays above me will be able to say what more can be said. There is, of course, always more that can be said. But the important point is that you come to a point where you realize that this is not a matter of understanding because understanding always implies distance. It is a matter of surrendering in to the flow. You do not need to use force to accelerate. You need to stop using force to resist the flow and surrender in to the flow and the flow will accelerate you up to the next level. 

The process of the ascension is the ultimate surrender you can go through on earth, but you can go through many levels of surrender before that. And the most significant is, of course, at the 96th level where you surrender the desire to use the conceptual mind to formulate images of what is above you in the flow of hierarchy, where you give up that self-focused self that it can define the conditions you need to live up to in order to get to the ascended realm. There are no conditions that could be conceptualized by a mind in an unascended sphere that will qualify you or guarantee your entrance into the ascended realm. 

We could say that the ascension is the final act of giving up any conditions in an unascended sphere, realizing that nothing in an unascended sphere can affect the ascended spheres. And you give up the attempt to try to force your way in, to force God to give you what God offers you freely but which you can only receive when you give up the conditions in your mind. 

Serapis Bey, I AM and I seal you in the joyful accelerating Flame of the Fourth Ray.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Co-creating by loving something more than what you seek to manifest


Ascended Master Paul the Venetian through Kim Michaels, May 21, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Paul the Venetian, as you of course, have already guessed. What is my contribution as the Chohan of the Third Ray? Well, you might say that in order to co-create with the ascended masters, in order to manifest, to precipitate anything, you need to have these elements of the seven rays. You need to have the will to experiment of the first ray. You need to have the wisdom of aligning yourself with the ascended masters, with the One mind, so you are seeking to raise the all but the next step really is to love something more than the things in this world. You may say this sounds contradictory if you are seeking to co-create some specific condition in this world. 

You may say: “Why do you need to love something more than the condition you are seeking to manifest?” Well, because if you are loving something in this world more than anything else, how can you co-create with the ascended masters? What have we said is our goal? To raise your consciousness. How do you raise your consciousness? By going beyond your present level and what you desire, love, feel attached to at that level. In order to co-create with us, you must love something more than the very thing you are seeking to co-create, because otherwise you cannot connect to us. What will you then connect to? Well, you might connect to beings in the emotional, mental or identity realms, who might even parade themselves as ascended masters or as other kinds of masters who have something to offer you, some way to help you. 

Desire to  to manifest something in this world

They will give you the impression that they can help you manifest what you want in this world. And we see over the long time that we have given teachings on this planet, that there are certain people, whether they know of ascended masters or not, but they become totally attached to manifesting something in this world, and it is more important to them than their growth and you have this popular saying that you sell your soul to the devil. And the background for this saying is that you formulate in your mind a very strong desire to have some physical condition. Let us say, as a common example, that you want power. You want a powerful position, and you have a certain realization that you do not have the power in your own mind to manifest that condition. But you also have a sense that there are forces that have greater power than you do and therefore, you are essentially saying to them, perhaps you are not fully conscious of it, but you are at a certain level saying to these forces: “If you help me get this position of power that I want, I will do anything that you want me to do, both in this and in future lifetimes.” 

Bargaining with dark forces

What that means is that you are loving some condition in this world more than your growth, more than the Christ consciousness, more than anything beyond this world. And then of course, you may connect to some force that will give you the extra power that you need, but that force will not be the ascended masters because we would never enter into a bargain like that. But the fallen beings and the dark forces of course, gladly will, because they know they do not have to honor their vow or your belief that they will give you what you want. In some cases, people do get the power they desire, but then afterwards comes the cost where now they have to pay up and give the dark forces what they want, whether it be energy or whether it be specific actions. 

Adolf Hitler did make a certain bargain like that with forces in the mental and lower identity realm. If they would give him power in Germany, he would do what they wanted. Now he thought, of course, that what they wanted was also what he wanted, namely the dominance of Germany through war. He was perfectly willing to give the dark forces what they wanted, namely war, but of course he did it with the conviction that Germany would be victorious and he would end up being the chancellor of, not necessarily the whole world, but certainly a big part of it. He did not realize that the fallen beings that he had entered into a bargain with, they did not want Germany to be victorious. They did not care about Germany. They did not care about the German people. They did not care about Hitler himself, they just wanted chaos, they wanted to create chaos in the world. 

Willingness to give UP your vision

You see that what the fallen beings will do, they will give you the impression that they will give you what you want, even if it hurts yourself. We of course, of the ascended masters, we would never give you what you wanted if it hurt yourself or hurt other people. For that matter, we will not give you what you want from the separate self, even if it did not hurt anybody else, because our goal is to help you transcend the separate self. What does this mean in practical terms? Say you are an ascended master student. You have formulated a desire to manifest a certain circumstance in your life. You have attempted to reach up to the ascended masters to get a higher vision based on the Christ mind of what you are willing to attain. And here you are, you think you have formulated a pretty good vision with your outer mind. But what do you then need to do? You need to be willing to give up your life for Christ’s sake, meaning to give up your vision of what you want to manifest. You need to give it up.

Do you hear what I am saying? I am not saying you need to give up on manifesting it. I am saying you need to give it UP to a higher vision, a higher authority. You need to basically say: “Be it unto me according to your will” as Mother Mary said to the angel. You need to formulate a vision, but before you start reaching up and pulling down energy from our level, you need to first give it up and you need to give it up completely so that you let go of any attachment to it. 

And then you need to give it some time where you are completely neutral about whether it will ever be manifest or not. Because you need to open your mind to the possibility that perhaps your vision is completely out of alignment with the Christ mind and will never be manifest. Or perhaps it needs to be changed and refined to bring it into alignment, not only with the higher vision of Christ, but also with the practical reality of what can be manifest given who you are, what your history is, what your situation is in your personal life and as we have attempted to explain, there are many considerations there. 

Loving something more than your vision 

But you cannot grasp this, evaluate this, judge this with your outer mind. That is why you need to give up the vision formulated in your outer mind and be willing to let it die. You are not giving it up by pretending because you are thinking: “Oh, it’ll work out anyway.” You are giving it up completely. I can tell you this and you can understand intellectually the need to give it up. But what will actually enable you to give it up? Well, you must love something more than the vision and the thing, condition, you want to manifest in your life. You must love something more. 

Now, I am, of course, the Chohan of the Third Ray. I am not in any way trying to tell you that you should love or what you should love. Because if there is one lesson I have learned, both before I ascended and after, it is you cannot force someone to love something. 

You can attempt to, as the fallen beings when they set themselves up as a dictator, attempt to get their people to love them. But this becomes what we call a codependent relationship where a person who is abused can actually develop a certain human, dualistic love for the person who is abusing them and that is what some people have for a dictator. Even though the dictator is abusing them, they still love the dictator because he somehow has managed to portray himself as representing something. 

Unfulfilled desires in your life plan 

We of the ascended masters, of course, have no desire whatsoever to force you to love something. We also know we do not have to force you because we can read your Divine plan and when you make your Divine plan, you are determining the steps you want to go through in your life, the lessons you want to learn, for example. 

You may have as part of your life plan to formulate a certain physical condition, say a particular career or a particular place to live and it might be in your Divine plan to manifest this, but the overall goal of your Divine plan is to grow. And you might see that, just as an example, let us say in a past life you developed a desire to have a big, fancy house and it was unfulfilled in previous lifetimes. What you are deciding in your higher vision that you have between embodiments, is you want to overcome, you want to be free of this desire to own a fancy house. 

Take note of what I said, you want to be free of the desire. How can that freedom from the desire come about? Well, there is two ways on earth. You can experience what you desire until you have had enough of that experience, and then you say: “I have had enough of having a big fancy house, now I want a higher experience.” That is based on experience. But you can also give up something because you realize that in the material world, everything you achieve physically has a certain cost associated with it. 

In order to have a big fancy house, well, you might have to orient your entire life around having a career or making money, investing, so you have the money to buy or build this house. But then when you have it, you have to maintain it. You have to have other people help you maintain it. You have to do all kinds of things and there comes that point where you will ask yourself the question: “Do I own the house or does the house own me?” Because it takes up so much of your attention, your energy, your money, and your time. 

Giving up the unfulfilled desires 

You could very well have an unfulfilled desire from a past life for a fancy house, but in between embodiments you realize you do not actually want to go through all of these steps to physically manifest the house. You want to overcome the desire by giving up the desire and people at lower levels of consciousness, they cannot make that distinction. They can only see: “I need to have the house.” But perhaps you have made progress in past lives in this regard and therefore, you see you have the potential. But why can you see this in between embodiments? Because you have come to love something more than that house. In other words, you realize the desire is there, but you do not really want the house. You want freedom from the desire for the house because you love that freedom more than this house that ties you to a physical location with all that comes with it. 

Therefore, when you formulate your Divine plan, you already love something more. The question is, of course, now you come into embodiment, you are in the density of the physical realm, you forget that you love something more than the house. But you do remember: “Oh, I really desire to have a big fancy house.” And you may even have spent some part of your life and considerable effort in trying to get that house. But now you are deciding: “Well, I have not gotten it through conventional means, now I am going to try and get it by co-creating it with the ascended masters.” But you see, we are not going to help you manifest that house if you have decided in your Divine plan that what you really want to accomplish is to overcome the desire for the house. That is why you need to give up the vision once you have formulated it because by giving it up completely in the outer mind, the Conscious You can step beyond the outer mind, connect to your Divine plan and even if you do not see it consciously, you can still at a conscious level realize: “Maybe I do not want the house that much.” 

Maybe you suddenly begin to think: “Well, what would it take to manifest the house? What would I have to do? How am I tying myself into this process of getting enough money for the house? What would it take to have it, to keep it up, to maintain it? Is it really what I want to do in this lifetime? Do I really want such a big part of my life to be taken up by this?” And when you then sense that you actually have a greater desire to be free from the house than to own the house and be owned by the house, then you can tune in to us and realize you need to refine your vision. Perhaps you change your vision so it is not as big and a complicated house you want that is easier to attain, that does not eat up as much of your life. Or perhaps you give it up completely and say: “What I really want is my spiritual growth and is that really dependent on a particular physical location on this planet? Is it really tied to having only specific things on this planet?”

Loving your growth more than any specific condition

Perhaps you become willing to move around whenever you feel intuitively led to do it because you realize that if you really own this big fancy house, you cannot as easily move because how can you give it up once you have it? And therefore, you are tied to it. Again, you already, in your Divine plan, love something more than any physical condition you want to manifest because you are an ascended master student. What you really need to do then is tune in to your Divine plan and you do that by formulating a vision, giving it up and then tuning in. And then you can come to that realization, as many of you have already come to, that you actually love spiritual growth more than any particular physical condition. Therefore, you are willing to first of all not tie yourself to any particular physical condition. 

You are also willing to move around when you feel led to it because it will lead you to growth, to move to another location, perhaps move to another country, perhaps change your career, perhaps change relationships and so forth. You love your growth more than any particular condition that might stop that growth by tying you to that condition. You might also realize as you move on with this that you love your ascension more than achieving anything on earth. Now take care here. I am not saying that if you love your ascension more you cannot have particular physical conditions. I am not saying again that you have to sit in a cave in the Himalayas or walk around on some Indian mountain in a loincloth. What I am saying is that your goal for any physical condition is just to bring you closer to your ascension. 

And you realize, for example, that: ”Well, if owning a nice house helps me overcome this desire so I can let go of it, let go of the desire to own any house on earth, then that can bring me closer to my ascension and in that case it is perfectly fine to pursue that and actually manifest that house.” I do not say manifest out of thin air but take the steps you need to take in order to own a house. That can be legitimate as part of your preparation for the ascension. As we have said, there can be certain experiences that the Conscious You desires to have. You do not actually desire to have the house. You desire to have the experience of the house. 

Crucial ability for letting go

And you can actually have that experience in the mind, as you might have read in Yogananda’s book where his guru manifests an elaborate palace for him, but of course it was not manifest physically, it was so he could explore it in his mind and have the experience of owning it so he could let go of that unfulfilled desire. You can overcome a desire in the mind alone, but in some cases you need to have the physical thing that you desire in order to overcome the desire and then that is perfectly in alignment with your Divine plan and we will help you manifest this, because we see that it speeds up your growth. 

But again, how will you know what is what here? How will you know whether fulfilling your vision helps or hinders your growth? Well, you will know when you truly give it up and then experience what comes back to you from our level, from the Christ mind and that is precisely why giving up is such an important ability, willingness to cultivate. We have said that giving up things is the most important quality for your ascension, but it is really important in all aspects of your life to be willing to give up instead of fixating your outer mind on wanting something. 

It is the same as Lanto and Nada were talking about, where people can get trapped in these conspiracy theories, doomsday prophecies or whatever, where their outer minds become obsessive-compulsive about a certain topic. They study it, they watch videos about it. In essence, they are seeking validation for the image, the world image they have accepted or created in their minds. They are only looking for information that validates the image. They are disregarding or ignoring any information that challenges it. 

This is what you can learn to watch out for in yourself: “Do I have an attachment? What is an attachment? Well, I am fixated, my attention is eaten up by a certain topic. I am obsessive or compulsive about getting it validated or doing certain things or not doing certain things.” You can learn to read your own vibration and sense when you have this tension in you. When you are not at peace, when you have something you must have, then you know this hinders your growth. But if you are then able to look at this and say: OK, I will give this up. And if you truly give it up, then you will receive a clear vision of what you put in your Divine plan. 

Who is really forcing you?

Take note here. I know very well that once you are in the density of the physical octave, you are forgetting what you put in your Divine plan, you are forgetting why because you do not have the vision you had in between embodiments. Now you come down here, you live a certain life, you grow up with all kinds of issues and you are feeling like what I am saying here is forcing something upon you.

You see that many people, even many ascended master students, have heard about the concept of a Divine plan and have felt it was like a straitjacket that they had to force themselves into and then they lost their freedom. I am not trying to force you into anything. I am just trying to give you a tool so that if you are willing, you can tune in to what you put in your Divine plan. If anyone is trying to force you, it is yourself. You are trying to force the Conscious You to look beyond the separate selves that are blinding you and that you saw in between embodiments had blinded you in past lifetimes, which is why you had not overcome this issue. You are trying to force yourself because you know once you are in embodiment you do not have the vision. You are trying to force yourself to at least deal with the issue instead of ignoring it and it is quite possible that you have separate selves that will feel that you are being forced. 

How to avoid a sense of regret

But if you are willing to make this shift of realizing that it is not dark forces who are forcing you, it is not ascended masters who are forcing you, it is yourself in a higher state of awareness seeking to force you when you are in the lower state of awareness of being in a dense physical body to do what you decided you wanted to accomplish in this lifetime, so that you do not exit this lifetime and have to face the reality that you did not fulfill your Divine plan and therefore have this deep sense of regret that many people have. So many people, when they pass on the screen of life and see whether they accomplished their Divine plan or not, they say: “Why did I not see it? Why did I not heed the warning? Why did I not follow my intuition? Why did I not see what is so obvious now? Why could I not see it? Why did I not want to choose it? Why did I not do it?All I am trying to help you avoid is that sense of regret. 

The desire to overcome the self-focused self

Now of course you can again say: “Well even that is just an experience you can have on earth” and that is fine. But our topic here is co-creation, co-creation with the ascended masters and in order to co-create with us, you have to realize that we will not help you manifest something that is against your own Divine plan. We will help you tune in to that Divine plan, but we cannot help you if you have that attachment in the outer mind where you have decided: “I must have this thing or I must have the validation of this outer self that wants to feel it is right, that wants to feel it is special, that wants to feel it knows better.” You can essentially say, why is it that when you were in between embodiments, you saw you needed to force yourself to overcome something? Because you realized that in past lives you had not been willing to question that self, that self-focused self that wanted to be validated and that is really the self you wanted to overcome. It is not just the desire for a house or power or whatever it may be. You really wanted to overcome—if you are an ascended master student—that self that wants validation in this world. 

Why am I saying this? Because why are you following this teaching? Why did you recognize this teaching as having value? Why are you willing to listen to our teachings? Because it is in your Divine plan of virtually all of you to overcome that focus on self in this lifetime. And most of you are getting very close to that point, but you have not yet stepped outside that self and seen it from the outside and that is our primary goal in this level of teachings we are giving in these years. It is to help as many people as possible clear that hurdle, go beyond that step and manifest personal Christhood, because this will open up so many avenues for you individually, but also for what you might do together as a community of like-minded beings united in the Christ mind.

We have no desire in this dispensation to force a community, but should a community emerge, we will of course support it, as long as the members are dedicated to working on their psychology and transcending all of these selves, instead of using the community to seek validation. 

I am just here to remind you to tune in and ask yourself: “What do I love more?W Whatever vision you have right now of what you would like to co-create with the ascended masters—“What do I love more than that vision? Is it possible that there is a higher vision in my Divine plan of how I could express my Christhood in helping others, rather than fulfilling a personal desire? Is it possible that my higher personal desire really is to help others, to be the open door, to express my Christhood, to have a positive impact on the lives of other people, on society, perhaps even the planet as a whole? Is that possible?” And then tune in to it until you feel that love, until the love spontaneously starts bubbling up in your heart chakra, and you become conscious of what you love more.

A deep love for the ascended masters

This messenger, quite a number of years ago, became conscious of the fact that he has a deep love for the ascended masters and many of you have the same. It may be different masters for different people, but many of you have a general love for the ascended masters and what we represent, something beyond the outer mind, the duality consciousness, the dark forces. Some alternative to the chaos you see on earth. You have a love for that and you want to come closer to us and build a personal relationship with us. Well then, all of a sudden now, instead of being focused on seeing us as the wish-fulfilling gods who are going to help you manifest a physical condition, your real intent for co-creating with us is to develop a personal relationship with us and that changes the whole dynamic of your co-creative efforts in a fundamental way. 

Again, I am not trying to force you in any way, just trying to help you see what you love more than any goal you might have seen for your life so far. What you love more than co-creative efforts or certain conditions you could manifest through those efforts, maybe it is really about building a relationship with us instead of co-creating what you can see now. Because through that personal relationship, we might give you a higher vision than you can grasp right now. But first of course, you have to establish that relationship before you can receive that vision and in order to establish a personal relationship with us, you have to give up how you look at that relationship right now. It is again this dilemma that Master MORE described in the question and answer, that we have to start working with you at the level of consciousness you are at when you are open and we have to give you what you can grasp at that level and then hope that as you grow, you will be willing to reach for a higher vision. 

Giving up the need for validation 

And quite frankly, on a dense planet like earth, it is not realistic to think that when you first found ascended master teachings, you were able to grasp the highest vision that you have in your Divine plan, or the highest vision of how to express your Christhood. It simply is not realistic. What will happen to all people is that when they hear about the concept of Christhood or co-creating with the ascended masters, you will have an unbalanced vision. It will either be towards the one extreme where you think: “Oh, I could never do this, I could never do what the masters did in their last embodiments.” Or it will be these delusions of grandeur where you think you will be validated as this special and important person who has these abilities for example to heal, as many ascended master students have dreamt about, or in other ways being recognized. 

But you see that what the separate self can see is only separation. It cannot see oneness. The dream of being validated here on earth is really that you as a separate being are validated or admired by other people who see you as separated from them. And therefore, you can set up this scale, some are more important than others, some are more famous, some are richer, some are more spiritual, some have more abilities than others, a comparative scale. But this is what breaks down in the Christ consciousness. Christhood is not about being right or being validated compared to others. Christhood is about attaining oneness with your I AM Presence and with the ascended masters and in oneness there are no comparisons. Why? Because there is no separation. 

You might have a desire, as many ascended master students have had, to be validated by us in some public way. In the Summit Lighthouse, we once in a while gave somebody this experience of being knighted as a knight or a lady of the flame and this was again because we were outplaying what people desired in the Piscean Age. But you see, what did this do? Well, in most of these people it reinforced their sense of separation from other people and from us, because they felt validated by these elevated masters. Do you understand that the separate self does not want oneness with the ascended masters? It wants validation from the ascended masters but that validation only has value if we are way up there beyond you. Otherwise, where is the honor of the validation? 

And what we are talking about, what Christhood is about, is oneness and when you experience oneness with us, you will not be validated by us. How can we validate you as a separate being when you have attained oneness with us? You do not need the validation when you experience the oneness. The desire for validation fades away. The whole evaluation of higher or lower, more or less special, fades away in Christhood because you love oneness more than separation. You see here, the key to manifesting anything on earth is to love something beyond earth more than what you want to manifest here and until you reach that spontaneous love, you cannot co-create with us, for we would only validate your separate self by doing so, and that we will never do. 

Giving up the dualistic image of love

Truly, all of these words are just words. My real desire would be that you could just feel the love that I have for each and every one of you, or the love that another ascended master has for you, individually because what most people have is this image in the mind. And you can have, as we have said before, a mental image of what an apple tastes like, but it will never be the taste and the moment you take a bite of the apple, the mental image fades away. Why do you need it when you have the real thing? Why do you need to have a mental image of love when you experience the love? But as long as you have not experienced it, you will cling to the mental image. Because it is better to have the mental image than to have nothing. 

What is it that can break this seeming catch-22? Because you realize what I am saying between the lines here, now I will say it in the lines. What you desire to experience is oneness. One aspect of oneness is love. Another aspect is the first ray, the second ray, the other rays but you desire to experience that. But because you have been in separation, because you are on a dense planet, you have formulated a mental image of what it is like to experience love and you do not want to give up the mental image because then you have nothing, and you do not want to have nothing. In the fear of being left with nothing, you cling to the image. But it is the image that blocks your experience. You will not have the experience until you are willing to give up the nothing, give up the image, even if it leaves you with nothing. You have to be willing to risk having nothing and give up the image that blocks the experience. 

But you see, you can say this takes courage. In a certain way, yes, you could say that but where is the courage going to come from? From love. Because, as I said, between embodiments you were aware of what you love more and therefore, you were aware that even though you have this outer self that wants to cling to the mental image of love, you actually love the experience more than the image. And therefore, you are willing to give it up because you know you will not be left with nothing. How can I say this? Well, because there is no such thing as nothing. There is no thing that is no thing, everything is something. You are not going to be left with nothing by giving up the dualistic image. The worst thing that could have happened was if you had another dualistic image. 

But the best thing that would happen is that giving up the dualistic image of love would give you the experience of the unconditional love that we of the ascended masters have for you. And many of you have done it, many of you have experienced glimpses of that love and you will know that there is no more transforming experience than experiencing the being, the energy of an ascended master and the love that that master has for you personally. 

Stop pushing the masters away!

And those of you who have not had the experience, it is only because you have some image of the experience that you have not given up and that is what is blocking the experience because as we have said before many times, we are not withholding the experience from you. You are pushing it away and when you stop pushing, the experience will break through your conscious awareness for our love for you is beyond any conditions. 

But as long as you are projecting that you have to live up to conditions on earth in order to be worthy of the love from the ascended realm, well, you are pushing it away. You are saying: “Oh no, Paul the Venetian, I cannot experience your love now, I am not worthy, I am not ready, I have to fulfill all of these conditions. I have to do this, I have to do that, I have to overcome this problem. Therefore, wait, just stay away, I am not ready, I’ll tell you when I am ready. And what can I do but say: “Well, yes, so you want to play hide and seek with me, that is your free choice, but I am not the one that is hiding. You are doing both the hiding and the seeking and the moment you decide that you are going to stop hiding and you are going to stop seeking, well I am still right here. I do not change. You are the only one who can change by giving up. 

I will now give up this very joyful experience of interacting with you and I will go away from this particular form of interaction, but how can I go away when I am everywhere in the consciousness of God? But of course, I will give you the experience that I am going away so I am not there confronting you with the need to give up so you can take as much time as you want before you decide: “Oh, I am ready to give up, now.” And then just give up and I am still here. 

With this, I seal you in the Flame of the Third Ray of Love that is beyond conditions.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

From fear and separation to co-creation with the masters and elemental beings


Ascended Master Nada through Kim Michaels, May 21, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Nada. Now you might think that I am here as the Chohan of the Sixth Ray, and perhaps we decided, as Master Lanto said, to demonstrate that the path is not an entirely linear process, so we skipped from the Second Ray to the Sixth Ray. But that is not actually the case. I am here representing the feminine branch of ascended masters, continuing Mother Mary’s release from this morning, and perhaps some of the women who are present will realize that even in the ascended realm, women have to do double duty. You work at the office, you work at home, and a woman’s work never ends. But when you have ascended, that is actually a joy.

The connection between matter and mind

My purpose here is to continue talking about how you co-create by superimposing the mental images upon the Ma-ter light, but that it is really not the Ma-ter light that takes those images on, it is the elemental beings. And the reason why this is important is, of course, that you can say that the Ma-ter light has an unconscious aspect, like you would say atoms and molecules and subatomic particles are not conscious, but what then makes the Ma-ter light take on images? In other words, one of the great mysteries we might say of materialistic science is that they have discovered in quantum physics that there might perhaps conceivably be some kind of connection between the mind of the scientist and the result of the measurement, but they are struggling to figure out how this can be.

And of course, over many centuries, spiritual people who have experimented with alchemy and manifestation have also wondered: “How can a mental image you formulate in your consciousness be out-pictured as a physical circumstance or physical form?” What is the connection between matter and mind, in other words? And you have, for a long time, had spiritual people who are contemplating mastery of mind over matter, but it is difficult to see how consciousness can directly affect inert unconscious matter. But the key to solving this mystery is to realize the existence of elemental beings who are conscious, and therefore, can connect to the images in your consciousness and take them on. And therefore, they are out-picturing or causing the Ma-ter light to coalesce around the form and manifest what you call a physical thing.

This is one way to describe this. We can, if we want to give an image that some people can relate to, we can say that there are these tiny little ping-pong billiard balls that are called subatomic particles. And the elemental beings have the function of taking these subatomic particles and putting them together in certain matrices. And these matrices then out-picture atoms. And when the atoms are then put together by the elemental beings, they out-picture molecules. And when the molecules are put together, they out-picture physical forms, such as a bell. Of course, this thing, this bell, is made out of molecules, atoms, subatomic particles, smaller building blocks that are put together in this form.

But this is just one way, and actually a more primitive way of describing it, because we now come to the question that materialistic scientists have not been willing to ask. They have been forced by the discoveries of quantum physics, at least some of them, those who are not in complete denial, they have been forced to consider: “Could there be some connection between mind and matter?” But they are still holding on to this clearly dualistic view that there is solid matter, which has an absolute objective existence independently of mind. And then there is mind which exists independently of matter or, for some of the hardcore materialists, is just an epiphenomenon of matter. But how an epiphenomenon of matter could influence matter, they cannot, of course, explain, for it has no explanation.

Does matter actually exist?

What we could ask ourselves, not just what is the connection between mind and matter, but does matter actually exist? Is there matter the way the materialists conceive of it, as an objective substance that exists in space? And you have the old question inspired by quantum physics: “If a tree falls in a forest and there is no one there, does it make a sound?” In other words, the scientist would say, of course it does, there is an objective existence of a forest, there is a tree, it falls over, it of course creates a sound, there is just no one there to hear it and call it a sound. But you see, that is an image that needs to be questioned for society and science and spirituality to jump, to make a quantum leap, to the next level.

Is there any objective existence? And of course, you can say there must be some things that exist independently of the human mind, because there must have been a planet before human beings started incarnating here. And this is correct, as we have explained, but the thing is, is there any matter that exists independently of mind? And when you acknowledge the existence of elemental beings and begin to grasp what they are, you realize that the answer is no, because any physical thing is created by the consciousness of the elementals.

What sees a thing as a thing?

Now the thing is, there are several elementals who have created this bell, who have manifested this bell, if you will. They did this because a human being superimposed a mental image of this bell. And even though it was made in a factory, it was made by machines that had as little human operation as possible, the elementals still conformed to the image and materialized this form. And the elementals are of course, aware of the image, but are the elementals aware that they have created a bell?

Well, of course, they can hear human beings call it a bell, but do the elementals see this as the bell that you are seeing? Or do they see beyond the form and see the molecules, the atoms, the elementary particles?

In other words, you have the old newspaper photographs that were made out of tiny black dots, they were black and white, and the black part of the photograph, the dots were very close together, the grey parts of the photograph, they were further apart. You might, when you were a child, have looked at such a photograph through a magnifying glass so you could see the dots, but at a distance, your mind, not even your eyes, but your mind actually does not see the dots, but it sees shades of grey and black.

And it is the same. When you are looking at this bell, you are not seeing the smaller components it is made out of, the atoms, the subatomic particles, but the elementals are. And they are also seeing that this hand that holds the bell is made up of molecules, atoms, subatomic particles. So is the air around it.  So is the energy field because the elementals, of course, see the energy field at the identity, mental and emotional levels. They do not see this as a separate thing that exists independently. You could say that from the human level: “Is this bell connected to the air? Is it a part of the air, or does it exist independently of the air? Is it connected to the table? If it is put on the table, it is held up by the table, but is it connected? Is it a part of the table?” You would say from your perspective it is a separate thing. But the elementals are seeing not all of these things. They are seeing this very complex picture of all these smaller elements. Even the air is filled with air molecules, atoms, subatomic particles. And so, what is it that sees this as a bell and attaches some meaning to the word “bell”? It is your minds. It is your minds.

Returning to the question: “If a tree falls in a forest and there is no one around, does it make a sound?” Well, if there is no human, it does not make a sound. There are energy waves released by the tree hitting the ground, but only a human being would call it a sound, and attach some kind of meaning to the sound, to, for example, distinguish it from other sounds, like a rock hitting the water.

How elementals manifest form

You see here the elemental beings, they are not creating things. They are not even in a sense creating something. The elementals who, so to speak, materialized this bell were not creating a thing separate from themselves. They took on the matrix for the bell. They became the matrix. This is how elementals serve. It is also how they, over a very long period of time, grow by taking on, in the beginning, very simple matrices, then gradually more complex matrices.

Why is this important for co-creation? Well, first of all you need to recognize, as Mother Mary explained, that you live on an unnatural planet where humankind, over a long period of time, has superimposed images upon elemental life that are not based on the Christ mind that unites everything. This means that the elemental beings have uncritically taken on this, because the elemental beings are not connected to the Christ mind. They cannot override the vision of human beings. They cannot evaluate the vision of human beings and say: “Oh, that is a lower vision, I am not going to take that on.” They obediently out-picture and take on whatever images are projected upon them. And this, of course, is what gives certain limitations, as Mother Mary said, that you cannot expect to materialize or manifest every image you hold in your mind because of the collective consciousness. In other words, the vast majority of elementals associated with earth have taken on these lower images and they simply cannot leave that lower image and manifest a higher one. That is not possible for these lower-level elementals.

You need to recognize here that if what you desire to manifest is somehow too far beyond the collective consciousness, the elementals cannot materialize what you are projecting upon them, because they are not free to do it. This is again simply for you to avoid disappointment. But you also need to recognize that this does not mean that a higher image cannot be manifest, because if that was the case, then how would the earth ever have overcome its downward spiral and come into a positive spiral?

How a higher image can be manifested

How is it that a higher image can be manifest? Well, it is because the elementals have a certain level of consciousness. And over time they raise that consciousness. But they do not do it the way you do it. You see, well, you could say they are doing it the same way many people are doing it who are below the 48th level of consciousness. But they are not doing it the way you are doing it when you are above the 48th. Because when you are above the 48th and have a connection to something outside your own mind, that is when you can activate your built-in ability to be self-aware. In other words, you can say: “I sense there is something beyond my own mind. What is that? I am going to open my mind to that.” And then you can receive a vision that things could be higher than what you are seeing around you. Therefore, you can formulate an image in your mind that you want to create something that is better. For example, you want to create a better bell than the bells that are there now. And then you can gradually manifest that. You can also, of course, grow beyond that to higher levels of consciousness where you see beyond the duality consciousness. This is self-awareness.

How elementals learn

Elementals do not have self-awareness. But they have consciousness, which means they can learn. But they do not learn by reaching up. They learn from experiencing conditions as they are. And elemental beings can— we have to be careful with words here—elemental beings do not feel pain, but they can experience pain. An elemental being manifests a very basic animal, say an insect or a slug that crawls on the ground. If someone steps on the slug, the slug experiences a certain sense of pain. Not the pain you would experience as human beings because your nervous system is more sophisticated. But it experiences enough pain that if it can, it wants to get away from it. And of course, the elemental that manifested the slug will now experience what the slug is experiencing. Over time that elemental realizes that even though it is just taking on images, there are some images that cause pain and some that cause what we might call pleasure or at least the opposite of pain. Gradually over time an elemental can develop this ability to discern: something causes pain; something causes pleasure; it is better to avoid what causes pain; it is better to seek what causes pleasure. This is a very rudimentary level of consciousness that you see in many animals. Unfortunately, on planet earth you also see the same rudimentary consciousness in many human beings, because they have lost their self-awareness, and therefore, they are only responding to this: “Does it mean pain? Does it mean pleasure?”

But still, the elemental grows from this and over time some elementals become more and more aware not only of what causes pain and pleasure, but also what works and what does not work. This starts as a very rudimentary awareness, but it can be simply this: “What enables the organism I have taken on to survive and what causes it to die? What causes a species to survive? What causes another species to become extinct?” It is sort of the evolutionary process that elementals over time begin to observe by experiencing what the animals that they are out-picturing are going through.

Attracting highly evolved elementals

This means that when you have reactivated your self-awareness, when you have started to reach up for a higher vision that comes from beyond your own mind, what you need to do is become aware that most elementals will not be able to carry out your vision, but that only the more highly evolved elementals will. And therefore, you need to attract those to you, and this is not as difficult as it sounds because they will attract themselves to you, because they want to out-picture something higher, something more beautiful, something more organized, something more sophisticated, something that is more positive, life-supporting, we might say. I am not saying the elementals operate with those words because they are human words, but I am trying to give you words that out-picture the evaluation process that elementals eventually develop and become able to perform.

They can see, for example, some of the highly evolved elementals, they can see that so many things on earth, in the animal kingdom, even in the mineral kingdom, are of a lower form, a lower potential. And they sense that since there are some forms on earth that cause more pain than others, there must be some kind of scale, there must be something perhaps that does not cause pain. And you can see the out-picturing of that in the biological sphere with flowers, for example, that are beautiful, that radiate a pleasant scent and they do not cause pain to human beings, for example. And of course, the more highly evolved elementals are the ones who are working with human beings. This does not go for all of them, of course, because many human beings are in a lower state of consciousness where they are superimposing these lower images on the elementals. But there are, of course, some people who are in a higher state of consciousness, who are not seeking to harm others, who have embodied the golden rule, and the elementals who work with them, they gradually develop this awareness that there are higher ways of manifesting forms. There are higher forms that do not cause pain, that cause pleasure, that cause growth, that are more sustainable. And those elementals have reached that level of discernment, we might call it, by interacting with human beings. And therefore, they will want to attract themselves to the human beings who have the highest level of consciousness and the highest vision. And through those elementals it is possible to manifest something that is better than what is there now, even something that is different from what is there now.

Technology and the elemental kingdom

You take, for example, to give you a historical example of this, for centuries, well for millennia, human beings were performing physical work with the help of animals, oxen, cows, horses, whatever you have. And, of course, elementals out-pictured those animals. But gradually, over time, some of these elementals developed that higher discernment, and then some human beings connected to the minds of ascended masters and were able to receive these ideas that beyond the muscular force of humans and animals, it was possible to create a mechanical force such as the steam engine. And when these people had received those images from the ascended realm, they, without being consciously aware of this, of course, they started sort of pulling the images down from the spiritual realm into the identity, the mental, the emotional and then the physical. And as they were pulling the images down, they were superimposing them upon the elementals at the four levels until a steam engine could actually be constructed in its first primitive form.

And this, of course, revolutionized human life, human society, because now you had a force that was beyond this. It was still force because you are heating the steam, it is putting pressure in the steam engine, and this pressure is released and performs work. But it was a higher form of force than muscular energy. This is just one historical example, many others, of course, with technology.

Non-force-based technology and advanced elementals

This is what also makes it possible to step up to what we have called non-force-based technology. This technology will be less mechanical than steam engines, nuclear reactors or combustion engines in your cars. But this requires a more developed group of elementals and it requires people who are able to receive these higher images. But in order for people to receive them, you must have become harmless as a dove, where you do not want to use this, first of all, for destructive purposes such as weapons, but also you do not want to enslave other people, make them dependent on, for example, oil or electricity, so you can try to monopolize the technology. Because what we have hinted at before is that this non-force-based technology will not work mechanically. You have now technology such as a gun, that has a shell in it that has powder and a bullet. And if the hammer of the gun hits the shell, it explodes and the bullet kills whatever it is aimed at. Whether it is a human being or an animal or a target, it will kill the target. That is mechanical technology. That is force-based technology.

Now in each case, of course, there are elementals that are making up the gun, making up the cartridge, the powder and so forth. But they are the lower-levels of elementals who will out-picture the image in a mechanical way. The more evolved elementals will not do so. And this, just to give you a primitive example, would mean that such elementals, if they manifested a gun, which they are not likely to do, but if they did so, they would say, if the gun is aimed at a human being, it will not fire. And this would be beyond the control of the human being pulling the trigger.

You see what is required for this kind of technology is that human beings, human societies are raised to the level that you are beginning to see in the modern democracies where they are not seeking to conquer and suppress their neighbors. They are finding a way to coexist, solve problems without violence. Otherwise, this technology will not work for them. Where you will see this beginning to manifest first is in energy generation. That there will be ways to release or produce, you might say, energy, but really receive the energy from a higher realm, and turn it into a force like electricity that can perform work. But that this will not work for people who have destructive intent. You can have a device that is a mechanical device produced in a factory that is producing electricity, but if somebody wanted to use that device with destructive intent, it would not work because the elemental who is in charge of manifesting the device would just choose not to make it work.

But you see what this requires. This requires this awareness that we do not want to live in a mechanical universe. We want to live in a creative universe. And the fallen beings, of course, and many human beings, want to continue for some time holding on to the mechanical universe where they can be sure that when they turn the key, their car starts. And they will say that the technology should do whatever it is designed to do regardless of their intention, their state of mind. They will be very, very resistant to having to look at their intentions and their state of mind and realize that: “Maybe my state of mind is so low that I cannot operate this new technology. Maybe our society is so low that we cannot receive this new kind of power generation but must continue to use fossil fuels and nuclear fuels for some time while we see other societies leap way ahead of us.” Because just imagine in a modern democracy what would happen if energy was free. Just imagine how businesses could grow beyond boundaries of what you can even imagine today if they had free energy, unlimited energy available freely. What could be produced? What could be transported? So many new ventures would open up for businesses if energy was free. And that society would raise its level of affluence beyond what most people can even imagine today. But this cannot happen in a mechanical way. There is simply a ceiling that societies cannot go beyond and many of the modern democracies are beginning to hit up against that ceiling.

The omega aspect of co-creation

Where this is important for you as spiritual people is of course that you need to align yourself with this pure intent, but you also need to be aware that you need to attract to you these kinds of elementals. But then you also need to be aware that, because of the law of free will, there is a limit to what even the more evolved elementals can out-picture. It cannot be too far ahead. For example, in the 1800s you could not have manifested the combustion engine. You could not manifest combustion engines before steam engines. You had to go through that step of the steam engine before you could bring down combustion engines, and you had to go through that before you could discover electricity and nuclear power, and so on. There are steps that must be taken. And that means it is possible to have a vision that is ahead of its time. Many inventors, scientists, visionaries have had visions of what is possible. It is just not possible yet because there are other steps that need to be taken.

Again, the omega aspect of co-creation, the feminine aspect of co-creation is to take the vision that is sort of the masculine aspect and, so to speak, bring it down to earth and look at the current situation on earth, what is practically possible. And then we must align ourselves with that current reality. You will see many examples from history of scientists or inventors, Nikola Tesla could be one obvious example, who had a vision, a valid vision, but it was just too far ahead of its time and therefore, could not be practically manifest. Yes, I know you can come up with all kinds of conspiracy theories about Tesla and why his inventions were not manifest, but that is not my point here. My point is that we have seen many, many people over the centuries, including ascended master students, grasp a vision that is a valid enough vision, it just is not realizable right now given the current conditions.

We saw in previous ascended master dispensations where some people grabbed onto this idea of bringing forth these fantastic inventions and they were dreaming that they wanted to be the one who brought forth the invention, became famous, got the Nobel Prize and became billionaires and because they had this self focused, they could never look at: “What would it actually take to manifest this vision, and is it practical right now? Are there steps we need to go through before then?”

They remained in this euphoric pie-in-the-sky state of mind and nothing came of their ideas. And of course we do not desire to see our students repeat that pattern. That is why we are sort of giving the visionary aspect and the practical aspect, because it is really, when it comes down to it, not the visionaries who are manifesting things. It is the practical people and the elementals that are manifesting things. And if you have a vision that you are superimposing, you might attract an advanced elemental, but if the vision is too far ahead of where the collective consciousness is at, even an evolved elemental cannot materialize it, it just cannot bring it all the way down to the physical.

Again, you need to be sensitive, need to be practical and how do you know whether your vision can be carried out? Well, you must as Master MORE said, experiment. But you must then avoid the disappointment if your vision is not manifest. You must learn from that. You must refine your vision and say: “Okay, I have a vision but are there steps that need to be taken before it can be manifest, and is it perhaps just my role in this lifetime to manifest one of these steps instead of the full vision?”

These are some of the considerations you need to make as you begin to experiment, because you will face this disappointment, discouragement from the dark forces who will attempt to discourage anyone who goes beyond the average level of consciousness and dares to imagine that things could be improved on earth beyond what the fallen beings want to see manifest.

Fear-based energies and elementals

I want to go in a slightly different direction by talking about the current conditions that you see on earth. And we have, of course, explained many times the importance of energy, that the emotional level, the mental level, the identity level, there is the collective consciousness, the collective energy field, and that lower energies can accumulate there, and that they have a pull on your conscious mind and the conscious minds of other people. But they also, of course, have an effect on the elementals because the elementals take on this energy.

How this then is manifest in nature is that when elemental beings, the lower elementals who cannot evaluate, when they take on, for example, anger or fear from human beings, they will manifest lower physical conditions. I know it is difficult for most people to grasp this but as we have explained many times before, after humankind took the planet into a downward spiral, matter itself became more dense. And this is why your physical bodies and the physical bodies of animals have a limited lifespan, why they manifest diseases, why there are these obvious signs of aging. You know the scientists have told you that all the cells in your body are replaced every seven years. If they were replaced according to the highest possible image, why would your body age? It would grow to an adult level, why would it age beyond that if all your cells are recreated, and if the cells took on the same matrix that manifested your 20-year-old body? That is because matter is more dense because the elementals have taken on these fear-based energies and images.

Where this is important is that the fallen beings, the serpentine mind, they are of course seeking to use this against human beings. Not only the, we might say, unaware part of humanity but also those who are beginning to awaken. They will target those who awaken and try to pull you in to blind alleys. And one of the, we might say, major blind alleys that they have created is simply chaos. You see that when elementals function in what we might call, it is not even a pure state, it is not even a natural state, but you can have certain elementals that are taking on a lower matrix that does not come from the Christ mind, but they are not at the same time overburdened by fear-based energy, for example, anger—if they are not burdened by this energy, they can at least out-picture the matrix as a physical form. But when the elementals become overly burdened by this negative energy, they cannot out-picture the image as a physical form. And that is why you see deterioration. One of the ways you see this in nature is the limited lifespan but also diseases, where you see new diseases that crop up all the time. That is because the elementals who are for example holding the view, the image of a human body, they become so overburdened that they now manifest some kind of disease. This is also why you see things in nature that are not what we might call natural or at least ideal. Earthquakes, natural disasters, storms, all of these things. Even what you call global warming is also partly because the elementals are overburdened by these lower energies.

Projecting fear through chaos

What happens as a result of this is of course that you have now in this modern age where people are becoming more aware, scientists have new scientific instruments and all of a sudden you are more aware that there was a time where there were not these diseases, there were not so many natural disasters, everything seemed to be better in the past and now things are getting worse, they are becoming more and more chaotic. And in a sense, it is correct that when the elementals are more and more burdened by energy, there are more and more chaotic conditions.

But what happens to this is, that the dark forces are using this to project upon people one basic idea: “You can’t trust the planet you’re living on. You’re not living on a friendly planet, you’re living on a hostile planet. And you never know when something bad is going to happen.” They are using the chaos to superimpose a human overlay on what you observe in nature that causes humankind to create even more fear-based energy that burdens the elementals even more.

This is how originally the downward spiral was created and how it accelerated. The moment people started accepting that things are getting worse, they produced more fear-based energy that burdened the elementals so that conditions in nature were getting worse. And it is the same thing that the fallen beings are trying to create today. The difference is that the earth is not in a downward spiral. It is in an upward spiral. But in today’s internet age where information and disinformation can be spread very quickly, the fallen beings are trying to have one last effort to prevent the upward spiral from going into the golden age.

Spiritual blind alleys

And how are they trying to do this? By taking the most aware people, the spiritually aware people, and pulling them into this fear-based reaction: “You can’t trust the planet. You can’t trust your government. You can’t trust society. Well, you can’t trust God of course, but we got rid of him a long time ago.” And one of the ways they do this is, of course, conspiracy theories. Beyond all the chaos you see out there, there is an even deeper level of chaos of these clandestine groups that are trying to control you and that is why you should not do this, and you should not do that, and you should be more and more fear-based and you should move out in the country, and get off the grid and live off the land, and store food, and prepare for disaster and this and that.

And can you see the effect of this? Many of the more spiritually aware people who are close to having the potential to co-create the Golden Age with Saint Germain, they now go into this fear-based reaction where they say: “Oh, I don’t believe anymore that things can get better, I believe they are going to get worse and I just have to hunker down and prepare for the worst instead of co-creating something better.” You see this phenomenon all around. Many of the people pulled into this are, of course, people below the 48th level consciousness who do not have the potential to co-create the golden age.

But that is not the target of the fallen beings, those in the serpentine mind. The target is you, the spiritual people, the more aware people. Those are the ones they want to pull into the downward spiral so you do what? You deny your co-creative potential. You are not even attempting to connect to the ascended masters. As other masters have said, the first condition for co-creation is you need to connect to the beings you are co-creating with, namely us. But if you are unwilling or afraid to even do this because you are so focused on this conspiracy theory that says the world is going to end next week, or at least the week after, you are voluntarily closing off your potential. And we can, as we have said, only stand there and say: “Well, we actually see how you put in your Divine plan that you would bring forth some new idea or invention that would take society to a higher level. But now you have gone into this blind alley where you have basically aborted your Divine plan because you think it is so important to validate your mental image that the world will get worse.”

The desire to validate the separate self

You may say, as Mother Mary said, Lanto was the good cop, I am the bad cop. And you may think this is bad enough, but it is going to get worse. I am only getting started. Because you see, the real issue here is that everything must be according to free will. And what have other masters said? What did Lanto try to explain? You have people who are in separation, who are creating a mental image, trying to validate that image. They are trying to get the universe to conform to their image. And here you have some fallen beings, as we have explained, who believe that God made a mistake by giving people free will. And they are trying to prove their point, to validate their point by having humankind go into a self-destructive spiral and basically destroy the planet. And if the planet was destroyed, the fallen beings would feel validated: “God must be wrong. We are right.”

But what are they really trying to do? Well, they are trying to do what Lanto explained that you do when you go into separation—validate themselves as masters of the universe. What Lanto also explained is that even a spiritual person walking the upward path, even an ascended master student taking the course of self-mastery, climbing from the 48th to the 96th level, even such a person can carry that last focus on self that is seeking validation in this world. Because that self wants to feel special. It wants to feel it is the master of the universe. It has figured it all out. It knows better than others. It even knows better than the ascended masters.

And therefore, we have seen over the decades, ascended master students who were attracted to our teachings because they saw some spiritual light in them, but they could not let go of this survivalist, doomsday, conspiracy theory mindset. They eventually got themselves into a state of mind where they felt the teachings had validated their mindset and they knew better even than the ascended masters that the world really was going down, that things really were getting worse. And therefore, they fell away from the teachings, so to speak.

The way out of separation

And again, from our perspective, free will must be allowed to outplay itself. If you still have this desire to feel special, to be validated, to feel that you know better than others, even better than the ascended masters, we know there is nothing we can say that will awaken you. At least there is nothing we can say that will awaken everyone. But as Gautama Buddha expressed, whenever we say something, some will understand. Some will grasp it. Some will say: “Wait a minute now, is it possible that what Lanto and Nada are saying applies to me? Is it possible I need to look in the mirror?”

And one way you can approach this is to say: “What is important to me? Is it more important for me to be right, to be validated than to grow with the ascended masters, to follow the teachings they have given? Is it more important for me to feel right, that I would not be vaccinated, that I would not wear a mask, than to grow, to follow the ascended masters as they move higher and give higher teachings? Am I willing to stop my growth at the present level or am I willing to let go of that need to be validated and realize that the ascended masters will never validate my separate self because their entire role is to help me transcend it? And that the only way to be free of that separate self is to connect to the ascended masters?”

Co-creating a higher identity with the masters

In a sense you could say, how do you walk the spiritual path, especially from the 96th level and up? You walk the path by co-creating with us. What are you co-creating? Something fancy out there in the world? No. You are co-creating with us a higher sense of self because you cannot actually create in your own mind a higher sense of self. That is what you are trying to do in separation, where you are creating this sophisticated separate self that becomes the master of the universe. But you cannot create a higher sense of self, a Christic self, within your own mind. You can only co-create a higher sense of self by connecting to us who represent the Christ mind. You see, the separate self is created out of separation. The higher self is co-created with the Christ mind.

You cannot – be careful to listen to what I am saying – you cannot sit here in your mind and say: “But look, the ascended masters have given all of these teachings through this messenger, through the Summit Lighthouse, through the I AM Movement. I am going to get all of these books and I am going to sit down and I am going to start reading them from one end to the other. And when I have done this, I will know how to create a higher sense of self. I can, based on this knowledge in my mind, I can create a Christic self. I can become the Christ by the powers of my own mind.”

This is a complete fallacy. An illusion. You only become the Christ by connecting to the One mind. You cannot become the Christ separate from the One mind. We have very carefully explained this from many different perspectives. I am just summarizing it in a very direct form. This is an impossibility. It is an impossible dream. It is an illusion. It is a fallacy. It is pride. It is arrogance. It is nonsense. It makes no sense.

You only become the Christ by giving up the desire to validate the separate self and deciding that you only want to exercise your free will, your co-creative abilities as part of the whole. You only want to raise up the whole instead of the separate self. It cannot be done any other way. There is no way to cheat here. I know Jesus talked about those who take heaven by force. They attempt to take heaven by force. They may create an outer appearance that they are spiritual, that they have all kinds of abilities, but they have not gone beyond the 96th level and they will not until they give up the desire to validate the separate self. It is not possible. It is like standing on the floor, grabbing your own shoelaces and pulling up thinking you can lift yourself off the floor by the upward force your body is generating. Not realizing that as you are pulling up, you are also generating an equal reaction to your action that is pushing your body down. It is physically, spiritually impossible.

The critical decision

You may say I am repeating myself, yes, but we have learned over time that this is one of the hardest points to get for people who are close to the 96th level. All people who are pulled into conspiracy theories, all people who are pulled into the doomsday prophecies waiting for the world to end, if it did not happen in 2000, it will happen in 2012 or 2024 or whenever—all people who are pulled into these dead ends created by the fallen beings, they are still seeking validation for the separate self that they have the superior knowledge of the universe. You cannot become the Christ from this mindset. You cannot co-create with the ascended masters from this mindset. It cannot be done.

You need to decide what do you want. Do you want to co-create, or not? If you do not, I have no problem with it. You will continue to pursue this goal of validating the separate self until you have that shift where you realize based on experience, based on the School of Hard Knocks, that it is impossible. And if you are not able to take my words and shift, then that is the route you have to take. But I know based on experience that by being direct, by, so to speak, forcing you to confront the choice, some will choose the higher.

And now, just as one final thought here, some of you have been listening to this talk and you have in your mind this perhaps subtle thought: “Oh, but this doesn’t apply to me. I’ve already chosen I want to co-create with the masters.” And some of you have, but you do not realize you still have remnants of that separate self, that focus on self that you have not given up because you have not seen it.

What I am trying to say is that even though I am presenting you with a choice, you cannot necessarily make it one time. You still need to be willing to look for what is hiding in the subconscious mind that might come up and derail you. You will have to validate that choice several times. The choice that what? That: “It is not about me. I of my own self can do nothing. It is about the ascended masters, my connection with them. It is not about telling them what to do. It is about me experiencing the Presence of the masters, not that they will tell me what to do, but that I experience their Presence over and over again until their Presence has shown me all elements of that separate self, all desire to be validated instead of the desire to be one.”

You can only be validated as a separate being because in the Christ mind there is no validation of individual beings compared to others because the high shall be made low and the low shall be made high because the Christ mind is the great equalizer. This is beyond what it is my task to talk about so I will end by expressing my gratitude for allowing me to interact with you and hopefully you will allow me to co-create with you a higher sense of self.

With this I seal you in the peace that I am, the peace that, if you invite it in, can consume all conspiracy theories, all doomsday prophecies and all sense that you are living on an unfriendly planet that is out to get you. The planet, the elementals are not out to get you. They can only out-picture what you project upon them so if there is anybody who is out to get you it is yourself, just not the self that you really are but the self that you want to have validated because you want someone to get you to validate the self. That is how ridiculous the self is.

With this, I seal you in the Flame of Peace that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Letting go of mental images of yourself, the masters, and the path


Ascended Master Lanto through Kim Michaels, May 21, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Lord Lanto, as you probably have guessed, based on Master MORE opening the conference, it is again, as we have talked about before, a little bit of a dilemma to talk about the seven rays in a linear fashion, especially when it relates to co-creation, because the question is: Is co-creation a linear process? And that is one of these philosophical questions that I will throw out here and then leave for now but return to later. 

Co-creation vs. De-creation 

What you have heard from Master MORE and Mother Mary is setting the foundation for grasping what co-creation is all about. But I wish to take this another step further. Co-creation—as opposed to de-creation, or at least as different from de-creation. What is the central difference? Well, we have explained very carefully over the years that when you descend to the 48th level of consciousness, you have an intuitive sense of connection to something outside your own mind. As long as you are basing your co-creative efforts on that intuitive connection, you are co-creating.

Even if you do not have a perfect vision, which of course you do not at the 48th level on a planet like earth, of what you are connected to. Even if you do not have a clear vision where everything, all images you are projecting out are based on the Christ mind. They are, as Master MORE said, based on your current level of consciousness. And on a planet like earth, with the density it has, the 48th level is not particularly high. But still, when you focus on your intuition, when you seek to get the highest image you can get intuitively, when you are willing to look at the outcome of your experiment and your reaction to it and therefore, raise your consciousness, then you are co-creating. When you go below the 48th level of consciousness and you lose your intuitive connection, then you are not co-creating. You cannot be co-creating. Even if you are creating something, as Master MORE said, that actually benefits other people, you are still not co-creating, because you cannot co-create if you do not have an intuitive connection to something outside your own mind .

The dream of perfect materialization

Therefore, what is duality? What is separation? What does it mean to go below the 48th level? What are you actually doing? Well, you are not co-creating, but you are still experimenting with your co-creative abilities. You are just exercising those abilities in a specific way. And that is, of course, not as a connected being, but as a separate being. What do you do as a separate being? Well, you are essentially thinking that in your mind you are capable of defining a mental image, projecting it upon the Ma-ter light, and you think that the Ma-ter light should conform to your image. In other words, you are thinking you should be able to formulate a mental image, and manifest it in the physical, exactly as it is in your mind. There should be a one-on-one correspondence between the image in your mind and what is manifest physically. That is what you think. And the further you go below the 48th level of consciousness, the more you become convinced that this is the right approach.

The fallen beings at the lowest level of consciousness are absolutely convinced that this is the right approach and that by continuing to seek to find a way, some magical way, to make the universe conform to their mental image, they will one day be successful. And some of them base this on experience where they have been able to, for example, create a company and grow it to be dominant in the market and employ hundreds of thousands of people or they have set themselves up as dictators for a nation, ruling the nation, perhaps conquering other nations. Based on these experiences, they convince themselves that it should be possible to have a one-on-one correspondence between the image in their minds and the physical conditions they face. 

Is a one-on-one correspondence realistic?

Now, as Master More explained and Mother Mary explained, this is not actually realistic. You will never have a one-on-one correspondence between the image in your mind and the physical conditions you face. Why not? Because no man or woman is an island. You are not the only person on the planet. You are here with eight billion other people who also have mental images in their minds that they are projecting upon the Ma-ter light. There will never be any being in embodiment, even on a natural planet, but certainly not on an unnatural planet, who will have a one-on-one correspondence. This dream of the perfect materialization of your image is an impossible dream and you, the spiritual people, need to give it up if you still have remnants of it in your mind. And it is easy to even take ascended master teachings and think that: “Oh, but when Saint Germain was the wonder man of Europe, he could take a diamond that had a flaw in it, and he could go through this chemical process and remove the flaw. It should be possible, if I really have a connection to the ascended masters, if I really refine my co-creative abilities, I should be able to have a one-on-one correspondence. Because if my image is based on the Christ mind, it should be manifest.” But this is what Mother Mary tried to explain to you, it is an unrealistic expectation.

Experimenting below the 48th level

Back to, what are you doing when you are exercising your co-creative abilities below the 48th level of consciousness? Well, as I said, you are experimenting: What can you do with your mind? What are the capabilities and the limitations of the human mind? What can you do, what can you not do? But beyond all of this, the overall experiment that you are conducting is, when will you reach a point where you have had enough of exercising your co-creative abilities as a separate being? When will you consciously recognize that you no longer want to be a de-creator, you no longer want to use your mind’s abilities as a separate being. You are ready to consciously, voluntarily, give up this way of exercising your free will and your co-creativity. You will, therefore, give this up permanently and now you will change your entire approach so that you are not trying to create a mental image in your mind alone, you are reaching up, connecting to the ascended masters who are representing the entire hierarchy reaching up to the Creator.

And this entire hierarchy is what embodies the wisdom that has been gained from the moment this world of form started, until today. What you are connecting into is this collective experience with co-creation. And therefore, you are able to tie in, we might say, you do not have to reinvent the wheel that has already been invented by tens of thousands of now ascended beings before you. And this, of course, makes it more likely that your co-creation will succeed. But it also, of course, brings you in alignment with the Christ vision, both the higher vision of what is possible and the practical vision of what is possible in your current situation here on earth. 

Giving up duality 

You see how this ties in with Master MORE so carefully explained that if you have a mental image of the ascended masters, you cannot co-create with us. And as Mother Mary said, you are not co-creating with us then, you are co-creating with a mental image in your own mind, you are co-creating with your own mind. But that is actually de-creation, that is just continuing the process of thinking that your mind can formulate an image, project it upon the Ma-ter light, and have the Ma-ter light out-picture, have one-on-one correspondence between the image and the physical conditions.

In other words, what we are trying to help you see here is that over the many decades, we have given teachings as ascended masters, but also given other teachings that we did not say came from ascended masters. We have seen that there are some students who have not grasped this. They have simply not grasped this particular consideration that I am presenting to you. And based on us seeing this, we have, in this dispensation, very carefully built up by giving you gradually a deeper and deeper understanding of the duality consciousness and what it is. 

And as I said, the central realization you need to come to before you can start co-creating is precisely that you are allowed to go into duality, you are allowed to experiment with it as long as you want, but this is not co-creation. You will not start co-creating until you voluntarily and consciously give up exercising your free will and your  co-creativity as a separate being. We have also very carefully built up this understanding that in duality there are always two polarities, and they are always associated with the value judgment. One is right, one is wrong, one is good, one is bad, one is real, one is unreal. And when you are in duality, while you are still in duality, you think one of them is right. This is not duality, this is the way it is. 

Seeing the teachings through a dualistic filter

Now you hear about ascended master teachings, and if you do not grasp what duality is, you can transfer the dualistic worldview to ascended masters, and you can now, in your mind, think that whatever the ascended masters give us as teachings, that is right, as opposed to other teachings from the fallen beings that are wrong. But that is too simplistic. This is what we have very carefully, since the beginning of this dispensation, built up to. Our teachings are not right, compared to other teachings that are wrong. Our teachings are beyond the dualistic scale. The difficult thing to grasp for many people, as we have seen it over the years, is when you are in duality, you can only see through that filter, that coloring, and therefore, you cannot see that there is an alternative to duality.

You can think intellectually, analytically. You can see the dualistic polarities, the dualistic extremes, but you think that because we ascended masters are beyond it, our teachings are not dualistic. And that is correct, our teachings are not dualistic, but the way students look at our teachings can still be dualistic. In other words, there are some students that find our teachings, even in this dispensation, they hear about the duality consciousness, but they are thinking, they are not looking at our teachings in a dualistic way. They are looking at our teachings in a non-dualistic way, in a neutral way. But that is not always the case. In fact, most of you have to go through a process before you let go of the dualistic coloring that you superimpose upon our teachings and upon us. And this is a very delicate process, a very difficult process on a planet as dense as earth, where you have the saying of Jesus, be ye wise as serpents, harmless as doves. 

Becoming wise to dualistic tricks

And it does not really mean that you become as wise as the serpents, because the serpents are wise in a dualistic way. They are very skilled at using the duality consciousness to create a veil of confusion. They are very skilled at creating a dualistic coloring and superimposing it upon any idea, even the teachings of the ascended masters, pulling our teachings down into the dualistic quicksand. You are not becoming as good as the serpents at using duality, you are becoming wise to the serpents and the dualistic tricks they always use. 

And harmless as doves means you are not seeking to fight them, to prove them wrong, to become smarter than them or even to oppose them. You are going beyond their level of consciousness. And what is their level of consciousness? Simply this, they still think they are so wise, so capable, that they can formulate an image in their minds of how the universe actually works, without connecting to the ascended masters. And if you seek to become as wise as them, you are still trapped in that same mindset. You are still thinking your mind can formulate an image of how the world really works. And you even think that because you have found the ascended master’s teachings, you can formulate a better image based on our teachings. 

The gradual process of escaping duality 

Be very careful here, listen to what I am saying. We are not blaming you for doing this. We have been in embodiment on earth. And when we first started awakening and questioning duality, we reacted the way you did because you cannot do anything else on a dense planet like this. You cannot instantly awaken and see through all of the dualistic illusions. It is a gradual process, but at least you can begin the process by becoming consciously aware of what I am telling you. And you need to recognize here that in the beginning, when you find the ascended master’s teachings, when you begin to work with them, study them, integrate them, your mind will have a mixture. You will still have many dualistic ideas, beliefs, approaches, a certain coloring of duality, that you superimpose upon us. And there is nothing wrong with it in the sense that it is unavoidable. It is, of course, not constructive and it will prevent you from co-creating with us. 

The challenge of connecting to real ascended masters 

Do you see what we have been trying to say so far? Co-creation requires you to connect directly to us, the ascended masters, not to an image of us that you have in your minds. Few of you realize, in fact the messenger himself does not even realize, how difficult of a process it was for him to become a messenger because he had to question all of the images he had of the ascended masters. Even the images he had taken on by being a part of the Summit Lighthouse dispensation for so many years, where there was a certain coloring of what ascended masters are. Again, it is not that it was wrong, it was what could be given at the time, given the collective consciousness and that this was the last dispensation of the Piscean Age. We are not blaming anyone for this, we are not looking back and saying, “oh that was wrong”, we are saying that was what was necessary at the time, the practical reality.

But in order to become a messenger for us in a new dispensation in the Aquarian Age, he had to question his own images so that he was not projecting upon us what we should say, what we should not say, or how we should say it. And in the process of doing this, he encountered people who had very specific images of ascended masters based on Summit Lighthouse, I Am Movement and so forth, and who wanted to project this upon him, that if he was a real messenger for the ascended masters, then what he got from us should live up to these people’s images based on previous dispensations. But you see what this does. First of all, these people are still in a state of mind where they believe they can formulate an image of what ascended masters are like, and they believe that we should then conform to it. We have no right to shock them, to surprise them, to say something they do not expect. And if we do, then we are not the real masters. Or the messenger did not get it right. It was his consciousness that was interfering.

Crossing the gap 

But you see, they had not begun to grasp what I am hoping you can grasp. They were not co-creating with us. They were co-creating with the images in their own minds. And that means there is a gap between the image and us. And given that we respect free will, we must then stand back. And as Master More talked about, the closing of the figure-eight flow, well, it never closed because their energies rose to a certain level, but there was still a gap up to our level, and they could never cross the gap. And we could do nothing about it. 

What we are endeavoring to do here is to help you cross that gap. But that means using your wisdom of the second ray to see what the serpentine mind does. You can say, again, “do not be too linear about this”, but you can say that there is a fallen mindset that is, for most of these fallen beings, geared towards, as I said, superimposing an image on the Ma-ter light and having that one-on-one correspondence between the physical manifestation and the image. Their attention is directed outwards, here in the material universe. But then there is the serpentine mind which is also directed upwards and believes it can superimpose images upon the spiritual realm, upon God. The serpents believe that not only can they formulate an image of how the material universe works, but also how the spiritual realm works, how God works, how God is, how ascended masters are. 

Escaping your mental images

And we have again been very careful in this dispensation of building up these teachings so you can see the fallacy there. What is the purpose of the Christ mind? It is to help you escape duality. You are allowed to go into separation. The law of free will allows this. The Christ consciousness is set up so that no matter how deeply you go into separation, you can connect to something outside your own mind that can help you question your illusion, therefore, take a step up in consciousness, a step closer to the 48th level. But how do you do this? Only by connecting to something outside your own mind.

What is the purpose of ascended masters? Because we are, of course, the ones who are administering the Christ consciousness to earth. It is to help you escape your current mental image, not to validate it. You see, if we validate your mental image, we are not helping you escape it. You cannot have your cake and eat it too. There are certain binary conditions that are either or. As we have said, you cannot be a separate being and be connected at the same time. It is not possible. You cannot be unascended and ascended at the same time. It is not logical. We as ascended masters will never conform to your mental images. As long as you are so in love with your mental image of us that you will not allow us to surprise you, we must stand back and say: “Well, they have chosen. They have chosen their mental image of us over us, and we must respect that choice. And therefore, we must leave them in the state of separation.” And this is a process that continues all the way to the 96th level of consciousness. Because as you climb, even after you have again established a connection and you are climbing the course of self-mastery towards the 96th level, you still have mental images of us, of the spiritual realm, of yourself. 

The 96th level 

The whole course in self-mastery is, of course, set up to help you gradually shed these images. But at the 96th level, you need to pass that initiation that we have also now at several conferences described, where you let go of the focus on self. And although we have described this focus on self in various ways, the essence of it really is this: You are seeking to define an image in your mind. You are still thinking that you can define an image in your mind of how the world should work. And you are even thinking that as you climb the spiritual path, as you study and apply the ascended master’s teachings, there will still come a point where now you have defined the ultimate image of how everything works. And you are even thinking that one day the Christ consciousness, the ascended masters, will validate your image.

Seeking validation for your self-image

And that is what causes you to be focused on self, because you are seeking validation. This does not mean you are not making progress on the path. You are climbing from the 48th to the 49th level by giving up one separate self, one illusion. You keep giving up illusions until you reach that 96th level. And you have given up a lot of illusions, but you have still maintained, I am saying you because we all did the same thing when we were in embodiment, you have still maintained that last self-image of who you are, what you are, what kind of a world you are in, what the spiritual realm is like, what your ascended masters are like. You are still maintaining that illusion that you can define it and that it will one day be validated. And in your mind this image has an epic importance. It is for you, when you are seeing through the filter of that image, a matter of life and death. It is of epic importance that this image is validated. And basically, many people, as they climb towards the 96th level, they are always seeking validation. You are willing to let go of certain illusions. You are saying: I was not right about this, I did not understand this fully. You are letting go of this, you are letting go of that, but you are still hoping that there is this one thing that will be validated. And you are hoping that the ascended masters’ teachings, or even our appearance will validate that last image. 

And there are a certain percentage of students, I will not put numbers on it because I do not want to discourage you, but there is a certain number of students, certain percentage of students that get it, that begin to question this image before they reach the 96th level. And there are others that do not even have a clue that there is something to question. They are climbing to the 96th level, being willing to give up all of these illusions because they think this particular focus on self is not an illusion, it will be validated. And they think that personal Christhood means the ultimate validation of their self-image. 

But you see, in reality, this particular self-image, this particular focus on self is not epically important. It is epically important to the ego because it is the last remnants of ego that you carry with you from below the 48th level, the dualistic ego that you took on and created below the 48th level. You are shedding it gradually, but there is that core of that dualistic ego that you carry with you to the 96th level, and that you really cannot give up as the last ghost until you are crucified on the cross. And until you have the realization that Jesus had on the cross, I am not talking physically crucified, I am talking metaphorically, where he realized that his image of what should or should not happen to him had to go because it was an illusion. God would not validate his self-image by taking him down from the cross. He had to let his body die on the cross. 

Feeling psychologically crucified 

And it is the same thing with you. You have to come to a point where you are ready, willing, to see this self-image and give it up. And if you have started questioning this before you reach the 96th level, you can do it without being crucified. But if not, you will find that you will gradually work yourself into a situation where you feel psychologically, mentally, crucified. You have no place to go. You cannot stand your current conditions. You cannot stand your current sense of self. And therefore, you feel like Jesus on the cross, that your expectations of being validated will never be fulfilled. And therefore, hopefully hanging on the cross, you can give up that last ghost, otherwise you start going below the 96th level, seeking to still validate that sense of self. But if you have started questioning this before you reach the 96th level, you do not have to get to the point where you feel crucified, because you can come to see that this self is no different from all the other selves you have given up.

To the ego it has epic proportions, but to the Conscious You it is just like any other self. It is based on an illusion. It is based on a certain belief, a very sophisticated belief perhaps. But it is all an illusion. And when you see this, it is actually no more difficult to give up the self at the 96th level than it was to give up all the other selves you have given up. 

You see, you can build a momentum that makes it easier for yourself to give up the last element of the ego. But if you do not see it, then you will literally have to do it the hard way by coming to the point where you feel crucified. And then there is the possibility that you will take yourself down from the cross by going into denial about the need to give up the ghost. And therefore, you go below the 96th level and perhaps even go below the 48th seeking to validate that last self. And you seek to build on to it, make it more and more sophisticated. And the difference here is really whether you get what the messenger asked to be expressed yesterday in one of the answers he gave. 

Do you get that the spiritual path, the path to Christhood, the path to the ascension, is about giving up? Or do you think it is about acquiring some special ability defined here on earth, that is seeking validation? Do you think the spiritual path is about validating the separate self or giving up the separate self? 

Connecting with the masters 

What will it require for you to co-create with us? Well, you have to first connect. You cannot connect with a remote God in the sky, but you cannot co-create with a remote God in the sky, because there will always be a gap. If we are to co-create with you, you must connect to us. We cannot connect to you. We could be who we are. We are here right now with you. You may think, in a previous dispensation, we were seen as being way up there. You had to build this force field so we could come down and give a dictation. You may think we are up there remote from you, but we are everywhere in the material universe because the material universe exists inside our minds. It is created out of the mind of the Elohim and even we, the Chohans.  We are serving to uphold the material universe. It is as if the earth is inside my mind and my mind is penetrating, interpenetrating every molecule, every atom, and therefore, it is also here with you. You may think I am somewhere behind the messenger speaking through the messenger, but I am everywhere, even with you personally, individually. And how will you individually co-create with me unless you connect with me in your minds? 

Having a messenger give a dictation is just a crude attempt to help you overcome the sense of distance so you can connect with us directly in your minds. But that really cannot be done until you reach that 96th level and give up that final separate self that creates the gap between you and us. And when you give that up, it might feel as if you are giving up something and you do not know what is going to come in its stead, because you have been used to having this sense of self for so long that you have for a long time thought this is who you are. But when you begin to question it, you realize: “This is not who I am” and therefore, you can come to that point where you are willing to say, “I will give it up, come what may”. And you see, your separate self, this last remnant of the ego and all of the dark forces associated with Earth will scream at you: “You cannot give this up, there will be nothing of you left, this is who you are, you must hold on to it or you will be nothing.” 

But that is why we have again given you these teachings about the Conscious You. The Conscious You has created the separate sense of identity, it has not become it. When you give up that last element of ego, the Conscious You does not die, it does not disappear, it does not become nothing. What does it do? Well, it does not do anything but it connects to the I AM Presence, to the ascended masters. As I said, we are right there with you. Why do not you see us? Why do not you experience us? Because there is that last self that creates the distance between us. When you give up that self, you will experience us. Not all the time, it is not like the messenger is experiencing us every minute of every day when he is performing ordinary tasks, he is just focused on the task he is doing, but nevertheless he can connect with us at any time and so can you when you reach that level. And it does not mean you become a marionette, we are always telling you to do this and you do it. No, but my desire is to help you see that you will not be alone, you will not be nothingness, but you will not be validated the way your ego is seeking validation. You will realize you are the Conscious You and you do not need validation. 

If you took this ego centered view based on separation, you might say: “Oh this messenger is a messenger for the ascended masters, he has been validated as being special.” But he is a messenger for the ascended masters because he gave up the desire to be special and to be validated by us. He gave it up before Jesus started working with him in 2002. And if he had not given up that last ghost, he would not have become a messenger, it is that simple. My point is, there is nothing special about the messenger, he has never claimed this himself, we have never claimed it other than he has been willing to give up what you have not yet given up, but which you are fully as capable of giving up as the messenger was. If you doubt me, take something close to you and hold it out like this in two fingers and open your fingers, will it fall to the ground? Good example. The messenger has no ability that you do not have to open your fingers and let go, to mentally let go. That is the essential requirement for walking the path towards Christhood. 

“I can of my own self do nothing”

Now, there are many definitions floating around out there and there are even ascended master students who have created their own definitions based on ascended master teachings of what the spiritual path is about, and they think it is a path of attainment, of validation. You acquire special abilities, well you may acquire special abilities above the 96th level of consciousness, but you will not acquire these real abilities until you give up that lower view of the path where you are seeking validation.

Jesus had special abilities beyond what this messenger has, but he had to give up the desire to be validated before he acquired those abilities and still, he was mindful, as you can see even in the scriptures, I can, on my own self, do nothing. Jesus did not see himself as having special abilities, as this messenger does not allow himself to see himself as having special abilities. And then, maybe spirit will do something through you, maybe spirit will not do anything special through you, but you are at peace either way because you are realizing: “I can on my own self do nothing”, and you are not seeking to do something out of your own self. 

Giving up the sense of separation forever

You see, going back to my point in the beginning, co-creation requires you to see duality and see that going into duality was a necessary step in order to explore what you can do with your free will so you gain experience with using your co-creative abilities as a separate being so that you can come back and give it up and ascend.

You see, in the ascended realm, no master is using his or her abilities as a separate being. We are all in harmony with each other through the One mind. Master MORE and I may meet and talk about what we are going to release at this conference. We never have a disagreement or difference of opinions about it. We see how we can supplement and complement each other. In the ascended realm we have voluntarily given up this ability to use our free will as separate beings. 

That is the essential requirement for the ascension, because otherwise the fallen beings would find a way to sneak into the ascended realm and they would create the same havoc in the ascended realm as they have created on earth. Of course, they would never get in, but if they were to get in you see, and that is why again there is this absolute barrier. You either give up that desire to have the separate self be the master of the universe and you realize that there are masters of the universe, but they are on a fundamentally different level of consciousness than you are in the unascended state. And they have risen to that level of consciousness by giving up that desire for validation in this world, seeking their reward in heaven rather than on earth. And when you see that and give it up, that is when you pass the 96th level. You still, as we have explained, have illusions that took you down from the 144th to the 96th that you are working on, as this messenger is working on, as all who have climbed above the 96th level are working on. You are not in an ultimate state of consciousness, but you have passed a very important corner of overcoming that focus on self. 

Seeking to raise up the whole

And therefore, what can you do? Well, instead of seeking to raise up yourself you are seeking to raise up the whole. That is when you are co-creating because what are we as ascended masters doing? We are seeking to raise up the whole. 

You may think, from the viewpoint of earth here, and we have seen ascended master students go into this over the years, you may think that, oh some masters are higher than others. Oh, Sanat Kumara is at a higher level then Lord Lanto. But you see, all of this fades away in the ascended realm. From a certain perspective, yes, of course, there is a hierarchy of different levels of even ascended awareness. And of course, Sanat Kumara ascended long before I did and is at a higher level of awareness today than I am. But there is no value judgment associated with it. Sanat Kumara does not see himself as more special. It is not that, at the ascended level you are deciding: “Now I have ascended. Now I want to reach a higher level than all these other masters. I am going to get up there on the top and be the most important ascended master.” All of this falls away or you cannot ascend. It is meaningless. It is like the consideration loses its meaning just like the dualistic polarities lose their meaning when you pass that initiation at the 96th level. You are not seeking to co-create, because you want to achieve something that nobody else has achieved or achieve something that makes you special. All of this falls away and you are just seeking to find your place in the whole of how you can serve with the ascended masters to raise that whole.

Why the spiritual path is not linear

Is growth, awakening, ascension, a gradual process? Is it a linear process? Is growth, is co-creation, a linear process or non-linear process? You cannot answer that question because the question is asked from a certain level of consciousness and the way that level of consciousness defines the question is still in duality. And when you rise above that level of consciousness that formulated the question, the question fades away. It becomes meaningless. The differentiation becomes meaningless. We have, yes, given you a very linear image. Starting at the 48th you go through the seven books of the Path to Self-Mastery course towards the 96th level. But is it a guarantee that someone who takes Master MORE’s book, starts at chapter one, gives the exercise, studies it, that that person will be guaranteed to rise from the 48th to the 49th level? And if he takes chapter two and does the same and goes through all of the other books, is that person guaranteed to reach the 96th level? Nay. And that is because it is not an entirely linear mechanical process.

That is what the fallen beings are trying to reduce the universe to. But it cannot be done because everything is a creative process. You see what we have said here in these three dictations? The Creator had a vision when it started this world of form, but it was not fixed. It has been revised many times as the spheres have unfolded. You see that even creation itself is not a mechanical linear process. It requires choices. Could you have a person who started with Master MORE’s book and followed the course for some time suddenly awaken at the 96th level? Yes, that could happen if that person had worked through the lower levels in a previous lifetime and in this lifetime just needed to reconnect to what it had achieved previously. It is also possible that a person at one of the lower books, say my book on the second ray, could suddenly understand what the initiation on the 96th level is really all about. And therefore, it could give up that focus on self.

It does not mean it would not have to go through the other initiations, but it would be so much easier for the person to do it once it had seen through that focus on self. It is not a linear mechanical process, but what we have attempted to do is to give you linear steps so that you can avoid the confusion that is always seeking to derail you. 

Do you understand? There is so much confusion on earth, so much influence from the collective consciousness, from the dark forces and fallen beings that are seeking to derail you from your path. And a protection against that is a linear, structured, step-by-step process because it helps you build a momentum and to keep going. And it will help you greatly, it just cannot guarantee it because everything comes down to your choices. As they say in quantum physics, “you can calculate the probability of something happening”. And if a person follows the course to self-mastery, the higher you go, the more probability there is that you will pass the initiation at the 96th level.

But you can never, as they also say in quantum physics, predict with certainty where the electron of your being is going to be, whether it is going to make that choice to see the focus on self and give it up, or whether it is going to continue to seek to validate it. 

With this, I have given you my contribution and it has been a great joy for me to be able to share this with you. I know you probably recognize that I have a tendency as the master of the second ray to appeal to your logical, reasoning, rational mind and show you the inconsistencies. And that is indeed a quality of the second ray. Like Jesus said, let us reason together, let us reason. You cannot ultimately reason your way into heaven. You can only get to heaven by letting go. But you can reason so that it becomes easier to make that final step of letting go of that focus on self. Because you can see, with the reasoning mind, that it is just another self, no different really than all the other selves you have already given up.

Why can you not give up this last self and be finally free of this coloring that has followed you for so long, causing you to always worry: “Am I going to be validated or put down, when will I be validated, how will it happen, when will the masters appear and validate me after all I have done?” And when you let go of that, it is the greatest relief you are going to experience on earth, the absolute greatest relief. We have, all who have ascended, gone through it. And we still look back and say that was a greater relief almost than the ascension because the ascension again, when you reach the 144th level, it is not such a big step because you have already taken so many steps. It is just one more step. 

With this, I will take one more step back to my normal state, however you might see that. And the question is, am I leaving you or am I with you always? That is your choice to make because I have already made mine when I ascended. Lord Lanto, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Understanding what can be manifested on earth right now


Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, May 21, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary, and it is my great joy to be part of this figure-eight flow between you here below, I above. Or am I above, or am I more within?

Questioning the images in your mind

You see, images, images, images, images in the mind is how you co-create. Whether you co-create or de-create, whether you see yourself as a connected being or not a connected being, you are co-creating through images in the mind. And that is why, in order to raise your level of co-creation, you need to be willing to, on a continual basis, question the images in your mind.

We have given you the image of a figure-eight flow from above to below, and it is a useful image, but as all images on an unnatural planet, it can be taken too far into this extreme or that extreme. And that is why I am saying that you can visualize me above you, but if you do this from a viewpoint of separation, you will see a distance between you and I. And if you see a distance, a gap, an insurmountable gap, how can you co-create with me? How can you co-create if there is a gap?

And as Master MORE so eloquently explained in traditional religions and even many spiritual movements, people see a gap between God and human beings, even between ascended masters and their students. I am not expecting you to overcome the gap all at once, but I am expecting you to question your image.

You can see me above you. We are in a figure-eight flow. But how far above you? Do I need to be quite as far above you as the Christians would see me, or as they see Jesus, or as they see God? 

How far above you are we? Gradually you can decrease the distance until you realize that yes, there is a figure-eight flow, but it is really not over a remote distance.

The parameters for the worlds of form

Now, I will turn my attention to another topic that I wish to contribute to here. You might consider it the omega aspect of what Master MORE gave you. What we have explained of course is that in the beginning was the Creator, and the Creator decided to create a world of form. And when the Creator had decided to create a world of form, the Creator actually took some time.

It was not time like you conceive of it here. I cannot tell you that the Creator deliberated for thirty-three days and fifteen hours and thirty-three and a half minutes, but there was an interval where the Creator decided upon the parameters for its world of form. These are very, we might call them esoteric to use a word, because they are of course beyond what you can easily conceive of when you are in embodiment on earth.

And you do not need to know these parameters when you are in embodiment. You certainly do not need them in order to co-create. But I am pointing out to you that the Creator set certain parameters for how this world of form would be, how it would unfold.

But even this was within a larger set of parameters that guide all worlds of form. In other words, we have made a distinction between the Allness and the level you are at where you have a world of form that begins with a Creator, evolves over time and reaches some ultimate stage. And this, of course, is the parameters for worlds of form.

Always room for experimentation

There is a beginning. There is a gradual growth process. There is an ultimate level of growth and then the beings who have reached that ultimate level in that world of form move on. In other words, the overall parameter for any world of form is growth. And growth means self-transcendence. And as Master MORE explained, self-transcendence happens only through experimentation. A world of form cannot create such strict parameters that there is no room for experimentation. 

You see the contrast between this and what the fallen beings, at least some of them, dream of creating. They dream of creating a world where there is no room for experimentation because they do not want there to be room for failure.

They believe that free will was a mistake because free will can lead self-aware beings to become lost, to fall, to be erased in the second death and to not grow. They want to create a world where the outcome is predetermined. It is guaranteed because there is no room for deviance from this ideal outcome.

But you see, this is in contradiction to the very foundational principle for any world of form. There must be room for experimentation. The Creator can create laws and principles but they cannot be so detailed, so set in stone, so to speak, that there is no room for experimentation. And that is why, of course, as Master MORE said, the Creator did not know at the beginning and does not know now what the final outcome of this world of form will be.

The lie of an ideal outcome

This is important because you are living on earth, it is an unnatural planet, it is very heavily influenced by the fallen beings who have used the duality consciousness to project there is a certain standard. And you see, by projecting there is a standard, you have already gone against the basic principle for any world of form.

By projecting that there is a perfect end goal that must be reached, all people are saved and go to heaven, for example, where they sit on a pink cloud and play the harp for all eternity. By the way, I do not see a lot of pink clouds with angels playing harps where I am at, but nevertheless, by projecting this, that there is a perfect end goal that is predetermined, that God knows in advance, and that there is a standard for how to get there, they have gone against the very basic principles of a world of form.

A straitjacket of the God Will? 

And this means that when you have embodied on earth for a long time, even if you are an avatar who came from a natural planet, you have taken this on. And that means that when you begin the process of conscious co-creation, you have to begin to consider this. You have to take into consideration what this means. Do you still have this image that in order to co-create with perfect ascended masters, you have to be perfect?

One outcome of this that we saw in previous ascended master dispensations is that people thought basically, I am not saying they consciously thought this, but what they really envisioned in their minds was that you had your own will, your human will, and then you had the will of God. And in order to follow the will of God, you had to give up your own will and you had to basically become a marionette of the will of God. You were a slave of the will of God. It was like putting on a straitjacket.

And if you look at how people have behaved in many spiritual organizations, including previous ascended master organizations, you will see that it was almost like they had put on a straitjacket. They talked a certain way, they walked a certain way, they behaved a certain way. It was as if they were so afraid to experiment that they tried to follow a set of mechanical outer rules for how you should behave as an ascended master student.

And this, of course, means you cannot co-create with us. If you are afraid of somebody, if you have the idea that an ascended master wants to control you, how can you co-create? You can submit, you can become a slave, like the medieval peasants were slaves of their noblemen because they were afraid of being punished by a fate worse than death if they disobeyed. But you are not thereby co-creating, you are just submitting, you are just obeying, you are just mechanically following along, you are setting aside all possibility of experimenting to just do what you are told.

Questioning your image of the masters

These are some of the images you need to start to question. I am not saying I expect you to do this in the blink of an eye, but I am expecting you to begin to question it. In other words, why do you want to co-create with the ascended masters?

If you have an image of us as being some kind of overlord and you are just a slave, then why would you want to co-create with that image? We are, of course, not like that. But if you have an image in your mind of us being like that, then you cannot co-create with us, you are attempting to co-create with the image.

But since the image exists only in your mind, you are not co-creating with us, you are co-creating with yourself, but that is not co-creation, that is actually creation as a separate being. You may have awareness of ascended masters, you may think you want to co-create with us, but if you have an image in your mind that sits between you and I, you cannot co-create with me.

We are not co-, you are just in your own mind interacting with an image that exists only in your mind, and I must stand here and patiently wait until you have had enough of that image of me and decide to look beyond it.

Co-creation as an interactive process

Now, what Master MORE explained, what we have also explained many times before is that there are certain parameters set. As I said, the Creator set certain parameters for this world of form in general, but then there were certain parameters that were specific to the first sphere based on the experiences that the Creator had with the first sphere and that those who ascended from the first sphere had, this then was used to determine the parameters for the second sphere.

In other words, the parameters for the second sphere were not predetermined or they were not decided by the Creator at the beginning. It was only after the experience was gained from the first sphere that the parameters were set for the second, so forth of course, with the third, fourth, fifth and so on.

When the sixth sphere had ascended, certain parameters were designed for this sphere. Those parameters were used to create the original earth that the seven Elohim created originally, but as we have been stating between the lines, but which I will now state more clearly, co-creation is an interactive process. What is it in a sense that is meant when Master MORE said, you multiply the energies and you send them back up?

What is it you are sending back up to the ascended masters? Is it just energy or is it also the experiences you have had with your experiment? You see, we are receiving not just energy, we are receiving your experiences of how you experience being where you are at in a co-creative process. And this we use to continually adjust the parameters.

My point for this is, the Elohim created original parameters for earth, then the first three waves of livestreams took embodiment here, in the identity, mental, emotional, and based on their experiences there was a continual adjustment of the parameters. Then when the earth went into a downward spiral and became an unnatural planet, that process of adjustment did not stop, it just took a different turn.

The ascended masters’ task 

We are still learning from you. Our task is not to reach some predefined result. Our task of ascended masters, again, you look at Saint Germain, yes he has elaborate plans for a golden age, but they are not all predetermined, because the overall goal is not to manifest certain physical conditions in the golden age, the overall goal is the raising of awareness.

What is our task? Our task is not to manifest some ideal future state that is permanent or will last for a thousand years. Our task is to look at human beings in the consciousness they are at, their current level of, we might say, how trapped are they in the duality consciousness? How much do they believe in current conditions, are set in stone, believe in the lies and illusions of the fallen beings, in other words, how trapped are they in maya, how trapped are they in illusion? And then our role is to go in, wherever people are at, and offer them something that can help them take the next step up.

The two-way process of constant adjustment 

If we did not continually adjust, how could we fulfill our task? In other words, many ascended master students have believed that we have the perfect vision, we have the perfect plan, we know how everything should unfold. But we do not, because our task is to raise people’s awareness gradually.

We need to look at people at a certain level of awareness, we give them some kind of impulse, some kind of ideas, then we monitor what actually happens when they implement them. And then we adjust based on that. That is your role in the co-creative process, is to give us feedback.

You see, when you look at traditional religion, everything is a one-way street. The Catholic church is a hierarchical structure that has the Pope on top, he is the only one who is the Vicar of Christ, who communicates with Christ, he gets the perfect doctrines from Christ, because Christ sits up there with the perfect vision that is then communicated down as a one-way street. And you either obey it, or you go to hell, that simple.

Well, not quite that simple. The reality is that we are not sitting up here with a perfect image that you have to accept in its fullness, or you will be punished. You will not be punished if you do not follow our directions. You will just stay at your current level of consciousness and continue to experience life the way you are experiencing it now. And if that is what you want, because you have not had enough of that experience, we have full respect for your free will.

We can only offer more, but my point is, our task is not a one-way communication, it is an interactive process where we gain from the return current from you, from your experiences. We are always monitoring how people respond to our teachings, for example. But also, of course, many other ideas we release to people who have not even heard of ascended masters. But for you who are ascended master students, we are monitoring your progress, attempting to come up with something that will help you.

That is why we sometimes talk about the reaction of students in previous ascended master organizations, to help you not repeat the same pattern. You really do not have to reinvent the wheel all over again. You can build on the experiences gained in previous dispensations.

Adjusting to the downward and upward spirals on earth

Going back to the Elohim creating the original blueprint for earth, which was then co-created upon and expanded by the first three waves of lifestreams. At the time where the turning point happened and the earth started going downward, the earth was in a more sophisticated state than what was created by the Elohim, because of that process of co-creation. Now comes the downturn.

This does not mean that we consider a big disaster has happened. Actually, we did not even consider this to be a problem or a mistake. We just realized that the inhabitants of the earth had decided to exercise their free will in a different way, by seeing themselves as separate beings, and then we accommodated that.

This meant, of course, that we could not interact with them as directly as we could before, because if people desire to experiment with their free will by seeing themselves as separate beings, well, how can we communicate directly with them? Because how can they see themselves as separate beings if they still have a connection to ascended masters?

You see certain necessary consequences of the law of free will. But we still, of course, adjusted what we released to humankind, energy, the amount of energy, but also the amount of ideas that we attempted to release.

Now for a long period of time, the earth was in a downward spiral, which means there was a limit to what we could release, certainly what ideas we could release. But then eventually, there came that turning point where the earth started very, very slowly, first it stopped the downward momentum, it became slower and slower, eventually stopped, and then very, very slowly it started an upward momentum.

And as this momentum has increased, we have, of course, adjusted our interaction with human beings. That is why we eventually came to a point where we could stand forth publicly, reveal our existence, reveal how we interact with people, and give more and more advanced teachings, but also teachings that are more easily understood by a broader audience.

Projecting an image onto the Ma-ter light

Again, where are we now at? Well, you realize that there is an interactive process between us ascended masters, you in embodiment. So far, so good. You are thinking: “I need to tune into the ascended masters as part of growing in Christhood, increasing Christ discernment, so I can tune in and feel what are the parameters that are currently there for earth.” In other words, you are saying: “Co-creation is reaching up, then bringing down. I am reaching up to attune to the ascended masters, to attune to the Christ mind, the One mind, and then I act based on that.

Yes, but what are you acting upon when you do this? In other words, you tune in, there is a certain mental image, there is something you want to manifest in your life, you are projecting that image with your mind into the cosmic mirror, as we have said, but what is then going to happen? Well, hopefully certain physical parameters, certain physical conditions in your life would manifest, but what is it that manifests these physical conditions?

Well, it is, of course, as we have explained many times, the Ma-ter light, right? And we have said that the Ma-ter light can take on any form, but it cannot take on form by itself, it takes on the forms that are projected upon it by self-aware beings, going all the way from the Creator through the various hierarchies to those who are in embodiment on an unascended sphere on the planet called earth.

From this you might get the impression that the Ma-ter light is sort of a featureless substance that just passively takes on form that is projected upon it, and we may even have presented it that way previously. But we now need to step up to a more sophisticated understanding of this, and there is one main reason for this understanding, why you need this understanding, and it can basically be expressed in the old saying that discouragement is the sharpest tool in the devil’s toolkit, and this is, of course, what we see in many people who begin to become aware of the potential to co-create.

Avoiding disappointment

It can be that they do not even know about ascended masters, that they have been interested in some of these teachings that are out there about manifestation, where you manifest something through the powers of the mind, but it can, of course, also be ascended master students.

Here you are, you have some students, they become aware of the potential to co-create. Through the powers of the mind you are co-creating certain material conditions in your life. You now try this process, you reach up, you gain a certain vision, and now you are attempting to project that out with your mind, and now you may be patient, you may say: Oh, it might take some time for it to manifest, but I have to continue to project until it does.

And then there goes the time and nothing happens, and nothing happens, and nothing happens, and nothing still happens, or still nothing happens, and there comes that point where you feel a projection of doubt from the serpent who is whispering in your ear: Maybe nothing will ever happen, maybe you are doing the wrong thing, maybe the process is a hoax, maybe ascended masters are not real, maybe you are not capable, you are not special enough.

That is where you need to avoid this disappointment, and the way to avoid it is, one way, is to recognize that the Ma-ter light is not just like modeling clay that you can shape with your hands into any form, because there is a certain process, certain principles, certain parameters for how the Ma-ter light takes on form. Therefore, you cannot just expect that any mental image you project will be manifest as a physical form.

Realistic expectations for manifestation

And why is this so? Some students from previous organizations might say, but Saint Germain said in the 1930s during the I Am movement, that if you really focused on something, it would manifest. In the Summit Lighthouse, people were told to visualize a crystal amethyst and to manifest that physically, but you see, we gave certain teachings based on the level of consciousness at the time, and we have learned from seeing the success or lack of success the students had with those teachings, which is why we are now giving you a more nuanced teaching about this.

As I said, the parameters are continually adjusted, so earth becomes an unnatural planet, and how does it become a unnatural planet? Because the collective consciousness is lowered, people sink deeper into separation. That means they are projecting mental images with their minds from separation.

Now what is happening is, that you have an adjustment of the parameters of the earth based on the law of free will must be allowed to out-picture itself, and this relates to, as I said, a majority of the original inhabitants of the earth. And if you look at, just as one example, if you take the average person that you meet on the street and ask them—Do you believe it would be possible to manifest a physical crystal stone with the powers of the mind?—the overwhelming majority of them would say: “No, of course not. Are you crazy?”

You see, you, when you start co-creating, have to have a realistic expectation of what environment you are co-creating in, and therefore, you cannot just see the Ma-ter light as some substance that will take on any form you project upon it. Because if you are projecting a mental image upon it that is beyond what the majority of people on earth can accept, then there will actually be a resistance from the Ma-ter light to taking on that form.

Resistance in the Ma-ter light 

Do you grasp what I am saying here? If you look at ascended master teachings, especially previous dispensations, you would get the impression that the Ma-ter light is willing to take on any form, that there is no resistance in the Ma-ter light itself. But there is, because the Ma-ter light is not only a passive substance.

What does this mean? Well, this is where we need to again step up to a more nuanced understanding. If you take a lump of clay, you can model that into any form. It can be a sculpture, it can be a pot, it can be a mug. But there are of course certain parameters for what kind of shapes you can create out of clay that are sustainable. We are always working with the clay. 

 The Ma-ter light and the elemental beings

But beyond this, the Ma-ter light is not like clay, because clay, at least as most people would see it, is an unconscious substance. But the Ma-ter light is not unconscious. The Ma-ter light has consciousness. You could also say this in a different way and say, what is the Ma-ter light? Is it just this passive substance like, for example, the atoms or the subatomic particles that scientists are talking about? Nay.

The Ma-ter light can, say to have a universal aspect, but in order to take on form, there needs to be a conscious being that imposes that form on the Ma-ter light, so to speak, collects the light around the image of the form, and then maintains it there over time. And those beings are of course what we have called elemental beings.

The elemental beings are conscious beings, but they are not self-aware. They can eventually, as we have explained, attain self-awareness, but for a very, very long time an elemental being will not have anything that resembles self-awareness. That means that it sees itself as a servant. In a sense you could say that elemental beings see themselves much as the peasants of the Middle Ages who thought they could only be the slaves or the servants of the noble men.

The elementals see themselves as servants of humankind. Therefore, in a sense you could say that even though the elementals have a certain understanding of how the Ma-ter light takes on form, they do not have the ability to decide what form should or should not be manifest.

In other words, the elementals, at least at the lower levels, do not have any vision of the parameters defined by the Elohim. They are not able to say: “Oh, this form is in alignment with the Christ mind and this one is based on separation.” They cannot make that discernment. They just are dedicated to taking on or manifesting whatever form human beings project upon them with their minds. And they are dedicated to doing this.

The bad news about co-creation

At lower levels of elemental beings they are dedicated to doing this at a collective level. In other words, they are tuned into what the majority of people on earth can see, their level of consciousness. That is why what the average person can see as possible or not possible to do with the mind, that is also what the elemental beings see as possible or not possible.

You see, you can project an image upon the Ma-ter light, or rather upon the elemental beings, that is perfectly in alignment with the Christ mind. Therefore, you can say there is nothing wrong with your image. But it does not mean that your image can be manifest given the current level of the collective consciousness. And if you do not take this into consideration, you will be disappointed over and over and over again. And you might give up on the whole process.

We might say Master MORE gave you the good news about co-creation, I am giving you the bad news about co-creation. Master MORE is the good cop, Mother Mary is the bad cop. But really there is no contradiction between what we are saying. Because in order to become a better co-creator, what do you need to do?

What does self-mastery mean? 

You need to have self-mastery as Master MORE explained, but what does that mean? It means you reach up for higher awareness of how the world works, what parameters were set from the spiritual realms, but you also reach horizontally for a higher awareness of the environment you are in and how that environment works. If you do not do both, you are not attaining self-mastery because you have to attain self-mastery on earth before you can ascend from earth.

And again, this can sound contradictory based on previous teachings, where you might think that it is only a matter of reaching up, it is only a matter of reaching these perfect understanding of spiritual principles and applying them and then matter must passively conform to your mastery.

Again, the power of the First Ray when it is forced upon the Ma-ter light, the Ma-ter light must take on those forms, but it must not. In fact, it must not take on forms even if those forms are based on the Christ mind, if they are out of alignment, so to speak, with the collective consciousness.

Plausible deniability

You see, for example,  just to give you one example of this, we have said before when Jesus walked the earth in a physical body, he was allowed to perform certain miracles because the collective consciousness was so dense at the time that some people needed to see that the powers of the mind could manifest what they thought was miraculous, was supernatural, beyond natural, right?

In other words, the collective consciousness had a certain level, they thought it was impossible to heal somebody with the mind, and they had to see a demonstration of this in order to shake their belief that this was possible. But you also realize, as we have said before, there has to be plausible deniability, and that is why Jesus was allowed to show this to a very limited number of people.

Very few people actually saw him perform a miracle, and even among those who saw it, there were those who denied it. They thought it was a trick, they had hallucinated. But most of the people, they did not see it first-hand, they heard about it second-hand. And now there is another possibility of denying it, because you can more easily deny something you hear with your ears than something you see with your eyes.

If at the time of Jesus, there had been this invention called a video camera and television, Jesus would not have been allowed to perform these miracles, because when it is recorded, it becomes more difficult for people to deny it. In today’s age, this is different, because people have gotten more used to it, so it is not quite as strict of a law today. Adjustment, again, over time.

What is realistic to manifest? 

But nevertheless, what I am pointing out to you is, at any given time, there is a certain level of the collective consciousness that is being projected on most elemental beings, and that sets a limit for what can actually be manifest through the powers of the mind. And if you formulate an expectation in your mind that you can manifest something, and you should be able to manifest something, that is out of attunement with that level, you will not be successful.

And therefore, you will very easily become open to these projections from the serpentine mind that something must be wrong. And of course, the serpentine mind is never going to project at you that it is your expectations that are the problem. No, the problem is always outside of you. It is the Ma-ter light, it is the ascended masters are wrong, their teachings are not right, always looking out.

But the reality is, if you are attempting to be, if you are dedicated yourself to performing a co-creative experiment, and the physical result is not what you expected, then you need to look within. Look at your mental image, your expectation—is it realistic?

And with realistic, you can have two considerations. You could say, if you really understand how the universe works, that everything is created out of the Christ consciousness, if you align yourself with the Christ consciousness, you should be able to manifest anything that is in alignment with the Christ consciousness. That is realistic.

Yes, but that is not actually correct. It is not realistic. Because what is the Christ consciousness? The Christ consciousness, yes, it reaches up for what is the ideal image held in the mind of the Creator. But it also reaches horizontally to see where people are at in consciousness. The Christ consciousness is aware at the level of the collective consciousness. The Christ consciousness is aware that it is not constructive to manifest something that is too far beyond the current level.

And therefore, in a sense, you need to say that perhaps your image of what could be manifest is realistic on a natural planet that you are used to and that you have some memory of, but it is not realistic on an unnatural planet like earth. And therefore, you need to be willing to look at your expectation, look at your image, and refine it instead of giving up on the co-creative process, thinking there is something wrong.

You see, my entire purpose for this discourse, and I will of course expound more on these things later in the conference, but my entire purpose for this discourse is to help you avoid disappointment when the things you try to manifest do not manifest exactly as you envision them. Because this will happen to all of us. It did happen to all of us when we were in embodiment.

We ascended because we were willing to adjust our expectations and our understanding of the material world. In other words, ascending, self-mastery is not just about understanding spiritual principles, but also about understanding the practical principles of how the environment you are in here on earth currently functions. That is realism.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I will of course give you more. As the male masters give you more, we of the female masters will give you the omega perspective on this. And we will see how this experiment unfolds depending on your interaction, your feedback that you are giving to us during this conference.

Consider yourselves who are here physically, who are on the webinar, who are connecting with us—you are teaching us as we are teaching you. You are teaching us how to teach you better.

With this, I seal you in the joy of my mother’s heart.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

Experimentation as the driving force behind self-transcendence


Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, May 21, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Kazakhstan: Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE, and it is my great privilege to open this conference and this webinar. We are grateful that you have come together, come together here below and therefore, been willing to come together with us above so we can form that figure-eight flow from above to below and back to above. For if there is not the return flow, then, of course, the creative flow is not complete. This is an idea that I will begin with.

A constant flow of energy from above

Co-creation means what? Co-creation means that there is a constant flow of energy from the spiritual realm into the unascended sphere. This is the gift from the ascended level that comes ultimately from the Creator flowing through all the levels of the spiritual realm into the sixth sphere and then into the seventh unascended sphere. And in order to flow into the unascended sphere, it flows through us the ascended masters, who are working with this unascended sphere. And of course, when it comes to planet earth, it flows through those of us who have chosen to work with this planet.

It is, contrary to what some people might think, not a duty or an obligation that we have taken on. It is our joy. It is our mission. It is our reason for being, at least at the moment, to be the open doors, to be the facilitators for this flow, to flow through us into the unascended sphere. When you look at the ascended spheres, there is also a constant flow of energy coming from higher spheres into the lower ascended spheres. But in an ascended sphere, those who are at the lowest level, they receive the energy from the higher, they multiply the talents given and therefore, the energy flows back up closing the figure-eight flow.

In an unascended sphere, this can also happen, and it certainly does happen on natural planets, where the inhabitants of a natural planet are receiving the energy from the ascended realm, from the ascended masters working with their planet, they multiply it by co-creating and then the energy rises up, closing the figure-eight flow. And as explained by Jesus in his parables about the talents, the servants who receive different numbers of talents, those who multiply the energy are receiving more because when the energy comes back up, when the figure-eight flow is complete, then we can multiply again and give more and this is how a sphere gradually ascends in vibration until it reaches that critical point where the entire sphere can be raised from the unascended to the ascended state. And this is a momentous occasion beyond anything you can imagine on earth.

Multiplying the talents while  in separation

What happens on an unnatural planet is, of course, that most people, because they are in this consciousness of seeing themselves as separate beings, they cannot close the figure-eight flow. Now, you may be tempted to think that this means that they cannot multiply the talents. This is not necessarily the case, so we need to make a distinction here. It is possible for people in separation to still receive some energy and to actually multiply that energy. But the energy stays in the unascended sphere because they are multiplying the energy for self-centered purposes. Now, you may think this is wrong, but it is actually not completely wrong because they are at least doing something with the energy.

There are other people who are in separation who have become pacified to the point where they have no ambition, they have no real desires other than to live life in a certain way as they can see it. They have in their minds created a limitation where they visualize, without being conscious of it of course: “This is how you live. This is how you live as a person who lives here in our village, in our town. You go to work, you find a job, you have a family, you have a house, but you just want to be comfortable.” You are not really seeking to go anywhere, and this does not multiply the talents which means, of course, that they receive less and less from above according to the law, but it also means that the energies sort of become stagnant. It is like water that sits still, there is no movement in it, and it gradually becomes stagnant.

At least those people who are multiplying the energy for selfish purposes, they are still doing something with it. You might say that if you are, for example, seeking to build a business empire because you have a personal ambition of being a powerful businessperson, being very rich, having a big house and a yacht and this and that. You may say this is completely self-centered, what drives the person. But still, in order to build that empire, the person needs other people who cooperate and they are then also benefiting from this. And therefore, you can actually have for example, a large corporation that is at least multiplying the energies given. So this is not a complete loss from an ascended master perspective, because at least the energies are doing something to raise the level of the earth.

Breaking stagnation in society

You look back a few hundred years, and you had in some societies these feudal societies that we have talked about before, where you had a relatively stagnant population level. The population could not really grow beyond a certain level. Most of the people were born as peasants, and they lived their entire lives as peasants. They did not really dare to imagine or envision that there could be something more than that. And then you had the noblemen living in their castles, they owned all the land, the people were their slaves, but they also lived a relatively stagnant lifestyle because they could not even envision that they could have more than their comfortable castles and their servants.

But then there was, at least in some parts of the world, with the industrialized era that began, there was a new form of energy that started where you had these industrialists who had the ambition to build something. And they did. So even though this was in all ways a primitive level, a very self-centered level where they still exploited the workers, still there was movement. There was a raising of the level of wealth, the level of the people’s living standard, and this also led to a raising of the population level in countries, and it created a new dynamic. You look at some of these very stagnant agricultural societies that can exist, and still in some parts of the world exist in the same level today that they did hundreds of years ago. That is an example of people who are not multiplying the energies.

Then you see there are other areas in the world where there is industrialization and where there is growth. The people are becoming more affluent. Even the workers, at least for a time, were becoming more affluent. Now it has stagnated again in some areas, even though there are other areas that are growing. But still, you look at the level of the industrialized nations, and it is in all ways a higher level than these old agricultural societies. What I am pointing out here is that even people who are in separation below the 48th level of consciousness can still multiply the energies, and this also creates growth. It is not, of course, the growth that Saint Germain envisions for the golden age, but it is certainly better than stagnation because stagnation will eventually lead to deflation.

A lack of clear vision of what comes next

What now is it that can bring even the industrialized nations to a higher level? You can see when you look at these societies today, you can see that many of these nations have reached a fairly high level. You have many of the nations in Europe, some here in Southeast Asia, Korea, Japan. You have Australia, New Zealand. You have Canada, not so much the United States, even though you have certainly seen a growth in the United States, but it has started stagnating over several decades. But what you see in these nations is that many of them, they do not have a clear vision of where to go. They have sort of gone into an almost reactive mode where they feel they have achieved a high level, a satisfactory level in some ways, and now they are just trying to deal with problems that come up. There are some challenges, we will deal with those. But they do not really have a clear vision of what is the next level for these societies, what is actually the beginning of the golden age for these nations.

A new awareness of spiritual energy flow

What I am pointing out to you is that with the industrialization, a new era of growth began. This was in large part sponsored by Saint Germain, who sponsored science, the mechanical approach to science where you see the universe as a machine and you look for how you can make that machine more efficient, do something for you by machines rather than animal or human power. This was clearly a step up. It was so to speak, setting the stage for the emergence of golden age societies. But what is it that can take these societies to the next level up where they really start manifesting the golden age? Well, there are two things. First of all, there is a necessity that a growing number of people in these societies will become spiritually aware, will become aware that there is a spiritual realm beyond the material, that it is possible for human beings to interact with that realm and that they, of course, can gain a personal advantage from interacting with that realm.

You, of course, as ascended master students fall into that category, but do not overlook the fact that many, many other people around the world also have accepted that basic awareness: There is a spiritual realm beyond the material. There are beings in that realm that can give teachings. I can interact in some way with those beings because this is what really closes the flow, the figure-eight flow.” That there are some people who become consciously aware that they are conscious, they are able to do something, because inside yourself you are receiving a constant stream of energy from the spiritual realm. Then you do something with that energy and then you become consciously aware that by sending the energy back up, you close the figure-eight flow and thereby you receive more from the ascended realm.

In other words, by sending the energy up, you are not losing the energy. It is not like we of the ascended masters need to have that return current from you. I do not need energy from the unascended sphere because I can receive unlimited amounts of energy from the ascended spheres above me. But the law requires that you have to send back before you can receive more. This is, in a sense, what Jesus said 2,000 years ago: “He who is willing to lose his life for my sake shall receive eternal life.” When you are willing to become consciously aware, as Jesus also said: “I can of my own self do nothing,” meaning, “I cannot produce the energy that allows me to do something. I am receiving that energy from the spiritual realm. But then I do something with it and then I am willing to give it back up.” That is how you demonstrate that you are not using the energy for selfish purposes, by being willing to give it back up. And that then closes the circle, closes the figure-eight flow, whereby we can multiply what comes back up and you will receive more.

In other words, many have looked at Jesus’ statement that you have to be willing to lose your life for his sake and they have thought that means you have to lose something. Like some Christians have thought: “I have to give up a worldly life, I have to give up my worldly ambitions, and I have to retreat to a monastery and focus my life on prayer.” But that is not what it means. It means you have to be willing to give it back up in order to demonstrate you are not like the people in separation who are only multiplying the energy to gain something for themselves. Yes, they may benefit others, as I said, but their primary driving force is to gain something for themselves. You are demonstrating you are not like them and by being willing to give it up you will receive the multiplication and when you experience that, you realize giving up does not mean losing anything. You are giving up to gain more. But again, of course, not to use it for selfish purposes.

This was the one factor, that a growing number of people become spiritually aware in these affluent nations and this is, of course, part of Saint Germain’s plan for releasing technology. Because if you look at these agricultural societies where the peasants have to work from early morning to late night just to sustain a physical living, there is not much attention and energy left over for these people to focus on spiritual growth. But by creating these modern affluent nations many people have spare time. Yes, of course, many of them are spending their spare time watching pornography on the internet or drinking beer, but that is not the point. There is room in these societies for people who will have a more spiritual focus such as you have all demonstrated and many millions of other people have demonstrated over the past many decades. This is the one aspect: a growing number of spiritually aware people who are becoming gradually more aware, raising their consciousness.

Raising awareness of the potential of the human mind

But the other aspect that can bring societies into the golden age is a raising awareness of the value, the potential of the human mind. What you see today is that there is a growing awareness even in scientific circles that science, the science of even physics has reached a level where it is stagnating. For decades, scientists have believed that they were coming closer and closer to this pot of gold at the end of the scientific rainbow namely the theory of everything. First it was string theory, then there are other theories, the God particle. But they were always thinking that the major discovery is right around the corner and then we will understand how the material universe works in an entirely material way. But this has reached a certain level and it has not gone beyond it for decades despite what many scientists expected.

But there is a growing number of scientists who are beginning to realize that this must mean that the approach they are taking is incomplete. And there is again a growing number among these scientists who are beginning to realize that this is because it has become obvious that even hardcore physical science can no longer ignore consciousness. It is, of course, a deep irony that materialistic science in its attempt to overcome the superstition of religion decided that in order to be objective you had to ignore consciousness. But this is what has now begun to crack this materialistic doctrine which was considered as infallible as medieval Catholics considered the doctrines of the Catholic church about the earth being the center of the universe.

They have begun to realize, many scientists, that this is no longer sustainable because it is an irony that what allows us to study the material universe is that we are conscious beings. How long can we think we can actually understand the universe if we are not understanding our own minds? In other words, if a scientist is using a traditional telescope to study the heavens and then he realizes that there are radio telescopes that can discover something that you can never see with an optical telescope, then the scientist must realize that we could never gain a complete understanding of the heavens by only using optical telescopes. The same way, we can never attain a complete understanding of the material universe unless we incorporate consciousness, unless we understand the very instrument we are using to study the material universe because if we were not conscious, how could we do science?

What can take societies beyond the current level is an understanding of the potential, an increasing understanding of the potential of the human mind. Saint Germain has talked before about the difference between what you have now, which is force-based technology, and what he calls non-force-based technology. But this non-force-based technology cannot be achieved until there is a raising of the understanding of the human mind. Because how are you going to have technology that is not force-based? It cannot be entirely mechanical. It must involve the human mind and thus, if you are trying to exclude the human mind from science, you are hitting a glass ceiling of your own making. And this is the understanding that is beginning to spread, that you can envision will spread even more. You can make calls for it if you feel this is part of your Divine plan, but you can also open yourself up to these ideas.

A new understanding of a neutral observer

I am, of course, using your chakras to broadcast this into the collective awareness so that those scientists who have already begun to realize this will become more clear in their awareness so that others who are not yet consciously willing to acknowledge this will get over that hump where they can consciously say: “I see now, we need to study consciousness. We need to understand consciousness.” And it is really very simple, but it leads on to many, many ramifications because what scientists need to do in order to incorporate consciousness in scientific studies is they have to be willing to look at this assumption made hundreds of years ago that if we create mechanical processes, mechanical scientific methods that exclude any influence from the mind, then we will be objective. And that is what needs to be questioned.

And in a sense, this very much ties in with what we have had you do over these last several years, where we have encouraged you to work on your psychology, and we have also explained to you about Christhood and Christ discernment because you cannot become objective, even as a scientist, unless you have what we call Christ discernment. A scientist does not need to call it Christ discernment, but scientists need to recognize that the human mind has the potential, the low potential, to be completely subjective, completely self-centered but the human mind has a potential to become neutral in how it views the world. The goal of a scientist is, in a sense, to become a neutral observer and this does not mean, as scientists believe today, that the scientist is not influencing the experiment. You can influence the experiment, but still be neutral, and you can influence the experiment and not be neutral.

And in fact, the dream that a scientist can perform an experiment without influencing it is a dream with limitations and that is what quantum physics has proven but really can be transferred to all sciences. Because by choosing scientific methods that seek to eliminate the influence of the mind, that is also influencing the scientific process. There is no way to conduct science without influencing it with the mind. And therefore, those scientists who are completely convinced that the scientific paradigm is correct, they are in a way as biased as the medieval Catholic theologians who thought that the Catholic Church’s doctrines are infallible. It is a bias superimposed upon science, but the real purpose of science was actually to free the scientific process from human biases.

A conscious AI?

This is the understanding that has begun to spread, that will spread much more. And as you hold the vision for it, make the calls for it, it will spread faster and this will take society to a much higher level and a different form of technology. Now in a sense, you can see that as is often the case, technology itself forces people to re-evaluate many things. For example, artificial intelligence. Right now, nobody really knows how to deal with it and part of the problem with this entire debate is that materialistic scientists believe that an artificial intelligence has the potential to become conscious. But those scientists who are beginning to go beyond the materialistic paradigm, they can already see that a computer, an artificial intelligence, will never become conscious as a human being is. It can approach some level of consciousness as a passive state of consciousness where you are reacting, but it will not become self-aware as is the higher potential of the human mind. In a sense, the whole emergence of artificial intelligence as a technology is forcing a re-evaluation of what is consciousness?

A new creative approach

Is it just an epiphenomenon of materialistic processes? Is it just that when a structure like the brain becomes complex enough, consciousness emerges? Or is there more to consciousness? And of course there is more. That is what the spiritual people on one hand and the most advanced scientists, not on the other hand, but together actually, are beginning to realize. And that is what will take societies beyond industrialization which was based on the mechanical view of the world. You are, so to speak, trying to create, scientists who are working with AI, are trying to create intelligence in a mechanical way. But you cannot. And only when there is a critical mass of people who become aware that you cannot create intelligence, consciousness, self-awareness in a mechanical way will societies grow to the next level. New technologies will emerge, but first of all, a new approach because what is it that is needed?

What is it that is needed is a re-evaluation of the purpose of it all. I said that many of these modern societies are stagnating. That is because they do not have a clear vision. What is the purpose for our development, our growth? What is our goal? What are we moving towards? It is like: “Yes, we want to be more affluent. Yes, we want to be more organized. Yes, we want to have less disease. We want to solve various problems.” But what is the purpose? There is no purpose in the mechanistic, materialistic paradigm. And that is what needs to emerge and what is emerging and what will emerge. And that is what will take society to another level.

What is the purpose of life?

Now, what does all this talk have to do with the topic of this conference co-creating with the ascended masters? Well, how can you co-create unless you are aware of what you are co-creating with? You must be co-creating with something or rather, someone. You see, the problem with traditional religion is that although it recognizes some God beyond the material world, it is usually the remote God up there in the sky or it is the wish-fulfilling God. You sacrifice some food in the temple and you get good luck in your daily life. And then materialistic science has gotten rid of that God but put nothing in its stead so in materialism there is no purpose. Therefore, there is no co-creation. There can be nobody you are co-creating with. And the reason why there needs to be this shift in awareness is that you need to ask yourself if there is to be a purpose for life, what could that purpose be?

Can we ourselves define the purpose of life? In a sense, you look at these affluent materialistic societies now that have been emerging over the last two or three centuries. Why are they in a dead end? Why have they reached this level? Because they have no purpose beyond themselves. There is no co-creation there. Even though you have in democratic societies this idea that human beings have rights that no force on earth has the right to take away, not even their own government, you still fail to ask the question: “Where do these rights come from?” There is a need for an awareness that you can actually think about spiritual beings without looking at it through the filter of traditional religions, of the angry God in the sky or the wish-fulfilling God in the temple, but approach it in a much more universal, neutral way.

There must be some mind that is beyond the human mind, and it is that mind that has defined what science, for example, calls the cosmological constants that define the delicate balance of the universe. You know probably that there are many of these constants that if they were just a little bit different the universe you know could not exist. What was the intelligence that defined these constants in a precise way they are defined so that your universe can exist? And that then can open up for this idea that perhaps there is an intelligence that has a vision for where our societies could go, what could be the next step? And perhaps if we discovered that vision and aligned ourselves with it we could reach an entirely new level. And the same of course holds true for you as spiritually aware people.

What does it mean to co-create with the ascended masters?

You know because we have given you all of these teachings about separation and the duality consciousness that when you go into separation you can still receive energy, you can still do something with it, but you are not co-creating, you are de-creating. And your creation becomes subject to what we have called the second law of thermodynamics or the destruction of Shiva, the destroyer of Shiva, and it breaks down gradually. What you can begin to contemplate, certainly during this conference but also after, is that many of you have reached that level close to the 96th level. Some of you have gone a little bit beyond. And this is where you need to become conscious of co-creation. What does it mean that you are co-creating with the ascended masters? And there is no one answer to this question. It is something to contemplate because it is an awareness that must come in stages.

Raising your consciousness through experimentation

But the beginning of this awareness is really what is embodied in the First Ray qualities. And you have the traditional view of the First Ray as power and will, but I have said before that it is really the creative drive and the creative drive is first of all an experimental process. This is what in a sense science has gotten right because if you look at the Catholic Church in the Middle Ages, when the first scientists started to emerge, they took the approach that we have revelation through the Vicar of Christ from above, our doctrines are therefore infallible, and they would have said if you are co-creating, you have to follow Catholic doctrine to the letter. But that of course is not co-creation. And the missing dimension here is that traditional religions are focused on something they call salvation, where some external force, Jesus coming back or whatever it may be, comes and saves you and takes you to heaven. But the image we have given you over decades in this dispensation and even in previous dispensations is you are the one who qualifies for your salvation by raising your consciousness.

How do you raise your consciousness? Do you think that you can tune in to the ascended masters and we will tell you how to raise your consciousness or we will raise your consciousness for you? Nay. Because our purpose for interacting with our students is not to save you, not to do everything for you. Our purpose is to raise you up to become ascended masters as we are. We are seeking to help you go through the same process that we have gone through in order to qualify for our ascension. And what is that process? You start with a lower level of consciousness, and you raise your level of consciousness gradually, step by step. How do you raise your consciousness? By experimenting based on the level of consciousness you have now.

There are so many students who have thought that you have to find some magical thing, some philosopher’s stone, some holy grail, and when you find it in this hidden cave that you reach after solving many riddles and puzzles, when you find this holy grail and drink the water, you will instantly be in a higher state of consciousness. But that is missing the entire point of the process because only by gradually raising your awareness do you really internalize the growth. If you were to find that cave that has the cup of Christ and you were to drink the water, how would it raise your consciousness? How would you feel that you had attained mastery and therefore, you could shift that final step of the ascension where you shift from seeing yourself as an unascended being to an ascended being. How could you do that unless you have already shifted many times and the final shift is just another shift. It is not some miraculous event.

The experimental process of  mastering your own mind

Our goal is to help you develop mastery. But mastery of what? Some magical process? No. Your own mind. What am I as an ascended master? What do I have mastery of? Do I have some magical abilities to manifest things on earth? Could I magically transform the earth? Could Saint Germain magically transform society and manifest the golden age? Nay. I have only one type of mastery. Mastery of my own mind. That mastery, of course, enables me to be much more conscious of receiving energy from a higher realm, giving it on, creating structures with it. But it is the mastery of my own mind that is the difference between me and you. I have a higher mastery of my own mind than you do, but my goal is to raise you up till you have the same mastery of your own mind.

And again, how do you attain mastery of your own mind? By experimenting with a co-creative process based on your present level of consciousness, seeing the results, but also seeing your reaction to it, resolving these subconscious selves that are causing you to react, then rising to the next level, then experimenting again. It is an experimental process. You are not born with mastery. This is the fallacy of Christianity, Buddhism, Islam, Hinduism, other religions, where they idolize the founder. Oh, Jesus was so special because of the virgin birth, and he was God from the very beginning. Look at the tales of the Buddha. His birth was miraculous. His entire life had all of these miracles. They idolize, but you are not born with mastery. You are not created with mastery. You attain it by experimenting.

What is an experiment?

If you are standing there wanting to be perfect before you dare to experiment so you do not make a mistake, you cannot even start the process. You can be studying spiritual teaching for decades, but you have not started multiplying the talents. What does it mean to multiply the talents? You experiment. What is an experiment? You do something without knowing exactly what the outcome is going to be. That is the nature of the material world, what we have called the cosmic mirror, what we have called the reality simulator. You send out an impulse with your mind. You may take physical actions as well. You do not know what the return current is going to be, but you are still willing to experiment. Then you experience the return current, you look at your reaction, you say: “How can I send out a higher impulse next time? What was it in my consciousness that caused me to formulate the mental image I had? How can I raise that to a higher level?”

Alpha and omega of co-creation

And what do I mean by raising it to a higher level? Well, I mean two things. There is an alpha and an omega. The alpha is that you realize that co-creation means you are co-creating within a certain framework, certain parameters. The Elohim created planet earth by defining certain parameters for this planet. There is a certain distance to the sun. There is a certain size. It has a certain distribution of oceans and water. It has certain weather systems, a certain geology. You cannot co-create anything you want on earth. You must co-create within the framework defined by the Elohim. And you do not know the fullness of that framework when you start experimenting. That is why you send out something, and when the return current comes, you evaluate: “Was it in alignment with the framework or could I refine it? Could I grasp a higher awareness of how the earth actually works?” That is the alpha.

But the omega is that when you see the return current out pictured in your life circumstances, you are deciding: “Is that the experience I want to have?” You have said so many times: “Do I want more of this, or do I want more than this?” And then you say: “But what I am getting back is a reflection of what I sent out, and what I sent out is determined by my total consciousness, my identity, mental, emotional levels.” I am willing to look at myself and say: “What kind of a being do I want to be on earth?” And then again, you experiment. You experiment. Without experimentation, there can be no co-creation because of two things.

Fear of making mistakes

The fallen beings as we have said, they only did one thing, they only had to do one thing to create a mess on earth. They had to project that there was a certain standard that you had to live up to and that has two aspects. One is you can make mistakes. You could make a mistake. And you want to avoid making mistakes partly because you have all experienced in past lives that it can have very unpleasant consequences. Now, if you want to avoid making a mistake, are you willing to experiment where you do not know the outcome? Now you go into this state of mind where you want to know the outcome before you start the experiment so you can be sure you do not make a mistake. Well, that aborts the experimental process. Therefore, it aborts co-creation.

The lie of the perfect outcome

The other thing is that the projection of the fallen standard has created this illusion that there is one perfect outcome that must be achieved. Now you are thinking, instead of just being willing to experiment and see where this is going, you have to know this perfect outcome ahead of time. You are now between a rock and a hard spot. The rock of wanting to know the perfect outcome, but you do not know it. The hard spot of not wanting to make a mistake and the result is, you are paralyzed and you do not dare to move. We have seen this in previous ascended master dispensations. We do not want you to fall into that trap. We want to help you rise above it and that is, of course, part of our aim for this conference so other masters will take that torch and make it burn more brightly.

The cosmic law of experimentation

But I wanted to set the stage here. It is not, and Saint Germain has said this numerous times, it is not that Saint Germain has one glorious image of how the golden age is going to be and there is only this way that the golden age could be manifest. Saint Germain has certain parameters, but there are many ways that these could be achieved so there is plenty of room for experimentation. And you have to realize one very simple, we can call it a cosmic law of experimentation, and it is simply this. The purpose of experimentation, number one, is the raising of consciousness. Number two, if you are willing to learn from your experiments, you can raise your consciousness. And this means, number three, you can never make a mistake by experimenting. There are no mistakes in the co-creative process.

So many of the ascended master students have this idea. In the Summit Lighthouse for example, I, El Morya, was seen as this strict disciplinarian. And many people would have thought, or were thinking, and are still thinking, that if they are going to co-create with me, I am this angry and judgmental master, and if they make the slightest mistakes, I am ready to slap their hand and say: “You did wrong. You need to do better.” That is one of the reasons I changed my name to Master MORE, to shake up that entire collective beast that had been created by ascended master students that they could not overcome. They could not transcend it because they were not willing to transcend it. Why? Because that image of me as the strict disciplinarian gave them the perfect excuse for not co-creating, not experimenting. They did not dare to experiment because they thought: “Oh no, I better make sure I do not make a mistake, or El Morya is going to come down on me like a ton of bricks.” And that has to go, my beloved. That has to go.

Co-creating with Master MORE

I want you to experiment. I enjoy seeing you experiment. I am not judging your experiments. It does not matter how imperfect your expression, your experiment, your creative expression is. If you learn from it, it will take you another step up. You experiment again. You learn from that. You go another step up. You have two students. One has been in the ascended master students for decades. He has studied the teachings. He knows the teachings. He can quote passages of dictations. He has given thousands of hours of decrees. He feels he is a sophisticated student, but he does not dare to experiment until he is perfect, and he feels he is not yet perfect.

Then you have a new student that comes in and that person is willing to experiment. He’s sort of not very sophisticated. He does not understand the teachings, but he has the childlike mind and willing to experiment. He tries something. It does not work out very well. He falls down and scrapes his knee, but he gets up again and tries again. And pretty soon that new student has gone way beyond the old student who still sits there and thinks he is the most sophisticated because of his great understanding. But he has not moved. And if you are not moving, you are not co-creating so what is there for me to multiply? I am not seeking to judge you. I am seeking to multiply your efforts. That is all I desire. But there has to be effort before I can multiply.

Again, what am I as an ascended master? What am I? I am the one who enjoys seeing my students experiment, learn from the experiments and grow. That is how I grew. Not in all my embodiments, but certainly in some of them and that is how we have all grown. This has not really been brought out in when we have talked about previous embodiments. You have heard these embodiments where we were this or that important person in history. But we all had many embodiments where we were not important people, where we lived lives not exactly like yours because it was a different time, but still lived normal lives. But we still in our minds experimented and we grew.

The constant process of self-transcendence

And many of you are already doing this, but you are not fully conscious of it and of the value of it. It is as if you have not really let go of this heavy burden that has been put upon humankind by the fallen beings of this: Number one, do not make a mistake. Number two, you have got to be perfect, especially before you approach the spiritual realm. Because of course, in heaven everything is perfect, right? So you better be perfect if you are going to co-create with heaven. But is everything in the spiritual realm perfect? Could you please define perfection for me? Perhaps take your computers and ask these AI chat bots, could you please define perfection for me and see what you get just for fun? There is no definition of perfection.

That is the entire idea of the fallen beings that they attempt to manipulate. They are projecting you should live up to this standard of perfection, but they do not define it, meaning you could never live up to it. And why do not they define it? Because there is no definition of perfection. Why? Because what is the ascended realm? Is it some static realm? Because when most people think about perfection, they think about something static. Nay! What is the entire ascended realm? It is one constant process of self-transcendence. I am an ascended master. I ascended from earth, which is a fairly low planet. Yes, I have a fundamentally higher level of consciousness than you in the unascended state. But when I look at masters who have been ascended much longer than I have, even in the sixth sphere, and when I look at masters in the fifth and the fourth and beyond, I see that I am very, very far below the level of the greater consciousness. And I know I can reach that, but how will I reach it? Through a gradual process of self-transcendence.

What will it require for me to transcend my current level of consciousness? Oh yes, I have to dare to experiment. But if I was already perfect, why would I need to experiment? Why would I need to grow? You see, self-transcendence is experimentation. Yes, I am in a different environment in the ascended realm. The parameters for my experimentation are different. But still, I do not know the outcome of the experiments I perform. I, for that matter, do not know the outcome of the experiment I am performing right now by giving you this dictation. I do not know how you each are going to react. How you are going to take these words. Are you going to see them just as words? Understand them intellectually and say: “Yeah, that is nice, I get that.”

Or are you going to let the words transform you, shift you, so you really dare to experiment? I do not know the outcome of that experiment. But I am willing to experiment. I am willing to give forth the words. You see, experimentation goes all the way up. What is the Creator doing? What did the Creator do by creating this world of form? A huge experiment, beyond anything you and I can envision and imagine. But it was an experiment. Does the Creator know exactly what is going to be the outcome of this world of form? No. You are in the seventh sphere. Will there be another sphere? Will there be an eighth sphere? Well, the Creator does not necessarily know yet, certainly does not know how many spheres there will be before this creation has reached its fullness and the Creator decides that is enough. That is still an experiment.

How exactly will planets form? The Creator did not know that when it started the process. Still does not know how the evolution of the spheres will turn out so everything is an experiment. You can say in the Allness there is not the kind of experimentation that you have here. But that is not particularly relevant when for us is it? Because we are in the sphere where experimentation is the driving force behind self-transcendence and the very reason for being is self- transcendence. As you hopefully can tune into, I am enjoying experimenting by interacting with you and I hope that you can shed that old image of El Morya as the strict disciplinarian and enjoy interacting with me because I want you to have the same joy of our interaction as I do. Why would I not?

Why would I as an ascended master who has no human desires, why would I want you to be afraid of me as they were in a previous ascended master dispensation? Why would I want you to approach me with fear and trembling when I am really a joyful master? I want you to enjoy our co-creation as much as I do. If you would take one thing away from this dictation, I would like it to be this, that you would strive to enjoy interacting with me. Not out of obligation, not out of this: “Master MORE is the Chohan of the First Ray and I have to really figure out how to deal with him.” No. You just have to allow yourself to enjoy dealing with me. Do we have a deal? Then I thank you for your attention.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

Back to Co-creating with the ascended masters on the seven rays

From Christhood to Buddhahood: Beyond the path into being


Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, March 8, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Vilnius, Lithuania: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

 

I am the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. Let me begin by congratulating you for having achieved a greater result than we had envisioned and planned for this conference. You have, once again, exceeded our expectations and created a greater momentum, a greater spreading of the light, consuming the darkness here on earth, but also reinforcing that trail leading to the ascension. For this you have our gratitude and we acknowledge your willingness to come together physically, but first of all your willingness to interact with each other so openly and share so freely. 

The taste of the Christ consciousness

Can you feel that you have been in a safe environment where you have felt free to talk about things that are of a concern for you, but not feeling you would be condemned for it? Not all of you feel this, but many of you certainly do. 

Well, contrary to what many spiritual and religious people believe, contrary to what many previous ascended master students believed, that is actually a taste of what the Christ consciousness is like, what the ascended masters are like, for we do not condemn anyone.

This does not mean that we are always soft and gentle and nice, because in some cases it is necessary to be direct and confront students with some aspect of their ego, some inconsistency, some contradiction, so that they can come to see it. But we never condemn anyone. That is why we have said that whatever you may have done in this lifetime, we do not condemn you, so why do you need to condemn yourself, or why do you need to accept the condemnation from others or from dark forces? 

Fallen beings can never accept you

You understand that the dark forces can never acknowledge you. Here you have a fallen being who fell perhaps in the fourth sphere, has stayed in the fallen consciousness through the entire enormously long process of the fifth sphere, through the equally long process of the sixth sphere, and now for part of the seventh sphere, and it is still in the fallen consciousness. And what is the fallen consciousness? Seeking to raise itself up as being special, as knowing better than Christ, than the ascended masters.

How do you think such a being could acknowledge you or accept you? It will have to put you down in order to maintain its own illusion of superiority, but now think of something else. What is it that the fallen being does not have?—A connection to the Christ mind. But as you approach that 96th level, you gain a greater connection to the Christ mind, and so here you have a fallen being spending all of this time creating this very elaborate, very intricate self, separate self, all of this knowledge, all of these abilities. It feels it is so superior, it is so good at manipulating the darkness. It is as if you have this being in a dark cave who can do all kinds of things with the darkness, and then here comes a person approaching personal Christhood, and you have a candle, a flame that lights up the darkness. Well, who is going to look at the fallen being when there is a light in the cave? How is the fallen being going to impress people when they see the light? Many people, of course, do not see the light, but the fallen beings do, even though they have no connection to the Christ mind.

They can see the Christ light when it shines into this world, and they immediately see it as a threat, and they will do anything they can to cause you to let it go out again. But what you can do is realize this dynamic and decide: “You are not going to get me”, but how can you avoid them getting you? By letting go of that focus on self, that epic self. As Padmasambhava said, the fallen beings are on the epic quest to establish their superiority. And as long as you have such an epic self, well, the prince of this world has something in you. The demons of Mara have something whereby they can tempt you into reacting. For you might look at one of these false gurus that are parading their abilities, and you might decide: “Oh, I want that too. I want to experience what that is like.” But you can, of course, only experience what it is like to be a false guru by walking the same left-handed path that the guru has walked. And again, that is free will. 

Giving up the concept of walking a path

Now, you might, based on what we have said, reason that you can only give up the epic self at the 96th or 95th level, but that is not actually the case. You can give it up beforehand. Many of you have done that. You can come to see, lock into the importance of surrender. You’ll come to see that the path to Christhood is not about attaining superiority among men. It is not about having your reward on earth, but wanting your reward in heaven. And you can realize that this means giving up what you see as a reward on earth. It is again this, everything is an experience. You have the experience of climbing up towards the 96th level, whatever motivates you, however you see the path. But then at that level, you have to be willing to give up what brought you this far. And in a sense, at that point, you give up the concept of a path. 

You have Eastern traditions, old books, the Gitas, the Upanishads. You have modern non-dual teachings, Neo-Advaita and others. They talk about the need to give up the concept of a path. The pathless path, the direct path, whatever they call it. You just shift your mind and realize you are no self and then you are enlightened.

Reaching down to help others

Well, there is some validity to it, but the thing is, most of the students who are attracted to this are not at the 96th level. And at the lower levels, you cannot give up a path. You cannot give up a path at the 94th level, the concept of a path, because you need it to climb higher. Only at that 96th level can you give up, as we have explained, focusing on rising higher, focusing on going up and instead embrace reaching down. You are not going down. You are reaching down. You are allowing the Christ to flow through you to reach someone at lower levels and help them rise. 

That means, in a sense, that you give up this focus on your own growth on the path. It does not mean you are not on the path, because you are still on the path until you reach the 144th level and can ascend. And even in the ascended level, you are on a path towards the Creator consciousness. There is always a path, but you are not focused on walking it, focused on yourself. You are instead focused on helping others walk the path.

And that is a shift in consciousness that requires you to give up this dream of an epic reward, of being greater than others. What did Jesus say to his disciples when they were quarreling about who would be the greatest among them after he left? — “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” That is the Christ, the servant of all, instead of the servant of self. 

No state of nothing

You see, we are not giving these teachings to persuade anyone, to make anyone believe what we are saying, because you cannot grasp these teachings until you are close to that 96th level. And you do not need to. How do you know if you are ready for these teachings? You will know when it is not a matter of believing or not believing, when there is no part of your mind that is arguing against it, but when you are just experiencing the teaching and it seems obvious. It is just obvious. If it is not, then you focus on other teachings that help you walk further on the path. But when you reach that level, it is just obvious.

It is self-evident that the self has to go, the separate self, even the spiritual self. But you are not ending up as these, quite frankly, false teachers are saying, with no self. There is no state of no self. Why? Because if there is no self, how can there be an experience? And if there is no experience, there is nothing. You cannot experience nothing. For in nothing there is no one to experience and nothing to experience. But, as we have mentioned before, there is no state of nothing. Nothing is a myth. The concept of nothing is a mental image created in the dualistic mind because the mind says, in this world there is suffering. How do I escape suffering? By going beyond differentiation. And what is the opposite of differentiation? Must be nothing. But there is no nothing because beyond the material world is the ascended realm with myriads of self-aware beings. And at the top of that hierarchy is the Creator, which is not nothing. Even the void is not nothing. The void is an absence of the Allness, but it is filled with the Creator’s being. For the Creator cannot create something apart from itself. And in the Allness there is not nothing—there is a state of awareness that is so beyond what you can imagine when you are on earth. I cannot imagine it either for that matter, but I can experience it. 

The difference between Christhood and Buddhahood

Jesus said: “How do you make a difference in a turbulent world?—Be the Living Christ.” The Buddha says: “How do you make a difference in a turbulent world?—Be the Buddha.” The only thing is that so far our teachings have been directed at taking as many students as possible beyond that 96th level. But you cannot be the Buddha at the 96th level. You have to go some ways beyond the 96th level before Christhood subtly turns into Buddhahood. Some will say: “Ah-ha, give me the keys to Buddhahood. Tell me what it is. What is the difference between the Christ mind and the Buddhic mind, Christhood and Buddhahood? I want to know everything. I want to know the neighborhood, Christhood and Buddhahood.” 

But you see, there is a certain mindset that has been around in the East for a long time. Even before I appeared as the Buddha, it was there. It comes from the Vedic rishis, and it is this idea that there are certain questions that cannot be answered until you are enlightened. And it is not that the questions are answered, but that in enlightenment the questions disappear. For example, Vedic teachings talk about these huge cycles. You come out of the undifferentiated Brahman as an individual lifestream. You have myriads of incarnations. In many of them you suffer. Then gradually you discover a spiritual path. You make great strides to walk that spiritual path. Then you reach back up to the highest level, and then you go back into the undifferentiated. And there are scholars who have realized that this leaves a gaping question. If you came from nothing and go back into nothing, what is the purpose of the entire circus of these myriads of incarnations? And there are those who will say, as this messenger recently realized, this question cannot be answered. But when you are enlightened, the question fades away.

This is what the rishis could conceive of so many thousands of years ago. But this is not an answer. See, as a spiritual student who begins to have Christhood, you have a direct experience of the Christ mind. You realize the Christ mind is all and in all. Therefore, there is no question that cannot be answered by the Christ mind. Now, we have said before that the linear mind can ask questions that cannot be answered in a way that the linear mind can understand. But when you experience the Christ mind, you realize that with any question you can formulate, the Christ mind can give you a perspective that can help you raise your awareness beyond the level where you ask the question. 

The Christ mind can realize that there is a certain level where you can begin to grasp the difference between Christhood and Buddhahood. But you have to go some ways up in the levels of Christhood before you really begin to grasp it. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

 

 Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Making a Difference in a Turbulent World

Letting go of the epic quest: The shift into surrender and Christhood


Ascended Master Padmasambhava through Kim Michaels, March 8, 2026. This dictation was given at the conference in Vilnius, Lithuania: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Padmasambhava. I have been deliberating—if you can say that an ascended master deliberates—what I could possibly add to what has already been given, or rather, what I could add without overwhelming you completely. 

Via Dolorosa

What I will begin with is referring to the legends of how I brought Buddhism to Tibet and I supposedly called a group of Tertöns, my students, who would in a future time be treasure hunters and find the treasures that I had hidden. And many people, especially in Tibet, have taken this quite literally and think that I, in some kind of hidden mountain cave, hid either various objects or books with teachings, advanced teachings that they could find. And some people have even gone in search of such caves, which of course is a very big task in Tibet, where there is no shortage of mountains, always difficult to climb, but some people have felt that the more difficult they are to climb, the better the chance that there is a hidden cave.

And this is something that it is important to ponder if you want to make a difference in a turbulent world. Because there is a certain amount of spiritual students, there is in fact collective beasts or rather several created, that want to make it seem like the spiritual path should be hard. You have in Christianity the Via Dolorosa. You have in Hinduism various teachings about this long, arduous, difficult path. And there are some people who seriously believe that the more difficult, the more hard, the more disciplined they are on their path, the better off they will be in heaven, however they conceptualize it. There are even some ascended master students that feel that the more difficulties you encounter while you are in embodiment, the more spiritual attainment you build and therefore, you will be in a higher rank of ascended master after you ascend. 

The spiritual path as an epic drama

But if you take the teachings we have given, you can say that you cannot do anything on earth that will give you a higher position in the ascended realm because in order to ascend, you have to let go of everything on earth. What you are actually doing is you are taking what you see down here, what you see in the physical realm, what you see in the spiritual teaching, what you see in your own mind, and you are creating a mental image of what it means to be an ascended master. And you are then projecting that and thinking that reality will live up to your image but as we have explained now so many times, nothing in the ascended realm will live up to any image, for the Christ will never live up to an image created on earth. How could it free you from the illusions if it conformed to and validated the illusions? 

When you see that the spiritual path should be hard and difficult, it is really a reflection of what we have called the epic mindset where you have created a drama. 

You have turned the spiritual path into a drama and you think that the more heroic your path is of overcoming difficulties, slaying the dweller, slaying the dark forces, the more of a heroic welcome you will receive in the ascended realm. And part of your motivation then is not just to ascend, but to have some kind of superior reception in the ascended realm because again you think that your vision is shared by the ascended masters. And that is why you have in some previous dispensations seen this epic mindset comparing an organization to Camelot, the Knights of the Round Table, and this heroic quest for the Holy Grail. But how do you find the Holy Grail? By slaying dragons that you encounter on your path? By rescuing damsels in distress? Or by finding hidden treasures? Nay, the Holy Grail is within you, for the Holy Grail is the Christ consciousness. 

Designing a new sphere 

The hidden treasures that I talked about so many years ago is the Christ consciousness and you find that in the kingdom that is, we might have mentioned a few times, within you. As long as you are looking outside, be it in a cave or somewhere else, you will never find it. You cannot find it. You cannot find something if you are looking where it is not to be found. Does that mean I am saying that the concept of the path is worthless as some of these new Neo-Advaita, non-duality teachers are saying? That is not what I am saying. The path has value, but not for the reason many people think. 

Let me give you a different perspective on this idea of being a treasure hunter looking for hidden treasures. First you need to recognize here that the real treasures you are looking for is not something I left behind. It is an entirely different kind of treasure. Let me reach back to one of the questions answered earlier. Is there going to be another sphere after this one? And the answer is yes, there is going to be an eighth sphere. Is it going to be designed by the ascended masters from the sixth and the seventh sphere? Yes, that is correct. Even some of you when you ascend will choose to be part of designing that sphere and we have said that the next sphere will be denser than this one. But of course, us who have experienced life in this dense sphere, the seventh sphere, we will take our experiences and use them as a foundation for designing the eighth in such a way that even though it is more dense, people can still find the path and make their ascension.

The cosmic archive of duality 

But how are we going to do this? Well, we have talked about various reasons why avatars choose to come to an unnatural planet. We have talked about your vision. You had a certain motivation, you wanted to achieve something. But there is a deeper explanation for this, which we were not aware of when we left those natural planets to embody on an unnatural planet. But the deeper reason is to find treasures that can only be found on an unnatural planet. Why is this so? What is it that can only be found on an unnatural planet, not on a natural planet? Well, it is the kind of experiences you can only have on an unnatural planet, experiences of duality. 

You can say that in the spiritual realm, in the sixth sphere, there is a structure similar to a building but more complex. Nevertheless, you can visualize it, if you desire, as a building. It is an archive building. It does not store written records or books or photos. It stores something that can best be compared to holographic images, three-dimensional. In reality, they are actually four-dimensional. They are, in a sense, like a three-dimensional movie that can be played and there are many of these, also some from natural planets, of course. But there is a special archive that is only for these records from unnatural planets and the purpose of this is to store experiences that can be used when we design the next sphere so that we can incorporate these experiences. 

You can basically say that we are looking at how far into duality could people go on earth, how dense, how elaborate of a separate self could they create on a planet with a vibrational level of earth, with a planetary matrix of earth. And then, through a very intricate process that I will not describe in detail, we will, when this sphere ascends, some even before, we will begin to look at these stored experiences and say: “How can we use these experiences to design the seventh sphere and certain planets in this sphere in such a way that there is a built-in safety mechanism, so that even though matter is denser, beings can still find the path and follow it?” It is as if the dualistic experiences that people have had in the seventh sphere become the foundation for designing the next sphere in such a way that people do not have to learn the same lessons over again. They may create other deeper levels of duality and separation, but at least there is some trail they can follow. 

The goal is to experience duality

Avatars, part of your task on earth, is basically to have certain experiences. Saint Germain talked about how any experience you have had, anything you have done, was not a mistake. It can be turned into an asset that can help you help others. This, of course, applies very much to the rest of your embodiment in this lifetime and if you have future lifetimes, but it also applies to this higher perspective that your experiences can help the lifestreams in the eighth sphere. This means it does not matter what you have experienced. In fact, you could say from a certain perspective, the deeper you have gone into duality, the better, when you rise above it again because the purpose is, of course, not to store how you go into duality and stay there indefinitely, but to store how you come out of it again, how you come out of that level of duality. And, of course, when you ascend, you will have overcome anything you have experienced in this and previous lifetimes. There is nothing unresolved when you ascend and that means that when you ascend, none of what you experienced matters. 

When you look at this, that you are going to die, and when you die you leave your current concerns behind, then you can see the same thing. When you ascend, you leave it all behind. So why be reluctant to look at it? Why seek to suppress it? Why seek to hide it? It is by looking at it that you transcend it, and that process of transcendence then rises up to the archive. We can call it the akashic archive, although it is not exactly the same as the akashic records and therefore you are helping, contributing to the design of the next sphere. 

Separate selves as hidden treasures 

Now, if a Tibetan Buddhist heard this teaching, he or she would, of course, say: “Oh, that is not what it means. We have our interpretation of what these treasures are.” That is fine. Let them have their interpretation as long as they need it. 

But you who are ascended master students can realize that any experience of overcoming a limited sense of self is a treasure. Why is it hidden? Well, because until you have overcome the limited self, you cannot see it as a treasure. You will see it as a prison, as a limitation, as suffering, as: “Woe is me, why is this happening?” Our hope is, of course, that by giving you these teachings you will be able to look at your life and say: “I do not need to hide anything anymore. I do not need to try and hide it for other people. I do not need to try and hide it for myself.” First of all, it is important to stop hiding it from yourself. You look at it, you go into it, and you look for the hidden treasure, the lesson of how to transcend it, how to transcend the self, the separate self that gave you that experience. 

Someone the other day was talking about pain, deep pain. There comes a point where the only way to overcome pain is to go into it. Your instinctual response or reaction is, of course, that when you feel this inner pain, you want to get away from it, you want to ignore it, you want to turn your back on it. The last thing you want is to go into it but what if I told you that behind the veil of the pain hides the hidden treasure? And the only way to find it is to go in through the pain. You cannot find the treasure by running away from the pain, or for that matter, away from anything. For the treasure is the experience of overcoming another experience, a limited experience and if you do not allow yourself to experience the limited experience, how can you overcome it? How can you find the treasure? 

Padmasambhava’s Tertöns

Now there are, of course, different meanings of this treasure, because there are certainly some people in embodiment who are tied to me as their guru, as an ascended master. They are meant to find a different kind of treasure. By the way, these people, most of them are not embodied in Tibet, but scattered all around the globe. Some of you are among them, not many, but some. What are my Tertöns meant to find? What is the treasure waiting for them behind the veil of their experiences of their pain? Well, I am the treasure waiting for them. You are linked to other ascended masters, and when you really go through the pain and resolve the selves, you find your master, your I AM Presence as well, but your ascended master or masters. So that is the treasure. 

And of course, when you do find the master, the experience of the master’s consciousness gives you a different perspective. How many of you recognize that before you found ascended master teachings, you had a much more limited perspective on life, and finding the teachings has changed your perspective. But many of you have also had the experience of a master’s presence and being and consciousness, and that changes your perspective even more. When you directly and consciously experience an expression of the Christ consciousness, you have a frame of reference, as we have called it, but you really have an experience that changes your life permanently, forever. You cannot go back, you cannot unsee what you have seen, and that is, of course, a treasure to be sought after. 

The path defined by the ego

But now, going back to this idea that the path should be difficult, what determines how your path is going to be? Some will want to look at the image that there is a path of initiation defined by some higher spiritual being, ascended masters or others, or perhaps by these beings who gave the Masonic teachings, the 33 levels of initiation, or the 33 steps to Christhood, or whatever they call it. They will say: “There is a path of initiation defined by the ascended masters, and you must take one initiation at a time and climb on that predefined path. May you pass every test.” From a certain perspective, you can say, yeah, there is a path, because we of the ascended masters are, of course, using our experiences of ascending from this sphere, to define a path that can help others. Those of us who are ascended from an unnatural planet look at how can we design a path that will help people on earth, and we give a teaching accordingly. 

However, many people have this view that this is some predefined automatic path, where you just need to find the clue that solves the riddle, and then you turn the key in the lock, and a hidden door opens, and you walk through. But that is not how it is. Even though there is a certain path of initiation defined by us, each of you must follow it in your individual way. And what determines how your particular path is going to be? Well, the separate selves you have in your consciousness because the initiation you must pass is that of coming to see the separate self you have at your current level of the 144 levels, letting it die, so you rise to the next. That is how you pass a test. 

It is not some mystical process of finding some hidden clue or hidden riddle that you solve, or completing a task, or slaying a dragon, or whatever it may be. Not even slaying the dweller, as it was talked about in a previous organization. It was a metaphor given at that time that was valid for the level of consciousness of the teaching. But you are not slaying a separate self. That is the magic of the higher teaching. You are just letting it die, but before you can let it die you must come to see it from the outside by the Conscious You separating itself from it and that letting go is passing the test. 

But what have we also said? A separate self is designed to give you a particular experience and you are allowed to have that experience. In fact, you created the self because you wanted to have that experience and you are allowed to have that experience as long as you want, until you have had enough of it and can let it go. 

What determines how long and how difficult your path is going to be? It is how many of these epic selves you have created and how long you need to have the experiences through a particular self before you have had enough and can let it go. You are making the path difficult for yourself. You are making the path long and hard and how are you doing it? By having this image that walking the path is an epic process that has some epic importance and that will lead you to some epic reward. But this is all defined from the dualistic consciousness. This is not the path that we have defined. We have defined a path of freedom from all these dualistic selves and images.

You see here, there is a certain stage on the spiritual path, and it applies to all spiritual people. But every teaching, every organization has their own version of it. Previous ascended master teachings had the image of Camelot, the quest for the Holy Grail, the heroic quest to find this hidden treasure. But this is driven by the ego who thinks that if you complete the quest that the ego or the fallen beings have defined, you will get the reward that the ego wants. You will be special. You will be anointed. You will be elevated to some position of authority or power. Power over matter. Mind over matter. Tell me, having power over matter, why would it matter in the ascended realm? Why do you need it when you have ascended? 

 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Making a Difference in a Turbulent World.

 

Copyright © 2026 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Making a Difference in a Turbulent World